d/freebsd-skq
1
0
Fork 0
Code Issues Pull Requests Packages Projects Releases Wiki Activity
4c32f07bff
freebsd-skq/sys/net/route.c

2126 lines
50 KiB
C
Raw Normal View History

/* -> /*- for license, minor formatting changes
2005-01-07 01:45:51 +00:00
/*-
BSD 4.4 Lite Kernel Sources
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
* Copyright (c) 1980, 1986, 1991, 1993
* The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
* are met:
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
* documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
* without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
* ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
* ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
* OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
* HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
* LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
* OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
* SUCH DAMAGE.
*
Revision 1.67 changes correspond to CSRG revision 8.3.1.1 changes.
2002-12-25 10:50:08 +00:00
* @(#)route.c 8.3.1.1 (Berkeley) 2/23/95
$Id$ -> $FreeBSD$
1999-08-28 01:08:13 +00:00
* $FreeBSD$
BSD 4.4 Lite Kernel Sources
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
*/
Add code to allow the system to handle multiple routing tables. This particular implementation is designed to be fully backwards compatible and to be MFC-able to 7.x (and 6.x) Currently the only protocol that can make use of the multiple tables is IPv4 Similar functionality exists in OpenBSD and Linux. From my notes: ----- One thing where FreeBSD has been falling behind, and which by chance I have some time to work on is "policy based routing", which allows different packet streams to be routed by more than just the destination address. Constraints: ------------ I want to make some form of this available in the 6.x tree (and by extension 7.x) , but FreeBSD in general needs it so I might as well do it in -current and back port the portions I need. One of the ways that this can be done is to have the ability to instantiate multiple kernel routing tables (which I will now refer to as "Forwarding Information Bases" or "FIBs" for political correctness reasons). Which FIB a particular packet uses to make the next hop decision can be decided by a number of mechanisms. The policies these mechanisms implement are the "Policies" referred to in "Policy based routing". One of the constraints I have if I try to back port this work to 6.x is that it must be implemented as a EXTENSION to the existing ABIs in 6.x so that third party applications do not need to be recompiled in timespan of the branch. This first version will not have some of the bells and whistles that will come with later versions. It will, for example, be limited to 16 tables in the first commit. Implementation method, Compatible version. (part 1) ------------------------------- For this reason I have implemented a "sufficient subset" of a multiple routing table solution in Perforce, and back-ported it to 6.x. (also in Perforce though not always caught up with what I have done in -current/P4). The subset allows a number of FIBs to be defined at compile time (8 is sufficient for my purposes in 6.x) and implements the changes needed to allow IPV4 to use them. I have not done the changes for ipv6 simply because I do not need it, and I do not have enough knowledge of ipv6 (e.g. neighbor discovery) needed to do it. Other protocol families are left untouched and should there be users with proprietary protocol families, they should continue to work and be oblivious to the existence of the extra FIBs. To understand how this is done, one must know that the current FIB code starts everything off with a single dimensional array of pointers to FIB head structures (One per protocol family), each of which in turn points to the trie of routes available to that family. The basic change in the ABI compatible version of the change is to extent that array to be a 2 dimensional array, so that instead of protocol family X looking at rt_tables[X] for the table it needs, it looks at rt_tables[Y][X] when for all protocol families except ipv4 Y is always 0. Code that is unaware of the change always just sees the first row of the table, which of course looks just like the one dimensional array that existed before. The entry points rtrequest(), rtalloc(), rtalloc1(), rtalloc_ign() are all maintained, but refer only to the first row of the array, so that existing callers in proprietary protocols can continue to do the "right thing". Some new entry points are added, for the exclusive use of ipv4 code called in_rtrequest(), in_rtalloc(), in_rtalloc1() and in_rtalloc_ign(), which have an extra argument which refers the code to the correct row. In addition, there are some new entry points (currently called rtalloc_fib() and friends) that check the Address family being looked up and call either rtalloc() (and friends) if the protocol is not IPv4 forcing the action to row 0 or to the appropriate row if it IS IPv4 (and that info is available). These are for calling from code that is not specific to any particular protocol. The way these are implemented would change in the non ABI preserving code to be added later. One feature of the first version of the code is that for ipv4, the interface routes show up automatically on all the FIBs, so that no matter what FIB you select you always have the basic direct attached hosts available to you. (rtinit() does this automatically). You CAN delete an interface route from one FIB should you want to but by default it's there. ARP information is also available in each FIB. It's assumed that the same machine would have the same MAC address, regardless of which FIB you are using to get to it. This brings us as to how the correct FIB is selected for an outgoing IPV4 packet. Firstly, all packets have a FIB associated with them. if nothing has been done to change it, it will be FIB 0. The FIB is changed in the following ways. Packets fall into one of a number of classes. 1/ locally generated packets, coming from a socket/PCB. Such packets select a FIB from a number associated with the socket/PCB. This in turn is inherited from the process, but can be changed by a socket option. The process in turn inherits it on fork. I have written a utility call setfib that acts a bit like nice.. setfib -3 ping target.example.com # will use fib 3 for ping. It is an obvious extension to make it a property of a jail but I have not done so. It can be achieved by combining the setfib and jail commands. 2/ packets received on an interface for forwarding. By default these packets would use table 0, (or possibly a number settable in a sysctl(not yet)). but prior to routing the firewall can inspect them (see below). (possibly in the future you may be able to associate a FIB with packets received on an interface.. An ifconfig arg, but not yet.) 3/ packets inspected by a packet classifier, which can arbitrarily associate a fib with it on a packet by packet basis. A fib assigned to a packet by a packet classifier (such as ipfw) would over-ride a fib associated by a more default source. (such as cases 1 or 2). 4/ a tcp listen socket associated with a fib will generate accept sockets that are associated with that same fib. 5/ Packets generated in response to some other packet (e.g. reset or icmp packets). These should use the FIB associated with the packet being reponded to. 6/ Packets generated during encapsulation. gif, tun and other tunnel interfaces will encapsulate using the FIB that was in effect withthe proces that set up the tunnel. thus setfib 1 ifconfig gif0 [tunnel instructions] will set the fib for the tunnel to use to be fib 1. Routing messages would be associated with their process, and thus select one FIB or another. messages from the kernel would be associated with the fib they refer to and would only be received by a routing socket associated with that fib. (not yet implemented) In addition Netstat has been edited to be able to cope with the fact that the array is now 2 dimensional. (It looks in system memory using libkvm (!)). Old versions of netstat see only the first FIB. In addition two sysctls are added to give: a) the number of FIBs compiled in (active) b) the default FIB of the calling process. Early testing experience: ------------------------- Basically our (IronPort's) appliance does this functionality already using ipfw fwd but that method has some drawbacks. For example, It can't fully simulate a routing table because it can't influence the socket's choice of local address when a connect() is done. Testing during the generating of these changes has been remarkably smooth so far. Multiple tables have co-existed with no notable side effects, and packets have been routes accordingly. ipfw has grown 2 new keywords: setfib N ip from anay to any count ip from any to any fib N In pf there seems to be a requirement to be able to give symbolic names to the fibs but I do not have that capacity. I am not sure if it is required. SCTP has interestingly enough built in support for this, called VRFs in Cisco parlance. it will be interesting to see how that handles it when it suddenly actually does something. Where to next: -------------------- After committing the ABI compatible version and MFCing it, I'd like to proceed in a forward direction in -current. this will result in some roto-tilling in the routing code. Firstly: the current code's idea of having a separate tree per protocol family, all of the same format, and pointed to by the 1 dimensional array is a bit silly. Especially when one considers that there is code that makes assumptions about every protocol having the same internal structures there. Some protocols don't WANT that sort of structure. (for example the whole idea of a netmask is foreign to appletalk). This needs to be made opaque to the external code. My suggested first change is to add routing method pointers to the 'domain' structure, along with information pointing the data. instead of having an array of pointers to uniform structures, there would be an array pointing to the 'domain' structures for each protocol address domain (protocol family), and the methods this reached would be called. The methods would have an argument that gives FIB number, but the protocol would be free to ignore it. When the ABI can be changed it raises the possibilty of the addition of a fib entry into the "struct route". Currently, the structure contains the sockaddr of the desination, and the resulting fib entry. To make this work fully, one could add a fib number so that given an address and a fib, one can find the third element, the fib entry. Interaction with the ARP layer/ LL layer would need to be revisited as well. Qing Li has been working on this already. This work was sponsored by Ironport Systems/Cisco Reviewed by: several including rwatson, bz and mlair (parts each) Obtained from: Ironport systems/Cisco
2008-05-09 23:03:00 +00:00
/************************************************************************
* Note: In this file a 'fib' is a "forwarding information base" *
* Which is the new name for an in kernel routing (next hop) table. *
***********************************************************************/
BSD 4.4 Lite Kernel Sources
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
Make INET a proper option. This will not make any of object files that LINT create change; there might be differences with INET disabled, but hardly anything compiled before without INET anyway. Now the 'obvious' things will give a proper error if compiled without inet - ipx_ip, ipfw, tcp_debug. The only thing that _should_ work (but can't be made to compile reasonably easily) is sppp :-( This commit move struct arpcom from <netinet/if_ether.h> to <net/if_arp.h>.
1998-01-08 23:42:31 +00:00
#include "opt_inet.h"
Fix FLOWTABLE IPv6 handling in route.c missed in r205066. While doing so, for consistency with the rtalloc_ign_fib(9) interface called, remove the "in_" prefix from rtalloc_ign_wrapper() no longer indicating that it would only handle the INET case. Sponsored by: Cisco Systems, Inc.
2012-02-03 10:17:34 +00:00
#include "opt_inet6.h"
Add code to allow the system to handle multiple routing tables. This particular implementation is designed to be fully backwards compatible and to be MFC-able to 7.x (and 6.x) Currently the only protocol that can make use of the multiple tables is IPv4 Similar functionality exists in OpenBSD and Linux. From my notes: ----- One thing where FreeBSD has been falling behind, and which by chance I have some time to work on is "policy based routing", which allows different packet streams to be routed by more than just the destination address. Constraints: ------------ I want to make some form of this available in the 6.x tree (and by extension 7.x) , but FreeBSD in general needs it so I might as well do it in -current and back port the portions I need. One of the ways that this can be done is to have the ability to instantiate multiple kernel routing tables (which I will now refer to as "Forwarding Information Bases" or "FIBs" for political correctness reasons). Which FIB a particular packet uses to make the next hop decision can be decided by a number of mechanisms. The policies these mechanisms implement are the "Policies" referred to in "Policy based routing". One of the constraints I have if I try to back port this work to 6.x is that it must be implemented as a EXTENSION to the existing ABIs in 6.x so that third party applications do not need to be recompiled in timespan of the branch. This first version will not have some of the bells and whistles that will come with later versions. It will, for example, be limited to 16 tables in the first commit. Implementation method, Compatible version. (part 1) ------------------------------- For this reason I have implemented a "sufficient subset" of a multiple routing table solution in Perforce, and back-ported it to 6.x. (also in Perforce though not always caught up with what I have done in -current/P4). The subset allows a number of FIBs to be defined at compile time (8 is sufficient for my purposes in 6.x) and implements the changes needed to allow IPV4 to use them. I have not done the changes for ipv6 simply because I do not need it, and I do not have enough knowledge of ipv6 (e.g. neighbor discovery) needed to do it. Other protocol families are left untouched and should there be users with proprietary protocol families, they should continue to work and be oblivious to the existence of the extra FIBs. To understand how this is done, one must know that the current FIB code starts everything off with a single dimensional array of pointers to FIB head structures (One per protocol family), each of which in turn points to the trie of routes available to that family. The basic change in the ABI compatible version of the change is to extent that array to be a 2 dimensional array, so that instead of protocol family X looking at rt_tables[X] for the table it needs, it looks at rt_tables[Y][X] when for all protocol families except ipv4 Y is always 0. Code that is unaware of the change always just sees the first row of the table, which of course looks just like the one dimensional array that existed before. The entry points rtrequest(), rtalloc(), rtalloc1(), rtalloc_ign() are all maintained, but refer only to the first row of the array, so that existing callers in proprietary protocols can continue to do the "right thing". Some new entry points are added, for the exclusive use of ipv4 code called in_rtrequest(), in_rtalloc(), in_rtalloc1() and in_rtalloc_ign(), which have an extra argument which refers the code to the correct row. In addition, there are some new entry points (currently called rtalloc_fib() and friends) that check the Address family being looked up and call either rtalloc() (and friends) if the protocol is not IPv4 forcing the action to row 0 or to the appropriate row if it IS IPv4 (and that info is available). These are for calling from code that is not specific to any particular protocol. The way these are implemented would change in the non ABI preserving code to be added later. One feature of the first version of the code is that for ipv4, the interface routes show up automatically on all the FIBs, so that no matter what FIB you select you always have the basic direct attached hosts available to you. (rtinit() does this automatically). You CAN delete an interface route from one FIB should you want to but by default it's there. ARP information is also available in each FIB. It's assumed that the same machine would have the same MAC address, regardless of which FIB you are using to get to it. This brings us as to how the correct FIB is selected for an outgoing IPV4 packet. Firstly, all packets have a FIB associated with them. if nothing has been done to change it, it will be FIB 0. The FIB is changed in the following ways. Packets fall into one of a number of classes. 1/ locally generated packets, coming from a socket/PCB. Such packets select a FIB from a number associated with the socket/PCB. This in turn is inherited from the process, but can be changed by a socket option. The process in turn inherits it on fork. I have written a utility call setfib that acts a bit like nice.. setfib -3 ping target.example.com # will use fib 3 for ping. It is an obvious extension to make it a property of a jail but I have not done so. It can be achieved by combining the setfib and jail commands. 2/ packets received on an interface for forwarding. By default these packets would use table 0, (or possibly a number settable in a sysctl(not yet)). but prior to routing the firewall can inspect them (see below). (possibly in the future you may be able to associate a FIB with packets received on an interface.. An ifconfig arg, but not yet.) 3/ packets inspected by a packet classifier, which can arbitrarily associate a fib with it on a packet by packet basis. A fib assigned to a packet by a packet classifier (such as ipfw) would over-ride a fib associated by a more default source. (such as cases 1 or 2). 4/ a tcp listen socket associated with a fib will generate accept sockets that are associated with that same fib. 5/ Packets generated in response to some other packet (e.g. reset or icmp packets). These should use the FIB associated with the packet being reponded to. 6/ Packets generated during encapsulation. gif, tun and other tunnel interfaces will encapsulate using the FIB that was in effect withthe proces that set up the tunnel. thus setfib 1 ifconfig gif0 [tunnel instructions] will set the fib for the tunnel to use to be fib 1. Routing messages would be associated with their process, and thus select one FIB or another. messages from the kernel would be associated with the fib they refer to and would only be received by a routing socket associated with that fib. (not yet implemented) In addition Netstat has been edited to be able to cope with the fact that the array is now 2 dimensional. (It looks in system memory using libkvm (!)). Old versions of netstat see only the first FIB. In addition two sysctls are added to give: a) the number of FIBs compiled in (active) b) the default FIB of the calling process. Early testing experience: ------------------------- Basically our (IronPort's) appliance does this functionality already using ipfw fwd but that method has some drawbacks. For example, It can't fully simulate a routing table because it can't influence the socket's choice of local address when a connect() is done. Testing during the generating of these changes has been remarkably smooth so far. Multiple tables have co-existed with no notable side effects, and packets have been routes accordingly. ipfw has grown 2 new keywords: setfib N ip from anay to any count ip from any to any fib N In pf there seems to be a requirement to be able to give symbolic names to the fibs but I do not have that capacity. I am not sure if it is required. SCTP has interestingly enough built in support for this, called VRFs in Cisco parlance. it will be interesting to see how that handles it when it suddenly actually does something. Where to next: -------------------- After committing the ABI compatible version and MFCing it, I'd like to proceed in a forward direction in -current. this will result in some roto-tilling in the routing code. Firstly: the current code's idea of having a separate tree per protocol family, all of the same format, and pointed to by the 1 dimensional array is a bit silly. Especially when one considers that there is code that makes assumptions about every protocol having the same internal structures there. Some protocols don't WANT that sort of structure. (for example the whole idea of a netmask is foreign to appletalk). This needs to be made opaque to the external code. My suggested first change is to add routing method pointers to the 'domain' structure, along with information pointing the data. instead of having an array of pointers to uniform structures, there would be an array pointing to the 'domain' structures for each protocol address domain (protocol family), and the methods this reached would be called. The methods would have an argument that gives FIB number, but the protocol would be free to ignore it. When the ABI can be changed it raises the possibilty of the addition of a fib entry into the "struct route". Currently, the structure contains the sockaddr of the desination, and the resulting fib entry. To make this work fully, one could add a fib number so that given an address and a fib, one can find the third element, the fib entry. Interaction with the ARP layer/ LL layer would need to be revisited as well. Qing Li has been working on this already. This work was sponsored by Ironport Systems/Cisco Reviewed by: several including rwatson, bz and mlair (parts each) Obtained from: Ironport systems/Cisco
2008-05-09 23:03:00 +00:00
#include "opt_route.h"
Split rt_newaddrmsg_fib() into two different functions. Adding/deleting interface addresses involves access to 3 different subsystems, int different parts of code. Each call can fail, so reporting successful operation by rtsock in the middle of the process error-prone. Further split routing notification API and actual rtsock calls via creating public-available rt_addrmsg() / rt_routemsg() functions with "private" rtsock_* backend. MFC after: 2 weeks
2014-01-09 18:13:25 +00:00
#include "opt_sctp.h"
Add more options into the conf/options and i386/conf/options.i386 files and the #include hooks so that 'make depend' is more useful. This covers most of the options I regularly use (but not all) and some other easy ones.
1996-03-02 18:24:13 +00:00
#include "opt_mrouting.h"
This patch provides the back end support for equal-cost multi-path (ECMP) for both IPv4 and IPv6. Previously, multipath route insertion is disallowed. For example, route add -net 192.103.54.0/24 10.9.44.1 route add -net 192.103.54.0/24 10.9.44.2 The second route insertion will trigger an error message of "add net 192.103.54.0/24: gateway 10.2.5.2: route already in table" Multiple default routes can also be inserted. Here is the netstat output: default 10.2.5.1 UGS 0 3074 bge0 => default 10.2.5.2 UGS 0 0 bge0 When multipath routes exist, the "route delete" command requires a specific gateway to be specified or else an error message would be displayed. For example, route delete default would fail and trigger the following error message: "route: writing to routing socket: No such process" "delete net default: not in table" On the other hand, route delete default 10.2.5.2 would be successful: "delete net default: gateway 10.2.5.2" One does not have to specify a gateway if there is only a single route for a particular destination. I need to perform more testings on address aliases and multiple interfaces that have the same IP prefixes. This patch as it stands today is not yet ready for prime time. Therefore, the ECMP code fragments are fully guarded by the RADIX_MPATH macro. Include the "options RADIX_MPATH" in the kernel configuration to enable this feature. Reviewed by: robert, sam, gnn, julian, kmacy
2008-04-13 05:45:14 +00:00
#include "opt_mpath.h"
Add more options into the conf/options and i386/conf/options.i386 files and the #include hooks so that 'make depend' is more useful. This covers most of the options I regularly use (but not all) and some other easy ones.
1996-03-02 18:24:13 +00:00
BSD 4.4 Lite Kernel Sources
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
#include <sys/param.h>
#include <sys/systm.h>
Added used #include - don't depend on <sys/mbuf.h> including <sys/malloc.h> (unless we only use the bogusly shared M*WAIT flags).
1997-09-02 01:19:47 +00:00
#include <sys/malloc.h>
BSD 4.4 Lite Kernel Sources
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
#include <sys/mbuf.h>
#include <sys/socket.h>
Add code to allow the system to handle multiple routing tables. This particular implementation is designed to be fully backwards compatible and to be MFC-able to 7.x (and 6.x) Currently the only protocol that can make use of the multiple tables is IPv4 Similar functionality exists in OpenBSD and Linux. From my notes: ----- One thing where FreeBSD has been falling behind, and which by chance I have some time to work on is "policy based routing", which allows different packet streams to be routed by more than just the destination address. Constraints: ------------ I want to make some form of this available in the 6.x tree (and by extension 7.x) , but FreeBSD in general needs it so I might as well do it in -current and back port the portions I need. One of the ways that this can be done is to have the ability to instantiate multiple kernel routing tables (which I will now refer to as "Forwarding Information Bases" or "FIBs" for political correctness reasons). Which FIB a particular packet uses to make the next hop decision can be decided by a number of mechanisms. The policies these mechanisms implement are the "Policies" referred to in "Policy based routing". One of the constraints I have if I try to back port this work to 6.x is that it must be implemented as a EXTENSION to the existing ABIs in 6.x so that third party applications do not need to be recompiled in timespan of the branch. This first version will not have some of the bells and whistles that will come with later versions. It will, for example, be limited to 16 tables in the first commit. Implementation method, Compatible version. (part 1) ------------------------------- For this reason I have implemented a "sufficient subset" of a multiple routing table solution in Perforce, and back-ported it to 6.x. (also in Perforce though not always caught up with what I have done in -current/P4). The subset allows a number of FIBs to be defined at compile time (8 is sufficient for my purposes in 6.x) and implements the changes needed to allow IPV4 to use them. I have not done the changes for ipv6 simply because I do not need it, and I do not have enough knowledge of ipv6 (e.g. neighbor discovery) needed to do it. Other protocol families are left untouched and should there be users with proprietary protocol families, they should continue to work and be oblivious to the existence of the extra FIBs. To understand how this is done, one must know that the current FIB code starts everything off with a single dimensional array of pointers to FIB head structures (One per protocol family), each of which in turn points to the trie of routes available to that family. The basic change in the ABI compatible version of the change is to extent that array to be a 2 dimensional array, so that instead of protocol family X looking at rt_tables[X] for the table it needs, it looks at rt_tables[Y][X] when for all protocol families except ipv4 Y is always 0. Code that is unaware of the change always just sees the first row of the table, which of course looks just like the one dimensional array that existed before. The entry points rtrequest(), rtalloc(), rtalloc1(), rtalloc_ign() are all maintained, but refer only to the first row of the array, so that existing callers in proprietary protocols can continue to do the "right thing". Some new entry points are added, for the exclusive use of ipv4 code called in_rtrequest(), in_rtalloc(), in_rtalloc1() and in_rtalloc_ign(), which have an extra argument which refers the code to the correct row. In addition, there are some new entry points (currently called rtalloc_fib() and friends) that check the Address family being looked up and call either rtalloc() (and friends) if the protocol is not IPv4 forcing the action to row 0 or to the appropriate row if it IS IPv4 (and that info is available). These are for calling from code that is not specific to any particular protocol. The way these are implemented would change in the non ABI preserving code to be added later. One feature of the first version of the code is that for ipv4, the interface routes show up automatically on all the FIBs, so that no matter what FIB you select you always have the basic direct attached hosts available to you. (rtinit() does this automatically). You CAN delete an interface route from one FIB should you want to but by default it's there. ARP information is also available in each FIB. It's assumed that the same machine would have the same MAC address, regardless of which FIB you are using to get to it. This brings us as to how the correct FIB is selected for an outgoing IPV4 packet. Firstly, all packets have a FIB associated with them. if nothing has been done to change it, it will be FIB 0. The FIB is changed in the following ways. Packets fall into one of a number of classes. 1/ locally generated packets, coming from a socket/PCB. Such packets select a FIB from a number associated with the socket/PCB. This in turn is inherited from the process, but can be changed by a socket option. The process in turn inherits it on fork. I have written a utility call setfib that acts a bit like nice.. setfib -3 ping target.example.com # will use fib 3 for ping. It is an obvious extension to make it a property of a jail but I have not done so. It can be achieved by combining the setfib and jail commands. 2/ packets received on an interface for forwarding. By default these packets would use table 0, (or possibly a number settable in a sysctl(not yet)). but prior to routing the firewall can inspect them (see below). (possibly in the future you may be able to associate a FIB with packets received on an interface.. An ifconfig arg, but not yet.) 3/ packets inspected by a packet classifier, which can arbitrarily associate a fib with it on a packet by packet basis. A fib assigned to a packet by a packet classifier (such as ipfw) would over-ride a fib associated by a more default source. (such as cases 1 or 2). 4/ a tcp listen socket associated with a fib will generate accept sockets that are associated with that same fib. 5/ Packets generated in response to some other packet (e.g. reset or icmp packets). These should use the FIB associated with the packet being reponded to. 6/ Packets generated during encapsulation. gif, tun and other tunnel interfaces will encapsulate using the FIB that was in effect withthe proces that set up the tunnel. thus setfib 1 ifconfig gif0 [tunnel instructions] will set the fib for the tunnel to use to be fib 1. Routing messages would be associated with their process, and thus select one FIB or another. messages from the kernel would be associated with the fib they refer to and would only be received by a routing socket associated with that fib. (not yet implemented) In addition Netstat has been edited to be able to cope with the fact that the array is now 2 dimensional. (It looks in system memory using libkvm (!)). Old versions of netstat see only the first FIB. In addition two sysctls are added to give: a) the number of FIBs compiled in (active) b) the default FIB of the calling process. Early testing experience: ------------------------- Basically our (IronPort's) appliance does this functionality already using ipfw fwd but that method has some drawbacks. For example, It can't fully simulate a routing table because it can't influence the socket's choice of local address when a connect() is done. Testing during the generating of these changes has been remarkably smooth so far. Multiple tables have co-existed with no notable side effects, and packets have been routes accordingly. ipfw has grown 2 new keywords: setfib N ip from anay to any count ip from any to any fib N In pf there seems to be a requirement to be able to give symbolic names to the fibs but I do not have that capacity. I am not sure if it is required. SCTP has interestingly enough built in support for this, called VRFs in Cisco parlance. it will be interesting to see how that handles it when it suddenly actually does something. Where to next: -------------------- After committing the ABI compatible version and MFCing it, I'd like to proceed in a forward direction in -current. this will result in some roto-tilling in the routing code. Firstly: the current code's idea of having a separate tree per protocol family, all of the same format, and pointed to by the 1 dimensional array is a bit silly. Especially when one considers that there is code that makes assumptions about every protocol having the same internal structures there. Some protocols don't WANT that sort of structure. (for example the whole idea of a netmask is foreign to appletalk). This needs to be made opaque to the external code. My suggested first change is to add routing method pointers to the 'domain' structure, along with information pointing the data. instead of having an array of pointers to uniform structures, there would be an array pointing to the 'domain' structures for each protocol address domain (protocol family), and the methods this reached would be called. The methods would have an argument that gives FIB number, but the protocol would be free to ignore it. When the ABI can be changed it raises the possibilty of the addition of a fib entry into the "struct route". Currently, the structure contains the sockaddr of the desination, and the resulting fib entry. To make this work fully, one could add a fib number so that given an address and a fib, one can find the third element, the fib entry. Interaction with the ARP layer/ LL layer would need to be revisited as well. Qing Li has been working on this already. This work was sponsored by Ironport Systems/Cisco Reviewed by: several including rwatson, bz and mlair (parts each) Obtained from: Ironport systems/Cisco
2008-05-09 23:03:00 +00:00
#include <sys/sysctl.h>
- convert radix node head lock from mutex to rwlock - make radix node head lock not recursive - fix LOR in rtexpunge - fix LOR in rtredirect Reviewed by: sam
2008-12-07 21:15:43 +00:00
#include <sys/syslog.h>
Add code to allow the system to handle multiple routing tables. This particular implementation is designed to be fully backwards compatible and to be MFC-able to 7.x (and 6.x) Currently the only protocol that can make use of the multiple tables is IPv4 Similar functionality exists in OpenBSD and Linux. From my notes: ----- One thing where FreeBSD has been falling behind, and which by chance I have some time to work on is "policy based routing", which allows different packet streams to be routed by more than just the destination address. Constraints: ------------ I want to make some form of this available in the 6.x tree (and by extension 7.x) , but FreeBSD in general needs it so I might as well do it in -current and back port the portions I need. One of the ways that this can be done is to have the ability to instantiate multiple kernel routing tables (which I will now refer to as "Forwarding Information Bases" or "FIBs" for political correctness reasons). Which FIB a particular packet uses to make the next hop decision can be decided by a number of mechanisms. The policies these mechanisms implement are the "Policies" referred to in "Policy based routing". One of the constraints I have if I try to back port this work to 6.x is that it must be implemented as a EXTENSION to the existing ABIs in 6.x so that third party applications do not need to be recompiled in timespan of the branch. This first version will not have some of the bells and whistles that will come with later versions. It will, for example, be limited to 16 tables in the first commit. Implementation method, Compatible version. (part 1) ------------------------------- For this reason I have implemented a "sufficient subset" of a multiple routing table solution in Perforce, and back-ported it to 6.x. (also in Perforce though not always caught up with what I have done in -current/P4). The subset allows a number of FIBs to be defined at compile time (8 is sufficient for my purposes in 6.x) and implements the changes needed to allow IPV4 to use them. I have not done the changes for ipv6 simply because I do not need it, and I do not have enough knowledge of ipv6 (e.g. neighbor discovery) needed to do it. Other protocol families are left untouched and should there be users with proprietary protocol families, they should continue to work and be oblivious to the existence of the extra FIBs. To understand how this is done, one must know that the current FIB code starts everything off with a single dimensional array of pointers to FIB head structures (One per protocol family), each of which in turn points to the trie of routes available to that family. The basic change in the ABI compatible version of the change is to extent that array to be a 2 dimensional array, so that instead of protocol family X looking at rt_tables[X] for the table it needs, it looks at rt_tables[Y][X] when for all protocol families except ipv4 Y is always 0. Code that is unaware of the change always just sees the first row of the table, which of course looks just like the one dimensional array that existed before. The entry points rtrequest(), rtalloc(), rtalloc1(), rtalloc_ign() are all maintained, but refer only to the first row of the array, so that existing callers in proprietary protocols can continue to do the "right thing". Some new entry points are added, for the exclusive use of ipv4 code called in_rtrequest(), in_rtalloc(), in_rtalloc1() and in_rtalloc_ign(), which have an extra argument which refers the code to the correct row. In addition, there are some new entry points (currently called rtalloc_fib() and friends) that check the Address family being looked up and call either rtalloc() (and friends) if the protocol is not IPv4 forcing the action to row 0 or to the appropriate row if it IS IPv4 (and that info is available). These are for calling from code that is not specific to any particular protocol. The way these are implemented would change in the non ABI preserving code to be added later. One feature of the first version of the code is that for ipv4, the interface routes show up automatically on all the FIBs, so that no matter what FIB you select you always have the basic direct attached hosts available to you. (rtinit() does this automatically). You CAN delete an interface route from one FIB should you want to but by default it's there. ARP information is also available in each FIB. It's assumed that the same machine would have the same MAC address, regardless of which FIB you are using to get to it. This brings us as to how the correct FIB is selected for an outgoing IPV4 packet. Firstly, all packets have a FIB associated with them. if nothing has been done to change it, it will be FIB 0. The FIB is changed in the following ways. Packets fall into one of a number of classes. 1/ locally generated packets, coming from a socket/PCB. Such packets select a FIB from a number associated with the socket/PCB. This in turn is inherited from the process, but can be changed by a socket option. The process in turn inherits it on fork. I have written a utility call setfib that acts a bit like nice.. setfib -3 ping target.example.com # will use fib 3 for ping. It is an obvious extension to make it a property of a jail but I have not done so. It can be achieved by combining the setfib and jail commands. 2/ packets received on an interface for forwarding. By default these packets would use table 0, (or possibly a number settable in a sysctl(not yet)). but prior to routing the firewall can inspect them (see below). (possibly in the future you may be able to associate a FIB with packets received on an interface.. An ifconfig arg, but not yet.) 3/ packets inspected by a packet classifier, which can arbitrarily associate a fib with it on a packet by packet basis. A fib assigned to a packet by a packet classifier (such as ipfw) would over-ride a fib associated by a more default source. (such as cases 1 or 2). 4/ a tcp listen socket associated with a fib will generate accept sockets that are associated with that same fib. 5/ Packets generated in response to some other packet (e.g. reset or icmp packets). These should use the FIB associated with the packet being reponded to. 6/ Packets generated during encapsulation. gif, tun and other tunnel interfaces will encapsulate using the FIB that was in effect withthe proces that set up the tunnel. thus setfib 1 ifconfig gif0 [tunnel instructions] will set the fib for the tunnel to use to be fib 1. Routing messages would be associated with their process, and thus select one FIB or another. messages from the kernel would be associated with the fib they refer to and would only be received by a routing socket associated with that fib. (not yet implemented) In addition Netstat has been edited to be able to cope with the fact that the array is now 2 dimensional. (It looks in system memory using libkvm (!)). Old versions of netstat see only the first FIB. In addition two sysctls are added to give: a) the number of FIBs compiled in (active) b) the default FIB of the calling process. Early testing experience: ------------------------- Basically our (IronPort's) appliance does this functionality already using ipfw fwd but that method has some drawbacks. For example, It can't fully simulate a routing table because it can't influence the socket's choice of local address when a connect() is done. Testing during the generating of these changes has been remarkably smooth so far. Multiple tables have co-existed with no notable side effects, and packets have been routes accordingly. ipfw has grown 2 new keywords: setfib N ip from anay to any count ip from any to any fib N In pf there seems to be a requirement to be able to give symbolic names to the fibs but I do not have that capacity. I am not sure if it is required. SCTP has interestingly enough built in support for this, called VRFs in Cisco parlance. it will be interesting to see how that handles it when it suddenly actually does something. Where to next: -------------------- After committing the ABI compatible version and MFCing it, I'd like to proceed in a forward direction in -current. this will result in some roto-tilling in the routing code. Firstly: the current code's idea of having a separate tree per protocol family, all of the same format, and pointed to by the 1 dimensional array is a bit silly. Especially when one considers that there is code that makes assumptions about every protocol having the same internal structures there. Some protocols don't WANT that sort of structure. (for example the whole idea of a netmask is foreign to appletalk). This needs to be made opaque to the external code. My suggested first change is to add routing method pointers to the 'domain' structure, along with information pointing the data. instead of having an array of pointers to uniform structures, there would be an array pointing to the 'domain' structures for each protocol address domain (protocol family), and the methods this reached would be called. The methods would have an argument that gives FIB number, but the protocol would be free to ignore it. When the ABI can be changed it raises the possibilty of the addition of a fib entry into the "struct route". Currently, the structure contains the sockaddr of the desination, and the resulting fib entry. To make this work fully, one could add a fib number so that given an address and a fib, one can find the third element, the fib entry. Interaction with the ARP layer/ LL layer would need to be revisited as well. Qing Li has been working on this already. This work was sponsored by Ironport Systems/Cisco Reviewed by: several including rwatson, bz and mlair (parts each) Obtained from: Ironport systems/Cisco
2008-05-09 23:03:00 +00:00
#include <sys/sysproto.h>
#include <sys/proc.h>
BSD 4.4 Lite Kernel Sources
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
#include <sys/domain.h>
Postpone route_init() until all domains are attached.
1999-04-29 03:22:19 +00:00
#include <sys/kernel.h>
BSD 4.4 Lite Kernel Sources
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
#include <net/if.h>
The r48589 promised to remove implicit inclusion of if_var.h soon. Prepare to this event, adding if_var.h to files that do need it. Also, include all includes that now are included due to implicit pollution via if_var.h Sponsored by: Netflix Sponsored by: Nginx, Inc.
2013-10-26 17:58:36 +00:00
#include <net/if_var.h>
This main goals of this project are: 1. separating L2 tables (ARP, NDP) from the L3 routing tables 2. removing as much locking dependencies among these layers as possible to allow for some parallelism in the search operations 3. simplify the logic in the routing code, The most notable end result is the obsolescent of the route cloning (RTF_CLONING) concept, which translated into code reduction in both IPv4 ARP and IPv6 NDP related modules, and size reduction in struct rtentry{}. The change in design obsoletes the semantics of RTF_CLONING, RTF_WASCLONE and RTF_LLINFO routing flags. The userland applications such as "arp" and "ndp" have been modified to reflect those changes. The output from "netstat -r" shows only the routing entries. Quite a few developers have contributed to this project in the past: Glebius Smirnoff, Luigi Rizzo, Alessandro Cerri, and Andre Oppermann. And most recently: - Kip Macy revised the locking code completely, thus completing the last piece of the puzzle, Kip has also been conducting active functional testing - Sam Leffler has helped me improving/refactoring the code, and provided valuable reviews - Julian Elischer setup the perforce tree for me and has helped me maintaining that branch before the svn conversion
2008-12-15 06:10:57 +00:00
#include <net/if_dl.h>
BSD 4.4 Lite Kernel Sources
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
#include <net/route.h>
Merge the remainder of kern_vimage.c and vimage.h into vnet.c and vnet.h, we now use jails (rather than vimages) as the abstraction for virtualization management, and what remained was specific to virtual network stacks. Minor cleanups are done in the process, and comments updated to reflect these changes. Reviewed by: bz Approved by: re (vimage blanket)
2009-08-01 19:26:27 +00:00
#include <net/vnet.h>
The flow-table associates TCP/UDP flows and IP destinations with specific routes. When the routing table changes, for example, when a new route with a more specific prefix is inserted into the routing table, the flow-table is not updated to reflect that change. As such existing connections cannot take advantage of the new path. In some cases the path is broken. This patch will update the affected flow-table entries when a more specific route is added. The route entry is properly marked when a route is deleted from the table. In this case, when the flow-table performs a search, the stale entry is updated automatically. Therefore this patch is not necessary for route deletion. Submitted by: simon, phk Reviewed by: bz, kmacy MFC after: 3 days
2009-10-01 20:32:29 +00:00
#include <net/flowtable.h>
BSD 4.4 Lite Kernel Sources
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
This patch provides the back end support for equal-cost multi-path (ECMP) for both IPv4 and IPv6. Previously, multipath route insertion is disallowed. For example, route add -net 192.103.54.0/24 10.9.44.1 route add -net 192.103.54.0/24 10.9.44.2 The second route insertion will trigger an error message of "add net 192.103.54.0/24: gateway 10.2.5.2: route already in table" Multiple default routes can also be inserted. Here is the netstat output: default 10.2.5.1 UGS 0 3074 bge0 => default 10.2.5.2 UGS 0 0 bge0 When multipath routes exist, the "route delete" command requires a specific gateway to be specified or else an error message would be displayed. For example, route delete default would fail and trigger the following error message: "route: writing to routing socket: No such process" "delete net default: not in table" On the other hand, route delete default 10.2.5.2 would be successful: "delete net default: gateway 10.2.5.2" One does not have to specify a gateway if there is only a single route for a particular destination. I need to perform more testings on address aliases and multiple interfaces that have the same IP prefixes. This patch as it stands today is not yet ready for prime time. Therefore, the ECMP code fragments are fully guarded by the RADIX_MPATH macro. Include the "options RADIX_MPATH" in the kernel configuration to enable this feature. Reviewed by: robert, sam, gnn, julian, kmacy
2008-04-13 05:45:14 +00:00
#ifdef RADIX_MPATH
#include <net/radix_mpath.h>
#endif
BSD 4.4 Lite Kernel Sources
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
#include <netinet/in.h>
Add and move declarations to fix all of the warnings from `gcc -Wimplicit' (except in netccitt, netiso and netns) and most of the warnings from `gcc -Wnested-externs'. Fix all the bugs found. There were no serious ones.
1995-03-16 18:17:34 +00:00
#include <netinet/ip_mroute.h>
BSD 4.4 Lite Kernel Sources
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
Convert the routing table to use an UMA zone for rtentries. The zone is called "rtentry". This saves a considerable amount of kernel memory. R_Zmalloc previously used 256 byte blocks (plus kmalloc overhead) whereas UMA only needs 132 bytes. Idea from: OpenBSD
2004-08-11 17:26:56 +00:00
#include <vm/uma.h>
Finally change the mbuf to have its own fib field instead of stealing 4 flag bits. This was supposed to happen in 8.0, and again in 2012.. MFC after: never
2013-05-16 16:20:17 +00:00
#define RT_MAXFIBS UINT16_MAX
Hide kernel option ROUTETABLES evaluations in the implementation rather than the header file. With this also move RT_MAXFIBS and RT_NUMFIBS into the implemantion to avoid further usage in other code. rt_numfibs is all that should be needed. This allows users to change the number of FIBs from 1..RT_MAXFIBS(16) dynamically using the tunable without the need to change the kernel config for the maximum anymore. This means that thet multi-FIB feature is now fully available with GENERIC kernels. The kernel option ROUTETABLES can still be used to set the default numbers of FIBs in absence of the tunable. Ok.ed by: julian, hrs, melifaro MFC after: 2 weeks
2012-03-18 11:23:40 +00:00
/* Kernel config default option. */
#ifdef ROUTETABLES
#if ROUTETABLES <= 0
#error "ROUTETABLES defined too low"
#endif
#if ROUTETABLES > RT_MAXFIBS
#error "ROUTETABLES defined too big"
#endif
#define RT_NUMFIBS ROUTETABLES
#endif /* ROUTETABLES */
/* Initialize to default if not otherwise set. */
#ifndef RT_NUMFIBS
#define RT_NUMFIBS 1
#endif
Split rt_newaddrmsg_fib() into two different functions. Adding/deleting interface addresses involves access to 3 different subsystems, int different parts of code. Each call can fail, so reporting successful operation by rtsock in the middle of the process error-prone. Further split routing notification API and actual rtsock calls via creating public-available rt_addrmsg() / rt_routemsg() functions with "private" rtsock_* backend. MFC after: 2 weeks
2014-01-09 18:13:25 +00:00
#if defined(INET) || defined(INET6)
#ifdef SCTP
extern void sctp_addr_change(struct ifaddr *ifa, int cmd);
#endif /* SCTP */
#endif
Finally change the mbuf to have its own fib field instead of stealing 4 flag bits. This was supposed to happen in 8.0, and again in 2012.. MFC after: never
2013-05-16 16:20:17 +00:00
/* This is read-only.. */
Add code to allow the system to handle multiple routing tables. This particular implementation is designed to be fully backwards compatible and to be MFC-able to 7.x (and 6.x) Currently the only protocol that can make use of the multiple tables is IPv4 Similar functionality exists in OpenBSD and Linux. From my notes: ----- One thing where FreeBSD has been falling behind, and which by chance I have some time to work on is "policy based routing", which allows different packet streams to be routed by more than just the destination address. Constraints: ------------ I want to make some form of this available in the 6.x tree (and by extension 7.x) , but FreeBSD in general needs it so I might as well do it in -current and back port the portions I need. One of the ways that this can be done is to have the ability to instantiate multiple kernel routing tables (which I will now refer to as "Forwarding Information Bases" or "FIBs" for political correctness reasons). Which FIB a particular packet uses to make the next hop decision can be decided by a number of mechanisms. The policies these mechanisms implement are the "Policies" referred to in "Policy based routing". One of the constraints I have if I try to back port this work to 6.x is that it must be implemented as a EXTENSION to the existing ABIs in 6.x so that third party applications do not need to be recompiled in timespan of the branch. This first version will not have some of the bells and whistles that will come with later versions. It will, for example, be limited to 16 tables in the first commit. Implementation method, Compatible version. (part 1) ------------------------------- For this reason I have implemented a "sufficient subset" of a multiple routing table solution in Perforce, and back-ported it to 6.x. (also in Perforce though not always caught up with what I have done in -current/P4). The subset allows a number of FIBs to be defined at compile time (8 is sufficient for my purposes in 6.x) and implements the changes needed to allow IPV4 to use them. I have not done the changes for ipv6 simply because I do not need it, and I do not have enough knowledge of ipv6 (e.g. neighbor discovery) needed to do it. Other protocol families are left untouched and should there be users with proprietary protocol families, they should continue to work and be oblivious to the existence of the extra FIBs. To understand how this is done, one must know that the current FIB code starts everything off with a single dimensional array of pointers to FIB head structures (One per protocol family), each of which in turn points to the trie of routes available to that family. The basic change in the ABI compatible version of the change is to extent that array to be a 2 dimensional array, so that instead of protocol family X looking at rt_tables[X] for the table it needs, it looks at rt_tables[Y][X] when for all protocol families except ipv4 Y is always 0. Code that is unaware of the change always just sees the first row of the table, which of course looks just like the one dimensional array that existed before. The entry points rtrequest(), rtalloc(), rtalloc1(), rtalloc_ign() are all maintained, but refer only to the first row of the array, so that existing callers in proprietary protocols can continue to do the "right thing". Some new entry points are added, for the exclusive use of ipv4 code called in_rtrequest(), in_rtalloc(), in_rtalloc1() and in_rtalloc_ign(), which have an extra argument which refers the code to the correct row. In addition, there are some new entry points (currently called rtalloc_fib() and friends) that check the Address family being looked up and call either rtalloc() (and friends) if the protocol is not IPv4 forcing the action to row 0 or to the appropriate row if it IS IPv4 (and that info is available). These are for calling from code that is not specific to any particular protocol. The way these are implemented would change in the non ABI preserving code to be added later. One feature of the first version of the code is that for ipv4, the interface routes show up automatically on all the FIBs, so that no matter what FIB you select you always have the basic direct attached hosts available to you. (rtinit() does this automatically). You CAN delete an interface route from one FIB should you want to but by default it's there. ARP information is also available in each FIB. It's assumed that the same machine would have the same MAC address, regardless of which FIB you are using to get to it. This brings us as to how the correct FIB is selected for an outgoing IPV4 packet. Firstly, all packets have a FIB associated with them. if nothing has been done to change it, it will be FIB 0. The FIB is changed in the following ways. Packets fall into one of a number of classes. 1/ locally generated packets, coming from a socket/PCB. Such packets select a FIB from a number associated with the socket/PCB. This in turn is inherited from the process, but can be changed by a socket option. The process in turn inherits it on fork. I have written a utility call setfib that acts a bit like nice.. setfib -3 ping target.example.com # will use fib 3 for ping. It is an obvious extension to make it a property of a jail but I have not done so. It can be achieved by combining the setfib and jail commands. 2/ packets received on an interface for forwarding. By default these packets would use table 0, (or possibly a number settable in a sysctl(not yet)). but prior to routing the firewall can inspect them (see below). (possibly in the future you may be able to associate a FIB with packets received on an interface.. An ifconfig arg, but not yet.) 3/ packets inspected by a packet classifier, which can arbitrarily associate a fib with it on a packet by packet basis. A fib assigned to a packet by a packet classifier (such as ipfw) would over-ride a fib associated by a more default source. (such as cases 1 or 2). 4/ a tcp listen socket associated with a fib will generate accept sockets that are associated with that same fib. 5/ Packets generated in response to some other packet (e.g. reset or icmp packets). These should use the FIB associated with the packet being reponded to. 6/ Packets generated during encapsulation. gif, tun and other tunnel interfaces will encapsulate using the FIB that was in effect withthe proces that set up the tunnel. thus setfib 1 ifconfig gif0 [tunnel instructions] will set the fib for the tunnel to use to be fib 1. Routing messages would be associated with their process, and thus select one FIB or another. messages from the kernel would be associated with the fib they refer to and would only be received by a routing socket associated with that fib. (not yet implemented) In addition Netstat has been edited to be able to cope with the fact that the array is now 2 dimensional. (It looks in system memory using libkvm (!)). Old versions of netstat see only the first FIB. In addition two sysctls are added to give: a) the number of FIBs compiled in (active) b) the default FIB of the calling process. Early testing experience: ------------------------- Basically our (IronPort's) appliance does this functionality already using ipfw fwd but that method has some drawbacks. For example, It can't fully simulate a routing table because it can't influence the socket's choice of local address when a connect() is done. Testing during the generating of these changes has been remarkably smooth so far. Multiple tables have co-existed with no notable side effects, and packets have been routes accordingly. ipfw has grown 2 new keywords: setfib N ip from anay to any count ip from any to any fib N In pf there seems to be a requirement to be able to give symbolic names to the fibs but I do not have that capacity. I am not sure if it is required. SCTP has interestingly enough built in support for this, called VRFs in Cisco parlance. it will be interesting to see how that handles it when it suddenly actually does something. Where to next: -------------------- After committing the ABI compatible version and MFCing it, I'd like to proceed in a forward direction in -current. this will result in some roto-tilling in the routing code. Firstly: the current code's idea of having a separate tree per protocol family, all of the same format, and pointed to by the 1 dimensional array is a bit silly. Especially when one considers that there is code that makes assumptions about every protocol having the same internal structures there. Some protocols don't WANT that sort of structure. (for example the whole idea of a netmask is foreign to appletalk). This needs to be made opaque to the external code. My suggested first change is to add routing method pointers to the 'domain' structure, along with information pointing the data. instead of having an array of pointers to uniform structures, there would be an array pointing to the 'domain' structures for each protocol address domain (protocol family), and the methods this reached would be called. The methods would have an argument that gives FIB number, but the protocol would be free to ignore it. When the ABI can be changed it raises the possibilty of the addition of a fib entry into the "struct route". Currently, the structure contains the sockaddr of the desination, and the resulting fib entry. To make this work fully, one could add a fib number so that given an address and a fib, one can find the third element, the fib entry. Interaction with the ARP layer/ LL layer would need to be revisited as well. Qing Li has been working on this already. This work was sponsored by Ironport Systems/Cisco Reviewed by: several including rwatson, bz and mlair (parts each) Obtained from: Ironport systems/Cisco
2008-05-09 23:03:00 +00:00
u_int rt_numfibs = RT_NUMFIBS;
Pull in r267961 and r267973 again. Fix for issues reported will follow.
2014-06-28 03:56:17 +00:00
SYSCTL_UINT(_net, OID_AUTO, fibs, CTLFLAG_RDTUN, &rt_numfibs, 0, "");
Add code to allow the system to handle multiple routing tables. This particular implementation is designed to be fully backwards compatible and to be MFC-able to 7.x (and 6.x) Currently the only protocol that can make use of the multiple tables is IPv4 Similar functionality exists in OpenBSD and Linux. From my notes: ----- One thing where FreeBSD has been falling behind, and which by chance I have some time to work on is "policy based routing", which allows different packet streams to be routed by more than just the destination address. Constraints: ------------ I want to make some form of this available in the 6.x tree (and by extension 7.x) , but FreeBSD in general needs it so I might as well do it in -current and back port the portions I need. One of the ways that this can be done is to have the ability to instantiate multiple kernel routing tables (which I will now refer to as "Forwarding Information Bases" or "FIBs" for political correctness reasons). Which FIB a particular packet uses to make the next hop decision can be decided by a number of mechanisms. The policies these mechanisms implement are the "Policies" referred to in "Policy based routing". One of the constraints I have if I try to back port this work to 6.x is that it must be implemented as a EXTENSION to the existing ABIs in 6.x so that third party applications do not need to be recompiled in timespan of the branch. This first version will not have some of the bells and whistles that will come with later versions. It will, for example, be limited to 16 tables in the first commit. Implementation method, Compatible version. (part 1) ------------------------------- For this reason I have implemented a "sufficient subset" of a multiple routing table solution in Perforce, and back-ported it to 6.x. (also in Perforce though not always caught up with what I have done in -current/P4). The subset allows a number of FIBs to be defined at compile time (8 is sufficient for my purposes in 6.x) and implements the changes needed to allow IPV4 to use them. I have not done the changes for ipv6 simply because I do not need it, and I do not have enough knowledge of ipv6 (e.g. neighbor discovery) needed to do it. Other protocol families are left untouched and should there be users with proprietary protocol families, they should continue to work and be oblivious to the existence of the extra FIBs. To understand how this is done, one must know that the current FIB code starts everything off with a single dimensional array of pointers to FIB head structures (One per protocol family), each of which in turn points to the trie of routes available to that family. The basic change in the ABI compatible version of the change is to extent that array to be a 2 dimensional array, so that instead of protocol family X looking at rt_tables[X] for the table it needs, it looks at rt_tables[Y][X] when for all protocol families except ipv4 Y is always 0. Code that is unaware of the change always just sees the first row of the table, which of course looks just like the one dimensional array that existed before. The entry points rtrequest(), rtalloc(), rtalloc1(), rtalloc_ign() are all maintained, but refer only to the first row of the array, so that existing callers in proprietary protocols can continue to do the "right thing". Some new entry points are added, for the exclusive use of ipv4 code called in_rtrequest(), in_rtalloc(), in_rtalloc1() and in_rtalloc_ign(), which have an extra argument which refers the code to the correct row. In addition, there are some new entry points (currently called rtalloc_fib() and friends) that check the Address family being looked up and call either rtalloc() (and friends) if the protocol is not IPv4 forcing the action to row 0 or to the appropriate row if it IS IPv4 (and that info is available). These are for calling from code that is not specific to any particular protocol. The way these are implemented would change in the non ABI preserving code to be added later. One feature of the first version of the code is that for ipv4, the interface routes show up automatically on all the FIBs, so that no matter what FIB you select you always have the basic direct attached hosts available to you. (rtinit() does this automatically). You CAN delete an interface route from one FIB should you want to but by default it's there. ARP information is also available in each FIB. It's assumed that the same machine would have the same MAC address, regardless of which FIB you are using to get to it. This brings us as to how the correct FIB is selected for an outgoing IPV4 packet. Firstly, all packets have a FIB associated with them. if nothing has been done to change it, it will be FIB 0. The FIB is changed in the following ways. Packets fall into one of a number of classes. 1/ locally generated packets, coming from a socket/PCB. Such packets select a FIB from a number associated with the socket/PCB. This in turn is inherited from the process, but can be changed by a socket option. The process in turn inherits it on fork. I have written a utility call setfib that acts a bit like nice.. setfib -3 ping target.example.com # will use fib 3 for ping. It is an obvious extension to make it a property of a jail but I have not done so. It can be achieved by combining the setfib and jail commands. 2/ packets received on an interface for forwarding. By default these packets would use table 0, (or possibly a number settable in a sysctl(not yet)). but prior to routing the firewall can inspect them (see below). (possibly in the future you may be able to associate a FIB with packets received on an interface.. An ifconfig arg, but not yet.) 3/ packets inspected by a packet classifier, which can arbitrarily associate a fib with it on a packet by packet basis. A fib assigned to a packet by a packet classifier (such as ipfw) would over-ride a fib associated by a more default source. (such as cases 1 or 2). 4/ a tcp listen socket associated with a fib will generate accept sockets that are associated with that same fib. 5/ Packets generated in response to some other packet (e.g. reset or icmp packets). These should use the FIB associated with the packet being reponded to. 6/ Packets generated during encapsulation. gif, tun and other tunnel interfaces will encapsulate using the FIB that was in effect withthe proces that set up the tunnel. thus setfib 1 ifconfig gif0 [tunnel instructions] will set the fib for the tunnel to use to be fib 1. Routing messages would be associated with their process, and thus select one FIB or another. messages from the kernel would be associated with the fib they refer to and would only be received by a routing socket associated with that fib. (not yet implemented) In addition Netstat has been edited to be able to cope with the fact that the array is now 2 dimensional. (It looks in system memory using libkvm (!)). Old versions of netstat see only the first FIB. In addition two sysctls are added to give: a) the number of FIBs compiled in (active) b) the default FIB of the calling process. Early testing experience: ------------------------- Basically our (IronPort's) appliance does this functionality already using ipfw fwd but that method has some drawbacks. For example, It can't fully simulate a routing table because it can't influence the socket's choice of local address when a connect() is done. Testing during the generating of these changes has been remarkably smooth so far. Multiple tables have co-existed with no notable side effects, and packets have been routes accordingly. ipfw has grown 2 new keywords: setfib N ip from anay to any count ip from any to any fib N In pf there seems to be a requirement to be able to give symbolic names to the fibs but I do not have that capacity. I am not sure if it is required. SCTP has interestingly enough built in support for this, called VRFs in Cisco parlance. it will be interesting to see how that handles it when it suddenly actually does something. Where to next: -------------------- After committing the ABI compatible version and MFCing it, I'd like to proceed in a forward direction in -current. this will result in some roto-tilling in the routing code. Firstly: the current code's idea of having a separate tree per protocol family, all of the same format, and pointed to by the 1 dimensional array is a bit silly. Especially when one considers that there is code that makes assumptions about every protocol having the same internal structures there. Some protocols don't WANT that sort of structure. (for example the whole idea of a netmask is foreign to appletalk). This needs to be made opaque to the external code. My suggested first change is to add routing method pointers to the 'domain' structure, along with information pointing the data. instead of having an array of pointers to uniform structures, there would be an array pointing to the 'domain' structures for each protocol address domain (protocol family), and the methods this reached would be called. The methods would have an argument that gives FIB number, but the protocol would be free to ignore it. When the ABI can be changed it raises the possibilty of the addition of a fib entry into the "struct route". Currently, the structure contains the sockaddr of the desination, and the resulting fib entry. To make this work fully, one could add a fib number so that given an address and a fib, one can find the third element, the fib entry. Interaction with the ARP layer/ LL layer would need to be revisited as well. Qing Li has been working on this already. This work was sponsored by Ironport Systems/Cisco Reviewed by: several including rwatson, bz and mlair (parts each) Obtained from: Ironport systems/Cisco
2008-05-09 23:03:00 +00:00
Add the ability to add new addresses for interfacesto just one FIB (Other more specific related options will follow) This allows one to set multiple p2p links to the same place and select which to use by having each in different FIBS.
2008-07-27 01:29:28 +00:00
/*
* By default add routes to all fibs for new interfaces.
* Once this is set to 0 then only allocate routes on interface
* changes for the FIB of the caller when adding a new set of addresses
* to an interface. XXX this is a shotgun aproach to a problem that needs
* a more fine grained solution.. that will come.
Move a comment from rtinit1() to the top of the file where dealing with the (maximum) number of FIBs trying to clarify that evetually FIBs should probably attached to domain(9) specific storage. [1] Add a comment on a limitimation on the rt_add_addr_allfibs option. Use RT_DEFAULT_FIB instead of 0 where applicable. Add empty line to functions without local variables per style. Put public yet unused in-tree function rtinit_fib() under BURN_BRIDGES to indicate that it might go away in the future. No functional change. Discussed with: julian [1] (clarification on what the original one meant) Sponsored by: Cisco Systems, Inc.
2012-02-03 12:25:14 +00:00
* XXX also has the problems getting the FIB from curthread which will not
* always work given the fib can be overridden and prefixes can be added
* from the network stack context.
Add the ability to add new addresses for interfacesto just one FIB (Other more specific related options will follow) This allows one to set multiple p2p links to the same place and select which to use by having each in different FIBS.
2008-07-27 01:29:28 +00:00
*/
Make net.add_addr_allfibs vnet-local.
2014-09-21 03:48:20 +00:00
VNET_DEFINE(u_int, rt_add_addr_allfibs) = 1;
SYSCTL_UINT(_net, OID_AUTO, add_addr_allfibs, CTLFLAG_RWTUN | CTLFLAG_VNET,
&VNET_NAME(rt_add_addr_allfibs), 0, "");
Add the ability to add new addresses for interfacesto just one FIB (Other more specific related options will follow) This allows one to set multiple p2p links to the same place and select which to use by having each in different FIBS.
2008-07-27 01:29:28 +00:00
Build on Jeff Roberson's linker-set based dynamic per-CPU allocator (DPCPU), as suggested by Peter Wemm, and implement a new per-virtual network stack memory allocator. Modify vnet to use the allocator instead of monolithic global container structures (vinet, ...). This change solves many binary compatibility problems associated with VIMAGE, and restores ELF symbols for virtualized global variables. Each virtualized global variable exists as a "reference copy", and also once per virtual network stack. Virtualized global variables are tagged at compile-time, placing the in a special linker set, which is loaded into a contiguous region of kernel memory. Virtualized global variables in the base kernel are linked as normal, but those in modules are copied and relocated to a reserved portion of the kernel's vnet region with the help of a the kernel linker. Virtualized global variables exist in per-vnet memory set up when the network stack instance is created, and are initialized statically from the reference copy. Run-time access occurs via an accessor macro, which converts from the current vnet and requested symbol to a per-vnet address. When "options VIMAGE" is not compiled into the kernel, normal global ELF symbols will be used instead and indirection is avoided. This change restores static initialization for network stack global variables, restores support for non-global symbols and types, eliminates the need for many subsystem constructors, eliminates large per-subsystem structures that caused many binary compatibility issues both for monitoring applications (netstat) and kernel modules, removes the per-function INIT_VNET_*() macros throughout the stack, eliminates the need for vnet_symmap ksym(2) munging, and eliminates duplicate definitions of virtualized globals under VIMAGE_GLOBALS. Bump __FreeBSD_version and update UPDATING. Portions submitted by: bz Reviewed by: bz, zec Discussed with: gnn, jamie, jeff, jhb, julian, sam Suggested by: peter Approved by: re (kensmith)
2009-07-14 22:48:30 +00:00
VNET_DEFINE(struct rtstat, rtstat);
MFP4: @176978-176982, 176984, 176990-176994, 177441 "Whitspace" churn after the VIMAGE/VNET whirls. Remove the need for some "init" functions within the network stack, like pim6_init(), icmp_init() or significantly shorten others like ip6_init() and nd6_init(), using static initialization again where possible and formerly missed. Move (most) variables back to the place they used to be before the container structs and VIMAGE_GLOABLS (before r185088) and try to reduce the diff to stable/7 and earlier as good as possible, to help out-of-tree consumers to update from 6.x or 7.x to 8 or 9. This also removes some header file pollution for putatively static global variables. Revert VIMAGE specific changes in ipfilter::ip_auth.c, that are no longer needed. Reviewed by: jhb Discussed with: rwatson Sponsored by: The FreeBSD Foundation Sponsored by: CK Software GmbH MFC after: 6 days
2010-04-29 11:52:42 +00:00
#define V_rtstat VNET(rtstat)
Move virtualization of routing related variables into their own Vimage module, which had been there already but now is stateful. All variables are now file local; so this further limits the global spreading of routing related things throughout the kernel. Add a missing function local variable in case of MPATHing. Reviewed by: zec
2009-06-22 17:48:16 +00:00
MFP4: @176978-176982, 176984, 176990-176994, 177441 "Whitspace" churn after the VIMAGE/VNET whirls. Remove the need for some "init" functions within the network stack, like pim6_init(), icmp_init() or significantly shorten others like ip6_init() and nd6_init(), using static initialization again where possible and formerly missed. Move (most) variables back to the place they used to be before the container structs and VIMAGE_GLOABLS (before r185088) and try to reduce the diff to stable/7 and earlier as good as possible, to help out-of-tree consumers to update from 6.x or 7.x to 8 or 9. This also removes some header file pollution for putatively static global variables. Revert VIMAGE specific changes in ipfilter::ip_auth.c, that are no longer needed. Reviewed by: jhb Discussed with: rwatson Sponsored by: The FreeBSD Foundation Sponsored by: CK Software GmbH MFC after: 6 days
2010-04-29 11:52:42 +00:00
VNET_DEFINE(struct radix_node_head *, rt_tables);
Remove unused VNET_SET() and related macros; only VNET_GET() is ever actually used. Rename VNET_GET() to VNET() to shorten variable references. Discussed with: bz, julian Reviewed by: bz Approved by: re (kensmith, kib)
2009-07-16 21:13:04 +00:00
#define V_rt_tables VNET(rt_tables)
MFP4: @176978-176982, 176984, 176990-176994, 177441 "Whitspace" churn after the VIMAGE/VNET whirls. Remove the need for some "init" functions within the network stack, like pim6_init(), icmp_init() or significantly shorten others like ip6_init() and nd6_init(), using static initialization again where possible and formerly missed. Move (most) variables back to the place they used to be before the container structs and VIMAGE_GLOABLS (before r185088) and try to reduce the diff to stable/7 and earlier as good as possible, to help out-of-tree consumers to update from 6.x or 7.x to 8 or 9. This also removes some header file pollution for putatively static global variables. Revert VIMAGE specific changes in ipfilter::ip_auth.c, that are no longer needed. Reviewed by: jhb Discussed with: rwatson Sponsored by: The FreeBSD Foundation Sponsored by: CK Software GmbH MFC after: 6 days
2010-04-29 11:52:42 +00:00
VNET_DEFINE(int, rttrash); /* routes not in table but not freed */
Remove unused VNET_SET() and related macros; only VNET_GET() is ever actually used. Rename VNET_GET() to VNET() to shorten variable references. Discussed with: bz, julian Reviewed by: bz Approved by: re (kensmith, kib)
2009-07-16 21:13:04 +00:00
#define V_rttrash VNET(rttrash)
Move virtualization of routing related variables into their own Vimage module, which had been there already but now is stateful. All variables are now file local; so this further limits the global spreading of routing related things throughout the kernel. Add a missing function local variable in case of MPATHing. Reviewed by: zec
2009-06-22 17:48:16 +00:00
Introduce vnet module registration / initialization framework with dependency tracking and ordering enforcement. With this change, per-vnet initialization functions introduced with r190787 are no longer directly called from traditional initialization functions (which cc in most cases inlined to pre-r190787 code), but are instead registered via the vnet framework first, and are invoked only after all prerequisite modules have been initialized. In the long run, this framework should allow us to both initialize and dismantle multiple vnet instances in a correct order. The problem this change aims to solve is how to replay the initialization sequence of various network stack components, which have been traditionally triggered via different mechanisms (SYSINIT, protosw). Note that this initialization sequence was and still can be subtly different depending on whether certain pieces of code have been statically compiled into the kernel, loaded as modules by boot loader, or kldloaded at run time. The approach is simple - we record the initialization sequence established by the traditional mechanisms whenever vnet_mod_register() is called for a particular vnet module. The vnet_mod_register_multi() variant allows a single initializer function to be registered multiple times but with different arguments - currently this is only used in kern/uipc_domain.c by net_add_domain() with different struct domain * as arguments, which allows for protosw-registered initialization routines to be invoked in a correct order by the new vnet initialization framework. For the purpose of identifying vnet modules, each vnet module has to have a unique ID, which is statically assigned in sys/vimage.h. Dynamic assignment of vnet module IDs is not supported yet. A vnet module may specify a single prerequisite module at registration time by filling in the vmi_dependson field of its vnet_modinfo struct with the ID of the module it depends on. Unless specified otherwise, all vnet modules depend on VNET_MOD_NET (container for ifnet list head, rt_tables etc.), which thus has to and will always be initialized first. The framework will panic if it detects any unresolved dependencies before completing system initialization. Detection of unresolved dependencies for vnet modules registered after boot (kldloaded modules) is not provided. Note that the fact that each module can specify only a single prerequisite may become problematic in the long run. In particular, INET6 depends on INET being already instantiated, due to TCP / UDP structures residing in INET container. IPSEC also depends on INET, which will in turn additionally complicate making INET6-only kernel configs a reality. The entire registration framework can be compiled out by turning on the VIMAGE_GLOBALS kernel config option. Reviewed by: bz Approved by: julian (mentor)
2009-04-11 05:58:58 +00:00
Clearly comment the assumptions that allow us to cast a 'struct radix_node *' to a 'struct rtentry *' in this code, and introduce a macro, RNTORT(), to do this type conversion.
2004-04-21 15:16:08 +00:00
/*
* Convert a 'struct radix_node *' to a 'struct rtentry *'.
* The operation can be done safely (in this code) because a
* 'struct rtentry' starts with two 'struct radix_node''s, the first
* one representing leaf nodes in the routing tree, which is
* what the code in radix.c passes us as a 'struct radix_node'.
*
* But because there are a lot of assumptions in this conversion,
* do not cast explicitly, but always use the macro below.
*/
#define RNTORT(p) ((struct rtentry *)(p))
After some off-list discussion, revert a number of changes to the DPCPU_DEFINE and VNET_DEFINE macros, as these cause problems for various people working on the affected files. A better long-term solution is still being considered. This reversal may give some modules empty set_pcpu or set_vnet sections, but these are harmless. Changes reverted: ------------------------------------------------------------------------ r215318 | dim | 2010-11-14 21:40:55 +0100 (Sun, 14 Nov 2010) | 4 lines Instead of unconditionally emitting .globl's for the __start_set_xxx and __stop_set_xxx symbols, only emit them when the set_vnet or set_pcpu sections are actually defined. ------------------------------------------------------------------------ r215317 | dim | 2010-11-14 21:38:11 +0100 (Sun, 14 Nov 2010) | 3 lines Apply the STATIC_VNET_DEFINE and STATIC_DPCPU_DEFINE macros throughout the tree. ------------------------------------------------------------------------ r215316 | dim | 2010-11-14 21:23:02 +0100 (Sun, 14 Nov 2010) | 2 lines Add macros to define static instances of VNET_DEFINE and DPCPU_DEFINE.
2010-11-22 19:32:54 +00:00
static VNET_DEFINE(uma_zone_t, rtzone); /* Routing table UMA zone. */
MFP4: @176978-176982, 176984, 176990-176994, 177441 "Whitspace" churn after the VIMAGE/VNET whirls. Remove the need for some "init" functions within the network stack, like pim6_init(), icmp_init() or significantly shorten others like ip6_init() and nd6_init(), using static initialization again where possible and formerly missed. Move (most) variables back to the place they used to be before the container structs and VIMAGE_GLOABLS (before r185088) and try to reduce the diff to stable/7 and earlier as good as possible, to help out-of-tree consumers to update from 6.x or 7.x to 8 or 9. This also removes some header file pollution for putatively static global variables. Revert VIMAGE specific changes in ipfilter::ip_auth.c, that are no longer needed. Reviewed by: jhb Discussed with: rwatson Sponsored by: The FreeBSD Foundation Sponsored by: CK Software GmbH MFC after: 6 days
2010-04-29 11:52:42 +00:00
#define V_rtzone VNET(rtzone)
Decouple RTM_CHANGE from RTM_GET handling in rtsock.c:route_output(). RTM_CHANGE is now handled inside route.c:rtrequest1_fib() as it should be. Note change change handler is a separate function rtrequest1_fib_change(). MFC after: 1 month
2014-04-26 21:03:41 +00:00
static int rtrequest1_fib_change(struct radix_node_head *, struct rt_addrinfo *,
struct rtentry **, u_int);
Move rt_setmetrics() from rtsock.c to route.c. All rtsock-initiated rte creation/modification are now performed in route.c holding radix tree write lock. This reduces the need for per-rte mutex. Sponsored by: Yandex LLC MFC after: 1 month
2014-04-29 19:14:42 +00:00
static void rt_setmetrics(const struct rt_addrinfo *, struct rtentry *);
MFP r274295: * Move interface route cleanup to route.c:rt_flushifroutes() * Convert most of "for (fibnum = 0; fibnum < rt_numfibs; fibnum++)" users to use new rt_foreach_fib() instead of hand-rolling cycles.
2015-08-08 18:14:59 +00:00
static int rt_ifdelroute(struct rtentry *rt, void *arg);
Decouple RTM_CHANGE from RTM_GET handling in rtsock.c:route_output(). RTM_CHANGE is now handled inside route.c:rtrequest1_fib() as it should be. Note change change handler is a separate function rtrequest1_fib_change(). MFC after: 1 month
2014-04-26 21:03:41 +00:00
Finish r274175: do control plane MTU tracking. Update route MTU in case of ifnet MTU change. Add new RTF_FIXEDMTU to track explicitly specified MTU. Old behavior: ifconfig em0 mtu 1500->9000 -> all routes traversing em0 do not change MTU. User has to manually update all routes. ifconfig em0 mtu 9000->1500 -> all routes traversing em0 do not change MTU. However, if ip[6]_output finds route with rt_mtu > interface mtu, rt_mtu gets updated. New behavior: ifconfig em0 mtu 1500->9000 -> all interface routes in all fibs gets updated with new MTU unless RTF_FIXEDMTU flag set on them. ifconfig em0 mtu 9000->1500 -> all routes in all fibs gets updated with new MTU unless RTF_FIXEDMTU flag set on them AND rt_mtu is less than ifp mtu. route add ... -mtu XXX automatically sets RTF_FIXEDMTU flag. route change .. -mtu 0 automatically removes RTF_FIXEDMTU flag. PR: 194238 MFC after: 1 month CR: D1125
2014-11-17 01:05:29 +00:00
struct if_mtuinfo
{
struct ifnet *ifp;
int mtu;
};
static int if_updatemtu_cb(struct radix_node *, void *);
Add code to allow the system to handle multiple routing tables. This particular implementation is designed to be fully backwards compatible and to be MFC-able to 7.x (and 6.x) Currently the only protocol that can make use of the multiple tables is IPv4 Similar functionality exists in OpenBSD and Linux. From my notes: ----- One thing where FreeBSD has been falling behind, and which by chance I have some time to work on is "policy based routing", which allows different packet streams to be routed by more than just the destination address. Constraints: ------------ I want to make some form of this available in the 6.x tree (and by extension 7.x) , but FreeBSD in general needs it so I might as well do it in -current and back port the portions I need. One of the ways that this can be done is to have the ability to instantiate multiple kernel routing tables (which I will now refer to as "Forwarding Information Bases" or "FIBs" for political correctness reasons). Which FIB a particular packet uses to make the next hop decision can be decided by a number of mechanisms. The policies these mechanisms implement are the "Policies" referred to in "Policy based routing". One of the constraints I have if I try to back port this work to 6.x is that it must be implemented as a EXTENSION to the existing ABIs in 6.x so that third party applications do not need to be recompiled in timespan of the branch. This first version will not have some of the bells and whistles that will come with later versions. It will, for example, be limited to 16 tables in the first commit. Implementation method, Compatible version. (part 1) ------------------------------- For this reason I have implemented a "sufficient subset" of a multiple routing table solution in Perforce, and back-ported it to 6.x. (also in Perforce though not always caught up with what I have done in -current/P4). The subset allows a number of FIBs to be defined at compile time (8 is sufficient for my purposes in 6.x) and implements the changes needed to allow IPV4 to use them. I have not done the changes for ipv6 simply because I do not need it, and I do not have enough knowledge of ipv6 (e.g. neighbor discovery) needed to do it. Other protocol families are left untouched and should there be users with proprietary protocol families, they should continue to work and be oblivious to the existence of the extra FIBs. To understand how this is done, one must know that the current FIB code starts everything off with a single dimensional array of pointers to FIB head structures (One per protocol family), each of which in turn points to the trie of routes available to that family. The basic change in the ABI compatible version of the change is to extent that array to be a 2 dimensional array, so that instead of protocol family X looking at rt_tables[X] for the table it needs, it looks at rt_tables[Y][X] when for all protocol families except ipv4 Y is always 0. Code that is unaware of the change always just sees the first row of the table, which of course looks just like the one dimensional array that existed before. The entry points rtrequest(), rtalloc(), rtalloc1(), rtalloc_ign() are all maintained, but refer only to the first row of the array, so that existing callers in proprietary protocols can continue to do the "right thing". Some new entry points are added, for the exclusive use of ipv4 code called in_rtrequest(), in_rtalloc(), in_rtalloc1() and in_rtalloc_ign(), which have an extra argument which refers the code to the correct row. In addition, there are some new entry points (currently called rtalloc_fib() and friends) that check the Address family being looked up and call either rtalloc() (and friends) if the protocol is not IPv4 forcing the action to row 0 or to the appropriate row if it IS IPv4 (and that info is available). These are for calling from code that is not specific to any particular protocol. The way these are implemented would change in the non ABI preserving code to be added later. One feature of the first version of the code is that for ipv4, the interface routes show up automatically on all the FIBs, so that no matter what FIB you select you always have the basic direct attached hosts available to you. (rtinit() does this automatically). You CAN delete an interface route from one FIB should you want to but by default it's there. ARP information is also available in each FIB. It's assumed that the same machine would have the same MAC address, regardless of which FIB you are using to get to it. This brings us as to how the correct FIB is selected for an outgoing IPV4 packet. Firstly, all packets have a FIB associated with them. if nothing has been done to change it, it will be FIB 0. The FIB is changed in the following ways. Packets fall into one of a number of classes. 1/ locally generated packets, coming from a socket/PCB. Such packets select a FIB from a number associated with the socket/PCB. This in turn is inherited from the process, but can be changed by a socket option. The process in turn inherits it on fork. I have written a utility call setfib that acts a bit like nice.. setfib -3 ping target.example.com # will use fib 3 for ping. It is an obvious extension to make it a property of a jail but I have not done so. It can be achieved by combining the setfib and jail commands. 2/ packets received on an interface for forwarding. By default these packets would use table 0, (or possibly a number settable in a sysctl(not yet)). but prior to routing the firewall can inspect them (see below). (possibly in the future you may be able to associate a FIB with packets received on an interface.. An ifconfig arg, but not yet.) 3/ packets inspected by a packet classifier, which can arbitrarily associate a fib with it on a packet by packet basis. A fib assigned to a packet by a packet classifier (such as ipfw) would over-ride a fib associated by a more default source. (such as cases 1 or 2). 4/ a tcp listen socket associated with a fib will generate accept sockets that are associated with that same fib. 5/ Packets generated in response to some other packet (e.g. reset or icmp packets). These should use the FIB associated with the packet being reponded to. 6/ Packets generated during encapsulation. gif, tun and other tunnel interfaces will encapsulate using the FIB that was in effect withthe proces that set up the tunnel. thus setfib 1 ifconfig gif0 [tunnel instructions] will set the fib for the tunnel to use to be fib 1. Routing messages would be associated with their process, and thus select one FIB or another. messages from the kernel would be associated with the fib they refer to and would only be received by a routing socket associated with that fib. (not yet implemented) In addition Netstat has been edited to be able to cope with the fact that the array is now 2 dimensional. (It looks in system memory using libkvm (!)). Old versions of netstat see only the first FIB. In addition two sysctls are added to give: a) the number of FIBs compiled in (active) b) the default FIB of the calling process. Early testing experience: ------------------------- Basically our (IronPort's) appliance does this functionality already using ipfw fwd but that method has some drawbacks. For example, It can't fully simulate a routing table because it can't influence the socket's choice of local address when a connect() is done. Testing during the generating of these changes has been remarkably smooth so far. Multiple tables have co-existed with no notable side effects, and packets have been routes accordingly. ipfw has grown 2 new keywords: setfib N ip from anay to any count ip from any to any fib N In pf there seems to be a requirement to be able to give symbolic names to the fibs but I do not have that capacity. I am not sure if it is required. SCTP has interestingly enough built in support for this, called VRFs in Cisco parlance. it will be interesting to see how that handles it when it suddenly actually does something. Where to next: -------------------- After committing the ABI compatible version and MFCing it, I'd like to proceed in a forward direction in -current. this will result in some roto-tilling in the routing code. Firstly: the current code's idea of having a separate tree per protocol family, all of the same format, and pointed to by the 1 dimensional array is a bit silly. Especially when one considers that there is code that makes assumptions about every protocol having the same internal structures there. Some protocols don't WANT that sort of structure. (for example the whole idea of a netmask is foreign to appletalk). This needs to be made opaque to the external code. My suggested first change is to add routing method pointers to the 'domain' structure, along with information pointing the data. instead of having an array of pointers to uniform structures, there would be an array pointing to the 'domain' structures for each protocol address domain (protocol family), and the methods this reached would be called. The methods would have an argument that gives FIB number, but the protocol would be free to ignore it. When the ABI can be changed it raises the possibilty of the addition of a fib entry into the "struct route". Currently, the structure contains the sockaddr of the desination, and the resulting fib entry. To make this work fully, one could add a fib number so that given an address and a fib, one can find the third element, the fib entry. Interaction with the ARP layer/ LL layer would need to be revisited as well. Qing Li has been working on this already. This work was sponsored by Ironport Systems/Cisco Reviewed by: several including rwatson, bz and mlair (parts each) Obtained from: Ironport systems/Cisco
2008-05-09 23:03:00 +00:00
/*
* handler for net.my_fibnum
*/
static int
sysctl_my_fibnum(SYSCTL_HANDLER_ARGS)
BSD 4.4 Lite Kernel Sources
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
{
Add code to allow the system to handle multiple routing tables. This particular implementation is designed to be fully backwards compatible and to be MFC-able to 7.x (and 6.x) Currently the only protocol that can make use of the multiple tables is IPv4 Similar functionality exists in OpenBSD and Linux. From my notes: ----- One thing where FreeBSD has been falling behind, and which by chance I have some time to work on is "policy based routing", which allows different packet streams to be routed by more than just the destination address. Constraints: ------------ I want to make some form of this available in the 6.x tree (and by extension 7.x) , but FreeBSD in general needs it so I might as well do it in -current and back port the portions I need. One of the ways that this can be done is to have the ability to instantiate multiple kernel routing tables (which I will now refer to as "Forwarding Information Bases" or "FIBs" for political correctness reasons). Which FIB a particular packet uses to make the next hop decision can be decided by a number of mechanisms. The policies these mechanisms implement are the "Policies" referred to in "Policy based routing". One of the constraints I have if I try to back port this work to 6.x is that it must be implemented as a EXTENSION to the existing ABIs in 6.x so that third party applications do not need to be recompiled in timespan of the branch. This first version will not have some of the bells and whistles that will come with later versions. It will, for example, be limited to 16 tables in the first commit. Implementation method, Compatible version. (part 1) ------------------------------- For this reason I have implemented a "sufficient subset" of a multiple routing table solution in Perforce, and back-ported it to 6.x. (also in Perforce though not always caught up with what I have done in -current/P4). The subset allows a number of FIBs to be defined at compile time (8 is sufficient for my purposes in 6.x) and implements the changes needed to allow IPV4 to use them. I have not done the changes for ipv6 simply because I do not need it, and I do not have enough knowledge of ipv6 (e.g. neighbor discovery) needed to do it. Other protocol families are left untouched and should there be users with proprietary protocol families, they should continue to work and be oblivious to the existence of the extra FIBs. To understand how this is done, one must know that the current FIB code starts everything off with a single dimensional array of pointers to FIB head structures (One per protocol family), each of which in turn points to the trie of routes available to that family. The basic change in the ABI compatible version of the change is to extent that array to be a 2 dimensional array, so that instead of protocol family X looking at rt_tables[X] for the table it needs, it looks at rt_tables[Y][X] when for all protocol families except ipv4 Y is always 0. Code that is unaware of the change always just sees the first row of the table, which of course looks just like the one dimensional array that existed before. The entry points rtrequest(), rtalloc(), rtalloc1(), rtalloc_ign() are all maintained, but refer only to the first row of the array, so that existing callers in proprietary protocols can continue to do the "right thing". Some new entry points are added, for the exclusive use of ipv4 code called in_rtrequest(), in_rtalloc(), in_rtalloc1() and in_rtalloc_ign(), which have an extra argument which refers the code to the correct row. In addition, there are some new entry points (currently called rtalloc_fib() and friends) that check the Address family being looked up and call either rtalloc() (and friends) if the protocol is not IPv4 forcing the action to row 0 or to the appropriate row if it IS IPv4 (and that info is available). These are for calling from code that is not specific to any particular protocol. The way these are implemented would change in the non ABI preserving code to be added later. One feature of the first version of the code is that for ipv4, the interface routes show up automatically on all the FIBs, so that no matter what FIB you select you always have the basic direct attached hosts available to you. (rtinit() does this automatically). You CAN delete an interface route from one FIB should you want to but by default it's there. ARP information is also available in each FIB. It's assumed that the same machine would have the same MAC address, regardless of which FIB you are using to get to it. This brings us as to how the correct FIB is selected for an outgoing IPV4 packet. Firstly, all packets have a FIB associated with them. if nothing has been done to change it, it will be FIB 0. The FIB is changed in the following ways. Packets fall into one of a number of classes. 1/ locally generated packets, coming from a socket/PCB. Such packets select a FIB from a number associated with the socket/PCB. This in turn is inherited from the process, but can be changed by a socket option. The process in turn inherits it on fork. I have written a utility call setfib that acts a bit like nice.. setfib -3 ping target.example.com # will use fib 3 for ping. It is an obvious extension to make it a property of a jail but I have not done so. It can be achieved by combining the setfib and jail commands. 2/ packets received on an interface for forwarding. By default these packets would use table 0, (or possibly a number settable in a sysctl(not yet)). but prior to routing the firewall can inspect them (see below). (possibly in the future you may be able to associate a FIB with packets received on an interface.. An ifconfig arg, but not yet.) 3/ packets inspected by a packet classifier, which can arbitrarily associate a fib with it on a packet by packet basis. A fib assigned to a packet by a packet classifier (such as ipfw) would over-ride a fib associated by a more default source. (such as cases 1 or 2). 4/ a tcp listen socket associated with a fib will generate accept sockets that are associated with that same fib. 5/ Packets generated in response to some other packet (e.g. reset or icmp packets). These should use the FIB associated with the packet being reponded to. 6/ Packets generated during encapsulation. gif, tun and other tunnel interfaces will encapsulate using the FIB that was in effect withthe proces that set up the tunnel. thus setfib 1 ifconfig gif0 [tunnel instructions] will set the fib for the tunnel to use to be fib 1. Routing messages would be associated with their process, and thus select one FIB or another. messages from the kernel would be associated with the fib they refer to and would only be received by a routing socket associated with that fib. (not yet implemented) In addition Netstat has been edited to be able to cope with the fact that the array is now 2 dimensional. (It looks in system memory using libkvm (!)). Old versions of netstat see only the first FIB. In addition two sysctls are added to give: a) the number of FIBs compiled in (active) b) the default FIB of the calling process. Early testing experience: ------------------------- Basically our (IronPort's) appliance does this functionality already using ipfw fwd but that method has some drawbacks. For example, It can't fully simulate a routing table because it can't influence the socket's choice of local address when a connect() is done. Testing during the generating of these changes has been remarkably smooth so far. Multiple tables have co-existed with no notable side effects, and packets have been routes accordingly. ipfw has grown 2 new keywords: setfib N ip from anay to any count ip from any to any fib N In pf there seems to be a requirement to be able to give symbolic names to the fibs but I do not have that capacity. I am not sure if it is required. SCTP has interestingly enough built in support for this, called VRFs in Cisco parlance. it will be interesting to see how that handles it when it suddenly actually does something. Where to next: -------------------- After committing the ABI compatible version and MFCing it, I'd like to proceed in a forward direction in -current. this will result in some roto-tilling in the routing code. Firstly: the current code's idea of having a separate tree per protocol family, all of the same format, and pointed to by the 1 dimensional array is a bit silly. Especially when one considers that there is code that makes assumptions about every protocol having the same internal structures there. Some protocols don't WANT that sort of structure. (for example the whole idea of a netmask is foreign to appletalk). This needs to be made opaque to the external code. My suggested first change is to add routing method pointers to the 'domain' structure, along with information pointing the data. instead of having an array of pointers to uniform structures, there would be an array pointing to the 'domain' structures for each protocol address domain (protocol family), and the methods this reached would be called. The methods would have an argument that gives FIB number, but the protocol would be free to ignore it. When the ABI can be changed it raises the possibilty of the addition of a fib entry into the "struct route". Currently, the structure contains the sockaddr of the desination, and the resulting fib entry. To make this work fully, one could add a fib number so that given an address and a fib, one can find the third element, the fib entry. Interaction with the ARP layer/ LL layer would need to be revisited as well. Qing Li has been working on this already. This work was sponsored by Ironport Systems/Cisco Reviewed by: several including rwatson, bz and mlair (parts each) Obtained from: Ironport systems/Cisco
2008-05-09 23:03:00 +00:00
int fibnum;
int error;
fibnum = curthread->td_proc->p_fibnum;
error = sysctl_handle_int(oidp, &fibnum, 0, req);
return (error);
BSD 4.4 Lite Kernel Sources
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
}
Add code to allow the system to handle multiple routing tables. This particular implementation is designed to be fully backwards compatible and to be MFC-able to 7.x (and 6.x) Currently the only protocol that can make use of the multiple tables is IPv4 Similar functionality exists in OpenBSD and Linux. From my notes: ----- One thing where FreeBSD has been falling behind, and which by chance I have some time to work on is "policy based routing", which allows different packet streams to be routed by more than just the destination address. Constraints: ------------ I want to make some form of this available in the 6.x tree (and by extension 7.x) , but FreeBSD in general needs it so I might as well do it in -current and back port the portions I need. One of the ways that this can be done is to have the ability to instantiate multiple kernel routing tables (which I will now refer to as "Forwarding Information Bases" or "FIBs" for political correctness reasons). Which FIB a particular packet uses to make the next hop decision can be decided by a number of mechanisms. The policies these mechanisms implement are the "Policies" referred to in "Policy based routing". One of the constraints I have if I try to back port this work to 6.x is that it must be implemented as a EXTENSION to the existing ABIs in 6.x so that third party applications do not need to be recompiled in timespan of the branch. This first version will not have some of the bells and whistles that will come with later versions. It will, for example, be limited to 16 tables in the first commit. Implementation method, Compatible version. (part 1) ------------------------------- For this reason I have implemented a "sufficient subset" of a multiple routing table solution in Perforce, and back-ported it to 6.x. (also in Perforce though not always caught up with what I have done in -current/P4). The subset allows a number of FIBs to be defined at compile time (8 is sufficient for my purposes in 6.x) and implements the changes needed to allow IPV4 to use them. I have not done the changes for ipv6 simply because I do not need it, and I do not have enough knowledge of ipv6 (e.g. neighbor discovery) needed to do it. Other protocol families are left untouched and should there be users with proprietary protocol families, they should continue to work and be oblivious to the existence of the extra FIBs. To understand how this is done, one must know that the current FIB code starts everything off with a single dimensional array of pointers to FIB head structures (One per protocol family), each of which in turn points to the trie of routes available to that family. The basic change in the ABI compatible version of the change is to extent that array to be a 2 dimensional array, so that instead of protocol family X looking at rt_tables[X] for the table it needs, it looks at rt_tables[Y][X] when for all protocol families except ipv4 Y is always 0. Code that is unaware of the change always just sees the first row of the table, which of course looks just like the one dimensional array that existed before. The entry points rtrequest(), rtalloc(), rtalloc1(), rtalloc_ign() are all maintained, but refer only to the first row of the array, so that existing callers in proprietary protocols can continue to do the "right thing". Some new entry points are added, for the exclusive use of ipv4 code called in_rtrequest(), in_rtalloc(), in_rtalloc1() and in_rtalloc_ign(), which have an extra argument which refers the code to the correct row. In addition, there are some new entry points (currently called rtalloc_fib() and friends) that check the Address family being looked up and call either rtalloc() (and friends) if the protocol is not IPv4 forcing the action to row 0 or to the appropriate row if it IS IPv4 (and that info is available). These are for calling from code that is not specific to any particular protocol. The way these are implemented would change in the non ABI preserving code to be added later. One feature of the first version of the code is that for ipv4, the interface routes show up automatically on all the FIBs, so that no matter what FIB you select you always have the basic direct attached hosts available to you. (rtinit() does this automatically). You CAN delete an interface route from one FIB should you want to but by default it's there. ARP information is also available in each FIB. It's assumed that the same machine would have the same MAC address, regardless of which FIB you are using to get to it. This brings us as to how the correct FIB is selected for an outgoing IPV4 packet. Firstly, all packets have a FIB associated with them. if nothing has been done to change it, it will be FIB 0. The FIB is changed in the following ways. Packets fall into one of a number of classes. 1/ locally generated packets, coming from a socket/PCB. Such packets select a FIB from a number associated with the socket/PCB. This in turn is inherited from the process, but can be changed by a socket option. The process in turn inherits it on fork. I have written a utility call setfib that acts a bit like nice.. setfib -3 ping target.example.com # will use fib 3 for ping. It is an obvious extension to make it a property of a jail but I have not done so. It can be achieved by combining the setfib and jail commands. 2/ packets received on an interface for forwarding. By default these packets would use table 0, (or possibly a number settable in a sysctl(not yet)). but prior to routing the firewall can inspect them (see below). (possibly in the future you may be able to associate a FIB with packets received on an interface.. An ifconfig arg, but not yet.) 3/ packets inspected by a packet classifier, which can arbitrarily associate a fib with it on a packet by packet basis. A fib assigned to a packet by a packet classifier (such as ipfw) would over-ride a fib associated by a more default source. (such as cases 1 or 2). 4/ a tcp listen socket associated with a fib will generate accept sockets that are associated with that same fib. 5/ Packets generated in response to some other packet (e.g. reset or icmp packets). These should use the FIB associated with the packet being reponded to. 6/ Packets generated during encapsulation. gif, tun and other tunnel interfaces will encapsulate using the FIB that was in effect withthe proces that set up the tunnel. thus setfib 1 ifconfig gif0 [tunnel instructions] will set the fib for the tunnel to use to be fib 1. Routing messages would be associated with their process, and thus select one FIB or another. messages from the kernel would be associated with the fib they refer to and would only be received by a routing socket associated with that fib. (not yet implemented) In addition Netstat has been edited to be able to cope with the fact that the array is now 2 dimensional. (It looks in system memory using libkvm (!)). Old versions of netstat see only the first FIB. In addition two sysctls are added to give: a) the number of FIBs compiled in (active) b) the default FIB of the calling process. Early testing experience: ------------------------- Basically our (IronPort's) appliance does this functionality already using ipfw fwd but that method has some drawbacks. For example, It can't fully simulate a routing table because it can't influence the socket's choice of local address when a connect() is done. Testing during the generating of these changes has been remarkably smooth so far. Multiple tables have co-existed with no notable side effects, and packets have been routes accordingly. ipfw has grown 2 new keywords: setfib N ip from anay to any count ip from any to any fib N In pf there seems to be a requirement to be able to give symbolic names to the fibs but I do not have that capacity. I am not sure if it is required. SCTP has interestingly enough built in support for this, called VRFs in Cisco parlance. it will be interesting to see how that handles it when it suddenly actually does something. Where to next: -------------------- After committing the ABI compatible version and MFCing it, I'd like to proceed in a forward direction in -current. this will result in some roto-tilling in the routing code. Firstly: the current code's idea of having a separate tree per protocol family, all of the same format, and pointed to by the 1 dimensional array is a bit silly. Especially when one considers that there is code that makes assumptions about every protocol having the same internal structures there. Some protocols don't WANT that sort of structure. (for example the whole idea of a netmask is foreign to appletalk). This needs to be made opaque to the external code. My suggested first change is to add routing method pointers to the 'domain' structure, along with information pointing the data. instead of having an array of pointers to uniform structures, there would be an array pointing to the 'domain' structures for each protocol address domain (protocol family), and the methods this reached would be called. The methods would have an argument that gives FIB number, but the protocol would be free to ignore it. When the ABI can be changed it raises the possibilty of the addition of a fib entry into the "struct route". Currently, the structure contains the sockaddr of the desination, and the resulting fib entry. To make this work fully, one could add a fib number so that given an address and a fib, one can find the third element, the fib entry. Interaction with the ARP layer/ LL layer would need to be revisited as well. Qing Li has been working on this already. This work was sponsored by Ironport Systems/Cisco Reviewed by: several including rwatson, bz and mlair (parts each) Obtained from: Ironport systems/Cisco
2008-05-09 23:03:00 +00:00
SYSCTL_PROC(_net, OID_AUTO, my_fibnum, CTLTYPE_INT|CTLFLAG_RD,
NULL, 0, &sysctl_my_fibnum, "I", "default FIB of caller");
Convert the routing table to use an UMA zone for rtentries. The zone is called "rtentry". This saves a considerable amount of kernel memory. R_Zmalloc previously used 256 byte blocks (plus kmalloc overhead) whereas UMA only needs 132 bytes. Idea from: OpenBSD
2004-08-11 17:26:56 +00:00
Convert the two dimensional array to be malloced and introduce an accessor function to get the correct rnh pointer back. Update netstat to get the correct pointer using kvm_read() as well. This not only fixes the ABI problem depending on the kernel option but also permits the tunable to overwrite the kernel option at boot time up to MAXFIBS, enlarging the number of FIBs without having to recompile. So people could just use GENERIC now. Reviewed by: julian, rwatson, zec X-MFC: not possible
2009-06-01 15:49:42 +00:00
static __inline struct radix_node_head **
rt_tables_get_rnh_ptr(int table, int fam)
{
struct radix_node_head **rnh;
KASSERT(table >= 0 && table < rt_numfibs, ("%s: table out of bounds.",
__func__));
KASSERT(fam >= 0 && fam < (AF_MAX+1), ("%s: fam out of bounds.",
__func__));
/* rnh is [fib=0][af=0]. */
rnh = (struct radix_node_head **)V_rt_tables;
/* Get the offset to the requested table and fam. */
rnh += table * (AF_MAX+1) + fam;
return (rnh);
}
struct radix_node_head *
rt_tables_get_rnh(int table, int fam)
{
return (*rt_tables_get_rnh_ptr(table, fam));
}
Introduce and use a sysinit-based initialization scheme for virtual network stacks, VNET_SYSINIT: - Add VNET_SYSINIT and VNET_SYSUNINIT macros to declare events that will occur each time a network stack is instantiated and destroyed. In the !VIMAGE case, these are simply mapped into regular SYSINIT/SYSUNINIT. For the VIMAGE case, we instead use SYSINIT's to track their order and properties on registration, using them for each vnet when created/ destroyed, or immediately on module load for already-started vnets. - Remove vnet_modinfo mechanism that existed to serve this purpose previously, as well as its dependency scheme: we now just use the SYSINIT ordering scheme. - Implement VNET_DOMAIN_SET() to allow protocol domains to declare that they want init functions to be called for each virtual network stack rather than just once at boot, compiling down to DOMAIN_SET() in the non-VIMAGE case. - Walk all virtualized kernel subsystems and make use of these instead of modinfo or DOMAIN_SET() for init/uninit events. In some cases, convert modular components from using modevent to using sysinit (where appropriate). In some cases, do minor rejuggling of SYSINIT ordering to make room for or better manage events. Portions submitted by: jhb (VNET_SYSINIT), bz (cleanup) Discussed with: jhb, bz, julian, zec Reviewed by: bz Approved by: re (VIMAGE blanket)
2009-07-23 20:46:49 +00:00
/*
* route initialization must occur before ip6_init2(), which happenas at
* SI_ORDER_MIDDLE.
*/
make route_init() static
2004-04-17 15:10:20 +00:00
static void
route_init(void)
BSD 4.4 Lite Kernel Sources
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
{
Add code to allow the system to handle multiple routing tables. This particular implementation is designed to be fully backwards compatible and to be MFC-able to 7.x (and 6.x) Currently the only protocol that can make use of the multiple tables is IPv4 Similar functionality exists in OpenBSD and Linux. From my notes: ----- One thing where FreeBSD has been falling behind, and which by chance I have some time to work on is "policy based routing", which allows different packet streams to be routed by more than just the destination address. Constraints: ------------ I want to make some form of this available in the 6.x tree (and by extension 7.x) , but FreeBSD in general needs it so I might as well do it in -current and back port the portions I need. One of the ways that this can be done is to have the ability to instantiate multiple kernel routing tables (which I will now refer to as "Forwarding Information Bases" or "FIBs" for political correctness reasons). Which FIB a particular packet uses to make the next hop decision can be decided by a number of mechanisms. The policies these mechanisms implement are the "Policies" referred to in "Policy based routing". One of the constraints I have if I try to back port this work to 6.x is that it must be implemented as a EXTENSION to the existing ABIs in 6.x so that third party applications do not need to be recompiled in timespan of the branch. This first version will not have some of the bells and whistles that will come with later versions. It will, for example, be limited to 16 tables in the first commit. Implementation method, Compatible version. (part 1) ------------------------------- For this reason I have implemented a "sufficient subset" of a multiple routing table solution in Perforce, and back-ported it to 6.x. (also in Perforce though not always caught up with what I have done in -current/P4). The subset allows a number of FIBs to be defined at compile time (8 is sufficient for my purposes in 6.x) and implements the changes needed to allow IPV4 to use them. I have not done the changes for ipv6 simply because I do not need it, and I do not have enough knowledge of ipv6 (e.g. neighbor discovery) needed to do it. Other protocol families are left untouched and should there be users with proprietary protocol families, they should continue to work and be oblivious to the existence of the extra FIBs. To understand how this is done, one must know that the current FIB code starts everything off with a single dimensional array of pointers to FIB head structures (One per protocol family), each of which in turn points to the trie of routes available to that family. The basic change in the ABI compatible version of the change is to extent that array to be a 2 dimensional array, so that instead of protocol family X looking at rt_tables[X] for the table it needs, it looks at rt_tables[Y][X] when for all protocol families except ipv4 Y is always 0. Code that is unaware of the change always just sees the first row of the table, which of course looks just like the one dimensional array that existed before. The entry points rtrequest(), rtalloc(), rtalloc1(), rtalloc_ign() are all maintained, but refer only to the first row of the array, so that existing callers in proprietary protocols can continue to do the "right thing". Some new entry points are added, for the exclusive use of ipv4 code called in_rtrequest(), in_rtalloc(), in_rtalloc1() and in_rtalloc_ign(), which have an extra argument which refers the code to the correct row. In addition, there are some new entry points (currently called rtalloc_fib() and friends) that check the Address family being looked up and call either rtalloc() (and friends) if the protocol is not IPv4 forcing the action to row 0 or to the appropriate row if it IS IPv4 (and that info is available). These are for calling from code that is not specific to any particular protocol. The way these are implemented would change in the non ABI preserving code to be added later. One feature of the first version of the code is that for ipv4, the interface routes show up automatically on all the FIBs, so that no matter what FIB you select you always have the basic direct attached hosts available to you. (rtinit() does this automatically). You CAN delete an interface route from one FIB should you want to but by default it's there. ARP information is also available in each FIB. It's assumed that the same machine would have the same MAC address, regardless of which FIB you are using to get to it. This brings us as to how the correct FIB is selected for an outgoing IPV4 packet. Firstly, all packets have a FIB associated with them. if nothing has been done to change it, it will be FIB 0. The FIB is changed in the following ways. Packets fall into one of a number of classes. 1/ locally generated packets, coming from a socket/PCB. Such packets select a FIB from a number associated with the socket/PCB. This in turn is inherited from the process, but can be changed by a socket option. The process in turn inherits it on fork. I have written a utility call setfib that acts a bit like nice.. setfib -3 ping target.example.com # will use fib 3 for ping. It is an obvious extension to make it a property of a jail but I have not done so. It can be achieved by combining the setfib and jail commands. 2/ packets received on an interface for forwarding. By default these packets would use table 0, (or possibly a number settable in a sysctl(not yet)). but prior to routing the firewall can inspect them (see below). (possibly in the future you may be able to associate a FIB with packets received on an interface.. An ifconfig arg, but not yet.) 3/ packets inspected by a packet classifier, which can arbitrarily associate a fib with it on a packet by packet basis. A fib assigned to a packet by a packet classifier (such as ipfw) would over-ride a fib associated by a more default source. (such as cases 1 or 2). 4/ a tcp listen socket associated with a fib will generate accept sockets that are associated with that same fib. 5/ Packets generated in response to some other packet (e.g. reset or icmp packets). These should use the FIB associated with the packet being reponded to. 6/ Packets generated during encapsulation. gif, tun and other tunnel interfaces will encapsulate using the FIB that was in effect withthe proces that set up the tunnel. thus setfib 1 ifconfig gif0 [tunnel instructions] will set the fib for the tunnel to use to be fib 1. Routing messages would be associated with their process, and thus select one FIB or another. messages from the kernel would be associated with the fib they refer to and would only be received by a routing socket associated with that fib. (not yet implemented) In addition Netstat has been edited to be able to cope with the fact that the array is now 2 dimensional. (It looks in system memory using libkvm (!)). Old versions of netstat see only the first FIB. In addition two sysctls are added to give: a) the number of FIBs compiled in (active) b) the default FIB of the calling process. Early testing experience: ------------------------- Basically our (IronPort's) appliance does this functionality already using ipfw fwd but that method has some drawbacks. For example, It can't fully simulate a routing table because it can't influence the socket's choice of local address when a connect() is done. Testing during the generating of these changes has been remarkably smooth so far. Multiple tables have co-existed with no notable side effects, and packets have been routes accordingly. ipfw has grown 2 new keywords: setfib N ip from anay to any count ip from any to any fib N In pf there seems to be a requirement to be able to give symbolic names to the fibs but I do not have that capacity. I am not sure if it is required. SCTP has interestingly enough built in support for this, called VRFs in Cisco parlance. it will be interesting to see how that handles it when it suddenly actually does something. Where to next: -------------------- After committing the ABI compatible version and MFCing it, I'd like to proceed in a forward direction in -current. this will result in some roto-tilling in the routing code. Firstly: the current code's idea of having a separate tree per protocol family, all of the same format, and pointed to by the 1 dimensional array is a bit silly. Especially when one considers that there is code that makes assumptions about every protocol having the same internal structures there. Some protocols don't WANT that sort of structure. (for example the whole idea of a netmask is foreign to appletalk). This needs to be made opaque to the external code. My suggested first change is to add routing method pointers to the 'domain' structure, along with information pointing the data. instead of having an array of pointers to uniform structures, there would be an array pointing to the 'domain' structures for each protocol address domain (protocol family), and the methods this reached would be called. The methods would have an argument that gives FIB number, but the protocol would be free to ignore it. When the ABI can be changed it raises the possibilty of the addition of a fib entry into the "struct route". Currently, the structure contains the sockaddr of the desination, and the resulting fib entry. To make this work fully, one could add a fib number so that given an address and a fib, one can find the third element, the fib entry. Interaction with the ARP layer/ LL layer would need to be revisited as well. Qing Li has been working on this already. This work was sponsored by Ironport Systems/Cisco Reviewed by: several including rwatson, bz and mlair (parts each) Obtained from: Ironport systems/Cisco
2008-05-09 23:03:00 +00:00
move a #define from a place it shouldn't have been to a place it should have been. Basically my testign didn't ocver one case that this broke. thanks tinderbox!
2008-05-10 04:32:58 +00:00
/* whack the tunable ints into line. */
Add code to allow the system to handle multiple routing tables. This particular implementation is designed to be fully backwards compatible and to be MFC-able to 7.x (and 6.x) Currently the only protocol that can make use of the multiple tables is IPv4 Similar functionality exists in OpenBSD and Linux. From my notes: ----- One thing where FreeBSD has been falling behind, and which by chance I have some time to work on is "policy based routing", which allows different packet streams to be routed by more than just the destination address. Constraints: ------------ I want to make some form of this available in the 6.x tree (and by extension 7.x) , but FreeBSD in general needs it so I might as well do it in -current and back port the portions I need. One of the ways that this can be done is to have the ability to instantiate multiple kernel routing tables (which I will now refer to as "Forwarding Information Bases" or "FIBs" for political correctness reasons). Which FIB a particular packet uses to make the next hop decision can be decided by a number of mechanisms. The policies these mechanisms implement are the "Policies" referred to in "Policy based routing". One of the constraints I have if I try to back port this work to 6.x is that it must be implemented as a EXTENSION to the existing ABIs in 6.x so that third party applications do not need to be recompiled in timespan of the branch. This first version will not have some of the bells and whistles that will come with later versions. It will, for example, be limited to 16 tables in the first commit. Implementation method, Compatible version. (part 1) ------------------------------- For this reason I have implemented a "sufficient subset" of a multiple routing table solution in Perforce, and back-ported it to 6.x. (also in Perforce though not always caught up with what I have done in -current/P4). The subset allows a number of FIBs to be defined at compile time (8 is sufficient for my purposes in 6.x) and implements the changes needed to allow IPV4 to use them. I have not done the changes for ipv6 simply because I do not need it, and I do not have enough knowledge of ipv6 (e.g. neighbor discovery) needed to do it. Other protocol families are left untouched and should there be users with proprietary protocol families, they should continue to work and be oblivious to the existence of the extra FIBs. To understand how this is done, one must know that the current FIB code starts everything off with a single dimensional array of pointers to FIB head structures (One per protocol family), each of which in turn points to the trie of routes available to that family. The basic change in the ABI compatible version of the change is to extent that array to be a 2 dimensional array, so that instead of protocol family X looking at rt_tables[X] for the table it needs, it looks at rt_tables[Y][X] when for all protocol families except ipv4 Y is always 0. Code that is unaware of the change always just sees the first row of the table, which of course looks just like the one dimensional array that existed before. The entry points rtrequest(), rtalloc(), rtalloc1(), rtalloc_ign() are all maintained, but refer only to the first row of the array, so that existing callers in proprietary protocols can continue to do the "right thing". Some new entry points are added, for the exclusive use of ipv4 code called in_rtrequest(), in_rtalloc(), in_rtalloc1() and in_rtalloc_ign(), which have an extra argument which refers the code to the correct row. In addition, there are some new entry points (currently called rtalloc_fib() and friends) that check the Address family being looked up and call either rtalloc() (and friends) if the protocol is not IPv4 forcing the action to row 0 or to the appropriate row if it IS IPv4 (and that info is available). These are for calling from code that is not specific to any particular protocol. The way these are implemented would change in the non ABI preserving code to be added later. One feature of the first version of the code is that for ipv4, the interface routes show up automatically on all the FIBs, so that no matter what FIB you select you always have the basic direct attached hosts available to you. (rtinit() does this automatically). You CAN delete an interface route from one FIB should you want to but by default it's there. ARP information is also available in each FIB. It's assumed that the same machine would have the same MAC address, regardless of which FIB you are using to get to it. This brings us as to how the correct FIB is selected for an outgoing IPV4 packet. Firstly, all packets have a FIB associated with them. if nothing has been done to change it, it will be FIB 0. The FIB is changed in the following ways. Packets fall into one of a number of classes. 1/ locally generated packets, coming from a socket/PCB. Such packets select a FIB from a number associated with the socket/PCB. This in turn is inherited from the process, but can be changed by a socket option. The process in turn inherits it on fork. I have written a utility call setfib that acts a bit like nice.. setfib -3 ping target.example.com # will use fib 3 for ping. It is an obvious extension to make it a property of a jail but I have not done so. It can be achieved by combining the setfib and jail commands. 2/ packets received on an interface for forwarding. By default these packets would use table 0, (or possibly a number settable in a sysctl(not yet)). but prior to routing the firewall can inspect them (see below). (possibly in the future you may be able to associate a FIB with packets received on an interface.. An ifconfig arg, but not yet.) 3/ packets inspected by a packet classifier, which can arbitrarily associate a fib with it on a packet by packet basis. A fib assigned to a packet by a packet classifier (such as ipfw) would over-ride a fib associated by a more default source. (such as cases 1 or 2). 4/ a tcp listen socket associated with a fib will generate accept sockets that are associated with that same fib. 5/ Packets generated in response to some other packet (e.g. reset or icmp packets). These should use the FIB associated with the packet being reponded to. 6/ Packets generated during encapsulation. gif, tun and other tunnel interfaces will encapsulate using the FIB that was in effect withthe proces that set up the tunnel. thus setfib 1 ifconfig gif0 [tunnel instructions] will set the fib for the tunnel to use to be fib 1. Routing messages would be associated with their process, and thus select one FIB or another. messages from the kernel would be associated with the fib they refer to and would only be received by a routing socket associated with that fib. (not yet implemented) In addition Netstat has been edited to be able to cope with the fact that the array is now 2 dimensional. (It looks in system memory using libkvm (!)). Old versions of netstat see only the first FIB. In addition two sysctls are added to give: a) the number of FIBs compiled in (active) b) the default FIB of the calling process. Early testing experience: ------------------------- Basically our (IronPort's) appliance does this functionality already using ipfw fwd but that method has some drawbacks. For example, It can't fully simulate a routing table because it can't influence the socket's choice of local address when a connect() is done. Testing during the generating of these changes has been remarkably smooth so far. Multiple tables have co-existed with no notable side effects, and packets have been routes accordingly. ipfw has grown 2 new keywords: setfib N ip from anay to any count ip from any to any fib N In pf there seems to be a requirement to be able to give symbolic names to the fibs but I do not have that capacity. I am not sure if it is required. SCTP has interestingly enough built in support for this, called VRFs in Cisco parlance. it will be interesting to see how that handles it when it suddenly actually does something. Where to next: -------------------- After committing the ABI compatible version and MFCing it, I'd like to proceed in a forward direction in -current. this will result in some roto-tilling in the routing code. Firstly: the current code's idea of having a separate tree per protocol family, all of the same format, and pointed to by the 1 dimensional array is a bit silly. Especially when one considers that there is code that makes assumptions about every protocol having the same internal structures there. Some protocols don't WANT that sort of structure. (for example the whole idea of a netmask is foreign to appletalk). This needs to be made opaque to the external code. My suggested first change is to add routing method pointers to the 'domain' structure, along with information pointing the data. instead of having an array of pointers to uniform structures, there would be an array pointing to the 'domain' structures for each protocol address domain (protocol family), and the methods this reached would be called. The methods would have an argument that gives FIB number, but the protocol would be free to ignore it. When the ABI can be changed it raises the possibilty of the addition of a fib entry into the "struct route". Currently, the structure contains the sockaddr of the desination, and the resulting fib entry. To make this work fully, one could add a fib number so that given an address and a fib, one can find the third element, the fib entry. Interaction with the ARP layer/ LL layer would need to be revisited as well. Qing Li has been working on this already. This work was sponsored by Ironport Systems/Cisco Reviewed by: several including rwatson, bz and mlair (parts each) Obtained from: Ironport systems/Cisco
2008-05-09 23:03:00 +00:00
if (rt_numfibs > RT_MAXFIBS)
rt_numfibs = RT_MAXFIBS;
if (rt_numfibs == 0)
rt_numfibs = 1;
First pass at separating per-vnet initializer functions from existing functions for initializing global state. At this stage, the new per-vnet initializer functions are directly called from the existing global initialization code, which should in most cases result in compiler inlining those new functions, hence yielding a near-zero functional change. Modify the existing initializer functions which are invoked via protosw, like ip_init() et. al., to allow them to be invoked multiple times, i.e. per each vnet. Global state, if any, is initialized only if such functions are called within the context of vnet0, which will be determined via the IS_DEFAULT_VNET(curvnet) check (currently always true). While here, V_irtualize a few remaining global UMA zones used by net/netinet/netipsec networking code. While it is not yet clear to me or anybody else whether this is the right thing to do, at this stage this makes the code more readable, and makes it easier to track uncollected UMA-zone-backed objects on vnet removal. In the long run, it's quite possible that some form of shared use of UMA zone pools among multiple vnets should be considered. Bump __FreeBSD_version due to changes in layout of structs vnet_ipfw, vnet_inet and vnet_net. Approved by: julian (mentor)
2009-04-06 22:29:41 +00:00
}
Introduce and use a sysinit-based initialization scheme for virtual network stacks, VNET_SYSINIT: - Add VNET_SYSINIT and VNET_SYSUNINIT macros to declare events that will occur each time a network stack is instantiated and destroyed. In the !VIMAGE case, these are simply mapped into regular SYSINIT/SYSUNINIT. For the VIMAGE case, we instead use SYSINIT's to track their order and properties on registration, using them for each vnet when created/ destroyed, or immediately on module load for already-started vnets. - Remove vnet_modinfo mechanism that existed to serve this purpose previously, as well as its dependency scheme: we now just use the SYSINIT ordering scheme. - Implement VNET_DOMAIN_SET() to allow protocol domains to declare that they want init functions to be called for each virtual network stack rather than just once at boot, compiling down to DOMAIN_SET() in the non-VIMAGE case. - Walk all virtualized kernel subsystems and make use of these instead of modinfo or DOMAIN_SET() for init/uninit events. In some cases, convert modular components from using modevent to using sysinit (where appropriate). In some cases, do minor rejuggling of SYSINIT ordering to make room for or better manage events. Portions submitted by: jhb (VNET_SYSINIT), bz (cleanup) Discussed with: jhb, bz, julian, zec Reviewed by: bz Approved by: re (VIMAGE blanket)
2009-07-23 20:46:49 +00:00
SYSINIT(route_init, SI_SUB_PROTO_DOMAIN, SI_ORDER_THIRD, route_init, 0);
First pass at separating per-vnet initializer functions from existing functions for initializing global state. At this stage, the new per-vnet initializer functions are directly called from the existing global initialization code, which should in most cases result in compiler inlining those new functions, hence yielding a near-zero functional change. Modify the existing initializer functions which are invoked via protosw, like ip_init() et. al., to allow them to be invoked multiple times, i.e. per each vnet. Global state, if any, is initialized only if such functions are called within the context of vnet0, which will be determined via the IS_DEFAULT_VNET(curvnet) check (currently always true). While here, V_irtualize a few remaining global UMA zones used by net/netinet/netipsec networking code. While it is not yet clear to me or anybody else whether this is the right thing to do, at this stage this makes the code more readable, and makes it easier to track uncollected UMA-zone-backed objects on vnet removal. In the long run, it's quite possible that some form of shared use of UMA zone pools among multiple vnets should be considered. Bump __FreeBSD_version due to changes in layout of structs vnet_ipfw, vnet_inet and vnet_net. Approved by: julian (mentor)
2009-04-06 22:29:41 +00:00
- Remove rt_metrics_lite and simply put its members into rtentry. - Use counter(9) for rt_pksent (former rt_rmx.rmx_pksent). This removes another cache trashing ++ from packet forwarding path. - Create zini/fini methods for the rtentry UMA zone. Via initialize mutex and counter in them. - Fix reporting of rmx_pksent to routing socket. - Fix netstat(1) to report "Use" both in kvm(3) and sysctl(3) mode. The change is mostly targeted for stable/10 merge. For head, rt_pksent is expected to just disappear. Discussed with: melifaro Sponsored by: Netflix Sponsored by: Nginx, Inc.
2014-03-05 01:17:47 +00:00
static int
rtentry_zinit(void *mem, int size, int how)
{
struct rtentry *rt = mem;
rt->rt_pksent = counter_u64_alloc(how);
if (rt->rt_pksent == NULL)
return (ENOMEM);
RT_LOCK_INIT(rt);
return (0);
}
static void
rtentry_zfini(void *mem, int size)
{
struct rtentry *rt = mem;
RT_LOCK_DESTROY(rt);
counter_u64_free(rt->rt_pksent);
}
static int
rtentry_ctor(void *mem, int size, void *arg, int how)
{
struct rtentry *rt = mem;
bzero(rt, offsetof(struct rtentry, rt_endzero));
counter_u64_zero(rt->rt_pksent);
return (0);
}
The route code used to mtx_destroy() a locked mutex before rtentry free. Now, after r262763 it started to return locked mutexes to UMA. To fix that, conditionally unlock the mutex in the destructor. Tested by: "Sergey V. Dyatko" <sergey.dyatko@gmail.com>
2014-03-05 21:16:46 +00:00
static void
rtentry_dtor(void *mem, int size, void *arg)
{
struct rtentry *rt = mem;
RT_UNLOCK_COND(rt);
}
Introduce and use a sysinit-based initialization scheme for virtual network stacks, VNET_SYSINIT: - Add VNET_SYSINIT and VNET_SYSUNINIT macros to declare events that will occur each time a network stack is instantiated and destroyed. In the !VIMAGE case, these are simply mapped into regular SYSINIT/SYSUNINIT. For the VIMAGE case, we instead use SYSINIT's to track their order and properties on registration, using them for each vnet when created/ destroyed, or immediately on module load for already-started vnets. - Remove vnet_modinfo mechanism that existed to serve this purpose previously, as well as its dependency scheme: we now just use the SYSINIT ordering scheme. - Implement VNET_DOMAIN_SET() to allow protocol domains to declare that they want init functions to be called for each virtual network stack rather than just once at boot, compiling down to DOMAIN_SET() in the non-VIMAGE case. - Walk all virtualized kernel subsystems and make use of these instead of modinfo or DOMAIN_SET() for init/uninit events. In some cases, convert modular components from using modevent to using sysinit (where appropriate). In some cases, do minor rejuggling of SYSINIT ordering to make room for or better manage events. Portions submitted by: jhb (VNET_SYSINIT), bz (cleanup) Discussed with: jhb, bz, julian, zec Reviewed by: bz Approved by: re (VIMAGE blanket)
2009-07-23 20:46:49 +00:00
static void
vnet_route_init(const void *unused __unused)
First pass at separating per-vnet initializer functions from existing functions for initializing global state. At this stage, the new per-vnet initializer functions are directly called from the existing global initialization code, which should in most cases result in compiler inlining those new functions, hence yielding a near-zero functional change. Modify the existing initializer functions which are invoked via protosw, like ip_init() et. al., to allow them to be invoked multiple times, i.e. per each vnet. Global state, if any, is initialized only if such functions are called within the context of vnet0, which will be determined via the IS_DEFAULT_VNET(curvnet) check (currently always true). While here, V_irtualize a few remaining global UMA zones used by net/netinet/netipsec networking code. While it is not yet clear to me or anybody else whether this is the right thing to do, at this stage this makes the code more readable, and makes it easier to track uncollected UMA-zone-backed objects on vnet removal. In the long run, it's quite possible that some form of shared use of UMA zone pools among multiple vnets should be considered. Bump __FreeBSD_version due to changes in layout of structs vnet_ipfw, vnet_inet and vnet_net. Approved by: julian (mentor)
2009-04-06 22:29:41 +00:00
{
struct domain *dom;
Convert the two dimensional array to be malloced and introduce an accessor function to get the correct rnh pointer back. Update netstat to get the correct pointer using kvm_read() as well. This not only fixes the ABI problem depending on the kernel option but also permits the tunable to overwrite the kernel option at boot time up to MAXFIBS, enlarging the number of FIBs without having to recompile. So people could just use GENERIC now. Reviewed by: julian, rwatson, zec X-MFC: not possible
2009-06-01 15:49:42 +00:00
struct radix_node_head **rnh;
int table;
First pass at separating per-vnet initializer functions from existing functions for initializing global state. At this stage, the new per-vnet initializer functions are directly called from the existing global initialization code, which should in most cases result in compiler inlining those new functions, hence yielding a near-zero functional change. Modify the existing initializer functions which are invoked via protosw, like ip_init() et. al., to allow them to be invoked multiple times, i.e. per each vnet. Global state, if any, is initialized only if such functions are called within the context of vnet0, which will be determined via the IS_DEFAULT_VNET(curvnet) check (currently always true). While here, V_irtualize a few remaining global UMA zones used by net/netinet/netipsec networking code. While it is not yet clear to me or anybody else whether this is the right thing to do, at this stage this makes the code more readable, and makes it easier to track uncollected UMA-zone-backed objects on vnet removal. In the long run, it's quite possible that some form of shared use of UMA zone pools among multiple vnets should be considered. Bump __FreeBSD_version due to changes in layout of structs vnet_ipfw, vnet_inet and vnet_net. Approved by: julian (mentor)
2009-04-06 22:29:41 +00:00
int fam;
Convert the two dimensional array to be malloced and introduce an accessor function to get the correct rnh pointer back. Update netstat to get the correct pointer using kvm_read() as well. This not only fixes the ABI problem depending on the kernel option but also permits the tunable to overwrite the kernel option at boot time up to MAXFIBS, enlarging the number of FIBs without having to recompile. So people could just use GENERIC now. Reviewed by: julian, rwatson, zec X-MFC: not possible
2009-06-01 15:49:42 +00:00
V_rt_tables = malloc(rt_numfibs * (AF_MAX+1) *
sizeof(struct radix_node_head *), M_RTABLE, M_WAITOK|M_ZERO);
- Remove rt_metrics_lite and simply put its members into rtentry. - Use counter(9) for rt_pksent (former rt_rmx.rmx_pksent). This removes another cache trashing ++ from packet forwarding path. - Create zini/fini methods for the rtentry UMA zone. Via initialize mutex and counter in them. - Fix reporting of rmx_pksent to routing socket. - Fix netstat(1) to report "Use" both in kvm(3) and sysctl(3) mode. The change is mostly targeted for stable/10 merge. For head, rt_pksent is expected to just disappear. Discussed with: melifaro Sponsored by: Netflix Sponsored by: Nginx, Inc.
2014-03-05 01:17:47 +00:00
V_rtzone = uma_zcreate("rtentry", sizeof(struct rtentry),
The route code used to mtx_destroy() a locked mutex before rtentry free. Now, after r262763 it started to return locked mutexes to UMA. To fix that, conditionally unlock the mutex in the destructor. Tested by: "Sergey V. Dyatko" <sergey.dyatko@gmail.com>
2014-03-05 21:16:46 +00:00
rtentry_ctor, rtentry_dtor,
- Remove rt_metrics_lite and simply put its members into rtentry. - Use counter(9) for rt_pksent (former rt_rmx.rmx_pksent). This removes another cache trashing ++ from packet forwarding path. - Create zini/fini methods for the rtentry UMA zone. Via initialize mutex and counter in them. - Fix reporting of rmx_pksent to routing socket. - Fix netstat(1) to report "Use" both in kvm(3) and sysctl(3) mode. The change is mostly targeted for stable/10 merge. For head, rt_pksent is expected to just disappear. Discussed with: melifaro Sponsored by: Netflix Sponsored by: Nginx, Inc.
2014-03-05 01:17:47 +00:00
rtentry_zinit, rtentry_zfini, UMA_ALIGN_PTR, 0);
Add code to allow the system to handle multiple routing tables. This particular implementation is designed to be fully backwards compatible and to be MFC-able to 7.x (and 6.x) Currently the only protocol that can make use of the multiple tables is IPv4 Similar functionality exists in OpenBSD and Linux. From my notes: ----- One thing where FreeBSD has been falling behind, and which by chance I have some time to work on is "policy based routing", which allows different packet streams to be routed by more than just the destination address. Constraints: ------------ I want to make some form of this available in the 6.x tree (and by extension 7.x) , but FreeBSD in general needs it so I might as well do it in -current and back port the portions I need. One of the ways that this can be done is to have the ability to instantiate multiple kernel routing tables (which I will now refer to as "Forwarding Information Bases" or "FIBs" for political correctness reasons). Which FIB a particular packet uses to make the next hop decision can be decided by a number of mechanisms. The policies these mechanisms implement are the "Policies" referred to in "Policy based routing". One of the constraints I have if I try to back port this work to 6.x is that it must be implemented as a EXTENSION to the existing ABIs in 6.x so that third party applications do not need to be recompiled in timespan of the branch. This first version will not have some of the bells and whistles that will come with later versions. It will, for example, be limited to 16 tables in the first commit. Implementation method, Compatible version. (part 1) ------------------------------- For this reason I have implemented a "sufficient subset" of a multiple routing table solution in Perforce, and back-ported it to 6.x. (also in Perforce though not always caught up with what I have done in -current/P4). The subset allows a number of FIBs to be defined at compile time (8 is sufficient for my purposes in 6.x) and implements the changes needed to allow IPV4 to use them. I have not done the changes for ipv6 simply because I do not need it, and I do not have enough knowledge of ipv6 (e.g. neighbor discovery) needed to do it. Other protocol families are left untouched and should there be users with proprietary protocol families, they should continue to work and be oblivious to the existence of the extra FIBs. To understand how this is done, one must know that the current FIB code starts everything off with a single dimensional array of pointers to FIB head structures (One per protocol family), each of which in turn points to the trie of routes available to that family. The basic change in the ABI compatible version of the change is to extent that array to be a 2 dimensional array, so that instead of protocol family X looking at rt_tables[X] for the table it needs, it looks at rt_tables[Y][X] when for all protocol families except ipv4 Y is always 0. Code that is unaware of the change always just sees the first row of the table, which of course looks just like the one dimensional array that existed before. The entry points rtrequest(), rtalloc(), rtalloc1(), rtalloc_ign() are all maintained, but refer only to the first row of the array, so that existing callers in proprietary protocols can continue to do the "right thing". Some new entry points are added, for the exclusive use of ipv4 code called in_rtrequest(), in_rtalloc(), in_rtalloc1() and in_rtalloc_ign(), which have an extra argument which refers the code to the correct row. In addition, there are some new entry points (currently called rtalloc_fib() and friends) that check the Address family being looked up and call either rtalloc() (and friends) if the protocol is not IPv4 forcing the action to row 0 or to the appropriate row if it IS IPv4 (and that info is available). These are for calling from code that is not specific to any particular protocol. The way these are implemented would change in the non ABI preserving code to be added later. One feature of the first version of the code is that for ipv4, the interface routes show up automatically on all the FIBs, so that no matter what FIB you select you always have the basic direct attached hosts available to you. (rtinit() does this automatically). You CAN delete an interface route from one FIB should you want to but by default it's there. ARP information is also available in each FIB. It's assumed that the same machine would have the same MAC address, regardless of which FIB you are using to get to it. This brings us as to how the correct FIB is selected for an outgoing IPV4 packet. Firstly, all packets have a FIB associated with them. if nothing has been done to change it, it will be FIB 0. The FIB is changed in the following ways. Packets fall into one of a number of classes. 1/ locally generated packets, coming from a socket/PCB. Such packets select a FIB from a number associated with the socket/PCB. This in turn is inherited from the process, but can be changed by a socket option. The process in turn inherits it on fork. I have written a utility call setfib that acts a bit like nice.. setfib -3 ping target.example.com # will use fib 3 for ping. It is an obvious extension to make it a property of a jail but I have not done so. It can be achieved by combining the setfib and jail commands. 2/ packets received on an interface for forwarding. By default these packets would use table 0, (or possibly a number settable in a sysctl(not yet)). but prior to routing the firewall can inspect them (see below). (possibly in the future you may be able to associate a FIB with packets received on an interface.. An ifconfig arg, but not yet.) 3/ packets inspected by a packet classifier, which can arbitrarily associate a fib with it on a packet by packet basis. A fib assigned to a packet by a packet classifier (such as ipfw) would over-ride a fib associated by a more default source. (such as cases 1 or 2). 4/ a tcp listen socket associated with a fib will generate accept sockets that are associated with that same fib. 5/ Packets generated in response to some other packet (e.g. reset or icmp packets). These should use the FIB associated with the packet being reponded to. 6/ Packets generated during encapsulation. gif, tun and other tunnel interfaces will encapsulate using the FIB that was in effect withthe proces that set up the tunnel. thus setfib 1 ifconfig gif0 [tunnel instructions] will set the fib for the tunnel to use to be fib 1. Routing messages would be associated with their process, and thus select one FIB or another. messages from the kernel would be associated with the fib they refer to and would only be received by a routing socket associated with that fib. (not yet implemented) In addition Netstat has been edited to be able to cope with the fact that the array is now 2 dimensional. (It looks in system memory using libkvm (!)). Old versions of netstat see only the first FIB. In addition two sysctls are added to give: a) the number of FIBs compiled in (active) b) the default FIB of the calling process. Early testing experience: ------------------------- Basically our (IronPort's) appliance does this functionality already using ipfw fwd but that method has some drawbacks. For example, It can't fully simulate a routing table because it can't influence the socket's choice of local address when a connect() is done. Testing during the generating of these changes has been remarkably smooth so far. Multiple tables have co-existed with no notable side effects, and packets have been routes accordingly. ipfw has grown 2 new keywords: setfib N ip from anay to any count ip from any to any fib N In pf there seems to be a requirement to be able to give symbolic names to the fibs but I do not have that capacity. I am not sure if it is required. SCTP has interestingly enough built in support for this, called VRFs in Cisco parlance. it will be interesting to see how that handles it when it suddenly actually does something. Where to next: -------------------- After committing the ABI compatible version and MFCing it, I'd like to proceed in a forward direction in -current. this will result in some roto-tilling in the routing code. Firstly: the current code's idea of having a separate tree per protocol family, all of the same format, and pointed to by the 1 dimensional array is a bit silly. Especially when one considers that there is code that makes assumptions about every protocol having the same internal structures there. Some protocols don't WANT that sort of structure. (for example the whole idea of a netmask is foreign to appletalk). This needs to be made opaque to the external code. My suggested first change is to add routing method pointers to the 'domain' structure, along with information pointing the data. instead of having an array of pointers to uniform structures, there would be an array pointing to the 'domain' structures for each protocol address domain (protocol family), and the methods this reached would be called. The methods would have an argument that gives FIB number, but the protocol would be free to ignore it. When the ABI can be changed it raises the possibilty of the addition of a fib entry into the "struct route". Currently, the structure contains the sockaddr of the desination, and the resulting fib entry. To make this work fully, one could add a fib number so that given an address and a fib, one can find the third element, the fib entry. Interaction with the ARP layer/ LL layer would need to be revisited as well. Qing Li has been working on this already. This work was sponsored by Ironport Systems/Cisco Reviewed by: several including rwatson, bz and mlair (parts each) Obtained from: Ironport systems/Cisco
2008-05-09 23:03:00 +00:00
for (dom = domains; dom; dom = dom->dom_next) {
Allow for IPv6 to allocate (and in the VIMAGE case free) as many routing tables (FIBs) as IPv4. Prepare various general rt* functions for multi-FIB IPv6 handling in addition to already existing multi-FIB IPv4 cases. Sponsored by: Cisco Systems, Inc.
2012-02-03 09:23:55 +00:00
if (dom->dom_rtattach == NULL)
continue;
for (table = 0; table < rt_numfibs; table++) {
fam = dom->dom_family;
if (table != 0 && fam != AF_INET6 && fam != AF_INET)
break;
rnh = rt_tables_get_rnh_ptr(table, fam);
if (rnh == NULL)
panic("%s: rnh NULL", __func__);
Finish r274118: remove useless fields from struct domain. Sponsored by: Yandex LLC
2014-11-06 14:39:04 +00:00
dom->dom_rtattach((void **)rnh, 0);
Add code to allow the system to handle multiple routing tables. This particular implementation is designed to be fully backwards compatible and to be MFC-able to 7.x (and 6.x) Currently the only protocol that can make use of the multiple tables is IPv4 Similar functionality exists in OpenBSD and Linux. From my notes: ----- One thing where FreeBSD has been falling behind, and which by chance I have some time to work on is "policy based routing", which allows different packet streams to be routed by more than just the destination address. Constraints: ------------ I want to make some form of this available in the 6.x tree (and by extension 7.x) , but FreeBSD in general needs it so I might as well do it in -current and back port the portions I need. One of the ways that this can be done is to have the ability to instantiate multiple kernel routing tables (which I will now refer to as "Forwarding Information Bases" or "FIBs" for political correctness reasons). Which FIB a particular packet uses to make the next hop decision can be decided by a number of mechanisms. The policies these mechanisms implement are the "Policies" referred to in "Policy based routing". One of the constraints I have if I try to back port this work to 6.x is that it must be implemented as a EXTENSION to the existing ABIs in 6.x so that third party applications do not need to be recompiled in timespan of the branch. This first version will not have some of the bells and whistles that will come with later versions. It will, for example, be limited to 16 tables in the first commit. Implementation method, Compatible version. (part 1) ------------------------------- For this reason I have implemented a "sufficient subset" of a multiple routing table solution in Perforce, and back-ported it to 6.x. (also in Perforce though not always caught up with what I have done in -current/P4). The subset allows a number of FIBs to be defined at compile time (8 is sufficient for my purposes in 6.x) and implements the changes needed to allow IPV4 to use them. I have not done the changes for ipv6 simply because I do not need it, and I do not have enough knowledge of ipv6 (e.g. neighbor discovery) needed to do it. Other protocol families are left untouched and should there be users with proprietary protocol families, they should continue to work and be oblivious to the existence of the extra FIBs. To understand how this is done, one must know that the current FIB code starts everything off with a single dimensional array of pointers to FIB head structures (One per protocol family), each of which in turn points to the trie of routes available to that family. The basic change in the ABI compatible version of the change is to extent that array to be a 2 dimensional array, so that instead of protocol family X looking at rt_tables[X] for the table it needs, it looks at rt_tables[Y][X] when for all protocol families except ipv4 Y is always 0. Code that is unaware of the change always just sees the first row of the table, which of course looks just like the one dimensional array that existed before. The entry points rtrequest(), rtalloc(), rtalloc1(), rtalloc_ign() are all maintained, but refer only to the first row of the array, so that existing callers in proprietary protocols can continue to do the "right thing". Some new entry points are added, for the exclusive use of ipv4 code called in_rtrequest(), in_rtalloc(), in_rtalloc1() and in_rtalloc_ign(), which have an extra argument which refers the code to the correct row. In addition, there are some new entry points (currently called rtalloc_fib() and friends) that check the Address family being looked up and call either rtalloc() (and friends) if the protocol is not IPv4 forcing the action to row 0 or to the appropriate row if it IS IPv4 (and that info is available). These are for calling from code that is not specific to any particular protocol. The way these are implemented would change in the non ABI preserving code to be added later. One feature of the first version of the code is that for ipv4, the interface routes show up automatically on all the FIBs, so that no matter what FIB you select you always have the basic direct attached hosts available to you. (rtinit() does this automatically). You CAN delete an interface route from one FIB should you want to but by default it's there. ARP information is also available in each FIB. It's assumed that the same machine would have the same MAC address, regardless of which FIB you are using to get to it. This brings us as to how the correct FIB is selected for an outgoing IPV4 packet. Firstly, all packets have a FIB associated with them. if nothing has been done to change it, it will be FIB 0. The FIB is changed in the following ways. Packets fall into one of a number of classes. 1/ locally generated packets, coming from a socket/PCB. Such packets select a FIB from a number associated with the socket/PCB. This in turn is inherited from the process, but can be changed by a socket option. The process in turn inherits it on fork. I have written a utility call setfib that acts a bit like nice.. setfib -3 ping target.example.com # will use fib 3 for ping. It is an obvious extension to make it a property of a jail but I have not done so. It can be achieved by combining the setfib and jail commands. 2/ packets received on an interface for forwarding. By default these packets would use table 0, (or possibly a number settable in a sysctl(not yet)). but prior to routing the firewall can inspect them (see below). (possibly in the future you may be able to associate a FIB with packets received on an interface.. An ifconfig arg, but not yet.) 3/ packets inspected by a packet classifier, which can arbitrarily associate a fib with it on a packet by packet basis. A fib assigned to a packet by a packet classifier (such as ipfw) would over-ride a fib associated by a more default source. (such as cases 1 or 2). 4/ a tcp listen socket associated with a fib will generate accept sockets that are associated with that same fib. 5/ Packets generated in response to some other packet (e.g. reset or icmp packets). These should use the FIB associated with the packet being reponded to. 6/ Packets generated during encapsulation. gif, tun and other tunnel interfaces will encapsulate using the FIB that was in effect withthe proces that set up the tunnel. thus setfib 1 ifconfig gif0 [tunnel instructions] will set the fib for the tunnel to use to be fib 1. Routing messages would be associated with their process, and thus select one FIB or another. messages from the kernel would be associated with the fib they refer to and would only be received by a routing socket associated with that fib. (not yet implemented) In addition Netstat has been edited to be able to cope with the fact that the array is now 2 dimensional. (It looks in system memory using libkvm (!)). Old versions of netstat see only the first FIB. In addition two sysctls are added to give: a) the number of FIBs compiled in (active) b) the default FIB of the calling process. Early testing experience: ------------------------- Basically our (IronPort's) appliance does this functionality already using ipfw fwd but that method has some drawbacks. For example, It can't fully simulate a routing table because it can't influence the socket's choice of local address when a connect() is done. Testing during the generating of these changes has been remarkably smooth so far. Multiple tables have co-existed with no notable side effects, and packets have been routes accordingly. ipfw has grown 2 new keywords: setfib N ip from anay to any count ip from any to any fib N In pf there seems to be a requirement to be able to give symbolic names to the fibs but I do not have that capacity. I am not sure if it is required. SCTP has interestingly enough built in support for this, called VRFs in Cisco parlance. it will be interesting to see how that handles it when it suddenly actually does something. Where to next: -------------------- After committing the ABI compatible version and MFCing it, I'd like to proceed in a forward direction in -current. this will result in some roto-tilling in the routing code. Firstly: the current code's idea of having a separate tree per protocol family, all of the same format, and pointed to by the 1 dimensional array is a bit silly. Especially when one considers that there is code that makes assumptions about every protocol having the same internal structures there. Some protocols don't WANT that sort of structure. (for example the whole idea of a netmask is foreign to appletalk). This needs to be made opaque to the external code. My suggested first change is to add routing method pointers to the 'domain' structure, along with information pointing the data. instead of having an array of pointers to uniform structures, there would be an array pointing to the 'domain' structures for each protocol address domain (protocol family), and the methods this reached would be called. The methods would have an argument that gives FIB number, but the protocol would be free to ignore it. When the ABI can be changed it raises the possibilty of the addition of a fib entry into the "struct route". Currently, the structure contains the sockaddr of the desination, and the resulting fib entry. To make this work fully, one could add a fib number so that given an address and a fib, one can find the third element, the fib entry. Interaction with the ARP layer/ LL layer would need to be revisited as well. Qing Li has been working on this already. This work was sponsored by Ironport Systems/Cisco Reviewed by: several including rwatson, bz and mlair (parts each) Obtained from: Ironport systems/Cisco
2008-05-09 23:03:00 +00:00
}
}
}
Introduce and use a sysinit-based initialization scheme for virtual network stacks, VNET_SYSINIT: - Add VNET_SYSINIT and VNET_SYSUNINIT macros to declare events that will occur each time a network stack is instantiated and destroyed. In the !VIMAGE case, these are simply mapped into regular SYSINIT/SYSUNINIT. For the VIMAGE case, we instead use SYSINIT's to track their order and properties on registration, using them for each vnet when created/ destroyed, or immediately on module load for already-started vnets. - Remove vnet_modinfo mechanism that existed to serve this purpose previously, as well as its dependency scheme: we now just use the SYSINIT ordering scheme. - Implement VNET_DOMAIN_SET() to allow protocol domains to declare that they want init functions to be called for each virtual network stack rather than just once at boot, compiling down to DOMAIN_SET() in the non-VIMAGE case. - Walk all virtualized kernel subsystems and make use of these instead of modinfo or DOMAIN_SET() for init/uninit events. In some cases, convert modular components from using modevent to using sysinit (where appropriate). In some cases, do minor rejuggling of SYSINIT ordering to make room for or better manage events. Portions submitted by: jhb (VNET_SYSINIT), bz (cleanup) Discussed with: jhb, bz, julian, zec Reviewed by: bz Approved by: re (VIMAGE blanket)
2009-07-23 20:46:49 +00:00
VNET_SYSINIT(vnet_route_init, SI_SUB_PROTO_DOMAIN, SI_ORDER_FOURTH,
vnet_route_init, 0);
Add code to allow the system to handle multiple routing tables. This particular implementation is designed to be fully backwards compatible and to be MFC-able to 7.x (and 6.x) Currently the only protocol that can make use of the multiple tables is IPv4 Similar functionality exists in OpenBSD and Linux. From my notes: ----- One thing where FreeBSD has been falling behind, and which by chance I have some time to work on is "policy based routing", which allows different packet streams to be routed by more than just the destination address. Constraints: ------------ I want to make some form of this available in the 6.x tree (and by extension 7.x) , but FreeBSD in general needs it so I might as well do it in -current and back port the portions I need. One of the ways that this can be done is to have the ability to instantiate multiple kernel routing tables (which I will now refer to as "Forwarding Information Bases" or "FIBs" for political correctness reasons). Which FIB a particular packet uses to make the next hop decision can be decided by a number of mechanisms. The policies these mechanisms implement are the "Policies" referred to in "Policy based routing". One of the constraints I have if I try to back port this work to 6.x is that it must be implemented as a EXTENSION to the existing ABIs in 6.x so that third party applications do not need to be recompiled in timespan of the branch. This first version will not have some of the bells and whistles that will come with later versions. It will, for example, be limited to 16 tables in the first commit. Implementation method, Compatible version. (part 1) ------------------------------- For this reason I have implemented a "sufficient subset" of a multiple routing table solution in Perforce, and back-ported it to 6.x. (also in Perforce though not always caught up with what I have done in -current/P4). The subset allows a number of FIBs to be defined at compile time (8 is sufficient for my purposes in 6.x) and implements the changes needed to allow IPV4 to use them. I have not done the changes for ipv6 simply because I do not need it, and I do not have enough knowledge of ipv6 (e.g. neighbor discovery) needed to do it. Other protocol families are left untouched and should there be users with proprietary protocol families, they should continue to work and be oblivious to the existence of the extra FIBs. To understand how this is done, one must know that the current FIB code starts everything off with a single dimensional array of pointers to FIB head structures (One per protocol family), each of which in turn points to the trie of routes available to that family. The basic change in the ABI compatible version of the change is to extent that array to be a 2 dimensional array, so that instead of protocol family X looking at rt_tables[X] for the table it needs, it looks at rt_tables[Y][X] when for all protocol families except ipv4 Y is always 0. Code that is unaware of the change always just sees the first row of the table, which of course looks just like the one dimensional array that existed before. The entry points rtrequest(), rtalloc(), rtalloc1(), rtalloc_ign() are all maintained, but refer only to the first row of the array, so that existing callers in proprietary protocols can continue to do the "right thing". Some new entry points are added, for the exclusive use of ipv4 code called in_rtrequest(), in_rtalloc(), in_rtalloc1() and in_rtalloc_ign(), which have an extra argument which refers the code to the correct row. In addition, there are some new entry points (currently called rtalloc_fib() and friends) that check the Address family being looked up and call either rtalloc() (and friends) if the protocol is not IPv4 forcing the action to row 0 or to the appropriate row if it IS IPv4 (and that info is available). These are for calling from code that is not specific to any particular protocol. The way these are implemented would change in the non ABI preserving code to be added later. One feature of the first version of the code is that for ipv4, the interface routes show up automatically on all the FIBs, so that no matter what FIB you select you always have the basic direct attached hosts available to you. (rtinit() does this automatically). You CAN delete an interface route from one FIB should you want to but by default it's there. ARP information is also available in each FIB. It's assumed that the same machine would have the same MAC address, regardless of which FIB you are using to get to it. This brings us as to how the correct FIB is selected for an outgoing IPV4 packet. Firstly, all packets have a FIB associated with them. if nothing has been done to change it, it will be FIB 0. The FIB is changed in the following ways. Packets fall into one of a number of classes. 1/ locally generated packets, coming from a socket/PCB. Such packets select a FIB from a number associated with the socket/PCB. This in turn is inherited from the process, but can be changed by a socket option. The process in turn inherits it on fork. I have written a utility call setfib that acts a bit like nice.. setfib -3 ping target.example.com # will use fib 3 for ping. It is an obvious extension to make it a property of a jail but I have not done so. It can be achieved by combining the setfib and jail commands. 2/ packets received on an interface for forwarding. By default these packets would use table 0, (or possibly a number settable in a sysctl(not yet)). but prior to routing the firewall can inspect them (see below). (possibly in the future you may be able to associate a FIB with packets received on an interface.. An ifconfig arg, but not yet.) 3/ packets inspected by a packet classifier, which can arbitrarily associate a fib with it on a packet by packet basis. A fib assigned to a packet by a packet classifier (such as ipfw) would over-ride a fib associated by a more default source. (such as cases 1 or 2). 4/ a tcp listen socket associated with a fib will generate accept sockets that are associated with that same fib. 5/ Packets generated in response to some other packet (e.g. reset or icmp packets). These should use the FIB associated with the packet being reponded to. 6/ Packets generated during encapsulation. gif, tun and other tunnel interfaces will encapsulate using the FIB that was in effect withthe proces that set up the tunnel. thus setfib 1 ifconfig gif0 [tunnel instructions] will set the fib for the tunnel to use to be fib 1. Routing messages would be associated with their process, and thus select one FIB or another. messages from the kernel would be associated with the fib they refer to and would only be received by a routing socket associated with that fib. (not yet implemented) In addition Netstat has been edited to be able to cope with the fact that the array is now 2 dimensional. (It looks in system memory using libkvm (!)). Old versions of netstat see only the first FIB. In addition two sysctls are added to give: a) the number of FIBs compiled in (active) b) the default FIB of the calling process. Early testing experience: ------------------------- Basically our (IronPort's) appliance does this functionality already using ipfw fwd but that method has some drawbacks. For example, It can't fully simulate a routing table because it can't influence the socket's choice of local address when a connect() is done. Testing during the generating of these changes has been remarkably smooth so far. Multiple tables have co-existed with no notable side effects, and packets have been routes accordingly. ipfw has grown 2 new keywords: setfib N ip from anay to any count ip from any to any fib N In pf there seems to be a requirement to be able to give symbolic names to the fibs but I do not have that capacity. I am not sure if it is required. SCTP has interestingly enough built in support for this, called VRFs in Cisco parlance. it will be interesting to see how that handles it when it suddenly actually does something. Where to next: -------------------- After committing the ABI compatible version and MFCing it, I'd like to proceed in a forward direction in -current. this will result in some roto-tilling in the routing code. Firstly: the current code's idea of having a separate tree per protocol family, all of the same format, and pointed to by the 1 dimensional array is a bit silly. Especially when one considers that there is code that makes assumptions about every protocol having the same internal structures there. Some protocols don't WANT that sort of structure. (for example the whole idea of a netmask is foreign to appletalk). This needs to be made opaque to the external code. My suggested first change is to add routing method pointers to the 'domain' structure, along with information pointing the data. instead of having an array of pointers to uniform structures, there would be an array pointing to the 'domain' structures for each protocol address domain (protocol family), and the methods this reached would be called. The methods would have an argument that gives FIB number, but the protocol would be free to ignore it. When the ABI can be changed it raises the possibilty of the addition of a fib entry into the "struct route". Currently, the structure contains the sockaddr of the desination, and the resulting fib entry. To make this work fully, one could add a fib number so that given an address and a fib, one can find the third element, the fib entry. Interaction with the ARP layer/ LL layer would need to be revisited as well. Qing Li has been working on this already. This work was sponsored by Ironport Systems/Cisco Reviewed by: several including rwatson, bz and mlair (parts each) Obtained from: Ironport systems/Cisco
2008-05-09 23:03:00 +00:00
Introduce an infrastructure for dismantling vnet instances. Vnet modules and protocol domains may now register destructor functions to clean up and release per-module state. The destructor mechanisms can be triggered by invoking "vimage -d", or a future equivalent command which will be provided via the new jail framework. While this patch introduces numerous placeholder destructor functions, many of those are currently incomplete, thus leaking memory or (even worse) failing to stop all running timers. Many of such issues are already known and will be incrementaly fixed over the next weeks in smaller incremental commits. Apart from introducing new fields in structs ifnet, domain, protosw and vnet_net, which requires the kernel and modules to be rebuilt, this change should have no impact on nooptions VIMAGE builds, since vnet destructors can only be called in VIMAGE kernels. Moreover, destructor functions should be in general compiled in only in options VIMAGE builds, except for kernel modules which can be safely kldunloaded at run time. Bump __FreeBSD_version to 800097. Reviewed by: bz, julian Approved by: rwatson, kib (re), julian (mentor)
2009-06-08 17:15:40 +00:00
#ifdef VIMAGE
Introduce and use a sysinit-based initialization scheme for virtual network stacks, VNET_SYSINIT: - Add VNET_SYSINIT and VNET_SYSUNINIT macros to declare events that will occur each time a network stack is instantiated and destroyed. In the !VIMAGE case, these are simply mapped into regular SYSINIT/SYSUNINIT. For the VIMAGE case, we instead use SYSINIT's to track their order and properties on registration, using them for each vnet when created/ destroyed, or immediately on module load for already-started vnets. - Remove vnet_modinfo mechanism that existed to serve this purpose previously, as well as its dependency scheme: we now just use the SYSINIT ordering scheme. - Implement VNET_DOMAIN_SET() to allow protocol domains to declare that they want init functions to be called for each virtual network stack rather than just once at boot, compiling down to DOMAIN_SET() in the non-VIMAGE case. - Walk all virtualized kernel subsystems and make use of these instead of modinfo or DOMAIN_SET() for init/uninit events. In some cases, convert modular components from using modevent to using sysinit (where appropriate). In some cases, do minor rejuggling of SYSINIT ordering to make room for or better manage events. Portions submitted by: jhb (VNET_SYSINIT), bz (cleanup) Discussed with: jhb, bz, julian, zec Reviewed by: bz Approved by: re (VIMAGE blanket)
2009-07-23 20:46:49 +00:00
static void
vnet_route_uninit(const void *unused __unused)
Introduce an infrastructure for dismantling vnet instances. Vnet modules and protocol domains may now register destructor functions to clean up and release per-module state. The destructor mechanisms can be triggered by invoking "vimage -d", or a future equivalent command which will be provided via the new jail framework. While this patch introduces numerous placeholder destructor functions, many of those are currently incomplete, thus leaking memory or (even worse) failing to stop all running timers. Many of such issues are already known and will be incrementaly fixed over the next weeks in smaller incremental commits. Apart from introducing new fields in structs ifnet, domain, protosw and vnet_net, which requires the kernel and modules to be rebuilt, this change should have no impact on nooptions VIMAGE builds, since vnet destructors can only be called in VIMAGE kernels. Moreover, destructor functions should be in general compiled in only in options VIMAGE builds, except for kernel modules which can be safely kldunloaded at run time. Bump __FreeBSD_version to 800097. Reviewed by: bz, julian Approved by: rwatson, kib (re), julian (mentor)
2009-06-08 17:15:40 +00:00
{
int table;
int fam;
struct domain *dom;
struct radix_node_head **rnh;
for (dom = domains; dom; dom = dom->dom_next) {
Allow for IPv6 to allocate (and in the VIMAGE case free) as many routing tables (FIBs) as IPv4. Prepare various general rt* functions for multi-FIB IPv6 handling in addition to already existing multi-FIB IPv4 cases. Sponsored by: Cisco Systems, Inc.
2012-02-03 09:23:55 +00:00
if (dom->dom_rtdetach == NULL)
continue;
for (table = 0; table < rt_numfibs; table++) {
fam = dom->dom_family;
if (table != 0 && fam != AF_INET6 && fam != AF_INET)
break;
rnh = rt_tables_get_rnh_ptr(table, fam);
if (rnh == NULL)
panic("%s: rnh NULL", __func__);
Fix build. Pointy hat to: melifaro
2014-11-06 17:50:35 +00:00
dom->dom_rtdetach((void **)rnh, 0);
Introduce an infrastructure for dismantling vnet instances. Vnet modules and protocol domains may now register destructor functions to clean up and release per-module state. The destructor mechanisms can be triggered by invoking "vimage -d", or a future equivalent command which will be provided via the new jail framework. While this patch introduces numerous placeholder destructor functions, many of those are currently incomplete, thus leaking memory or (even worse) failing to stop all running timers. Many of such issues are already known and will be incrementaly fixed over the next weeks in smaller incremental commits. Apart from introducing new fields in structs ifnet, domain, protosw and vnet_net, which requires the kernel and modules to be rebuilt, this change should have no impact on nooptions VIMAGE builds, since vnet destructors can only be called in VIMAGE kernels. Moreover, destructor functions should be in general compiled in only in options VIMAGE builds, except for kernel modules which can be safely kldunloaded at run time. Bump __FreeBSD_version to 800097. Reviewed by: bz, julian Approved by: rwatson, kib (re), julian (mentor)
2009-06-08 17:15:40 +00:00
}
}
In vnet_route_uninit(), free some memory that is allocated in vnet_route_init(). To reproduce the problem: (1) Take a GENERIC kernel config, and add options for: VIMAGE, WITNESS, INVARIANTS. (2) Run this command in a loop: jail -l -u root -c path=/ name=foo persist vnet && jexec foo ifconfig lo0 127.0.0.1/8 && jail -r foo see: http://lists.freebsd.org/pipermail/freebsd-current/2010-November/021280.html http://lists.freebsd.org/pipermail/freebsd-current/2010-November/021291.html This doesn't eliminate all the "Freed UMA keg was not empty" warning messages on the console, but it helps.
2013-11-25 20:33:33 +00:00
free(V_rt_tables, M_RTABLE);
uma_zdestroy(V_rtzone);
Introduce an infrastructure for dismantling vnet instances. Vnet modules and protocol domains may now register destructor functions to clean up and release per-module state. The destructor mechanisms can be triggered by invoking "vimage -d", or a future equivalent command which will be provided via the new jail framework. While this patch introduces numerous placeholder destructor functions, many of those are currently incomplete, thus leaking memory or (even worse) failing to stop all running timers. Many of such issues are already known and will be incrementaly fixed over the next weeks in smaller incremental commits. Apart from introducing new fields in structs ifnet, domain, protosw and vnet_net, which requires the kernel and modules to be rebuilt, this change should have no impact on nooptions VIMAGE builds, since vnet destructors can only be called in VIMAGE kernels. Moreover, destructor functions should be in general compiled in only in options VIMAGE builds, except for kernel modules which can be safely kldunloaded at run time. Bump __FreeBSD_version to 800097. Reviewed by: bz, julian Approved by: rwatson, kib (re), julian (mentor)
2009-06-08 17:15:40 +00:00
}
Introduce and use a sysinit-based initialization scheme for virtual network stacks, VNET_SYSINIT: - Add VNET_SYSINIT and VNET_SYSUNINIT macros to declare events that will occur each time a network stack is instantiated and destroyed. In the !VIMAGE case, these are simply mapped into regular SYSINIT/SYSUNINIT. For the VIMAGE case, we instead use SYSINIT's to track their order and properties on registration, using them for each vnet when created/ destroyed, or immediately on module load for already-started vnets. - Remove vnet_modinfo mechanism that existed to serve this purpose previously, as well as its dependency scheme: we now just use the SYSINIT ordering scheme. - Implement VNET_DOMAIN_SET() to allow protocol domains to declare that they want init functions to be called for each virtual network stack rather than just once at boot, compiling down to DOMAIN_SET() in the non-VIMAGE case. - Walk all virtualized kernel subsystems and make use of these instead of modinfo or DOMAIN_SET() for init/uninit events. In some cases, convert modular components from using modevent to using sysinit (where appropriate). In some cases, do minor rejuggling of SYSINIT ordering to make room for or better manage events. Portions submitted by: jhb (VNET_SYSINIT), bz (cleanup) Discussed with: jhb, bz, julian, zec Reviewed by: bz Approved by: re (VIMAGE blanket)
2009-07-23 20:46:49 +00:00
VNET_SYSUNINIT(vnet_route_uninit, SI_SUB_PROTO_DOMAIN, SI_ORDER_THIRD,
vnet_route_uninit, 0);
Introduce an infrastructure for dismantling vnet instances. Vnet modules and protocol domains may now register destructor functions to clean up and release per-module state. The destructor mechanisms can be triggered by invoking "vimage -d", or a future equivalent command which will be provided via the new jail framework. While this patch introduces numerous placeholder destructor functions, many of those are currently incomplete, thus leaking memory or (even worse) failing to stop all running timers. Many of such issues are already known and will be incrementaly fixed over the next weeks in smaller incremental commits. Apart from introducing new fields in structs ifnet, domain, protosw and vnet_net, which requires the kernel and modules to be rebuilt, this change should have no impact on nooptions VIMAGE builds, since vnet destructors can only be called in VIMAGE kernels. Moreover, destructor functions should be in general compiled in only in options VIMAGE builds, except for kernel modules which can be safely kldunloaded at run time. Bump __FreeBSD_version to 800097. Reviewed by: bz, julian Approved by: rwatson, kib (re), julian (mentor)
2009-06-08 17:15:40 +00:00
#endif
Add code to allow the system to handle multiple routing tables. This particular implementation is designed to be fully backwards compatible and to be MFC-able to 7.x (and 6.x) Currently the only protocol that can make use of the multiple tables is IPv4 Similar functionality exists in OpenBSD and Linux. From my notes: ----- One thing where FreeBSD has been falling behind, and which by chance I have some time to work on is "policy based routing", which allows different packet streams to be routed by more than just the destination address. Constraints: ------------ I want to make some form of this available in the 6.x tree (and by extension 7.x) , but FreeBSD in general needs it so I might as well do it in -current and back port the portions I need. One of the ways that this can be done is to have the ability to instantiate multiple kernel routing tables (which I will now refer to as "Forwarding Information Bases" or "FIBs" for political correctness reasons). Which FIB a particular packet uses to make the next hop decision can be decided by a number of mechanisms. The policies these mechanisms implement are the "Policies" referred to in "Policy based routing". One of the constraints I have if I try to back port this work to 6.x is that it must be implemented as a EXTENSION to the existing ABIs in 6.x so that third party applications do not need to be recompiled in timespan of the branch. This first version will not have some of the bells and whistles that will come with later versions. It will, for example, be limited to 16 tables in the first commit. Implementation method, Compatible version. (part 1) ------------------------------- For this reason I have implemented a "sufficient subset" of a multiple routing table solution in Perforce, and back-ported it to 6.x. (also in Perforce though not always caught up with what I have done in -current/P4). The subset allows a number of FIBs to be defined at compile time (8 is sufficient for my purposes in 6.x) and implements the changes needed to allow IPV4 to use them. I have not done the changes for ipv6 simply because I do not need it, and I do not have enough knowledge of ipv6 (e.g. neighbor discovery) needed to do it. Other protocol families are left untouched and should there be users with proprietary protocol families, they should continue to work and be oblivious to the existence of the extra FIBs. To understand how this is done, one must know that the current FIB code starts everything off with a single dimensional array of pointers to FIB head structures (One per protocol family), each of which in turn points to the trie of routes available to that family. The basic change in the ABI compatible version of the change is to extent that array to be a 2 dimensional array, so that instead of protocol family X looking at rt_tables[X] for the table it needs, it looks at rt_tables[Y][X] when for all protocol families except ipv4 Y is always 0. Code that is unaware of the change always just sees the first row of the table, which of course looks just like the one dimensional array that existed before. The entry points rtrequest(), rtalloc(), rtalloc1(), rtalloc_ign() are all maintained, but refer only to the first row of the array, so that existing callers in proprietary protocols can continue to do the "right thing". Some new entry points are added, for the exclusive use of ipv4 code called in_rtrequest(), in_rtalloc(), in_rtalloc1() and in_rtalloc_ign(), which have an extra argument which refers the code to the correct row. In addition, there are some new entry points (currently called rtalloc_fib() and friends) that check the Address family being looked up and call either rtalloc() (and friends) if the protocol is not IPv4 forcing the action to row 0 or to the appropriate row if it IS IPv4 (and that info is available). These are for calling from code that is not specific to any particular protocol. The way these are implemented would change in the non ABI preserving code to be added later. One feature of the first version of the code is that for ipv4, the interface routes show up automatically on all the FIBs, so that no matter what FIB you select you always have the basic direct attached hosts available to you. (rtinit() does this automatically). You CAN delete an interface route from one FIB should you want to but by default it's there. ARP information is also available in each FIB. It's assumed that the same machine would have the same MAC address, regardless of which FIB you are using to get to it. This brings us as to how the correct FIB is selected for an outgoing IPV4 packet. Firstly, all packets have a FIB associated with them. if nothing has been done to change it, it will be FIB 0. The FIB is changed in the following ways. Packets fall into one of a number of classes. 1/ locally generated packets, coming from a socket/PCB. Such packets select a FIB from a number associated with the socket/PCB. This in turn is inherited from the process, but can be changed by a socket option. The process in turn inherits it on fork. I have written a utility call setfib that acts a bit like nice.. setfib -3 ping target.example.com # will use fib 3 for ping. It is an obvious extension to make it a property of a jail but I have not done so. It can be achieved by combining the setfib and jail commands. 2/ packets received on an interface for forwarding. By default these packets would use table 0, (or possibly a number settable in a sysctl(not yet)). but prior to routing the firewall can inspect them (see below). (possibly in the future you may be able to associate a FIB with packets received on an interface.. An ifconfig arg, but not yet.) 3/ packets inspected by a packet classifier, which can arbitrarily associate a fib with it on a packet by packet basis. A fib assigned to a packet by a packet classifier (such as ipfw) would over-ride a fib associated by a more default source. (such as cases 1 or 2). 4/ a tcp listen socket associated with a fib will generate accept sockets that are associated with that same fib. 5/ Packets generated in response to some other packet (e.g. reset or icmp packets). These should use the FIB associated with the packet being reponded to. 6/ Packets generated during encapsulation. gif, tun and other tunnel interfaces will encapsulate using the FIB that was in effect withthe proces that set up the tunnel. thus setfib 1 ifconfig gif0 [tunnel instructions] will set the fib for the tunnel to use to be fib 1. Routing messages would be associated with their process, and thus select one FIB or another. messages from the kernel would be associated with the fib they refer to and would only be received by a routing socket associated with that fib. (not yet implemented) In addition Netstat has been edited to be able to cope with the fact that the array is now 2 dimensional. (It looks in system memory using libkvm (!)). Old versions of netstat see only the first FIB. In addition two sysctls are added to give: a) the number of FIBs compiled in (active) b) the default FIB of the calling process. Early testing experience: ------------------------- Basically our (IronPort's) appliance does this functionality already using ipfw fwd but that method has some drawbacks. For example, It can't fully simulate a routing table because it can't influence the socket's choice of local address when a connect() is done. Testing during the generating of these changes has been remarkably smooth so far. Multiple tables have co-existed with no notable side effects, and packets have been routes accordingly. ipfw has grown 2 new keywords: setfib N ip from anay to any count ip from any to any fib N In pf there seems to be a requirement to be able to give symbolic names to the fibs but I do not have that capacity. I am not sure if it is required. SCTP has interestingly enough built in support for this, called VRFs in Cisco parlance. it will be interesting to see how that handles it when it suddenly actually does something. Where to next: -------------------- After committing the ABI compatible version and MFCing it, I'd like to proceed in a forward direction in -current. this will result in some roto-tilling in the routing code. Firstly: the current code's idea of having a separate tree per protocol family, all of the same format, and pointed to by the 1 dimensional array is a bit silly. Especially when one considers that there is code that makes assumptions about every protocol having the same internal structures there. Some protocols don't WANT that sort of structure. (for example the whole idea of a netmask is foreign to appletalk). This needs to be made opaque to the external code. My suggested first change is to add routing method pointers to the 'domain' structure, along with information pointing the data. instead of having an array of pointers to uniform structures, there would be an array pointing to the 'domain' structures for each protocol address domain (protocol family), and the methods this reached would be called. The methods would have an argument that gives FIB number, but the protocol would be free to ignore it. When the ABI can be changed it raises the possibilty of the addition of a fib entry into the "struct route". Currently, the structure contains the sockaddr of the desination, and the resulting fib entry. To make this work fully, one could add a fib number so that given an address and a fib, one can find the third element, the fib entry. Interaction with the ARP layer/ LL layer would need to be revisited as well. Qing Li has been working on this already. This work was sponsored by Ironport Systems/Cisco Reviewed by: several including rwatson, bz and mlair (parts each) Obtained from: Ironport systems/Cisco
2008-05-09 23:03:00 +00:00
#ifndef _SYS_SYSPROTO_H_
struct setfib_args {
int fibnum;
};
#endif
int
In order to maximize the re-usability of kernel code in user space this patch modifies makesyscalls.sh to prefix all of the non-compatibility calls (e.g. not linux_, freebsd32_) with sys_ and updates the kernel entry points and all places in the code that use them. It also fixes an additional name space collision between the kernel function psignal and the libc function of the same name by renaming the kernel psignal kern_psignal(). By introducing this change now we will ease future MFCs that change syscalls. Reviewed by: rwatson Approved by: re (bz)
2011-09-16 13:58:51 +00:00
sys_setfib(struct thread *td, struct setfib_args *uap)
Add code to allow the system to handle multiple routing tables. This particular implementation is designed to be fully backwards compatible and to be MFC-able to 7.x (and 6.x) Currently the only protocol that can make use of the multiple tables is IPv4 Similar functionality exists in OpenBSD and Linux. From my notes: ----- One thing where FreeBSD has been falling behind, and which by chance I have some time to work on is "policy based routing", which allows different packet streams to be routed by more than just the destination address. Constraints: ------------ I want to make some form of this available in the 6.x tree (and by extension 7.x) , but FreeBSD in general needs it so I might as well do it in -current and back port the portions I need. One of the ways that this can be done is to have the ability to instantiate multiple kernel routing tables (which I will now refer to as "Forwarding Information Bases" or "FIBs" for political correctness reasons). Which FIB a particular packet uses to make the next hop decision can be decided by a number of mechanisms. The policies these mechanisms implement are the "Policies" referred to in "Policy based routing". One of the constraints I have if I try to back port this work to 6.x is that it must be implemented as a EXTENSION to the existing ABIs in 6.x so that third party applications do not need to be recompiled in timespan of the branch. This first version will not have some of the bells and whistles that will come with later versions. It will, for example, be limited to 16 tables in the first commit. Implementation method, Compatible version. (part 1) ------------------------------- For this reason I have implemented a "sufficient subset" of a multiple routing table solution in Perforce, and back-ported it to 6.x. (also in Perforce though not always caught up with what I have done in -current/P4). The subset allows a number of FIBs to be defined at compile time (8 is sufficient for my purposes in 6.x) and implements the changes needed to allow IPV4 to use them. I have not done the changes for ipv6 simply because I do not need it, and I do not have enough knowledge of ipv6 (e.g. neighbor discovery) needed to do it. Other protocol families are left untouched and should there be users with proprietary protocol families, they should continue to work and be oblivious to the existence of the extra FIBs. To understand how this is done, one must know that the current FIB code starts everything off with a single dimensional array of pointers to FIB head structures (One per protocol family), each of which in turn points to the trie of routes available to that family. The basic change in the ABI compatible version of the change is to extent that array to be a 2 dimensional array, so that instead of protocol family X looking at rt_tables[X] for the table it needs, it looks at rt_tables[Y][X] when for all protocol families except ipv4 Y is always 0. Code that is unaware of the change always just sees the first row of the table, which of course looks just like the one dimensional array that existed before. The entry points rtrequest(), rtalloc(), rtalloc1(), rtalloc_ign() are all maintained, but refer only to the first row of the array, so that existing callers in proprietary protocols can continue to do the "right thing". Some new entry points are added, for the exclusive use of ipv4 code called in_rtrequest(), in_rtalloc(), in_rtalloc1() and in_rtalloc_ign(), which have an extra argument which refers the code to the correct row. In addition, there are some new entry points (currently called rtalloc_fib() and friends) that check the Address family being looked up and call either rtalloc() (and friends) if the protocol is not IPv4 forcing the action to row 0 or to the appropriate row if it IS IPv4 (and that info is available). These are for calling from code that is not specific to any particular protocol. The way these are implemented would change in the non ABI preserving code to be added later. One feature of the first version of the code is that for ipv4, the interface routes show up automatically on all the FIBs, so that no matter what FIB you select you always have the basic direct attached hosts available to you. (rtinit() does this automatically). You CAN delete an interface route from one FIB should you want to but by default it's there. ARP information is also available in each FIB. It's assumed that the same machine would have the same MAC address, regardless of which FIB you are using to get to it. This brings us as to how the correct FIB is selected for an outgoing IPV4 packet. Firstly, all packets have a FIB associated with them. if nothing has been done to change it, it will be FIB 0. The FIB is changed in the following ways. Packets fall into one of a number of classes. 1/ locally generated packets, coming from a socket/PCB. Such packets select a FIB from a number associated with the socket/PCB. This in turn is inherited from the process, but can be changed by a socket option. The process in turn inherits it on fork. I have written a utility call setfib that acts a bit like nice.. setfib -3 ping target.example.com # will use fib 3 for ping. It is an obvious extension to make it a property of a jail but I have not done so. It can be achieved by combining the setfib and jail commands. 2/ packets received on an interface for forwarding. By default these packets would use table 0, (or possibly a number settable in a sysctl(not yet)). but prior to routing the firewall can inspect them (see below). (possibly in the future you may be able to associate a FIB with packets received on an interface.. An ifconfig arg, but not yet.) 3/ packets inspected by a packet classifier, which can arbitrarily associate a fib with it on a packet by packet basis. A fib assigned to a packet by a packet classifier (such as ipfw) would over-ride a fib associated by a more default source. (such as cases 1 or 2). 4/ a tcp listen socket associated with a fib will generate accept sockets that are associated with that same fib. 5/ Packets generated in response to some other packet (e.g. reset or icmp packets). These should use the FIB associated with the packet being reponded to. 6/ Packets generated during encapsulation. gif, tun and other tunnel interfaces will encapsulate using the FIB that was in effect withthe proces that set up the tunnel. thus setfib 1 ifconfig gif0 [tunnel instructions] will set the fib for the tunnel to use to be fib 1. Routing messages would be associated with their process, and thus select one FIB or another. messages from the kernel would be associated with the fib they refer to and would only be received by a routing socket associated with that fib. (not yet implemented) In addition Netstat has been edited to be able to cope with the fact that the array is now 2 dimensional. (It looks in system memory using libkvm (!)). Old versions of netstat see only the first FIB. In addition two sysctls are added to give: a) the number of FIBs compiled in (active) b) the default FIB of the calling process. Early testing experience: ------------------------- Basically our (IronPort's) appliance does this functionality already using ipfw fwd but that method has some drawbacks. For example, It can't fully simulate a routing table because it can't influence the socket's choice of local address when a connect() is done. Testing during the generating of these changes has been remarkably smooth so far. Multiple tables have co-existed with no notable side effects, and packets have been routes accordingly. ipfw has grown 2 new keywords: setfib N ip from anay to any count ip from any to any fib N In pf there seems to be a requirement to be able to give symbolic names to the fibs but I do not have that capacity. I am not sure if it is required. SCTP has interestingly enough built in support for this, called VRFs in Cisco parlance. it will be interesting to see how that handles it when it suddenly actually does something. Where to next: -------------------- After committing the ABI compatible version and MFCing it, I'd like to proceed in a forward direction in -current. this will result in some roto-tilling in the routing code. Firstly: the current code's idea of having a separate tree per protocol family, all of the same format, and pointed to by the 1 dimensional array is a bit silly. Especially when one considers that there is code that makes assumptions about every protocol having the same internal structures there. Some protocols don't WANT that sort of structure. (for example the whole idea of a netmask is foreign to appletalk). This needs to be made opaque to the external code. My suggested first change is to add routing method pointers to the 'domain' structure, along with information pointing the data. instead of having an array of pointers to uniform structures, there would be an array pointing to the 'domain' structures for each protocol address domain (protocol family), and the methods this reached would be called. The methods would have an argument that gives FIB number, but the protocol would be free to ignore it. When the ABI can be changed it raises the possibilty of the addition of a fib entry into the "struct route". Currently, the structure contains the sockaddr of the desination, and the resulting fib entry. To make this work fully, one could add a fib number so that given an address and a fib, one can find the third element, the fib entry. Interaction with the ARP layer/ LL layer would need to be revisited as well. Qing Li has been working on this already. This work was sponsored by Ironport Systems/Cisco Reviewed by: several including rwatson, bz and mlair (parts each) Obtained from: Ironport systems/Cisco
2008-05-09 23:03:00 +00:00
{
if (uap->fibnum < 0 || uap->fibnum >= rt_numfibs)
return EINVAL;
td->td_proc->p_fibnum = uap->fibnum;
return (0);
BSD 4.4 Lite Kernel Sources
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
}
/*
* Packet routing routines.
*/
void
Locking for updates to routing table entries. Each rtentry gets a mutex that covers updates to the contents. Note this is separate from holding a reference and/or locking the routing table itself. Other/related changes: o rtredirect loses the final parameter by which an rtentry reference may be returned; this was never used and added unwarranted complexity for locking. o minor style cleanups to routing code (e.g. ansi-fy function decls) o remove the logic to bump the refcnt on the parent of cloned routes, we assume the parent will remain as long as the clone; doing this avoids a circularity in locking during delete o convert some timeouts to MPSAFE callouts Notes: 1. rt_mtx in struct rtentry is guarded by #ifdef _KERNEL as user-level applications cannot/do-no know about mutex's. Doing this requires that the mutex be the last element in the structure. A better solution is to introduce an externalized version of struct rtentry but this is a major task because of the intertwining of rtentry and other data structures that are visible to user applications. 2. There are known LOR's that are expected to go away with forthcoming work to eliminate many held references. If not these will be resolved prior to release. 3. ATM changes are untested. Sponsored by: FreeBSD Foundation Obtained from: BSD/OS (partly)
2003-10-04 03:44:50 +00:00
rtalloc(struct route *ro)
BSD 4.4 Lite Kernel Sources
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
{
Move a comment from rtinit1() to the top of the file where dealing with the (maximum) number of FIBs trying to clarify that evetually FIBs should probably attached to domain(9) specific storage. [1] Add a comment on a limitimation on the rt_add_addr_allfibs option. Use RT_DEFAULT_FIB instead of 0 where applicable. Add empty line to functions without local variables per style. Put public yet unused in-tree function rtinit_fib() under BURN_BRIDGES to indicate that it might go away in the future. No functional change. Discussed with: julian [1] (clarification on what the original one meant) Sponsored by: Cisco Systems, Inc.
2012-02-03 12:25:14 +00:00
rtalloc_ign_fib(ro, 0UL, RT_DEFAULT_FIB);
Add code to allow the system to handle multiple routing tables. This particular implementation is designed to be fully backwards compatible and to be MFC-able to 7.x (and 6.x) Currently the only protocol that can make use of the multiple tables is IPv4 Similar functionality exists in OpenBSD and Linux. From my notes: ----- One thing where FreeBSD has been falling behind, and which by chance I have some time to work on is "policy based routing", which allows different packet streams to be routed by more than just the destination address. Constraints: ------------ I want to make some form of this available in the 6.x tree (and by extension 7.x) , but FreeBSD in general needs it so I might as well do it in -current and back port the portions I need. One of the ways that this can be done is to have the ability to instantiate multiple kernel routing tables (which I will now refer to as "Forwarding Information Bases" or "FIBs" for political correctness reasons). Which FIB a particular packet uses to make the next hop decision can be decided by a number of mechanisms. The policies these mechanisms implement are the "Policies" referred to in "Policy based routing". One of the constraints I have if I try to back port this work to 6.x is that it must be implemented as a EXTENSION to the existing ABIs in 6.x so that third party applications do not need to be recompiled in timespan of the branch. This first version will not have some of the bells and whistles that will come with later versions. It will, for example, be limited to 16 tables in the first commit. Implementation method, Compatible version. (part 1) ------------------------------- For this reason I have implemented a "sufficient subset" of a multiple routing table solution in Perforce, and back-ported it to 6.x. (also in Perforce though not always caught up with what I have done in -current/P4). The subset allows a number of FIBs to be defined at compile time (8 is sufficient for my purposes in 6.x) and implements the changes needed to allow IPV4 to use them. I have not done the changes for ipv6 simply because I do not need it, and I do not have enough knowledge of ipv6 (e.g. neighbor discovery) needed to do it. Other protocol families are left untouched and should there be users with proprietary protocol families, they should continue to work and be oblivious to the existence of the extra FIBs. To understand how this is done, one must know that the current FIB code starts everything off with a single dimensional array of pointers to FIB head structures (One per protocol family), each of which in turn points to the trie of routes available to that family. The basic change in the ABI compatible version of the change is to extent that array to be a 2 dimensional array, so that instead of protocol family X looking at rt_tables[X] for the table it needs, it looks at rt_tables[Y][X] when for all protocol families except ipv4 Y is always 0. Code that is unaware of the change always just sees the first row of the table, which of course looks just like the one dimensional array that existed before. The entry points rtrequest(), rtalloc(), rtalloc1(), rtalloc_ign() are all maintained, but refer only to the first row of the array, so that existing callers in proprietary protocols can continue to do the "right thing". Some new entry points are added, for the exclusive use of ipv4 code called in_rtrequest(), in_rtalloc(), in_rtalloc1() and in_rtalloc_ign(), which have an extra argument which refers the code to the correct row. In addition, there are some new entry points (currently called rtalloc_fib() and friends) that check the Address family being looked up and call either rtalloc() (and friends) if the protocol is not IPv4 forcing the action to row 0 or to the appropriate row if it IS IPv4 (and that info is available). These are for calling from code that is not specific to any particular protocol. The way these are implemented would change in the non ABI preserving code to be added later. One feature of the first version of the code is that for ipv4, the interface routes show up automatically on all the FIBs, so that no matter what FIB you select you always have the basic direct attached hosts available to you. (rtinit() does this automatically). You CAN delete an interface route from one FIB should you want to but by default it's there. ARP information is also available in each FIB. It's assumed that the same machine would have the same MAC address, regardless of which FIB you are using to get to it. This brings us as to how the correct FIB is selected for an outgoing IPV4 packet. Firstly, all packets have a FIB associated with them. if nothing has been done to change it, it will be FIB 0. The FIB is changed in the following ways. Packets fall into one of a number of classes. 1/ locally generated packets, coming from a socket/PCB. Such packets select a FIB from a number associated with the socket/PCB. This in turn is inherited from the process, but can be changed by a socket option. The process in turn inherits it on fork. I have written a utility call setfib that acts a bit like nice.. setfib -3 ping target.example.com # will use fib 3 for ping. It is an obvious extension to make it a property of a jail but I have not done so. It can be achieved by combining the setfib and jail commands. 2/ packets received on an interface for forwarding. By default these packets would use table 0, (or possibly a number settable in a sysctl(not yet)). but prior to routing the firewall can inspect them (see below). (possibly in the future you may be able to associate a FIB with packets received on an interface.. An ifconfig arg, but not yet.) 3/ packets inspected by a packet classifier, which can arbitrarily associate a fib with it on a packet by packet basis. A fib assigned to a packet by a packet classifier (such as ipfw) would over-ride a fib associated by a more default source. (such as cases 1 or 2). 4/ a tcp listen socket associated with a fib will generate accept sockets that are associated with that same fib. 5/ Packets generated in response to some other packet (e.g. reset or icmp packets). These should use the FIB associated with the packet being reponded to. 6/ Packets generated during encapsulation. gif, tun and other tunnel interfaces will encapsulate using the FIB that was in effect withthe proces that set up the tunnel. thus setfib 1 ifconfig gif0 [tunnel instructions] will set the fib for the tunnel to use to be fib 1. Routing messages would be associated with their process, and thus select one FIB or another. messages from the kernel would be associated with the fib they refer to and would only be received by a routing socket associated with that fib. (not yet implemented) In addition Netstat has been edited to be able to cope with the fact that the array is now 2 dimensional. (It looks in system memory using libkvm (!)). Old versions of netstat see only the first FIB. In addition two sysctls are added to give: a) the number of FIBs compiled in (active) b) the default FIB of the calling process. Early testing experience: ------------------------- Basically our (IronPort's) appliance does this functionality already using ipfw fwd but that method has some drawbacks. For example, It can't fully simulate a routing table because it can't influence the socket's choice of local address when a connect() is done. Testing during the generating of these changes has been remarkably smooth so far. Multiple tables have co-existed with no notable side effects, and packets have been routes accordingly. ipfw has grown 2 new keywords: setfib N ip from anay to any count ip from any to any fib N In pf there seems to be a requirement to be able to give symbolic names to the fibs but I do not have that capacity. I am not sure if it is required. SCTP has interestingly enough built in support for this, called VRFs in Cisco parlance. it will be interesting to see how that handles it when it suddenly actually does something. Where to next: -------------------- After committing the ABI compatible version and MFCing it, I'd like to proceed in a forward direction in -current. this will result in some roto-tilling in the routing code. Firstly: the current code's idea of having a separate tree per protocol family, all of the same format, and pointed to by the 1 dimensional array is a bit silly. Especially when one considers that there is code that makes assumptions about every protocol having the same internal structures there. Some protocols don't WANT that sort of structure. (for example the whole idea of a netmask is foreign to appletalk). This needs to be made opaque to the external code. My suggested first change is to add routing method pointers to the 'domain' structure, along with information pointing the data. instead of having an array of pointers to uniform structures, there would be an array pointing to the 'domain' structures for each protocol address domain (protocol family), and the methods this reached would be called. The methods would have an argument that gives FIB number, but the protocol would be free to ignore it. When the ABI can be changed it raises the possibilty of the addition of a fib entry into the "struct route". Currently, the structure contains the sockaddr of the desination, and the resulting fib entry. To make this work fully, one could add a fib number so that given an address and a fib, one can find the third element, the fib entry. Interaction with the ARP layer/ LL layer would need to be revisited as well. Qing Li has been working on this already. This work was sponsored by Ironport Systems/Cisco Reviewed by: several including rwatson, bz and mlair (parts each) Obtained from: Ironport systems/Cisco
2008-05-09 23:03:00 +00:00
}
void
rtalloc_fib(struct route *ro, u_int fibnum)
{
rtalloc_ign_fib(ro, 0UL, fibnum);
BSD 4.4 Lite Kernel Sources
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
}
Implemented rtalloc_ign().
1994-12-13 23:07:03 +00:00
void
Locking for updates to routing table entries. Each rtentry gets a mutex that covers updates to the contents. Note this is separate from holding a reference and/or locking the routing table itself. Other/related changes: o rtredirect loses the final parameter by which an rtentry reference may be returned; this was never used and added unwarranted complexity for locking. o minor style cleanups to routing code (e.g. ansi-fy function decls) o remove the logic to bump the refcnt on the parent of cloned routes, we assume the parent will remain as long as the clone; doing this avoids a circularity in locking during delete o convert some timeouts to MPSAFE callouts Notes: 1. rt_mtx in struct rtentry is guarded by #ifdef _KERNEL as user-level applications cannot/do-no know about mutex's. Doing this requires that the mutex be the last element in the structure. A better solution is to introduce an externalized version of struct rtentry but this is a major task because of the intertwining of rtentry and other data structures that are visible to user applications. 2. There are known LOR's that are expected to go away with forthcoming work to eliminate many held references. If not these will be resolved prior to release. 3. ATM changes are untested. Sponsored by: FreeBSD Foundation Obtained from: BSD/OS (partly)
2003-10-04 03:44:50 +00:00
rtalloc_ign(struct route *ro, u_long ignore)
Implemented rtalloc_ign().
1994-12-13 23:07:03 +00:00
{
Fix a route table leak in rtalloc() and rtalloc_ign(). It is possible for ro->ro_rt to be non-NULL even though the RTF_UP flag is cleared. (Example: a routing daemon or the "route" command deletes a cloned route in active use by a TCP connection.) In that case, the code was clobbering a reference to the routing table entry without decrementing the entry's reference count. The splnet() call probably isn't needed, but I haven't been able to prove that yet. It isn't significant from a performance standpoint since it is executed very rarely. Reviewed by: wollman and others in the freebsd-current mailing list
1999-12-09 17:09:37 +00:00
struct rtentry *rt;
if ((rt = ro->ro_rt) != NULL) {
if (rt->rt_ifp != NULL && rt->rt_flags & RTF_UP)
return;
RTFREE(rt);
Clear ro->ro_rt just after RTFREE(). Pleases let me make sure that no one touch the invalid ro_rt pointer, after splx(s) and before next ro_rt initialization. Though usually this seems to be already called at splnet, I still sometime experience kernel crash at rtfree() in my INET6 enabled environment where IPv6 connection is frequently used. (Off-course, it might be just due to another bug.)
2000-01-15 07:27:12 +00:00
ro->ro_rt = NULL;
Fix a route table leak in rtalloc() and rtalloc_ign(). It is possible for ro->ro_rt to be non-NULL even though the RTF_UP flag is cleared. (Example: a routing daemon or the "route" command deletes a cloned route in active use by a TCP connection.) In that case, the code was clobbering a reference to the routing table entry without decrementing the entry's reference count. The splnet() call probably isn't needed, but I haven't been able to prove that yet. It isn't significant from a performance standpoint since it is executed very rarely. Reviewed by: wollman and others in the freebsd-current mailing list
1999-12-09 17:09:37 +00:00
}
Move a comment from rtinit1() to the top of the file where dealing with the (maximum) number of FIBs trying to clarify that evetually FIBs should probably attached to domain(9) specific storage. [1] Add a comment on a limitimation on the rt_add_addr_allfibs option. Use RT_DEFAULT_FIB instead of 0 where applicable. Add empty line to functions without local variables per style. Put public yet unused in-tree function rtinit_fib() under BURN_BRIDGES to indicate that it might go away in the future. No functional change. Discussed with: julian [1] (clarification on what the original one meant) Sponsored by: Cisco Systems, Inc.
2012-02-03 12:25:14 +00:00
ro->ro_rt = rtalloc1_fib(&ro->ro_dst, 1, ignore, RT_DEFAULT_FIB);
Add code to allow the system to handle multiple routing tables. This particular implementation is designed to be fully backwards compatible and to be MFC-able to 7.x (and 6.x) Currently the only protocol that can make use of the multiple tables is IPv4 Similar functionality exists in OpenBSD and Linux. From my notes: ----- One thing where FreeBSD has been falling behind, and which by chance I have some time to work on is "policy based routing", which allows different packet streams to be routed by more than just the destination address. Constraints: ------------ I want to make some form of this available in the 6.x tree (and by extension 7.x) , but FreeBSD in general needs it so I might as well do it in -current and back port the portions I need. One of the ways that this can be done is to have the ability to instantiate multiple kernel routing tables (which I will now refer to as "Forwarding Information Bases" or "FIBs" for political correctness reasons). Which FIB a particular packet uses to make the next hop decision can be decided by a number of mechanisms. The policies these mechanisms implement are the "Policies" referred to in "Policy based routing". One of the constraints I have if I try to back port this work to 6.x is that it must be implemented as a EXTENSION to the existing ABIs in 6.x so that third party applications do not need to be recompiled in timespan of the branch. This first version will not have some of the bells and whistles that will come with later versions. It will, for example, be limited to 16 tables in the first commit. Implementation method, Compatible version. (part 1) ------------------------------- For this reason I have implemented a "sufficient subset" of a multiple routing table solution in Perforce, and back-ported it to 6.x. (also in Perforce though not always caught up with what I have done in -current/P4). The subset allows a number of FIBs to be defined at compile time (8 is sufficient for my purposes in 6.x) and implements the changes needed to allow IPV4 to use them. I have not done the changes for ipv6 simply because I do not need it, and I do not have enough knowledge of ipv6 (e.g. neighbor discovery) needed to do it. Other protocol families are left untouched and should there be users with proprietary protocol families, they should continue to work and be oblivious to the existence of the extra FIBs. To understand how this is done, one must know that the current FIB code starts everything off with a single dimensional array of pointers to FIB head structures (One per protocol family), each of which in turn points to the trie of routes available to that family. The basic change in the ABI compatible version of the change is to extent that array to be a 2 dimensional array, so that instead of protocol family X looking at rt_tables[X] for the table it needs, it looks at rt_tables[Y][X] when for all protocol families except ipv4 Y is always 0. Code that is unaware of the change always just sees the first row of the table, which of course looks just like the one dimensional array that existed before. The entry points rtrequest(), rtalloc(), rtalloc1(), rtalloc_ign() are all maintained, but refer only to the first row of the array, so that existing callers in proprietary protocols can continue to do the "right thing". Some new entry points are added, for the exclusive use of ipv4 code called in_rtrequest(), in_rtalloc(), in_rtalloc1() and in_rtalloc_ign(), which have an extra argument which refers the code to the correct row. In addition, there are some new entry points (currently called rtalloc_fib() and friends) that check the Address family being looked up and call either rtalloc() (and friends) if the protocol is not IPv4 forcing the action to row 0 or to the appropriate row if it IS IPv4 (and that info is available). These are for calling from code that is not specific to any particular protocol. The way these are implemented would change in the non ABI preserving code to be added later. One feature of the first version of the code is that for ipv4, the interface routes show up automatically on all the FIBs, so that no matter what FIB you select you always have the basic direct attached hosts available to you. (rtinit() does this automatically). You CAN delete an interface route from one FIB should you want to but by default it's there. ARP information is also available in each FIB. It's assumed that the same machine would have the same MAC address, regardless of which FIB you are using to get to it. This brings us as to how the correct FIB is selected for an outgoing IPV4 packet. Firstly, all packets have a FIB associated with them. if nothing has been done to change it, it will be FIB 0. The FIB is changed in the following ways. Packets fall into one of a number of classes. 1/ locally generated packets, coming from a socket/PCB. Such packets select a FIB from a number associated with the socket/PCB. This in turn is inherited from the process, but can be changed by a socket option. The process in turn inherits it on fork. I have written a utility call setfib that acts a bit like nice.. setfib -3 ping target.example.com # will use fib 3 for ping. It is an obvious extension to make it a property of a jail but I have not done so. It can be achieved by combining the setfib and jail commands. 2/ packets received on an interface for forwarding. By default these packets would use table 0, (or possibly a number settable in a sysctl(not yet)). but prior to routing the firewall can inspect them (see below). (possibly in the future you may be able to associate a FIB with packets received on an interface.. An ifconfig arg, but not yet.) 3/ packets inspected by a packet classifier, which can arbitrarily associate a fib with it on a packet by packet basis. A fib assigned to a packet by a packet classifier (such as ipfw) would over-ride a fib associated by a more default source. (such as cases 1 or 2). 4/ a tcp listen socket associated with a fib will generate accept sockets that are associated with that same fib. 5/ Packets generated in response to some other packet (e.g. reset or icmp packets). These should use the FIB associated with the packet being reponded to. 6/ Packets generated during encapsulation. gif, tun and other tunnel interfaces will encapsulate using the FIB that was in effect withthe proces that set up the tunnel. thus setfib 1 ifconfig gif0 [tunnel instructions] will set the fib for the tunnel to use to be fib 1. Routing messages would be associated with their process, and thus select one FIB or another. messages from the kernel would be associated with the fib they refer to and would only be received by a routing socket associated with that fib. (not yet implemented) In addition Netstat has been edited to be able to cope with the fact that the array is now 2 dimensional. (It looks in system memory using libkvm (!)). Old versions of netstat see only the first FIB. In addition two sysctls are added to give: a) the number of FIBs compiled in (active) b) the default FIB of the calling process. Early testing experience: ------------------------- Basically our (IronPort's) appliance does this functionality already using ipfw fwd but that method has some drawbacks. For example, It can't fully simulate a routing table because it can't influence the socket's choice of local address when a connect() is done. Testing during the generating of these changes has been remarkably smooth so far. Multiple tables have co-existed with no notable side effects, and packets have been routes accordingly. ipfw has grown 2 new keywords: setfib N ip from anay to any count ip from any to any fib N In pf there seems to be a requirement to be able to give symbolic names to the fibs but I do not have that capacity. I am not sure if it is required. SCTP has interestingly enough built in support for this, called VRFs in Cisco parlance. it will be interesting to see how that handles it when it suddenly actually does something. Where to next: -------------------- After committing the ABI compatible version and MFCing it, I'd like to proceed in a forward direction in -current. this will result in some roto-tilling in the routing code. Firstly: the current code's idea of having a separate tree per protocol family, all of the same format, and pointed to by the 1 dimensional array is a bit silly. Especially when one considers that there is code that makes assumptions about every protocol having the same internal structures there. Some protocols don't WANT that sort of structure. (for example the whole idea of a netmask is foreign to appletalk). This needs to be made opaque to the external code. My suggested first change is to add routing method pointers to the 'domain' structure, along with information pointing the data. instead of having an array of pointers to uniform structures, there would be an array pointing to the 'domain' structures for each protocol address domain (protocol family), and the methods this reached would be called. The methods would have an argument that gives FIB number, but the protocol would be free to ignore it. When the ABI can be changed it raises the possibilty of the addition of a fib entry into the "struct route". Currently, the structure contains the sockaddr of the desination, and the resulting fib entry. To make this work fully, one could add a fib number so that given an address and a fib, one can find the third element, the fib entry. Interaction with the ARP layer/ LL layer would need to be revisited as well. Qing Li has been working on this already. This work was sponsored by Ironport Systems/Cisco Reviewed by: several including rwatson, bz and mlair (parts each) Obtained from: Ironport systems/Cisco
2008-05-09 23:03:00 +00:00
if (ro->ro_rt)
RT_UNLOCK(ro->ro_rt);
}
void
rtalloc_ign_fib(struct route *ro, u_long ignore, u_int fibnum)
{
struct rtentry *rt;
if ((rt = ro->ro_rt) != NULL) {
if (rt->rt_ifp != NULL && rt->rt_flags & RTF_UP)
return;
RTFREE(rt);
ro->ro_rt = NULL;
}
ro->ro_rt = rtalloc1_fib(&ro->ro_dst, 1, ignore, fibnum);
Locking for updates to routing table entries. Each rtentry gets a mutex that covers updates to the contents. Note this is separate from holding a reference and/or locking the routing table itself. Other/related changes: o rtredirect loses the final parameter by which an rtentry reference may be returned; this was never used and added unwarranted complexity for locking. o minor style cleanups to routing code (e.g. ansi-fy function decls) o remove the logic to bump the refcnt on the parent of cloned routes, we assume the parent will remain as long as the clone; doing this avoids a circularity in locking during delete o convert some timeouts to MPSAFE callouts Notes: 1. rt_mtx in struct rtentry is guarded by #ifdef _KERNEL as user-level applications cannot/do-no know about mutex's. Doing this requires that the mutex be the last element in the structure. A better solution is to introduce an externalized version of struct rtentry but this is a major task because of the intertwining of rtentry and other data structures that are visible to user applications. 2. There are known LOR's that are expected to go away with forthcoming work to eliminate many held references. If not these will be resolved prior to release. 3. ATM changes are untested. Sponsored by: FreeBSD Foundation Obtained from: BSD/OS (partly)
2003-10-04 03:44:50 +00:00
if (ro->ro_rt)
RT_UNLOCK(ro->ro_rt);
Implemented rtalloc_ign().
1994-12-13 23:07:03 +00:00
}
No code changes what so ever, but added about 150 lines of comments Sorry if this makes it harder to merge in lite2 stuff but hey.. At least I can figure out what is going on whenever I end up going through those files again.. do we have a policy regarding commenting existing code?
1996-09-10 07:10:05 +00:00
/*
* Look up the route that matches the address given
* Or, at least try.. Create a cloned route if needed.
Locking for updates to routing table entries. Each rtentry gets a mutex that covers updates to the contents. Note this is separate from holding a reference and/or locking the routing table itself. Other/related changes: o rtredirect loses the final parameter by which an rtentry reference may be returned; this was never used and added unwarranted complexity for locking. o minor style cleanups to routing code (e.g. ansi-fy function decls) o remove the logic to bump the refcnt on the parent of cloned routes, we assume the parent will remain as long as the clone; doing this avoids a circularity in locking during delete o convert some timeouts to MPSAFE callouts Notes: 1. rt_mtx in struct rtentry is guarded by #ifdef _KERNEL as user-level applications cannot/do-no know about mutex's. Doing this requires that the mutex be the last element in the structure. A better solution is to introduce an externalized version of struct rtentry but this is a major task because of the intertwining of rtentry and other data structures that are visible to user applications. 2. There are known LOR's that are expected to go away with forthcoming work to eliminate many held references. If not these will be resolved prior to release. 3. ATM changes are untested. Sponsored by: FreeBSD Foundation Obtained from: BSD/OS (partly)
2003-10-04 03:44:50 +00:00
*
* The returned route, if any, is locked.
No code changes what so ever, but added about 150 lines of comments Sorry if this makes it harder to merge in lite2 stuff but hey.. At least I can figure out what is going on whenever I end up going through those files again.. do we have a policy regarding commenting existing code?
1996-09-10 07:10:05 +00:00
*/
BSD 4.4 Lite Kernel Sources
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
struct rtentry *
Locking for updates to routing table entries. Each rtentry gets a mutex that covers updates to the contents. Note this is separate from holding a reference and/or locking the routing table itself. Other/related changes: o rtredirect loses the final parameter by which an rtentry reference may be returned; this was never used and added unwarranted complexity for locking. o minor style cleanups to routing code (e.g. ansi-fy function decls) o remove the logic to bump the refcnt on the parent of cloned routes, we assume the parent will remain as long as the clone; doing this avoids a circularity in locking during delete o convert some timeouts to MPSAFE callouts Notes: 1. rt_mtx in struct rtentry is guarded by #ifdef _KERNEL as user-level applications cannot/do-no know about mutex's. Doing this requires that the mutex be the last element in the structure. A better solution is to introduce an externalized version of struct rtentry but this is a major task because of the intertwining of rtentry and other data structures that are visible to user applications. 2. There are known LOR's that are expected to go away with forthcoming work to eliminate many held references. If not these will be resolved prior to release. 3. ATM changes are untested. Sponsored by: FreeBSD Foundation Obtained from: BSD/OS (partly)
2003-10-04 03:44:50 +00:00
rtalloc1(struct sockaddr *dst, int report, u_long ignflags)
BSD 4.4 Lite Kernel Sources
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
{
Move a comment from rtinit1() to the top of the file where dealing with the (maximum) number of FIBs trying to clarify that evetually FIBs should probably attached to domain(9) specific storage. [1] Add a comment on a limitimation on the rt_add_addr_allfibs option. Use RT_DEFAULT_FIB instead of 0 where applicable. Add empty line to functions without local variables per style. Put public yet unused in-tree function rtinit_fib() under BURN_BRIDGES to indicate that it might go away in the future. No functional change. Discussed with: julian [1] (clarification on what the original one meant) Sponsored by: Cisco Systems, Inc.
2012-02-03 12:25:14 +00:00
return (rtalloc1_fib(dst, report, ignflags, RT_DEFAULT_FIB));
Add code to allow the system to handle multiple routing tables. This particular implementation is designed to be fully backwards compatible and to be MFC-able to 7.x (and 6.x) Currently the only protocol that can make use of the multiple tables is IPv4 Similar functionality exists in OpenBSD and Linux. From my notes: ----- One thing where FreeBSD has been falling behind, and which by chance I have some time to work on is "policy based routing", which allows different packet streams to be routed by more than just the destination address. Constraints: ------------ I want to make some form of this available in the 6.x tree (and by extension 7.x) , but FreeBSD in general needs it so I might as well do it in -current and back port the portions I need. One of the ways that this can be done is to have the ability to instantiate multiple kernel routing tables (which I will now refer to as "Forwarding Information Bases" or "FIBs" for political correctness reasons). Which FIB a particular packet uses to make the next hop decision can be decided by a number of mechanisms. The policies these mechanisms implement are the "Policies" referred to in "Policy based routing". One of the constraints I have if I try to back port this work to 6.x is that it must be implemented as a EXTENSION to the existing ABIs in 6.x so that third party applications do not need to be recompiled in timespan of the branch. This first version will not have some of the bells and whistles that will come with later versions. It will, for example, be limited to 16 tables in the first commit. Implementation method, Compatible version. (part 1) ------------------------------- For this reason I have implemented a "sufficient subset" of a multiple routing table solution in Perforce, and back-ported it to 6.x. (also in Perforce though not always caught up with what I have done in -current/P4). The subset allows a number of FIBs to be defined at compile time (8 is sufficient for my purposes in 6.x) and implements the changes needed to allow IPV4 to use them. I have not done the changes for ipv6 simply because I do not need it, and I do not have enough knowledge of ipv6 (e.g. neighbor discovery) needed to do it. Other protocol families are left untouched and should there be users with proprietary protocol families, they should continue to work and be oblivious to the existence of the extra FIBs. To understand how this is done, one must know that the current FIB code starts everything off with a single dimensional array of pointers to FIB head structures (One per protocol family), each of which in turn points to the trie of routes available to that family. The basic change in the ABI compatible version of the change is to extent that array to be a 2 dimensional array, so that instead of protocol family X looking at rt_tables[X] for the table it needs, it looks at rt_tables[Y][X] when for all protocol families except ipv4 Y is always 0. Code that is unaware of the change always just sees the first row of the table, which of course looks just like the one dimensional array that existed before. The entry points rtrequest(), rtalloc(), rtalloc1(), rtalloc_ign() are all maintained, but refer only to the first row of the array, so that existing callers in proprietary protocols can continue to do the "right thing". Some new entry points are added, for the exclusive use of ipv4 code called in_rtrequest(), in_rtalloc(), in_rtalloc1() and in_rtalloc_ign(), which have an extra argument which refers the code to the correct row. In addition, there are some new entry points (currently called rtalloc_fib() and friends) that check the Address family being looked up and call either rtalloc() (and friends) if the protocol is not IPv4 forcing the action to row 0 or to the appropriate row if it IS IPv4 (and that info is available). These are for calling from code that is not specific to any particular protocol. The way these are implemented would change in the non ABI preserving code to be added later. One feature of the first version of the code is that for ipv4, the interface routes show up automatically on all the FIBs, so that no matter what FIB you select you always have the basic direct attached hosts available to you. (rtinit() does this automatically). You CAN delete an interface route from one FIB should you want to but by default it's there. ARP information is also available in each FIB. It's assumed that the same machine would have the same MAC address, regardless of which FIB you are using to get to it. This brings us as to how the correct FIB is selected for an outgoing IPV4 packet. Firstly, all packets have a FIB associated with them. if nothing has been done to change it, it will be FIB 0. The FIB is changed in the following ways. Packets fall into one of a number of classes. 1/ locally generated packets, coming from a socket/PCB. Such packets select a FIB from a number associated with the socket/PCB. This in turn is inherited from the process, but can be changed by a socket option. The process in turn inherits it on fork. I have written a utility call setfib that acts a bit like nice.. setfib -3 ping target.example.com # will use fib 3 for ping. It is an obvious extension to make it a property of a jail but I have not done so. It can be achieved by combining the setfib and jail commands. 2/ packets received on an interface for forwarding. By default these packets would use table 0, (or possibly a number settable in a sysctl(not yet)). but prior to routing the firewall can inspect them (see below). (possibly in the future you may be able to associate a FIB with packets received on an interface.. An ifconfig arg, but not yet.) 3/ packets inspected by a packet classifier, which can arbitrarily associate a fib with it on a packet by packet basis. A fib assigned to a packet by a packet classifier (such as ipfw) would over-ride a fib associated by a more default source. (such as cases 1 or 2). 4/ a tcp listen socket associated with a fib will generate accept sockets that are associated with that same fib. 5/ Packets generated in response to some other packet (e.g. reset or icmp packets). These should use the FIB associated with the packet being reponded to. 6/ Packets generated during encapsulation. gif, tun and other tunnel interfaces will encapsulate using the FIB that was in effect withthe proces that set up the tunnel. thus setfib 1 ifconfig gif0 [tunnel instructions] will set the fib for the tunnel to use to be fib 1. Routing messages would be associated with their process, and thus select one FIB or another. messages from the kernel would be associated with the fib they refer to and would only be received by a routing socket associated with that fib. (not yet implemented) In addition Netstat has been edited to be able to cope with the fact that the array is now 2 dimensional. (It looks in system memory using libkvm (!)). Old versions of netstat see only the first FIB. In addition two sysctls are added to give: a) the number of FIBs compiled in (active) b) the default FIB of the calling process. Early testing experience: ------------------------- Basically our (IronPort's) appliance does this functionality already using ipfw fwd but that method has some drawbacks. For example, It can't fully simulate a routing table because it can't influence the socket's choice of local address when a connect() is done. Testing during the generating of these changes has been remarkably smooth so far. Multiple tables have co-existed with no notable side effects, and packets have been routes accordingly. ipfw has grown 2 new keywords: setfib N ip from anay to any count ip from any to any fib N In pf there seems to be a requirement to be able to give symbolic names to the fibs but I do not have that capacity. I am not sure if it is required. SCTP has interestingly enough built in support for this, called VRFs in Cisco parlance. it will be interesting to see how that handles it when it suddenly actually does something. Where to next: -------------------- After committing the ABI compatible version and MFCing it, I'd like to proceed in a forward direction in -current. this will result in some roto-tilling in the routing code. Firstly: the current code's idea of having a separate tree per protocol family, all of the same format, and pointed to by the 1 dimensional array is a bit silly. Especially when one considers that there is code that makes assumptions about every protocol having the same internal structures there. Some protocols don't WANT that sort of structure. (for example the whole idea of a netmask is foreign to appletalk). This needs to be made opaque to the external code. My suggested first change is to add routing method pointers to the 'domain' structure, along with information pointing the data. instead of having an array of pointers to uniform structures, there would be an array pointing to the 'domain' structures for each protocol address domain (protocol family), and the methods this reached would be called. The methods would have an argument that gives FIB number, but the protocol would be free to ignore it. When the ABI can be changed it raises the possibilty of the addition of a fib entry into the "struct route". Currently, the structure contains the sockaddr of the desination, and the resulting fib entry. To make this work fully, one could add a fib number so that given an address and a fib, one can find the third element, the fib entry. Interaction with the ARP layer/ LL layer would need to be revisited as well. Qing Li has been working on this already. This work was sponsored by Ironport Systems/Cisco Reviewed by: several including rwatson, bz and mlair (parts each) Obtained from: Ironport systems/Cisco
2008-05-09 23:03:00 +00:00
}
struct rtentry *
rtalloc1_fib(struct sockaddr *dst, int report, u_long ignflags,
u_int fibnum)
{
struct radix_node_head *rnh;
Locking for updates to routing table entries. Each rtentry gets a mutex that covers updates to the contents. Note this is separate from holding a reference and/or locking the routing table itself. Other/related changes: o rtredirect loses the final parameter by which an rtentry reference may be returned; this was never used and added unwarranted complexity for locking. o minor style cleanups to routing code (e.g. ansi-fy function decls) o remove the logic to bump the refcnt on the parent of cloned routes, we assume the parent will remain as long as the clone; doing this avoids a circularity in locking during delete o convert some timeouts to MPSAFE callouts Notes: 1. rt_mtx in struct rtentry is guarded by #ifdef _KERNEL as user-level applications cannot/do-no know about mutex's. Doing this requires that the mutex be the last element in the structure. A better solution is to introduce an externalized version of struct rtentry but this is a major task because of the intertwining of rtentry and other data structures that are visible to user applications. 2. There are known LOR's that are expected to go away with forthcoming work to eliminate many held references. If not these will be resolved prior to release. 3. ATM changes are untested. Sponsored by: FreeBSD Foundation Obtained from: BSD/OS (partly)
2003-10-04 03:44:50 +00:00
struct radix_node *rn;
struct rtentry *newrt;
BSD 4.4 Lite Kernel Sources
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
struct rt_addrinfo info;
This main goals of this project are: 1. separating L2 tables (ARP, NDP) from the L3 routing tables 2. removing as much locking dependencies among these layers as possible to allow for some parallelism in the search operations 3. simplify the logic in the routing code, The most notable end result is the obsolescent of the route cloning (RTF_CLONING) concept, which translated into code reduction in both IPv4 ARP and IPv6 NDP related modules, and size reduction in struct rtentry{}. The change in design obsoletes the semantics of RTF_CLONING, RTF_WASCLONE and RTF_LLINFO routing flags. The userland applications such as "arp" and "ndp" have been modified to reflect those changes. The output from "netstat -r" shows only the routing entries. Quite a few developers have contributed to this project in the past: Glebius Smirnoff, Luigi Rizzo, Alessandro Cerri, and Andre Oppermann. And most recently: - Kip Macy revised the locking code completely, thus completing the last piece of the puzzle, Kip has also been conducting active functional testing - Sam Leffler has helped me improving/refactoring the code, and provided valuable reviews - Julian Elischer setup the perforce tree for me and has helped me maintaining that branch before the svn conversion
2008-12-15 06:10:57 +00:00
int err = 0, msgtype = RTM_MISS;
- convert radix node head lock from mutex to rwlock - make radix node head lock not recursive - fix LOR in rtexpunge - fix LOR in rtredirect Reviewed by: sam
2008-12-07 21:15:43 +00:00
int needlock;
BSD 4.4 Lite Kernel Sources
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
Add code to allow the system to handle multiple routing tables. This particular implementation is designed to be fully backwards compatible and to be MFC-able to 7.x (and 6.x) Currently the only protocol that can make use of the multiple tables is IPv4 Similar functionality exists in OpenBSD and Linux. From my notes: ----- One thing where FreeBSD has been falling behind, and which by chance I have some time to work on is "policy based routing", which allows different packet streams to be routed by more than just the destination address. Constraints: ------------ I want to make some form of this available in the 6.x tree (and by extension 7.x) , but FreeBSD in general needs it so I might as well do it in -current and back port the portions I need. One of the ways that this can be done is to have the ability to instantiate multiple kernel routing tables (which I will now refer to as "Forwarding Information Bases" or "FIBs" for political correctness reasons). Which FIB a particular packet uses to make the next hop decision can be decided by a number of mechanisms. The policies these mechanisms implement are the "Policies" referred to in "Policy based routing". One of the constraints I have if I try to back port this work to 6.x is that it must be implemented as a EXTENSION to the existing ABIs in 6.x so that third party applications do not need to be recompiled in timespan of the branch. This first version will not have some of the bells and whistles that will come with later versions. It will, for example, be limited to 16 tables in the first commit. Implementation method, Compatible version. (part 1) ------------------------------- For this reason I have implemented a "sufficient subset" of a multiple routing table solution in Perforce, and back-ported it to 6.x. (also in Perforce though not always caught up with what I have done in -current/P4). The subset allows a number of FIBs to be defined at compile time (8 is sufficient for my purposes in 6.x) and implements the changes needed to allow IPV4 to use them. I have not done the changes for ipv6 simply because I do not need it, and I do not have enough knowledge of ipv6 (e.g. neighbor discovery) needed to do it. Other protocol families are left untouched and should there be users with proprietary protocol families, they should continue to work and be oblivious to the existence of the extra FIBs. To understand how this is done, one must know that the current FIB code starts everything off with a single dimensional array of pointers to FIB head structures (One per protocol family), each of which in turn points to the trie of routes available to that family. The basic change in the ABI compatible version of the change is to extent that array to be a 2 dimensional array, so that instead of protocol family X looking at rt_tables[X] for the table it needs, it looks at rt_tables[Y][X] when for all protocol families except ipv4 Y is always 0. Code that is unaware of the change always just sees the first row of the table, which of course looks just like the one dimensional array that existed before. The entry points rtrequest(), rtalloc(), rtalloc1(), rtalloc_ign() are all maintained, but refer only to the first row of the array, so that existing callers in proprietary protocols can continue to do the "right thing". Some new entry points are added, for the exclusive use of ipv4 code called in_rtrequest(), in_rtalloc(), in_rtalloc1() and in_rtalloc_ign(), which have an extra argument which refers the code to the correct row. In addition, there are some new entry points (currently called rtalloc_fib() and friends) that check the Address family being looked up and call either rtalloc() (and friends) if the protocol is not IPv4 forcing the action to row 0 or to the appropriate row if it IS IPv4 (and that info is available). These are for calling from code that is not specific to any particular protocol. The way these are implemented would change in the non ABI preserving code to be added later. One feature of the first version of the code is that for ipv4, the interface routes show up automatically on all the FIBs, so that no matter what FIB you select you always have the basic direct attached hosts available to you. (rtinit() does this automatically). You CAN delete an interface route from one FIB should you want to but by default it's there. ARP information is also available in each FIB. It's assumed that the same machine would have the same MAC address, regardless of which FIB you are using to get to it. This brings us as to how the correct FIB is selected for an outgoing IPV4 packet. Firstly, all packets have a FIB associated with them. if nothing has been done to change it, it will be FIB 0. The FIB is changed in the following ways. Packets fall into one of a number of classes. 1/ locally generated packets, coming from a socket/PCB. Such packets select a FIB from a number associated with the socket/PCB. This in turn is inherited from the process, but can be changed by a socket option. The process in turn inherits it on fork. I have written a utility call setfib that acts a bit like nice.. setfib -3 ping target.example.com # will use fib 3 for ping. It is an obvious extension to make it a property of a jail but I have not done so. It can be achieved by combining the setfib and jail commands. 2/ packets received on an interface for forwarding. By default these packets would use table 0, (or possibly a number settable in a sysctl(not yet)). but prior to routing the firewall can inspect them (see below). (possibly in the future you may be able to associate a FIB with packets received on an interface.. An ifconfig arg, but not yet.) 3/ packets inspected by a packet classifier, which can arbitrarily associate a fib with it on a packet by packet basis. A fib assigned to a packet by a packet classifier (such as ipfw) would over-ride a fib associated by a more default source. (such as cases 1 or 2). 4/ a tcp listen socket associated with a fib will generate accept sockets that are associated with that same fib. 5/ Packets generated in response to some other packet (e.g. reset or icmp packets). These should use the FIB associated with the packet being reponded to. 6/ Packets generated during encapsulation. gif, tun and other tunnel interfaces will encapsulate using the FIB that was in effect withthe proces that set up the tunnel. thus setfib 1 ifconfig gif0 [tunnel instructions] will set the fib for the tunnel to use to be fib 1. Routing messages would be associated with their process, and thus select one FIB or another. messages from the kernel would be associated with the fib they refer to and would only be received by a routing socket associated with that fib. (not yet implemented) In addition Netstat has been edited to be able to cope with the fact that the array is now 2 dimensional. (It looks in system memory using libkvm (!)). Old versions of netstat see only the first FIB. In addition two sysctls are added to give: a) the number of FIBs compiled in (active) b) the default FIB of the calling process. Early testing experience: ------------------------- Basically our (IronPort's) appliance does this functionality already using ipfw fwd but that method has some drawbacks. For example, It can't fully simulate a routing table because it can't influence the socket's choice of local address when a connect() is done. Testing during the generating of these changes has been remarkably smooth so far. Multiple tables have co-existed with no notable side effects, and packets have been routes accordingly. ipfw has grown 2 new keywords: setfib N ip from anay to any count ip from any to any fib N In pf there seems to be a requirement to be able to give symbolic names to the fibs but I do not have that capacity. I am not sure if it is required. SCTP has interestingly enough built in support for this, called VRFs in Cisco parlance. it will be interesting to see how that handles it when it suddenly actually does something. Where to next: -------------------- After committing the ABI compatible version and MFCing it, I'd like to proceed in a forward direction in -current. this will result in some roto-tilling in the routing code. Firstly: the current code's idea of having a separate tree per protocol family, all of the same format, and pointed to by the 1 dimensional array is a bit silly. Especially when one considers that there is code that makes assumptions about every protocol having the same internal structures there. Some protocols don't WANT that sort of structure. (for example the whole idea of a netmask is foreign to appletalk). This needs to be made opaque to the external code. My suggested first change is to add routing method pointers to the 'domain' structure, along with information pointing the data. instead of having an array of pointers to uniform structures, there would be an array pointing to the 'domain' structures for each protocol address domain (protocol family), and the methods this reached would be called. The methods would have an argument that gives FIB number, but the protocol would be free to ignore it. When the ABI can be changed it raises the possibilty of the addition of a fib entry into the "struct route". Currently, the structure contains the sockaddr of the desination, and the resulting fib entry. To make this work fully, one could add a fib number so that given an address and a fib, one can find the third element, the fib entry. Interaction with the ARP layer/ LL layer would need to be revisited as well. Qing Li has been working on this already. This work was sponsored by Ironport Systems/Cisco Reviewed by: several including rwatson, bz and mlair (parts each) Obtained from: Ironport systems/Cisco
2008-05-09 23:03:00 +00:00
KASSERT((fibnum < rt_numfibs), ("rtalloc1_fib: bad fibnum"));
Convert the two dimensional array to be malloced and introduce an accessor function to get the correct rnh pointer back. Update netstat to get the correct pointer using kvm_read() as well. This not only fixes the ABI problem depending on the kernel option but also permits the tunable to overwrite the kernel option at boot time up to MAXFIBS, enlarging the number of FIBs without having to recompile. So people could just use GENERIC now. Reviewed by: julian, rwatson, zec X-MFC: not possible
2009-06-01 15:49:42 +00:00
rnh = rt_tables_get_rnh(fibnum, dst->sa_family);
ouch, newrt is used on the return path, my fault. Partialy revert the previous change. MFC after: 1 Week.
2011-03-19 21:10:57 +00:00
newrt = NULL;
A bit rearranged rtalloc1_fib() code. Initialize a variable when it is really needed. To avoid code duplication move the miss label to line up and jump on it. MFC after: 1 Week
2011-03-19 19:50:36 +00:00
if (rnh == NULL)
goto miss;
KAME netinet6 basic part(no IPsec,no V6 Multicast Forwarding, no UDP/TCP for IPv6 yet) With this patch, you can assigne IPv6 addr automatically, and can reply to IPv6 ping. Reviewed by: freebsd-arch, cvs-committers Obtained from: KAME project
1999-11-22 02:45:11 +00:00
/*
No code changes what so ever, but added about 150 lines of comments Sorry if this makes it harder to merge in lite2 stuff but hey.. At least I can figure out what is going on whenever I end up going through those files again.. do we have a policy regarding commenting existing code?
1996-09-10 07:10:05 +00:00
* Look up the address in the table for that Address Family
*/
- convert radix node head lock from mutex to rwlock - make radix node head lock not recursive - fix LOR in rtexpunge - fix LOR in rtredirect Reviewed by: sam
2008-12-07 21:15:43 +00:00
needlock = !(ignflags & RTF_RNH_LOCKED);
if (needlock)
RADIX_NODE_HEAD_RLOCK(rnh);
#ifdef INVARIANTS
else
Revert previous commit (262727) and bounce patch back to the submitter. Pointed out by: jhb
2014-03-04 23:55:04 +00:00
RADIX_NODE_HEAD_LOCK_ASSERT(rnh);
- convert radix node head lock from mutex to rwlock - make radix node head lock not recursive - fix LOR in rtexpunge - fix LOR in rtredirect Reviewed by: sam
2008-12-07 21:15:43 +00:00
#endif
rn = rnh->rnh_matchaddr(dst, rnh);
if (rn && ((rn->rn_flags & RNF_ROOT) == 0)) {
Remove a now unused variable. MFC after: 1 Week
2011-03-19 16:52:06 +00:00
newrt = RNTORT(rn);
This main goals of this project are: 1. separating L2 tables (ARP, NDP) from the L3 routing tables 2. removing as much locking dependencies among these layers as possible to allow for some parallelism in the search operations 3. simplify the logic in the routing code, The most notable end result is the obsolescent of the route cloning (RTF_CLONING) concept, which translated into code reduction in both IPv4 ARP and IPv6 NDP related modules, and size reduction in struct rtentry{}. The change in design obsoletes the semantics of RTF_CLONING, RTF_WASCLONE and RTF_LLINFO routing flags. The userland applications such as "arp" and "ndp" have been modified to reflect those changes. The output from "netstat -r" shows only the routing entries. Quite a few developers have contributed to this project in the past: Glebius Smirnoff, Luigi Rizzo, Alessandro Cerri, and Andre Oppermann. And most recently: - Kip Macy revised the locking code completely, thus completing the last piece of the puzzle, Kip has also been conducting active functional testing - Sam Leffler has helped me improving/refactoring the code, and provided valuable reviews - Julian Elischer setup the perforce tree for me and has helped me maintaining that branch before the svn conversion
2008-12-15 06:10:57 +00:00
RT_LOCK(newrt);
RT_ADDREF(newrt);
if (needlock)
RADIX_NODE_HEAD_RUNLOCK(rnh);
goto done;
} else if (needlock)
style and spelling fix
2008-12-16 04:41:39 +00:00
RADIX_NODE_HEAD_RUNLOCK(rnh);
This main goals of this project are: 1. separating L2 tables (ARP, NDP) from the L3 routing tables 2. removing as much locking dependencies among these layers as possible to allow for some parallelism in the search operations 3. simplify the logic in the routing code, The most notable end result is the obsolescent of the route cloning (RTF_CLONING) concept, which translated into code reduction in both IPv4 ARP and IPv6 NDP related modules, and size reduction in struct rtentry{}. The change in design obsoletes the semantics of RTF_CLONING, RTF_WASCLONE and RTF_LLINFO routing flags. The userland applications such as "arp" and "ndp" have been modified to reflect those changes. The output from "netstat -r" shows only the routing entries. Quite a few developers have contributed to this project in the past: Glebius Smirnoff, Luigi Rizzo, Alessandro Cerri, and Andre Oppermann. And most recently: - Kip Macy revised the locking code completely, thus completing the last piece of the puzzle, Kip has also been conducting active functional testing - Sam Leffler has helped me improving/refactoring the code, and provided valuable reviews - Julian Elischer setup the perforce tree for me and has helped me maintaining that branch before the svn conversion
2008-12-15 06:10:57 +00:00
- convert radix node head lock from mutex to rwlock - make radix node head lock not recursive - fix LOR in rtexpunge - fix LOR in rtredirect Reviewed by: sam
2008-12-07 21:15:43 +00:00
/*
This main goals of this project are: 1. separating L2 tables (ARP, NDP) from the L3 routing tables 2. removing as much locking dependencies among these layers as possible to allow for some parallelism in the search operations 3. simplify the logic in the routing code, The most notable end result is the obsolescent of the route cloning (RTF_CLONING) concept, which translated into code reduction in both IPv4 ARP and IPv6 NDP related modules, and size reduction in struct rtentry{}. The change in design obsoletes the semantics of RTF_CLONING, RTF_WASCLONE and RTF_LLINFO routing flags. The userland applications such as "arp" and "ndp" have been modified to reflect those changes. The output from "netstat -r" shows only the routing entries. Quite a few developers have contributed to this project in the past: Glebius Smirnoff, Luigi Rizzo, Alessandro Cerri, and Andre Oppermann. And most recently: - Kip Macy revised the locking code completely, thus completing the last piece of the puzzle, Kip has also been conducting active functional testing - Sam Leffler has helped me improving/refactoring the code, and provided valuable reviews - Julian Elischer setup the perforce tree for me and has helped me maintaining that branch before the svn conversion
2008-12-15 06:10:57 +00:00
* Either we hit the root or couldn't find any match,
* Which basically means
* "caint get there frm here"
- convert radix node head lock from mutex to rwlock - make radix node head lock not recursive - fix LOR in rtexpunge - fix LOR in rtredirect Reviewed by: sam
2008-12-07 21:15:43 +00:00
*/
This main goals of this project are: 1. separating L2 tables (ARP, NDP) from the L3 routing tables 2. removing as much locking dependencies among these layers as possible to allow for some parallelism in the search operations 3. simplify the logic in the routing code, The most notable end result is the obsolescent of the route cloning (RTF_CLONING) concept, which translated into code reduction in both IPv4 ARP and IPv6 NDP related modules, and size reduction in struct rtentry{}. The change in design obsoletes the semantics of RTF_CLONING, RTF_WASCLONE and RTF_LLINFO routing flags. The userland applications such as "arp" and "ndp" have been modified to reflect those changes. The output from "netstat -r" shows only the routing entries. Quite a few developers have contributed to this project in the past: Glebius Smirnoff, Luigi Rizzo, Alessandro Cerri, and Andre Oppermann. And most recently: - Kip Macy revised the locking code completely, thus completing the last piece of the puzzle, Kip has also been conducting active functional testing - Sam Leffler has helped me improving/refactoring the code, and provided valuable reviews - Julian Elischer setup the perforce tree for me and has helped me maintaining that branch before the svn conversion
2008-12-15 06:10:57 +00:00
miss:
A bit rearranged rtalloc1_fib() code. Initialize a variable when it is really needed. To avoid code duplication move the miss label to line up and jump on it. MFC after: 1 Week
2011-03-19 19:50:36 +00:00
V_rtstat.rts_unreach++;
This main goals of this project are: 1. separating L2 tables (ARP, NDP) from the L3 routing tables 2. removing as much locking dependencies among these layers as possible to allow for some parallelism in the search operations 3. simplify the logic in the routing code, The most notable end result is the obsolescent of the route cloning (RTF_CLONING) concept, which translated into code reduction in both IPv4 ARP and IPv6 NDP related modules, and size reduction in struct rtentry{}. The change in design obsoletes the semantics of RTF_CLONING, RTF_WASCLONE and RTF_LLINFO routing flags. The userland applications such as "arp" and "ndp" have been modified to reflect those changes. The output from "netstat -r" shows only the routing entries. Quite a few developers have contributed to this project in the past: Glebius Smirnoff, Luigi Rizzo, Alessandro Cerri, and Andre Oppermann. And most recently: - Kip Macy revised the locking code completely, thus completing the last piece of the puzzle, Kip has also been conducting active functional testing - Sam Leffler has helped me improving/refactoring the code, and provided valuable reviews - Julian Elischer setup the perforce tree for me and has helped me maintaining that branch before the svn conversion
2008-12-15 06:10:57 +00:00
if (report) {
- convert radix node head lock from mutex to rwlock - make radix node head lock not recursive - fix LOR in rtexpunge - fix LOR in rtredirect Reviewed by: sam
2008-12-07 21:15:43 +00:00
/*
This main goals of this project are: 1. separating L2 tables (ARP, NDP) from the L3 routing tables 2. removing as much locking dependencies among these layers as possible to allow for some parallelism in the search operations 3. simplify the logic in the routing code, The most notable end result is the obsolescent of the route cloning (RTF_CLONING) concept, which translated into code reduction in both IPv4 ARP and IPv6 NDP related modules, and size reduction in struct rtentry{}. The change in design obsoletes the semantics of RTF_CLONING, RTF_WASCLONE and RTF_LLINFO routing flags. The userland applications such as "arp" and "ndp" have been modified to reflect those changes. The output from "netstat -r" shows only the routing entries. Quite a few developers have contributed to this project in the past: Glebius Smirnoff, Luigi Rizzo, Alessandro Cerri, and Andre Oppermann. And most recently: - Kip Macy revised the locking code completely, thus completing the last piece of the puzzle, Kip has also been conducting active functional testing - Sam Leffler has helped me improving/refactoring the code, and provided valuable reviews - Julian Elischer setup the perforce tree for me and has helped me maintaining that branch before the svn conversion
2008-12-15 06:10:57 +00:00
* If required, report the failure to the supervising
* Authorities.
* For a delete, this is not an error. (report == 0)
- convert radix node head lock from mutex to rwlock - make radix node head lock not recursive - fix LOR in rtexpunge - fix LOR in rtredirect Reviewed by: sam
2008-12-07 21:15:43 +00:00
*/
bzero(&info, sizeof(info));
This main goals of this project are: 1. separating L2 tables (ARP, NDP) from the L3 routing tables 2. removing as much locking dependencies among these layers as possible to allow for some parallelism in the search operations 3. simplify the logic in the routing code, The most notable end result is the obsolescent of the route cloning (RTF_CLONING) concept, which translated into code reduction in both IPv4 ARP and IPv6 NDP related modules, and size reduction in struct rtentry{}. The change in design obsoletes the semantics of RTF_CLONING, RTF_WASCLONE and RTF_LLINFO routing flags. The userland applications such as "arp" and "ndp" have been modified to reflect those changes. The output from "netstat -r" shows only the routing entries. Quite a few developers have contributed to this project in the past: Glebius Smirnoff, Luigi Rizzo, Alessandro Cerri, and Andre Oppermann. And most recently: - Kip Macy revised the locking code completely, thus completing the last piece of the puzzle, Kip has also been conducting active functional testing - Sam Leffler has helped me improving/refactoring the code, and provided valuable reviews - Julian Elischer setup the perforce tree for me and has helped me maintaining that branch before the svn conversion
2008-12-15 06:10:57 +00:00
info.rti_info[RTAX_DST] = dst;
Pass the fibnum where we need filtering of the message on the rtsock allowing routing daemons to filter routing updates on an rtsock per FIB. Adjust raw_input() and split it into wrapper and a new function taking an optional callback argument even though we only have one consumer [1] to keep the hackish flags local to rtsock.c. PR: kern/134931 Submitted by: multiple (see PR) Suggested by: rwatson [1] Reviewed by: rwatson MFC after: 3 days
2011-09-28 13:48:36 +00:00
rt_missmsg_fib(msgtype, &info, 0, err, fibnum);
This main goals of this project are: 1. separating L2 tables (ARP, NDP) from the L3 routing tables 2. removing as much locking dependencies among these layers as possible to allow for some parallelism in the search operations 3. simplify the logic in the routing code, The most notable end result is the obsolescent of the route cloning (RTF_CLONING) concept, which translated into code reduction in both IPv4 ARP and IPv6 NDP related modules, and size reduction in struct rtentry{}. The change in design obsoletes the semantics of RTF_CLONING, RTF_WASCLONE and RTF_LLINFO routing flags. The userland applications such as "arp" and "ndp" have been modified to reflect those changes. The output from "netstat -r" shows only the routing entries. Quite a few developers have contributed to this project in the past: Glebius Smirnoff, Luigi Rizzo, Alessandro Cerri, and Andre Oppermann. And most recently: - Kip Macy revised the locking code completely, thus completing the last piece of the puzzle, Kip has also been conducting active functional testing - Sam Leffler has helped me improving/refactoring the code, and provided valuable reviews - Julian Elischer setup the perforce tree for me and has helped me maintaining that branch before the svn conversion
2008-12-15 06:10:57 +00:00
}
- convert radix node head lock from mutex to rwlock - make radix node head lock not recursive - fix LOR in rtexpunge - fix LOR in rtredirect Reviewed by: sam
2008-12-07 21:15:43 +00:00
done:
Locking for updates to routing table entries. Each rtentry gets a mutex that covers updates to the contents. Note this is separate from holding a reference and/or locking the routing table itself. Other/related changes: o rtredirect loses the final parameter by which an rtentry reference may be returned; this was never used and added unwarranted complexity for locking. o minor style cleanups to routing code (e.g. ansi-fy function decls) o remove the logic to bump the refcnt on the parent of cloned routes, we assume the parent will remain as long as the clone; doing this avoids a circularity in locking during delete o convert some timeouts to MPSAFE callouts Notes: 1. rt_mtx in struct rtentry is guarded by #ifdef _KERNEL as user-level applications cannot/do-no know about mutex's. Doing this requires that the mutex be the last element in the structure. A better solution is to introduce an externalized version of struct rtentry but this is a major task because of the intertwining of rtentry and other data structures that are visible to user applications. 2. There are known LOR's that are expected to go away with forthcoming work to eliminate many held references. If not these will be resolved prior to release. 3. ATM changes are untested. Sponsored by: FreeBSD Foundation Obtained from: BSD/OS (partly)
2003-10-04 03:44:50 +00:00
if (newrt)
RT_LOCK_ASSERT(newrt);
BSD 4.4 Lite Kernel Sources
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
return (newrt);
}
add a bunch of comments to describe what's going on. This is some of the worst code I've had to wade through in ages and I don't want to have to start from scratch again next time. (I have a 2.2 version of these comments, can I commit them?)
1997-03-05 08:01:28 +00:00
/*
* Remove a reference count from an rtentry.
* If the count gets low enough, take it out of the routing table
*/
BSD 4.4 Lite Kernel Sources
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
void
Locking for updates to routing table entries. Each rtentry gets a mutex that covers updates to the contents. Note this is separate from holding a reference and/or locking the routing table itself. Other/related changes: o rtredirect loses the final parameter by which an rtentry reference may be returned; this was never used and added unwarranted complexity for locking. o minor style cleanups to routing code (e.g. ansi-fy function decls) o remove the logic to bump the refcnt on the parent of cloned routes, we assume the parent will remain as long as the clone; doing this avoids a circularity in locking during delete o convert some timeouts to MPSAFE callouts Notes: 1. rt_mtx in struct rtentry is guarded by #ifdef _KERNEL as user-level applications cannot/do-no know about mutex's. Doing this requires that the mutex be the last element in the structure. A better solution is to introduce an externalized version of struct rtentry but this is a major task because of the intertwining of rtentry and other data structures that are visible to user applications. 2. There are known LOR's that are expected to go away with forthcoming work to eliminate many held references. If not these will be resolved prior to release. 3. ATM changes are untested. Sponsored by: FreeBSD Foundation Obtained from: BSD/OS (partly)
2003-10-04 03:44:50 +00:00
rtfree(struct rtentry *rt)
BSD 4.4 Lite Kernel Sources
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
{
Fix the initial check for NULL arguments in rtfree (previously it checked for rt == NULL after dereferencing the pointer). We never check for those events elsewhere, so probably these checks might go away here as well. Slightly simplify (and document) the logic for memory allocation in rt_setgate(). The rest is mostly style changes -- replace 0 with NULL where appropriate, remove the macro SA() that was only used once, remove some useless debugging code in rt_fixchange, explain some odd-looking casts.
2004-04-20 07:04:47 +00:00
struct radix_node_head *rnh;
BSD 4.4 Lite Kernel Sources
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
Some minor cleanups: - In rt_check() remove the senderr() macro and the "bad" label. They used to simplify code, but now aren't. - Remove extra RT_LOCK_ASSERT() in rt_setgate(). The RT_REMREF macro does this. - In rtfree() convert panics to KASSERTs. - Strict the routing API: rtfree() should be called only in a case when we are completely sure we've got the last reference on the rtentry. In all other cases RTFREE_LOCKED() macro should be used. If the reference isn't the last one spit out a warning printf. Correct the only(?) case for this in rt_check(). - Fix typos in comments.
2007-05-22 16:17:31 +00:00
KASSERT(rt != NULL,("%s: NULL rt", __func__));
Convert the two dimensional array to be malloced and introduce an accessor function to get the correct rnh pointer back. Update netstat to get the correct pointer using kvm_read() as well. This not only fixes the ABI problem depending on the kernel option but also permits the tunable to overwrite the kernel option at boot time up to MAXFIBS, enlarging the number of FIBs without having to recompile. So people could just use GENERIC now. Reviewed by: julian, rwatson, zec X-MFC: not possible
2009-06-01 15:49:42 +00:00
rnh = rt_tables_get_rnh(rt->rt_fibnum, rt_key(rt)->sa_family);
Some minor cleanups: - In rt_check() remove the senderr() macro and the "bad" label. They used to simplify code, but now aren't. - Remove extra RT_LOCK_ASSERT() in rt_setgate(). The RT_REMREF macro does this. - In rtfree() convert panics to KASSERTs. - Strict the routing API: rtfree() should be called only in a case when we are completely sure we've got the last reference on the rtentry. In all other cases RTFREE_LOCKED() macro should be used. If the reference isn't the last one spit out a warning printf. Correct the only(?) case for this in rt_check(). - Fix typos in comments.
2007-05-22 16:17:31 +00:00
KASSERT(rnh != NULL,("%s: NULL rnh", __func__));
add a bunch of comments to describe what's going on. This is some of the worst code I've had to wade through in ages and I don't want to have to start from scratch again next time. (I have a 2.2 version of these comments, can I commit them?)
1997-03-05 08:01:28 +00:00
Locking for updates to routing table entries. Each rtentry gets a mutex that covers updates to the contents. Note this is separate from holding a reference and/or locking the routing table itself. Other/related changes: o rtredirect loses the final parameter by which an rtentry reference may be returned; this was never used and added unwarranted complexity for locking. o minor style cleanups to routing code (e.g. ansi-fy function decls) o remove the logic to bump the refcnt on the parent of cloned routes, we assume the parent will remain as long as the clone; doing this avoids a circularity in locking during delete o convert some timeouts to MPSAFE callouts Notes: 1. rt_mtx in struct rtentry is guarded by #ifdef _KERNEL as user-level applications cannot/do-no know about mutex's. Doing this requires that the mutex be the last element in the structure. A better solution is to introduce an externalized version of struct rtentry but this is a major task because of the intertwining of rtentry and other data structures that are visible to user applications. 2. There are known LOR's that are expected to go away with forthcoming work to eliminate many held references. If not these will be resolved prior to release. 3. ATM changes are untested. Sponsored by: FreeBSD Foundation Obtained from: BSD/OS (partly)
2003-10-04 03:44:50 +00:00
RT_LOCK_ASSERT(rt);
add a bunch of comments to describe what's going on. This is some of the worst code I've had to wade through in ages and I don't want to have to start from scratch again next time. (I have a 2.2 version of these comments, can I commit them?)
1997-03-05 08:01:28 +00:00
/*
Some minor cleanups: - In rt_check() remove the senderr() macro and the "bad" label. They used to simplify code, but now aren't. - Remove extra RT_LOCK_ASSERT() in rt_setgate(). The RT_REMREF macro does this. - In rtfree() convert panics to KASSERTs. - Strict the routing API: rtfree() should be called only in a case when we are completely sure we've got the last reference on the rtentry. In all other cases RTFREE_LOCKED() macro should be used. If the reference isn't the last one spit out a warning printf. Correct the only(?) case for this in rt_check(). - Fix typos in comments.
2007-05-22 16:17:31 +00:00
* The callers should use RTFREE_LOCKED() or RTFREE(), so
* we should come here exactly with the last reference.
add a bunch of comments to describe what's going on. This is some of the worst code I've had to wade through in ages and I don't want to have to start from scratch again next time. (I have a 2.2 version of these comments, can I commit them?)
1997-03-05 08:01:28 +00:00
*/
replace explicit changes to rt_refcnt by RT_ADDREF and RT_REMREF macros that expand to include assertions when the system is built with INVARIANTS Supported by: FreeBSD Foundation
2003-11-08 23:36:32 +00:00
RT_REMREF(rt);
Some minor cleanups: - In rt_check() remove the senderr() macro and the "bad" label. They used to simplify code, but now aren't. - Remove extra RT_LOCK_ASSERT() in rt_setgate(). The RT_REMREF macro does this. - In rtfree() convert panics to KASSERTs. - Strict the routing API: rtfree() should be called only in a case when we are completely sure we've got the last reference on the rtentry. In all other cases RTFREE_LOCKED() macro should be used. If the reference isn't the last one spit out a warning printf. Correct the only(?) case for this in rt_check(). - Fix typos in comments.
2007-05-22 16:17:31 +00:00
if (rt->rt_refcnt > 0) {
The log message should terminate with a newline instead of a tab character.
2009-01-02 22:51:30 +00:00
log(LOG_DEBUG, "%s: %p has %d refs\n", __func__, rt, rt->rt_refcnt);
Locking for updates to routing table entries. Each rtentry gets a mutex that covers updates to the contents. Note this is separate from holding a reference and/or locking the routing table itself. Other/related changes: o rtredirect loses the final parameter by which an rtentry reference may be returned; this was never used and added unwarranted complexity for locking. o minor style cleanups to routing code (e.g. ansi-fy function decls) o remove the logic to bump the refcnt on the parent of cloned routes, we assume the parent will remain as long as the clone; doing this avoids a circularity in locking during delete o convert some timeouts to MPSAFE callouts Notes: 1. rt_mtx in struct rtentry is guarded by #ifdef _KERNEL as user-level applications cannot/do-no know about mutex's. Doing this requires that the mutex be the last element in the structure. A better solution is to introduce an externalized version of struct rtentry but this is a major task because of the intertwining of rtentry and other data structures that are visible to user applications. 2. There are known LOR's that are expected to go away with forthcoming work to eliminate many held references. If not these will be resolved prior to release. 3. ATM changes are untested. Sponsored by: FreeBSD Foundation Obtained from: BSD/OS (partly)
2003-10-04 03:44:50 +00:00
goto done;
Some minor cleanups: - In rt_check() remove the senderr() macro and the "bad" label. They used to simplify code, but now aren't. - Remove extra RT_LOCK_ASSERT() in rt_setgate(). The RT_REMREF macro does this. - In rtfree() convert panics to KASSERTs. - Strict the routing API: rtfree() should be called only in a case when we are completely sure we've got the last reference on the rtentry. In all other cases RTFREE_LOCKED() macro should be used. If the reference isn't the last one spit out a warning printf. Correct the only(?) case for this in rt_check(). - Fix typos in comments.
2007-05-22 16:17:31 +00:00
}
Overhaul routing table entry cleanup by introducing a new rtexpunge routine that takes a locked routing table reference and removes all references to the entry in the various data structures. This eliminates instances of recursive locking and also closes races where the lock on the entry had to be dropped prior to calling rtrequest(RTM_DELETE). This also cleans up confusion where the caller held a reference to an entry that might have been reclaimed (and in some cases used that reference). Supported by: FreeBSD Foundation
2003-10-30 23:02:51 +00:00
/*
* On last reference give the "close method" a chance
* to cleanup private state. This also permits (for
* IPv4 and IPv6) a chance to decide if the routing table
* entry should be purged immediately or at a later time.
* When an immediate purge is to happen the close routine
* typically calls rtexpunge which clears the RTF_UP flag
* on the entry so that the code below reclaims the storage.
*/
Locking for updates to routing table entries. Each rtentry gets a mutex that covers updates to the contents. Note this is separate from holding a reference and/or locking the routing table itself. Other/related changes: o rtredirect loses the final parameter by which an rtentry reference may be returned; this was never used and added unwarranted complexity for locking. o minor style cleanups to routing code (e.g. ansi-fy function decls) o remove the logic to bump the refcnt on the parent of cloned routes, we assume the parent will remain as long as the clone; doing this avoids a circularity in locking during delete o convert some timeouts to MPSAFE callouts Notes: 1. rt_mtx in struct rtentry is guarded by #ifdef _KERNEL as user-level applications cannot/do-no know about mutex's. Doing this requires that the mutex be the last element in the structure. A better solution is to introduce an externalized version of struct rtentry but this is a major task because of the intertwining of rtentry and other data structures that are visible to user applications. 2. There are known LOR's that are expected to go away with forthcoming work to eliminate many held references. If not these will be resolved prior to release. 3. ATM changes are untested. Sponsored by: FreeBSD Foundation Obtained from: BSD/OS (partly)
2003-10-04 03:44:50 +00:00
if (rt->rt_refcnt == 0 && rnh->rnh_close)
Add code to be a bit smarter about IP routes, conditioned on the option IN_RMX. (Eventually this will be standard, but I just wrote the code today and don't want to break anyone.)
1994-11-02 04:41:39 +00:00
rnh->rnh_close((struct radix_node *)rt, rnh);
add a bunch of comments to describe what's going on. This is some of the worst code I've had to wade through in ages and I don't want to have to start from scratch again next time. (I have a 2.2 version of these comments, can I commit them?)
1997-03-05 08:01:28 +00:00
/*
* If we are no longer "up" (and ref == 0)
* then we can free the resources associated
* with the route.
*/
Locking for updates to routing table entries. Each rtentry gets a mutex that covers updates to the contents. Note this is separate from holding a reference and/or locking the routing table itself. Other/related changes: o rtredirect loses the final parameter by which an rtentry reference may be returned; this was never used and added unwarranted complexity for locking. o minor style cleanups to routing code (e.g. ansi-fy function decls) o remove the logic to bump the refcnt on the parent of cloned routes, we assume the parent will remain as long as the clone; doing this avoids a circularity in locking during delete o convert some timeouts to MPSAFE callouts Notes: 1. rt_mtx in struct rtentry is guarded by #ifdef _KERNEL as user-level applications cannot/do-no know about mutex's. Doing this requires that the mutex be the last element in the structure. A better solution is to introduce an externalized version of struct rtentry but this is a major task because of the intertwining of rtentry and other data structures that are visible to user applications. 2. There are known LOR's that are expected to go away with forthcoming work to eliminate many held references. If not these will be resolved prior to release. 3. ATM changes are untested. Sponsored by: FreeBSD Foundation Obtained from: BSD/OS (partly)
2003-10-04 03:44:50 +00:00
if ((rt->rt_flags & RTF_UP) == 0) {
BSD 4.4 Lite Kernel Sources
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
if (rt->rt_nodes->rn_flags & (RNF_ACTIVE | RNF_ROOT))
Some minor cleanups: - In rt_check() remove the senderr() macro and the "bad" label. They used to simplify code, but now aren't. - Remove extra RT_LOCK_ASSERT() in rt_setgate(). The RT_REMREF macro does this. - In rtfree() convert panics to KASSERTs. - Strict the routing API: rtfree() should be called only in a case when we are completely sure we've got the last reference on the rtentry. In all other cases RTFREE_LOCKED() macro should be used. If the reference isn't the last one spit out a warning printf. Correct the only(?) case for this in rt_check(). - Fix typos in comments.
2007-05-22 16:17:31 +00:00
panic("rtfree 2");
KAME netinet6 basic part(no IPsec,no V6 Multicast Forwarding, no UDP/TCP for IPv6 yet) With this patch, you can assigne IPv6 addr automatically, and can reply to IPv6 ping. Reviewed by: freebsd-arch, cvs-committers Obtained from: KAME project
1999-11-22 02:45:11 +00:00
/*
add a bunch of comments to describe what's going on. This is some of the worst code I've had to wade through in ages and I don't want to have to start from scratch again next time. (I have a 2.2 version of these comments, can I commit them?)
1997-03-05 08:01:28 +00:00
* the rtentry must have been removed from the routing table
* so it is represented in rttrash.. remove that now.
*/
Commit step 1 of the vimage project, (network stack) virtualization work done by Marko Zec (zec@). This is the first in a series of commits over the course of the next few weeks. Mark all uses of global variables to be virtualized with a V_ prefix. Use macros to map them back to their global names for now, so this is a NOP change only. We hope to have caught at least 85-90% of what is needed so we do not invalidate a lot of outstanding patches again. Obtained from: //depot/projects/vimage-commit2/... Reviewed by: brooks, des, ed, mav, julian, jamie, kris, rwatson, zec, ... (various people I forgot, different versions) md5 (with a bit of help) Sponsored by: NLnet Foundation, The FreeBSD Foundation X-MFC after: never V_Commit_Message_Reviewed_By: more people than the patch
2008-08-17 23:27:27 +00:00
V_rttrash--;
add a bunch of comments to describe what's going on. This is some of the worst code I've had to wade through in ages and I don't want to have to start from scratch again next time. (I have a 2.2 version of these comments, can I commit them?)
1997-03-05 08:01:28 +00:00
#ifdef DIAGNOSTIC
BSD 4.4 Lite Kernel Sources
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
if (rt->rt_refcnt < 0) {
GCC cleanup. Reviewed by: Submitted by: Obtained from:
1994-10-02 17:48:58 +00:00
printf("rtfree: %p not freed (neg refs)\n", rt);
Locking for updates to routing table entries. Each rtentry gets a mutex that covers updates to the contents. Note this is separate from holding a reference and/or locking the routing table itself. Other/related changes: o rtredirect loses the final parameter by which an rtentry reference may be returned; this was never used and added unwarranted complexity for locking. o minor style cleanups to routing code (e.g. ansi-fy function decls) o remove the logic to bump the refcnt on the parent of cloned routes, we assume the parent will remain as long as the clone; doing this avoids a circularity in locking during delete o convert some timeouts to MPSAFE callouts Notes: 1. rt_mtx in struct rtentry is guarded by #ifdef _KERNEL as user-level applications cannot/do-no know about mutex's. Doing this requires that the mutex be the last element in the structure. A better solution is to introduce an externalized version of struct rtentry but this is a major task because of the intertwining of rtentry and other data structures that are visible to user applications. 2. There are known LOR's that are expected to go away with forthcoming work to eliminate many held references. If not these will be resolved prior to release. 3. ATM changes are untested. Sponsored by: FreeBSD Foundation Obtained from: BSD/OS (partly)
2003-10-04 03:44:50 +00:00
goto done;
BSD 4.4 Lite Kernel Sources
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
}
add a bunch of comments to describe what's going on. This is some of the worst code I've had to wade through in ages and I don't want to have to start from scratch again next time. (I have a 2.2 version of these comments, can I commit them?)
1997-03-05 08:01:28 +00:00
#endif
KAME netinet6 basic part(no IPsec,no V6 Multicast Forwarding, no UDP/TCP for IPv6 yet) With this patch, you can assigne IPv6 addr automatically, and can reply to IPv6 ping. Reviewed by: freebsd-arch, cvs-committers Obtained from: KAME project
1999-11-22 02:45:11 +00:00
/*
add a bunch of comments to describe what's going on. This is some of the worst code I've had to wade through in ages and I don't want to have to start from scratch again next time. (I have a 2.2 version of these comments, can I commit them?)
1997-03-05 08:01:28 +00:00
* release references on items we hold them on..
* e.g other routes and ifaddrs.
*/
Lock up ifaddr reference counts.
2002-12-18 11:46:59 +00:00
if (rt->rt_ifa)
Clean up common ifaddr management: - Unify reference count and lock initialization in a single function, ifa_init(). - Move tear-down from a macro (IFAFREE) to a function ifa_free(). - Move reference count bump from a macro (IFAREF) to a function ifa_ref(). - Instead of using a u_int protected by a mutex to refcount(9) for reference count management. The ifa_mtx is now used for exactly one ioctl, and possibly should be removed. MFC after: 3 weeks
2009-06-21 19:30:33 +00:00
ifa_free(rt->rt_ifa);
add a bunch of comments to describe what's going on. This is some of the worst code I've had to wade through in ages and I don't want to have to start from scratch again next time. (I have a 2.2 version of these comments, can I commit them?)
1997-03-05 08:01:28 +00:00
/*
* The key is separatly alloc'd so free it (see rt_setgate()).
* This also frees the gateway, as they are always malloc'd
* together.
*/
Follow r256586 and rename the kernel version of the Free() macro to R_Free(). This matches the other macros and reduces the chances to clash with other headers. This also fixes the build of radix.c outside of the kernel environment. Reviewed by: glebius
2015-07-30 02:09:03 +00:00
R_Free(rt_key(rt));
add a bunch of comments to describe what's going on. This is some of the worst code I've had to wade through in ages and I don't want to have to start from scratch again next time. (I have a 2.2 version of these comments, can I commit them?)
1997-03-05 08:01:28 +00:00
/*
* and the rtentry itself of course
*/
First pass at separating per-vnet initializer functions from existing functions for initializing global state. At this stage, the new per-vnet initializer functions are directly called from the existing global initialization code, which should in most cases result in compiler inlining those new functions, hence yielding a near-zero functional change. Modify the existing initializer functions which are invoked via protosw, like ip_init() et. al., to allow them to be invoked multiple times, i.e. per each vnet. Global state, if any, is initialized only if such functions are called within the context of vnet0, which will be determined via the IS_DEFAULT_VNET(curvnet) check (currently always true). While here, V_irtualize a few remaining global UMA zones used by net/netinet/netipsec networking code. While it is not yet clear to me or anybody else whether this is the right thing to do, at this stage this makes the code more readable, and makes it easier to track uncollected UMA-zone-backed objects on vnet removal. In the long run, it's quite possible that some form of shared use of UMA zone pools among multiple vnets should be considered. Bump __FreeBSD_version due to changes in layout of structs vnet_ipfw, vnet_inet and vnet_net. Approved by: julian (mentor)
2009-04-06 22:29:41 +00:00
uma_zfree(V_rtzone, rt);
Locking for updates to routing table entries. Each rtentry gets a mutex that covers updates to the contents. Note this is separate from holding a reference and/or locking the routing table itself. Other/related changes: o rtredirect loses the final parameter by which an rtentry reference may be returned; this was never used and added unwarranted complexity for locking. o minor style cleanups to routing code (e.g. ansi-fy function decls) o remove the logic to bump the refcnt on the parent of cloned routes, we assume the parent will remain as long as the clone; doing this avoids a circularity in locking during delete o convert some timeouts to MPSAFE callouts Notes: 1. rt_mtx in struct rtentry is guarded by #ifdef _KERNEL as user-level applications cannot/do-no know about mutex's. Doing this requires that the mutex be the last element in the structure. A better solution is to introduce an externalized version of struct rtentry but this is a major task because of the intertwining of rtentry and other data structures that are visible to user applications. 2. There are known LOR's that are expected to go away with forthcoming work to eliminate many held references. If not these will be resolved prior to release. 3. ATM changes are untested. Sponsored by: FreeBSD Foundation Obtained from: BSD/OS (partly)
2003-10-04 03:44:50 +00:00
return;
BSD 4.4 Lite Kernel Sources
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
}
Locking for updates to routing table entries. Each rtentry gets a mutex that covers updates to the contents. Note this is separate from holding a reference and/or locking the routing table itself. Other/related changes: o rtredirect loses the final parameter by which an rtentry reference may be returned; this was never used and added unwarranted complexity for locking. o minor style cleanups to routing code (e.g. ansi-fy function decls) o remove the logic to bump the refcnt on the parent of cloned routes, we assume the parent will remain as long as the clone; doing this avoids a circularity in locking during delete o convert some timeouts to MPSAFE callouts Notes: 1. rt_mtx in struct rtentry is guarded by #ifdef _KERNEL as user-level applications cannot/do-no know about mutex's. Doing this requires that the mutex be the last element in the structure. A better solution is to introduce an externalized version of struct rtentry but this is a major task because of the intertwining of rtentry and other data structures that are visible to user applications. 2. There are known LOR's that are expected to go away with forthcoming work to eliminate many held references. If not these will be resolved prior to release. 3. ATM changes are untested. Sponsored by: FreeBSD Foundation Obtained from: BSD/OS (partly)
2003-10-04 03:44:50 +00:00
done:
RT_UNLOCK(rt);
BSD 4.4 Lite Kernel Sources
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
}
/*
* Force a routing table entry to the specified
* destination to go through the given gateway.
* Normally called as a result of a routing redirect
* message from the network layer.
*/
The big 4.4BSD Lite to FreeBSD 2.0.0 (Development) patch. Reviewed by: Rodney W. Grimes Submitted by: John Dyson and David Greenman
1994-05-25 09:21:21 +00:00
void
Locking for updates to routing table entries. Each rtentry gets a mutex that covers updates to the contents. Note this is separate from holding a reference and/or locking the routing table itself. Other/related changes: o rtredirect loses the final parameter by which an rtentry reference may be returned; this was never used and added unwarranted complexity for locking. o minor style cleanups to routing code (e.g. ansi-fy function decls) o remove the logic to bump the refcnt on the parent of cloned routes, we assume the parent will remain as long as the clone; doing this avoids a circularity in locking during delete o convert some timeouts to MPSAFE callouts Notes: 1. rt_mtx in struct rtentry is guarded by #ifdef _KERNEL as user-level applications cannot/do-no know about mutex's. Doing this requires that the mutex be the last element in the structure. A better solution is to introduce an externalized version of struct rtentry but this is a major task because of the intertwining of rtentry and other data structures that are visible to user applications. 2. There are known LOR's that are expected to go away with forthcoming work to eliminate many held references. If not these will be resolved prior to release. 3. ATM changes are untested. Sponsored by: FreeBSD Foundation Obtained from: BSD/OS (partly)
2003-10-04 03:44:50 +00:00
rtredirect(struct sockaddr *dst,
struct sockaddr *gateway,
struct sockaddr *netmask,
int flags,
struct sockaddr *src)
Add code to allow the system to handle multiple routing tables. This particular implementation is designed to be fully backwards compatible and to be MFC-able to 7.x (and 6.x) Currently the only protocol that can make use of the multiple tables is IPv4 Similar functionality exists in OpenBSD and Linux. From my notes: ----- One thing where FreeBSD has been falling behind, and which by chance I have some time to work on is "policy based routing", which allows different packet streams to be routed by more than just the destination address. Constraints: ------------ I want to make some form of this available in the 6.x tree (and by extension 7.x) , but FreeBSD in general needs it so I might as well do it in -current and back port the portions I need. One of the ways that this can be done is to have the ability to instantiate multiple kernel routing tables (which I will now refer to as "Forwarding Information Bases" or "FIBs" for political correctness reasons). Which FIB a particular packet uses to make the next hop decision can be decided by a number of mechanisms. The policies these mechanisms implement are the "Policies" referred to in "Policy based routing". One of the constraints I have if I try to back port this work to 6.x is that it must be implemented as a EXTENSION to the existing ABIs in 6.x so that third party applications do not need to be recompiled in timespan of the branch. This first version will not have some of the bells and whistles that will come with later versions. It will, for example, be limited to 16 tables in the first commit. Implementation method, Compatible version. (part 1) ------------------------------- For this reason I have implemented a "sufficient subset" of a multiple routing table solution in Perforce, and back-ported it to 6.x. (also in Perforce though not always caught up with what I have done in -current/P4). The subset allows a number of FIBs to be defined at compile time (8 is sufficient for my purposes in 6.x) and implements the changes needed to allow IPV4 to use them. I have not done the changes for ipv6 simply because I do not need it, and I do not have enough knowledge of ipv6 (e.g. neighbor discovery) needed to do it. Other protocol families are left untouched and should there be users with proprietary protocol families, they should continue to work and be oblivious to the existence of the extra FIBs. To understand how this is done, one must know that the current FIB code starts everything off with a single dimensional array of pointers to FIB head structures (One per protocol family), each of which in turn points to the trie of routes available to that family. The basic change in the ABI compatible version of the change is to extent that array to be a 2 dimensional array, so that instead of protocol family X looking at rt_tables[X] for the table it needs, it looks at rt_tables[Y][X] when for all protocol families except ipv4 Y is always 0. Code that is unaware of the change always just sees the first row of the table, which of course looks just like the one dimensional array that existed before. The entry points rtrequest(), rtalloc(), rtalloc1(), rtalloc_ign() are all maintained, but refer only to the first row of the array, so that existing callers in proprietary protocols can continue to do the "right thing". Some new entry points are added, for the exclusive use of ipv4 code called in_rtrequest(), in_rtalloc(), in_rtalloc1() and in_rtalloc_ign(), which have an extra argument which refers the code to the correct row. In addition, there are some new entry points (currently called rtalloc_fib() and friends) that check the Address family being looked up and call either rtalloc() (and friends) if the protocol is not IPv4 forcing the action to row 0 or to the appropriate row if it IS IPv4 (and that info is available). These are for calling from code that is not specific to any particular protocol. The way these are implemented would change in the non ABI preserving code to be added later. One feature of the first version of the code is that for ipv4, the interface routes show up automatically on all the FIBs, so that no matter what FIB you select you always have the basic direct attached hosts available to you. (rtinit() does this automatically). You CAN delete an interface route from one FIB should you want to but by default it's there. ARP information is also available in each FIB. It's assumed that the same machine would have the same MAC address, regardless of which FIB you are using to get to it. This brings us as to how the correct FIB is selected for an outgoing IPV4 packet. Firstly, all packets have a FIB associated with them. if nothing has been done to change it, it will be FIB 0. The FIB is changed in the following ways. Packets fall into one of a number of classes. 1/ locally generated packets, coming from a socket/PCB. Such packets select a FIB from a number associated with the socket/PCB. This in turn is inherited from the process, but can be changed by a socket option. The process in turn inherits it on fork. I have written a utility call setfib that acts a bit like nice.. setfib -3 ping target.example.com # will use fib 3 for ping. It is an obvious extension to make it a property of a jail but I have not done so. It can be achieved by combining the setfib and jail commands. 2/ packets received on an interface for forwarding. By default these packets would use table 0, (or possibly a number settable in a sysctl(not yet)). but prior to routing the firewall can inspect them (see below). (possibly in the future you may be able to associate a FIB with packets received on an interface.. An ifconfig arg, but not yet.) 3/ packets inspected by a packet classifier, which can arbitrarily associate a fib with it on a packet by packet basis. A fib assigned to a packet by a packet classifier (such as ipfw) would over-ride a fib associated by a more default source. (such as cases 1 or 2). 4/ a tcp listen socket associated with a fib will generate accept sockets that are associated with that same fib. 5/ Packets generated in response to some other packet (e.g. reset or icmp packets). These should use the FIB associated with the packet being reponded to. 6/ Packets generated during encapsulation. gif, tun and other tunnel interfaces will encapsulate using the FIB that was in effect withthe proces that set up the tunnel. thus setfib 1 ifconfig gif0 [tunnel instructions] will set the fib for the tunnel to use to be fib 1. Routing messages would be associated with their process, and thus select one FIB or another. messages from the kernel would be associated with the fib they refer to and would only be received by a routing socket associated with that fib. (not yet implemented) In addition Netstat has been edited to be able to cope with the fact that the array is now 2 dimensional. (It looks in system memory using libkvm (!)). Old versions of netstat see only the first FIB. In addition two sysctls are added to give: a) the number of FIBs compiled in (active) b) the default FIB of the calling process. Early testing experience: ------------------------- Basically our (IronPort's) appliance does this functionality already using ipfw fwd but that method has some drawbacks. For example, It can't fully simulate a routing table because it can't influence the socket's choice of local address when a connect() is done. Testing during the generating of these changes has been remarkably smooth so far. Multiple tables have co-existed with no notable side effects, and packets have been routes accordingly. ipfw has grown 2 new keywords: setfib N ip from anay to any count ip from any to any fib N In pf there seems to be a requirement to be able to give symbolic names to the fibs but I do not have that capacity. I am not sure if it is required. SCTP has interestingly enough built in support for this, called VRFs in Cisco parlance. it will be interesting to see how that handles it when it suddenly actually does something. Where to next: -------------------- After committing the ABI compatible version and MFCing it, I'd like to proceed in a forward direction in -current. this will result in some roto-tilling in the routing code. Firstly: the current code's idea of having a separate tree per protocol family, all of the same format, and pointed to by the 1 dimensional array is a bit silly. Especially when one considers that there is code that makes assumptions about every protocol having the same internal structures there. Some protocols don't WANT that sort of structure. (for example the whole idea of a netmask is foreign to appletalk). This needs to be made opaque to the external code. My suggested first change is to add routing method pointers to the 'domain' structure, along with information pointing the data. instead of having an array of pointers to uniform structures, there would be an array pointing to the 'domain' structures for each protocol address domain (protocol family), and the methods this reached would be called. The methods would have an argument that gives FIB number, but the protocol would be free to ignore it. When the ABI can be changed it raises the possibilty of the addition of a fib entry into the "struct route". Currently, the structure contains the sockaddr of the desination, and the resulting fib entry. To make this work fully, one could add a fib number so that given an address and a fib, one can find the third element, the fib entry. Interaction with the ARP layer/ LL layer would need to be revisited as well. Qing Li has been working on this already. This work was sponsored by Ironport Systems/Cisco Reviewed by: several including rwatson, bz and mlair (parts each) Obtained from: Ironport systems/Cisco
2008-05-09 23:03:00 +00:00
{
Move a comment from rtinit1() to the top of the file where dealing with the (maximum) number of FIBs trying to clarify that evetually FIBs should probably attached to domain(9) specific storage. [1] Add a comment on a limitimation on the rt_add_addr_allfibs option. Use RT_DEFAULT_FIB instead of 0 where applicable. Add empty line to functions without local variables per style. Put public yet unused in-tree function rtinit_fib() under BURN_BRIDGES to indicate that it might go away in the future. No functional change. Discussed with: julian [1] (clarification on what the original one meant) Sponsored by: Cisco Systems, Inc.
2012-02-03 12:25:14 +00:00
rtredirect_fib(dst, gateway, netmask, flags, src, RT_DEFAULT_FIB);
Add code to allow the system to handle multiple routing tables. This particular implementation is designed to be fully backwards compatible and to be MFC-able to 7.x (and 6.x) Currently the only protocol that can make use of the multiple tables is IPv4 Similar functionality exists in OpenBSD and Linux. From my notes: ----- One thing where FreeBSD has been falling behind, and which by chance I have some time to work on is "policy based routing", which allows different packet streams to be routed by more than just the destination address. Constraints: ------------ I want to make some form of this available in the 6.x tree (and by extension 7.x) , but FreeBSD in general needs it so I might as well do it in -current and back port the portions I need. One of the ways that this can be done is to have the ability to instantiate multiple kernel routing tables (which I will now refer to as "Forwarding Information Bases" or "FIBs" for political correctness reasons). Which FIB a particular packet uses to make the next hop decision can be decided by a number of mechanisms. The policies these mechanisms implement are the "Policies" referred to in "Policy based routing". One of the constraints I have if I try to back port this work to 6.x is that it must be implemented as a EXTENSION to the existing ABIs in 6.x so that third party applications do not need to be recompiled in timespan of the branch. This first version will not have some of the bells and whistles that will come with later versions. It will, for example, be limited to 16 tables in the first commit. Implementation method, Compatible version. (part 1) ------------------------------- For this reason I have implemented a "sufficient subset" of a multiple routing table solution in Perforce, and back-ported it to 6.x. (also in Perforce though not always caught up with what I have done in -current/P4). The subset allows a number of FIBs to be defined at compile time (8 is sufficient for my purposes in 6.x) and implements the changes needed to allow IPV4 to use them. I have not done the changes for ipv6 simply because I do not need it, and I do not have enough knowledge of ipv6 (e.g. neighbor discovery) needed to do it. Other protocol families are left untouched and should there be users with proprietary protocol families, they should continue to work and be oblivious to the existence of the extra FIBs. To understand how this is done, one must know that the current FIB code starts everything off with a single dimensional array of pointers to FIB head structures (One per protocol family), each of which in turn points to the trie of routes available to that family. The basic change in the ABI compatible version of the change is to extent that array to be a 2 dimensional array, so that instead of protocol family X looking at rt_tables[X] for the table it needs, it looks at rt_tables[Y][X] when for all protocol families except ipv4 Y is always 0. Code that is unaware of the change always just sees the first row of the table, which of course looks just like the one dimensional array that existed before. The entry points rtrequest(), rtalloc(), rtalloc1(), rtalloc_ign() are all maintained, but refer only to the first row of the array, so that existing callers in proprietary protocols can continue to do the "right thing". Some new entry points are added, for the exclusive use of ipv4 code called in_rtrequest(), in_rtalloc(), in_rtalloc1() and in_rtalloc_ign(), which have an extra argument which refers the code to the correct row. In addition, there are some new entry points (currently called rtalloc_fib() and friends) that check the Address family being looked up and call either rtalloc() (and friends) if the protocol is not IPv4 forcing the action to row 0 or to the appropriate row if it IS IPv4 (and that info is available). These are for calling from code that is not specific to any particular protocol. The way these are implemented would change in the non ABI preserving code to be added later. One feature of the first version of the code is that for ipv4, the interface routes show up automatically on all the FIBs, so that no matter what FIB you select you always have the basic direct attached hosts available to you. (rtinit() does this automatically). You CAN delete an interface route from one FIB should you want to but by default it's there. ARP information is also available in each FIB. It's assumed that the same machine would have the same MAC address, regardless of which FIB you are using to get to it. This brings us as to how the correct FIB is selected for an outgoing IPV4 packet. Firstly, all packets have a FIB associated with them. if nothing has been done to change it, it will be FIB 0. The FIB is changed in the following ways. Packets fall into one of a number of classes. 1/ locally generated packets, coming from a socket/PCB. Such packets select a FIB from a number associated with the socket/PCB. This in turn is inherited from the process, but can be changed by a socket option. The process in turn inherits it on fork. I have written a utility call setfib that acts a bit like nice.. setfib -3 ping target.example.com # will use fib 3 for ping. It is an obvious extension to make it a property of a jail but I have not done so. It can be achieved by combining the setfib and jail commands. 2/ packets received on an interface for forwarding. By default these packets would use table 0, (or possibly a number settable in a sysctl(not yet)). but prior to routing the firewall can inspect them (see below). (possibly in the future you may be able to associate a FIB with packets received on an interface.. An ifconfig arg, but not yet.) 3/ packets inspected by a packet classifier, which can arbitrarily associate a fib with it on a packet by packet basis. A fib assigned to a packet by a packet classifier (such as ipfw) would over-ride a fib associated by a more default source. (such as cases 1 or 2). 4/ a tcp listen socket associated with a fib will generate accept sockets that are associated with that same fib. 5/ Packets generated in response to some other packet (e.g. reset or icmp packets). These should use the FIB associated with the packet being reponded to. 6/ Packets generated during encapsulation. gif, tun and other tunnel interfaces will encapsulate using the FIB that was in effect withthe proces that set up the tunnel. thus setfib 1 ifconfig gif0 [tunnel instructions] will set the fib for the tunnel to use to be fib 1. Routing messages would be associated with their process, and thus select one FIB or another. messages from the kernel would be associated with the fib they refer to and would only be received by a routing socket associated with that fib. (not yet implemented) In addition Netstat has been edited to be able to cope with the fact that the array is now 2 dimensional. (It looks in system memory using libkvm (!)). Old versions of netstat see only the first FIB. In addition two sysctls are added to give: a) the number of FIBs compiled in (active) b) the default FIB of the calling process. Early testing experience: ------------------------- Basically our (IronPort's) appliance does this functionality already using ipfw fwd but that method has some drawbacks. For example, It can't fully simulate a routing table because it can't influence the socket's choice of local address when a connect() is done. Testing during the generating of these changes has been remarkably smooth so far. Multiple tables have co-existed with no notable side effects, and packets have been routes accordingly. ipfw has grown 2 new keywords: setfib N ip from anay to any count ip from any to any fib N In pf there seems to be a requirement to be able to give symbolic names to the fibs but I do not have that capacity. I am not sure if it is required. SCTP has interestingly enough built in support for this, called VRFs in Cisco parlance. it will be interesting to see how that handles it when it suddenly actually does something. Where to next: -------------------- After committing the ABI compatible version and MFCing it, I'd like to proceed in a forward direction in -current. this will result in some roto-tilling in the routing code. Firstly: the current code's idea of having a separate tree per protocol family, all of the same format, and pointed to by the 1 dimensional array is a bit silly. Especially when one considers that there is code that makes assumptions about every protocol having the same internal structures there. Some protocols don't WANT that sort of structure. (for example the whole idea of a netmask is foreign to appletalk). This needs to be made opaque to the external code. My suggested first change is to add routing method pointers to the 'domain' structure, along with information pointing the data. instead of having an array of pointers to uniform structures, there would be an array pointing to the 'domain' structures for each protocol address domain (protocol family), and the methods this reached would be called. The methods would have an argument that gives FIB number, but the protocol would be free to ignore it. When the ABI can be changed it raises the possibilty of the addition of a fib entry into the "struct route". Currently, the structure contains the sockaddr of the desination, and the resulting fib entry. To make this work fully, one could add a fib number so that given an address and a fib, one can find the third element, the fib entry. Interaction with the ARP layer/ LL layer would need to be revisited as well. Qing Li has been working on this already. This work was sponsored by Ironport Systems/Cisco Reviewed by: several including rwatson, bz and mlair (parts each) Obtained from: Ironport systems/Cisco
2008-05-09 23:03:00 +00:00
}
void
rtredirect_fib(struct sockaddr *dst,
struct sockaddr *gateway,
struct sockaddr *netmask,
int flags,
struct sockaddr *src,
u_int fibnum)
BSD 4.4 Lite Kernel Sources
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
{
add interface for allowing consumers to register for ARP updates, redirects, and path MTU changes Reviewed by: silby
2007-12-12 20:53:25 +00:00
struct rtentry *rt, *rt0 = NULL;
BSD 4.4 Lite Kernel Sources
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
int error = 0;
Fix the initial check for NULL arguments in rtfree (previously it checked for rt == NULL after dereferencing the pointer). We never check for those events elsewhere, so probably these checks might go away here as well. Slightly simplify (and document) the logic for memory allocation in rt_setgate(). The rest is mostly style changes -- replace 0 with NULL where appropriate, remove the macro SA() that was only used once, remove some useless debugging code in rt_fixchange, explain some odd-looking casts.
2004-04-20 07:04:47 +00:00
short *stat = NULL;
BSD 4.4 Lite Kernel Sources
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
struct rt_addrinfo info;
struct ifaddr *ifa;
Convert the two dimensional array to be malloced and introduce an accessor function to get the correct rnh pointer back. Update netstat to get the correct pointer using kvm_read() as well. This not only fixes the ABI problem depending on the kernel option but also permits the tunable to overwrite the kernel option at boot time up to MAXFIBS, enlarging the number of FIBs without having to recompile. So people could just use GENERIC now. Reviewed by: julian, rwatson, zec X-MFC: not possible
2009-06-01 15:49:42 +00:00
struct radix_node_head *rnh;
Modify most routines returning 'struct ifaddr *' to return references rather than pointers, requiring callers to properly dispose of those references. The following routines now return references: ifaddr_byindex ifa_ifwithaddr ifa_ifwithbroadaddr ifa_ifwithdstaddr ifa_ifwithnet ifaof_ifpforaddr ifa_ifwithroute ifa_ifwithroute_fib rt_getifa rt_getifa_fib IFP_TO_IA ip_rtaddr in6_ifawithifp in6ifa_ifpforlinklocal in6ifa_ifpwithaddr in6_ifadd carp_iamatch6 ip6_getdstifaddr Remove unused macro which didn't have required referencing: IFP_TO_IA6 This closes many small races in which changes to interface or address lists while an ifaddr was in use could lead to use of freed memory (etc). In a few cases, add missing if_addr_list locking required to safely acquire references. Because of a lack of deep copying support, we accept a race in which an in6_ifaddr pointed to by mbuf tags and extracted with ip6_getdstifaddr() doesn't hold a reference while in transmit. Once we have mbuf tag deep copy support, this can be fixed. Reviewed by: bz Obtained from: Apple, Inc. (portions) MFC after: 6 weeks (portions)
2009-06-23 20:19:09 +00:00
ifa = NULL;
Convert the two dimensional array to be malloced and introduce an accessor function to get the correct rnh pointer back. Update netstat to get the correct pointer using kvm_read() as well. This not only fixes the ABI problem depending on the kernel option but also permits the tunable to overwrite the kernel option at boot time up to MAXFIBS, enlarging the number of FIBs without having to recompile. So people could just use GENERIC now. Reviewed by: julian, rwatson, zec X-MFC: not possible
2009-06-01 15:49:42 +00:00
rnh = rt_tables_get_rnh(fibnum, dst->sa_family);
if (rnh == NULL) {
error = EAFNOSUPPORT;
goto out;
}
BSD 4.4 Lite Kernel Sources
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
/* verify the gateway is directly reachable */
Revisions 264905 and 266860 added a "int fib" argument to ifa_ifwithnet and ifa_ifwithdstaddr. For the sake of backwards compatibility, the new arguments were added to new functions named ifa_ifwithnet_fib and ifa_ifwithdstaddr_fib, while the old functions became wrappers around the new ones that passed RT_ALL_FIBS for the fib argument. However, the backwards compatibility is not desired for FreeBSD 11, because there are numerous other incompatible changes to the ifnet(9) API. We therefore decided to remove it from head but leave it in place for stable/9 and stable/10. In addition, this commit adds the fib argument to ifa_ifwithbroadaddr for consistency's sake. sys/sys/param.h Increment __FreeBSD_version sys/net/if.c sys/net/if_var.h sys/net/route.c Add fibnum argument to ifa_ifwithbroadaddr, and remove the _fib versions of ifa_ifwithdstaddr, ifa_ifwithnet, and ifa_ifwithroute. sys/net/route.c sys/net/rtsock.c sys/netinet/in_pcb.c sys/netinet/ip_options.c sys/netinet/ip_output.c sys/netinet6/nd6.c Fixup calls of modified functions. share/man/man9/ifnet.9 Document changed API. CR: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D458 MFC after: Never Sponsored by: Spectra Logic
2014-09-11 20:21:03 +00:00
if ((ifa = ifa_ifwithnet(gateway, 0, fibnum)) == NULL) {
BSD 4.4 Lite Kernel Sources
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
error = ENETUNREACH;
goto out;
}
Add code to allow the system to handle multiple routing tables. This particular implementation is designed to be fully backwards compatible and to be MFC-able to 7.x (and 6.x) Currently the only protocol that can make use of the multiple tables is IPv4 Similar functionality exists in OpenBSD and Linux. From my notes: ----- One thing where FreeBSD has been falling behind, and which by chance I have some time to work on is "policy based routing", which allows different packet streams to be routed by more than just the destination address. Constraints: ------------ I want to make some form of this available in the 6.x tree (and by extension 7.x) , but FreeBSD in general needs it so I might as well do it in -current and back port the portions I need. One of the ways that this can be done is to have the ability to instantiate multiple kernel routing tables (which I will now refer to as "Forwarding Information Bases" or "FIBs" for political correctness reasons). Which FIB a particular packet uses to make the next hop decision can be decided by a number of mechanisms. The policies these mechanisms implement are the "Policies" referred to in "Policy based routing". One of the constraints I have if I try to back port this work to 6.x is that it must be implemented as a EXTENSION to the existing ABIs in 6.x so that third party applications do not need to be recompiled in timespan of the branch. This first version will not have some of the bells and whistles that will come with later versions. It will, for example, be limited to 16 tables in the first commit. Implementation method, Compatible version. (part 1) ------------------------------- For this reason I have implemented a "sufficient subset" of a multiple routing table solution in Perforce, and back-ported it to 6.x. (also in Perforce though not always caught up with what I have done in -current/P4). The subset allows a number of FIBs to be defined at compile time (8 is sufficient for my purposes in 6.x) and implements the changes needed to allow IPV4 to use them. I have not done the changes for ipv6 simply because I do not need it, and I do not have enough knowledge of ipv6 (e.g. neighbor discovery) needed to do it. Other protocol families are left untouched and should there be users with proprietary protocol families, they should continue to work and be oblivious to the existence of the extra FIBs. To understand how this is done, one must know that the current FIB code starts everything off with a single dimensional array of pointers to FIB head structures (One per protocol family), each of which in turn points to the trie of routes available to that family. The basic change in the ABI compatible version of the change is to extent that array to be a 2 dimensional array, so that instead of protocol family X looking at rt_tables[X] for the table it needs, it looks at rt_tables[Y][X] when for all protocol families except ipv4 Y is always 0. Code that is unaware of the change always just sees the first row of the table, which of course looks just like the one dimensional array that existed before. The entry points rtrequest(), rtalloc(), rtalloc1(), rtalloc_ign() are all maintained, but refer only to the first row of the array, so that existing callers in proprietary protocols can continue to do the "right thing". Some new entry points are added, for the exclusive use of ipv4 code called in_rtrequest(), in_rtalloc(), in_rtalloc1() and in_rtalloc_ign(), which have an extra argument which refers the code to the correct row. In addition, there are some new entry points (currently called rtalloc_fib() and friends) that check the Address family being looked up and call either rtalloc() (and friends) if the protocol is not IPv4 forcing the action to row 0 or to the appropriate row if it IS IPv4 (and that info is available). These are for calling from code that is not specific to any particular protocol. The way these are implemented would change in the non ABI preserving code to be added later. One feature of the first version of the code is that for ipv4, the interface routes show up automatically on all the FIBs, so that no matter what FIB you select you always have the basic direct attached hosts available to you. (rtinit() does this automatically). You CAN delete an interface route from one FIB should you want to but by default it's there. ARP information is also available in each FIB. It's assumed that the same machine would have the same MAC address, regardless of which FIB you are using to get to it. This brings us as to how the correct FIB is selected for an outgoing IPV4 packet. Firstly, all packets have a FIB associated with them. if nothing has been done to change it, it will be FIB 0. The FIB is changed in the following ways. Packets fall into one of a number of classes. 1/ locally generated packets, coming from a socket/PCB. Such packets select a FIB from a number associated with the socket/PCB. This in turn is inherited from the process, but can be changed by a socket option. The process in turn inherits it on fork. I have written a utility call setfib that acts a bit like nice.. setfib -3 ping target.example.com # will use fib 3 for ping. It is an obvious extension to make it a property of a jail but I have not done so. It can be achieved by combining the setfib and jail commands. 2/ packets received on an interface for forwarding. By default these packets would use table 0, (or possibly a number settable in a sysctl(not yet)). but prior to routing the firewall can inspect them (see below). (possibly in the future you may be able to associate a FIB with packets received on an interface.. An ifconfig arg, but not yet.) 3/ packets inspected by a packet classifier, which can arbitrarily associate a fib with it on a packet by packet basis. A fib assigned to a packet by a packet classifier (such as ipfw) would over-ride a fib associated by a more default source. (such as cases 1 or 2). 4/ a tcp listen socket associated with a fib will generate accept sockets that are associated with that same fib. 5/ Packets generated in response to some other packet (e.g. reset or icmp packets). These should use the FIB associated with the packet being reponded to. 6/ Packets generated during encapsulation. gif, tun and other tunnel interfaces will encapsulate using the FIB that was in effect withthe proces that set up the tunnel. thus setfib 1 ifconfig gif0 [tunnel instructions] will set the fib for the tunnel to use to be fib 1. Routing messages would be associated with their process, and thus select one FIB or another. messages from the kernel would be associated with the fib they refer to and would only be received by a routing socket associated with that fib. (not yet implemented) In addition Netstat has been edited to be able to cope with the fact that the array is now 2 dimensional. (It looks in system memory using libkvm (!)). Old versions of netstat see only the first FIB. In addition two sysctls are added to give: a) the number of FIBs compiled in (active) b) the default FIB of the calling process. Early testing experience: ------------------------- Basically our (IronPort's) appliance does this functionality already using ipfw fwd but that method has some drawbacks. For example, It can't fully simulate a routing table because it can't influence the socket's choice of local address when a connect() is done. Testing during the generating of these changes has been remarkably smooth so far. Multiple tables have co-existed with no notable side effects, and packets have been routes accordingly. ipfw has grown 2 new keywords: setfib N ip from anay to any count ip from any to any fib N In pf there seems to be a requirement to be able to give symbolic names to the fibs but I do not have that capacity. I am not sure if it is required. SCTP has interestingly enough built in support for this, called VRFs in Cisco parlance. it will be interesting to see how that handles it when it suddenly actually does something. Where to next: -------------------- After committing the ABI compatible version and MFCing it, I'd like to proceed in a forward direction in -current. this will result in some roto-tilling in the routing code. Firstly: the current code's idea of having a separate tree per protocol family, all of the same format, and pointed to by the 1 dimensional array is a bit silly. Especially when one considers that there is code that makes assumptions about every protocol having the same internal structures there. Some protocols don't WANT that sort of structure. (for example the whole idea of a netmask is foreign to appletalk). This needs to be made opaque to the external code. My suggested first change is to add routing method pointers to the 'domain' structure, along with information pointing the data. instead of having an array of pointers to uniform structures, there would be an array pointing to the 'domain' structures for each protocol address domain (protocol family), and the methods this reached would be called. The methods would have an argument that gives FIB number, but the protocol would be free to ignore it. When the ABI can be changed it raises the possibilty of the addition of a fib entry into the "struct route". Currently, the structure contains the sockaddr of the desination, and the resulting fib entry. To make this work fully, one could add a fib number so that given an address and a fib, one can find the third element, the fib entry. Interaction with the ARP layer/ LL layer would need to be revisited as well. Qing Li has been working on this already. This work was sponsored by Ironport Systems/Cisco Reviewed by: several including rwatson, bz and mlair (parts each) Obtained from: Ironport systems/Cisco
2008-05-09 23:03:00 +00:00
rt = rtalloc1_fib(dst, 0, 0UL, fibnum); /* NB: rt is locked */
BSD 4.4 Lite Kernel Sources
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
/*
* If the redirect isn't from our current router for this dst,
* it's either old or wrong. If it redirects us to ourselves,
* we have a routing loop, perhaps as a result of an interface
* going down recently.
*/
Fix the handling of IPv6 On-Link Redirects. On receipt of a redirect message, install an interface route for the redirected destination. On removal of the corresponding Neighbor Cache entry, remove the interface route. This requires changes in rtredirect_fib() to cope with an AF_LINK address for the gateway and with the absence of RTF_GATEWAY. This fixes the "Redirected On-Link" test cases in the Tahi IPv6 Ready Logo Phase 2 test suite. Unrelated to the above, fix a recursion on the radix node head lock triggered by the Tahi Redirected to Alternate Router test cases. When I first wrote this patch in October 2012, all Section 2 (Neighbor Discovery) test cases passed on 10-CURRENT, 9-STABLE, and 8-STABLE. cem@ recently rebased the 10.x patch onto head and reported that it passes Tahi. (Thanks!) These other test cases also passed in 2012: * the RTF_MODIFIED case, with IPv4 and IPv6 (using a RTF_HOST|RTF_GATEWAY route for the destination) * the redirected-to-self case, with IPv4 and IPv6 * a valid IPv4 redirect All testing in 2012 was done with WITNESS and INVARIANTS. Tested by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division via Conrad Meyer (cem) in 2015, Mark Kelley <mark_kelley@dell.com> in 2012, TC Telkamp <terence_telkamp@dell.com> in 2012 PR: 152791 Reviewed by: melifaro (current rev), bz (earlier rev) Approved by: kib (mentor) MFC after: 1 month Relnotes: yes Sponsored by: Dell Inc. Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D3602
2015-09-14 19:17:25 +00:00
if (!(flags & RTF_DONE) && rt) {
if (!sa_equal(src, rt->rt_gateway)) {
error = EINVAL;
goto done;
}
if (rt->rt_ifa != ifa && ifa->ifa_addr->sa_family != AF_LINK) {
error = EINVAL;
goto done;
}
}
if ((flags & RTF_GATEWAY) && ifa_ifwithaddr_check(gateway)) {
BSD 4.4 Lite Kernel Sources
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
error = EHOSTUNREACH;
goto done;
Fix the handling of IPv6 On-Link Redirects. On receipt of a redirect message, install an interface route for the redirected destination. On removal of the corresponding Neighbor Cache entry, remove the interface route. This requires changes in rtredirect_fib() to cope with an AF_LINK address for the gateway and with the absence of RTF_GATEWAY. This fixes the "Redirected On-Link" test cases in the Tahi IPv6 Ready Logo Phase 2 test suite. Unrelated to the above, fix a recursion on the radix node head lock triggered by the Tahi Redirected to Alternate Router test cases. When I first wrote this patch in October 2012, all Section 2 (Neighbor Discovery) test cases passed on 10-CURRENT, 9-STABLE, and 8-STABLE. cem@ recently rebased the 10.x patch onto head and reported that it passes Tahi. (Thanks!) These other test cases also passed in 2012: * the RTF_MODIFIED case, with IPv4 and IPv6 (using a RTF_HOST|RTF_GATEWAY route for the destination) * the redirected-to-self case, with IPv4 and IPv6 * a valid IPv4 redirect All testing in 2012 was done with WITNESS and INVARIANTS. Tested by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division via Conrad Meyer (cem) in 2015, Mark Kelley <mark_kelley@dell.com> in 2012, TC Telkamp <terence_telkamp@dell.com> in 2012 PR: 152791 Reviewed by: melifaro (current rev), bz (earlier rev) Approved by: kib (mentor) MFC after: 1 month Relnotes: yes Sponsored by: Dell Inc. Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D3602
2015-09-14 19:17:25 +00:00
}
BSD 4.4 Lite Kernel Sources
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
/*
* Create a new entry if we just got back a wildcard entry
Fix typos - remove duplicate "the". PR: bin/154928 Submitted by: Eitan Adler <lists at eitanadler.com> MFC after: 3 days
2011-02-21 09:01:34 +00:00
* or the lookup failed. This is necessary for hosts
BSD 4.4 Lite Kernel Sources
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
* which use routing redirects generated by smart gateways
* to dynamically build the routing tables.
*/
Fix the initial check for NULL arguments in rtfree (previously it checked for rt == NULL after dereferencing the pointer). We never check for those events elsewhere, so probably these checks might go away here as well. Slightly simplify (and document) the logic for memory allocation in rt_setgate(). The rest is mostly style changes -- replace 0 with NULL where appropriate, remove the macro SA() that was only used once, remove some useless debugging code in rt_fixchange, explain some odd-looking casts.
2004-04-20 07:04:47 +00:00
if (rt == NULL || (rt_mask(rt) && rt_mask(rt)->sa_len < 2))
BSD 4.4 Lite Kernel Sources
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
goto create;
/*
* Don't listen to the redirect if it's
Remove trailing whitespace.
1995-05-30 08:16:23 +00:00
* for a route to an interface.
BSD 4.4 Lite Kernel Sources
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
*/
if (rt->rt_flags & RTF_GATEWAY) {
if (((rt->rt_flags & RTF_HOST) == 0) && (flags & RTF_HOST)) {
/*
* Changing from route to net => route to host.
* Create new route, rather than smashing route to net.
*/
create:
add interface for allowing consumers to register for ARP updates, redirects, and path MTU changes Reviewed by: silby
2007-12-12 20:53:25 +00:00
rt0 = rt;
rt = NULL;
Fix the handling of IPv6 On-Link Redirects. On receipt of a redirect message, install an interface route for the redirected destination. On removal of the corresponding Neighbor Cache entry, remove the interface route. This requires changes in rtredirect_fib() to cope with an AF_LINK address for the gateway and with the absence of RTF_GATEWAY. This fixes the "Redirected On-Link" test cases in the Tahi IPv6 Ready Logo Phase 2 test suite. Unrelated to the above, fix a recursion on the radix node head lock triggered by the Tahi Redirected to Alternate Router test cases. When I first wrote this patch in October 2012, all Section 2 (Neighbor Discovery) test cases passed on 10-CURRENT, 9-STABLE, and 8-STABLE. cem@ recently rebased the 10.x patch onto head and reported that it passes Tahi. (Thanks!) These other test cases also passed in 2012: * the RTF_MODIFIED case, with IPv4 and IPv6 (using a RTF_HOST|RTF_GATEWAY route for the destination) * the redirected-to-self case, with IPv4 and IPv6 * a valid IPv4 redirect All testing in 2012 was done with WITNESS and INVARIANTS. Tested by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division via Conrad Meyer (cem) in 2015, Mark Kelley <mark_kelley@dell.com> in 2012, TC Telkamp <terence_telkamp@dell.com> in 2012 PR: 152791 Reviewed by: melifaro (current rev), bz (earlier rev) Approved by: kib (mentor) MFC after: 1 month Relnotes: yes Sponsored by: Dell Inc. Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D3602
2015-09-14 19:17:25 +00:00
flags |= RTF_DYNAMIC;
Pull post-4.4BSD change to sys/net/route.c from BSD/OS 4.2. Have sys/net/route.c:rtrequest1(), which takes ``rt_addrinfo *'' as the argument. Pass rt_addrinfo all the way down to rtrequest1 and ifa->ifa_rtrequest. 3rd argument of ifa->ifa_rtrequest is now ``rt_addrinfo *'' instead of ``sockaddr *'' (almost noone is using it anyways). Benefit: the following command now works. Previously we needed two route(8) invocations, "add" then "change". # route add -inet6 default ::1 -ifp gif0 Remove unsafe typecast in rtrequest(), from ``rtentry *'' to ``sockaddr *''. It was introduced by 4.3BSD-Reno and never corrected. Obtained from: BSD/OS, NetBSD MFC after: 1 month PR: kern/28360
2001-10-17 18:07:05 +00:00
bzero((caddr_t)&info, sizeof(info));
info.rti_info[RTAX_DST] = dst;
info.rti_info[RTAX_GATEWAY] = gateway;
info.rti_info[RTAX_NETMASK] = netmask;
info.rti_ifa = ifa;
info.rti_flags = flags;
- convert radix node head lock from mutex to rwlock - make radix node head lock not recursive - fix LOR in rtexpunge - fix LOR in rtredirect Reviewed by: sam
2008-12-07 21:15:43 +00:00
if (rt0 != NULL)
RT_UNLOCK(rt0); /* drop lock to avoid LOR with RNH */
Add code to allow the system to handle multiple routing tables. This particular implementation is designed to be fully backwards compatible and to be MFC-able to 7.x (and 6.x) Currently the only protocol that can make use of the multiple tables is IPv4 Similar functionality exists in OpenBSD and Linux. From my notes: ----- One thing where FreeBSD has been falling behind, and which by chance I have some time to work on is "policy based routing", which allows different packet streams to be routed by more than just the destination address. Constraints: ------------ I want to make some form of this available in the 6.x tree (and by extension 7.x) , but FreeBSD in general needs it so I might as well do it in -current and back port the portions I need. One of the ways that this can be done is to have the ability to instantiate multiple kernel routing tables (which I will now refer to as "Forwarding Information Bases" or "FIBs" for political correctness reasons). Which FIB a particular packet uses to make the next hop decision can be decided by a number of mechanisms. The policies these mechanisms implement are the "Policies" referred to in "Policy based routing". One of the constraints I have if I try to back port this work to 6.x is that it must be implemented as a EXTENSION to the existing ABIs in 6.x so that third party applications do not need to be recompiled in timespan of the branch. This first version will not have some of the bells and whistles that will come with later versions. It will, for example, be limited to 16 tables in the first commit. Implementation method, Compatible version. (part 1) ------------------------------- For this reason I have implemented a "sufficient subset" of a multiple routing table solution in Perforce, and back-ported it to 6.x. (also in Perforce though not always caught up with what I have done in -current/P4). The subset allows a number of FIBs to be defined at compile time (8 is sufficient for my purposes in 6.x) and implements the changes needed to allow IPV4 to use them. I have not done the changes for ipv6 simply because I do not need it, and I do not have enough knowledge of ipv6 (e.g. neighbor discovery) needed to do it. Other protocol families are left untouched and should there be users with proprietary protocol families, they should continue to work and be oblivious to the existence of the extra FIBs. To understand how this is done, one must know that the current FIB code starts everything off with a single dimensional array of pointers to FIB head structures (One per protocol family), each of which in turn points to the trie of routes available to that family. The basic change in the ABI compatible version of the change is to extent that array to be a 2 dimensional array, so that instead of protocol family X looking at rt_tables[X] for the table it needs, it looks at rt_tables[Y][X] when for all protocol families except ipv4 Y is always 0. Code that is unaware of the change always just sees the first row of the table, which of course looks just like the one dimensional array that existed before. The entry points rtrequest(), rtalloc(), rtalloc1(), rtalloc_ign() are all maintained, but refer only to the first row of the array, so that existing callers in proprietary protocols can continue to do the "right thing". Some new entry points are added, for the exclusive use of ipv4 code called in_rtrequest(), in_rtalloc(), in_rtalloc1() and in_rtalloc_ign(), which have an extra argument which refers the code to the correct row. In addition, there are some new entry points (currently called rtalloc_fib() and friends) that check the Address family being looked up and call either rtalloc() (and friends) if the protocol is not IPv4 forcing the action to row 0 or to the appropriate row if it IS IPv4 (and that info is available). These are for calling from code that is not specific to any particular protocol. The way these are implemented would change in the non ABI preserving code to be added later. One feature of the first version of the code is that for ipv4, the interface routes show up automatically on all the FIBs, so that no matter what FIB you select you always have the basic direct attached hosts available to you. (rtinit() does this automatically). You CAN delete an interface route from one FIB should you want to but by default it's there. ARP information is also available in each FIB. It's assumed that the same machine would have the same MAC address, regardless of which FIB you are using to get to it. This brings us as to how the correct FIB is selected for an outgoing IPV4 packet. Firstly, all packets have a FIB associated with them. if nothing has been done to change it, it will be FIB 0. The FIB is changed in the following ways. Packets fall into one of a number of classes. 1/ locally generated packets, coming from a socket/PCB. Such packets select a FIB from a number associated with the socket/PCB. This in turn is inherited from the process, but can be changed by a socket option. The process in turn inherits it on fork. I have written a utility call setfib that acts a bit like nice.. setfib -3 ping target.example.com # will use fib 3 for ping. It is an obvious extension to make it a property of a jail but I have not done so. It can be achieved by combining the setfib and jail commands. 2/ packets received on an interface for forwarding. By default these packets would use table 0, (or possibly a number settable in a sysctl(not yet)). but prior to routing the firewall can inspect them (see below). (possibly in the future you may be able to associate a FIB with packets received on an interface.. An ifconfig arg, but not yet.) 3/ packets inspected by a packet classifier, which can arbitrarily associate a fib with it on a packet by packet basis. A fib assigned to a packet by a packet classifier (such as ipfw) would over-ride a fib associated by a more default source. (such as cases 1 or 2). 4/ a tcp listen socket associated with a fib will generate accept sockets that are associated with that same fib. 5/ Packets generated in response to some other packet (e.g. reset or icmp packets). These should use the FIB associated with the packet being reponded to. 6/ Packets generated during encapsulation. gif, tun and other tunnel interfaces will encapsulate using the FIB that was in effect withthe proces that set up the tunnel. thus setfib 1 ifconfig gif0 [tunnel instructions] will set the fib for the tunnel to use to be fib 1. Routing messages would be associated with their process, and thus select one FIB or another. messages from the kernel would be associated with the fib they refer to and would only be received by a routing socket associated with that fib. (not yet implemented) In addition Netstat has been edited to be able to cope with the fact that the array is now 2 dimensional. (It looks in system memory using libkvm (!)). Old versions of netstat see only the first FIB. In addition two sysctls are added to give: a) the number of FIBs compiled in (active) b) the default FIB of the calling process. Early testing experience: ------------------------- Basically our (IronPort's) appliance does this functionality already using ipfw fwd but that method has some drawbacks. For example, It can't fully simulate a routing table because it can't influence the socket's choice of local address when a connect() is done. Testing during the generating of these changes has been remarkably smooth so far. Multiple tables have co-existed with no notable side effects, and packets have been routes accordingly. ipfw has grown 2 new keywords: setfib N ip from anay to any count ip from any to any fib N In pf there seems to be a requirement to be able to give symbolic names to the fibs but I do not have that capacity. I am not sure if it is required. SCTP has interestingly enough built in support for this, called VRFs in Cisco parlance. it will be interesting to see how that handles it when it suddenly actually does something. Where to next: -------------------- After committing the ABI compatible version and MFCing it, I'd like to proceed in a forward direction in -current. this will result in some roto-tilling in the routing code. Firstly: the current code's idea of having a separate tree per protocol family, all of the same format, and pointed to by the 1 dimensional array is a bit silly. Especially when one considers that there is code that makes assumptions about every protocol having the same internal structures there. Some protocols don't WANT that sort of structure. (for example the whole idea of a netmask is foreign to appletalk). This needs to be made opaque to the external code. My suggested first change is to add routing method pointers to the 'domain' structure, along with information pointing the data. instead of having an array of pointers to uniform structures, there would be an array pointing to the 'domain' structures for each protocol address domain (protocol family), and the methods this reached would be called. The methods would have an argument that gives FIB number, but the protocol would be free to ignore it. When the ABI can be changed it raises the possibilty of the addition of a fib entry into the "struct route". Currently, the structure contains the sockaddr of the desination, and the resulting fib entry. To make this work fully, one could add a fib number so that given an address and a fib, one can find the third element, the fib entry. Interaction with the ARP layer/ LL layer would need to be revisited as well. Qing Li has been working on this already. This work was sponsored by Ironport Systems/Cisco Reviewed by: several including rwatson, bz and mlair (parts each) Obtained from: Ironport systems/Cisco
2008-05-09 23:03:00 +00:00
error = rtrequest1_fib(RTM_ADD, &info, &rt, fibnum);
Locking for updates to routing table entries. Each rtentry gets a mutex that covers updates to the contents. Note this is separate from holding a reference and/or locking the routing table itself. Other/related changes: o rtredirect loses the final parameter by which an rtentry reference may be returned; this was never used and added unwarranted complexity for locking. o minor style cleanups to routing code (e.g. ansi-fy function decls) o remove the logic to bump the refcnt on the parent of cloned routes, we assume the parent will remain as long as the clone; doing this avoids a circularity in locking during delete o convert some timeouts to MPSAFE callouts Notes: 1. rt_mtx in struct rtentry is guarded by #ifdef _KERNEL as user-level applications cannot/do-no know about mutex's. Doing this requires that the mutex be the last element in the structure. A better solution is to introduce an externalized version of struct rtentry but this is a major task because of the intertwining of rtentry and other data structures that are visible to user applications. 2. There are known LOR's that are expected to go away with forthcoming work to eliminate many held references. If not these will be resolved prior to release. 3. ATM changes are untested. Sponsored by: FreeBSD Foundation Obtained from: BSD/OS (partly)
2003-10-04 03:44:50 +00:00
if (rt != NULL) {
fix typo that caused a panic when processing an ICMP redirect Sponsored by: FreeBSD Foundation
2003-10-05 19:05:53 +00:00
RT_LOCK(rt);
- convert radix node head lock from mutex to rwlock - make radix node head lock not recursive - fix LOR in rtexpunge - fix LOR in rtredirect Reviewed by: sam
2008-12-07 21:15:43 +00:00
if (rt0 != NULL)
EVENTHANDLER_INVOKE(route_redirect_event, rt0, rt, dst);
Pull post-4.4BSD change to sys/net/route.c from BSD/OS 4.2. Have sys/net/route.c:rtrequest1(), which takes ``rt_addrinfo *'' as the argument. Pass rt_addrinfo all the way down to rtrequest1 and ifa->ifa_rtrequest. 3rd argument of ifa->ifa_rtrequest is now ``rt_addrinfo *'' instead of ``sockaddr *'' (almost noone is using it anyways). Benefit: the following command now works. Previously we needed two route(8) invocations, "add" then "change". # route add -inet6 default ::1 -ifp gif0 Remove unsafe typecast in rtrequest(), from ``rtentry *'' to ``sockaddr *''. It was introduced by 4.3BSD-Reno and never corrected. Obtained from: BSD/OS, NetBSD MFC after: 1 month PR: kern/28360
2001-10-17 18:07:05 +00:00
flags = rt->rt_flags;
Locking for updates to routing table entries. Each rtentry gets a mutex that covers updates to the contents. Note this is separate from holding a reference and/or locking the routing table itself. Other/related changes: o rtredirect loses the final parameter by which an rtentry reference may be returned; this was never used and added unwarranted complexity for locking. o minor style cleanups to routing code (e.g. ansi-fy function decls) o remove the logic to bump the refcnt on the parent of cloned routes, we assume the parent will remain as long as the clone; doing this avoids a circularity in locking during delete o convert some timeouts to MPSAFE callouts Notes: 1. rt_mtx in struct rtentry is guarded by #ifdef _KERNEL as user-level applications cannot/do-no know about mutex's. Doing this requires that the mutex be the last element in the structure. A better solution is to introduce an externalized version of struct rtentry but this is a major task because of the intertwining of rtentry and other data structures that are visible to user applications. 2. There are known LOR's that are expected to go away with forthcoming work to eliminate many held references. If not these will be resolved prior to release. 3. ATM changes are untested. Sponsored by: FreeBSD Foundation Obtained from: BSD/OS (partly)
2003-10-04 03:44:50 +00:00
}
- convert radix node head lock from mutex to rwlock - make radix node head lock not recursive - fix LOR in rtexpunge - fix LOR in rtredirect Reviewed by: sam
2008-12-07 21:15:43 +00:00
if (rt0 != NULL)
RTFREE(rt0);
add interface for allowing consumers to register for ARP updates, redirects, and path MTU changes Reviewed by: silby
2007-12-12 20:53:25 +00:00
Commit step 1 of the vimage project, (network stack) virtualization work done by Marko Zec (zec@). This is the first in a series of commits over the course of the next few weeks. Mark all uses of global variables to be virtualized with a V_ prefix. Use macros to map them back to their global names for now, so this is a NOP change only. We hope to have caught at least 85-90% of what is needed so we do not invalidate a lot of outstanding patches again. Obtained from: //depot/projects/vimage-commit2/... Reviewed by: brooks, des, ed, mav, julian, jamie, kris, rwatson, zec, ... (various people I forgot, different versions) md5 (with a bit of help) Sponsored by: NLnet Foundation, The FreeBSD Foundation X-MFC after: never V_Commit_Message_Reviewed_By: more people than the patch
2008-08-17 23:27:27 +00:00
stat = &V_rtstat.rts_dynamic;
BSD 4.4 Lite Kernel Sources
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
} else {
add interface for allowing consumers to register for ARP updates, redirects, and path MTU changes Reviewed by: silby
2007-12-12 20:53:25 +00:00
struct rtentry *gwrt;
BSD 4.4 Lite Kernel Sources
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
/*
* Smash the current notion of the gateway to
* this destination. Should check about netmask!!!
*/
Fix the handling of IPv6 On-Link Redirects. On receipt of a redirect message, install an interface route for the redirected destination. On removal of the corresponding Neighbor Cache entry, remove the interface route. This requires changes in rtredirect_fib() to cope with an AF_LINK address for the gateway and with the absence of RTF_GATEWAY. This fixes the "Redirected On-Link" test cases in the Tahi IPv6 Ready Logo Phase 2 test suite. Unrelated to the above, fix a recursion on the radix node head lock triggered by the Tahi Redirected to Alternate Router test cases. When I first wrote this patch in October 2012, all Section 2 (Neighbor Discovery) test cases passed on 10-CURRENT, 9-STABLE, and 8-STABLE. cem@ recently rebased the 10.x patch onto head and reported that it passes Tahi. (Thanks!) These other test cases also passed in 2012: * the RTF_MODIFIED case, with IPv4 and IPv6 (using a RTF_HOST|RTF_GATEWAY route for the destination) * the redirected-to-self case, with IPv4 and IPv6 * a valid IPv4 redirect All testing in 2012 was done with WITNESS and INVARIANTS. Tested by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division via Conrad Meyer (cem) in 2015, Mark Kelley <mark_kelley@dell.com> in 2012, TC Telkamp <terence_telkamp@dell.com> in 2012 PR: 152791 Reviewed by: melifaro (current rev), bz (earlier rev) Approved by: kib (mentor) MFC after: 1 month Relnotes: yes Sponsored by: Dell Inc. Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D3602
2015-09-14 19:17:25 +00:00
if ((flags & RTF_GATEWAY) == 0)
rt->rt_flags &= ~RTF_GATEWAY;
BSD 4.4 Lite Kernel Sources
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
rt->rt_flags |= RTF_MODIFIED;
flags |= RTF_MODIFIED;
Commit step 1 of the vimage project, (network stack) virtualization work done by Marko Zec (zec@). This is the first in a series of commits over the course of the next few weeks. Mark all uses of global variables to be virtualized with a V_ prefix. Use macros to map them back to their global names for now, so this is a NOP change only. We hope to have caught at least 85-90% of what is needed so we do not invalidate a lot of outstanding patches again. Obtained from: //depot/projects/vimage-commit2/... Reviewed by: brooks, des, ed, mav, julian, jamie, kris, rwatson, zec, ... (various people I forgot, different versions) md5 (with a bit of help) Sponsored by: NLnet Foundation, The FreeBSD Foundation X-MFC after: never V_Commit_Message_Reviewed_By: more people than the patch
2008-08-17 23:27:27 +00:00
stat = &V_rtstat.rts_newgateway;
add a bunch of comments to describe what's going on. This is some of the worst code I've had to wade through in ages and I don't want to have to start from scratch again next time. (I have a 2.2 version of these comments, can I commit them?)
1997-03-05 08:01:28 +00:00
/*
* add the key and gateway (in one malloc'd chunk).
*/
- convert radix node head lock from mutex to rwlock - make radix node head lock not recursive - fix LOR in rtexpunge - fix LOR in rtredirect Reviewed by: sam
2008-12-07 21:15:43 +00:00
RT_UNLOCK(rt);
RADIX_NODE_HEAD_LOCK(rnh);
RT_LOCK(rt);
BSD 4.4 Lite Kernel Sources
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
rt_setgate(rt, rt_key(rt), gateway);
- convert radix node head lock from mutex to rwlock - make radix node head lock not recursive - fix LOR in rtexpunge - fix LOR in rtredirect Reviewed by: sam
2008-12-07 21:15:43 +00:00
gwrt = rtalloc1(gateway, 1, RTF_RNH_LOCKED);
RADIX_NODE_HEAD_UNLOCK(rnh);
widen the routing event interface (arp update, redirect, and eventually pmtu change) into separate functions revert previous commit's changes to arpresolve and add a new interface arpresolve2 which does arp resolution without an mbuf
2007-12-17 07:40:34 +00:00
EVENTHANDLER_INVOKE(route_redirect_event, rt, gwrt, dst);
Fix the handling of IPv6 On-Link Redirects. On receipt of a redirect message, install an interface route for the redirected destination. On removal of the corresponding Neighbor Cache entry, remove the interface route. This requires changes in rtredirect_fib() to cope with an AF_LINK address for the gateway and with the absence of RTF_GATEWAY. This fixes the "Redirected On-Link" test cases in the Tahi IPv6 Ready Logo Phase 2 test suite. Unrelated to the above, fix a recursion on the radix node head lock triggered by the Tahi Redirected to Alternate Router test cases. When I first wrote this patch in October 2012, all Section 2 (Neighbor Discovery) test cases passed on 10-CURRENT, 9-STABLE, and 8-STABLE. cem@ recently rebased the 10.x patch onto head and reported that it passes Tahi. (Thanks!) These other test cases also passed in 2012: * the RTF_MODIFIED case, with IPv4 and IPv6 (using a RTF_HOST|RTF_GATEWAY route for the destination) * the redirected-to-self case, with IPv4 and IPv6 * a valid IPv4 redirect All testing in 2012 was done with WITNESS and INVARIANTS. Tested by: EMC / Isilon Storage Division via Conrad Meyer (cem) in 2015, Mark Kelley <mark_kelley@dell.com> in 2012, TC Telkamp <terence_telkamp@dell.com> in 2012 PR: 152791 Reviewed by: melifaro (current rev), bz (earlier rev) Approved by: kib (mentor) MFC after: 1 month Relnotes: yes Sponsored by: Dell Inc. Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D3602
2015-09-14 19:17:25 +00:00
if (gwrt)
RTFREE_LOCKED(gwrt);
BSD 4.4 Lite Kernel Sources
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
}
} else
error = EHOSTUNREACH;
done:
Locking for updates to routing table entries. Each rtentry gets a mutex that covers updates to the contents. Note this is separate from holding a reference and/or locking the routing table itself. Other/related changes: o rtredirect loses the final parameter by which an rtentry reference may be returned; this was never used and added unwarranted complexity for locking. o minor style cleanups to routing code (e.g. ansi-fy function decls) o remove the logic to bump the refcnt on the parent of cloned routes, we assume the parent will remain as long as the clone; doing this avoids a circularity in locking during delete o convert some timeouts to MPSAFE callouts Notes: 1. rt_mtx in struct rtentry is guarded by #ifdef _KERNEL as user-level applications cannot/do-no know about mutex's. Doing this requires that the mutex be the last element in the structure. A better solution is to introduce an externalized version of struct rtentry but this is a major task because of the intertwining of rtentry and other data structures that are visible to user applications. 2. There are known LOR's that are expected to go away with forthcoming work to eliminate many held references. If not these will be resolved prior to release. 3. ATM changes are untested. Sponsored by: FreeBSD Foundation Obtained from: BSD/OS (partly)
2003-10-04 03:44:50 +00:00
if (rt)
Use RTFREE_LOCKED() instead of rtfree() when releasing a reference on the 'rt' route in rtredirect() as 'rt' is always locked. MFC after: 1 week PR: kern/117913 Submitted by: Stefan Lambrev stefan.lambrev of moneybookers.com
2008-02-13 16:57:58 +00:00
RTFREE_LOCKED(rt);
BSD 4.4 Lite Kernel Sources
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
out:
if (error)
Commit step 1 of the vimage project, (network stack) virtualization work done by Marko Zec (zec@). This is the first in a series of commits over the course of the next few weeks. Mark all uses of global variables to be virtualized with a V_ prefix. Use macros to map them back to their global names for now, so this is a NOP change only. We hope to have caught at least 85-90% of what is needed so we do not invalidate a lot of outstanding patches again. Obtained from: //depot/projects/vimage-commit2/... Reviewed by: brooks, des, ed, mav, julian, jamie, kris, rwatson, zec, ... (various people I forgot, different versions) md5 (with a bit of help) Sponsored by: NLnet Foundation, The FreeBSD Foundation X-MFC after: never V_Commit_Message_Reviewed_By: more people than the patch
2008-08-17 23:27:27 +00:00
V_rtstat.rts_badredirect++;
BSD 4.4 Lite Kernel Sources
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
else if (stat != NULL)
(*stat)++;
bzero((caddr_t)&info, sizeof(info));
info.rti_info[RTAX_DST] = dst;
info.rti_info[RTAX_GATEWAY] = gateway;
info.rti_info[RTAX_NETMASK] = netmask;
info.rti_info[RTAX_AUTHOR] = src;
Pass the fibnum where we need filtering of the message on the rtsock allowing routing daemons to filter routing updates on an rtsock per FIB. Adjust raw_input() and split it into wrapper and a new function taking an optional callback argument even though we only have one consumer [1] to keep the hackish flags local to rtsock.c. PR: kern/134931 Submitted by: multiple (see PR) Suggested by: rwatson [1] Reviewed by: rwatson MFC after: 3 days
2011-09-28 13:48:36 +00:00
rt_missmsg_fib(RTM_REDIRECT, &info, flags, error, fibnum);
Modify most routines returning 'struct ifaddr *' to return references rather than pointers, requiring callers to properly dispose of those references. The following routines now return references: ifaddr_byindex ifa_ifwithaddr ifa_ifwithbroadaddr ifa_ifwithdstaddr ifa_ifwithnet ifaof_ifpforaddr ifa_ifwithroute ifa_ifwithroute_fib rt_getifa rt_getifa_fib IFP_TO_IA ip_rtaddr in6_ifawithifp in6ifa_ifpforlinklocal in6ifa_ifpwithaddr in6_ifadd carp_iamatch6 ip6_getdstifaddr Remove unused macro which didn't have required referencing: IFP_TO_IA6 This closes many small races in which changes to interface or address lists while an ifaddr was in use could lead to use of freed memory (etc). In a few cases, add missing if_addr_list locking required to safely acquire references. Because of a lack of deep copying support, we accept a race in which an in6_ifaddr pointed to by mbuf tags and extracted with ip6_getdstifaddr() doesn't hold a reference while in transmit. Once we have mbuf tag deep copy support, this can be fixed. Reviewed by: bz Obtained from: Apple, Inc. (portions) MFC after: 6 weeks (portions)
2009-06-23 20:19:09 +00:00
if (ifa != NULL)
ifa_free(ifa);
BSD 4.4 Lite Kernel Sources
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
}
Add code to allow the system to handle multiple routing tables. This particular implementation is designed to be fully backwards compatible and to be MFC-able to 7.x (and 6.x) Currently the only protocol that can make use of the multiple tables is IPv4 Similar functionality exists in OpenBSD and Linux. From my notes: ----- One thing where FreeBSD has been falling behind, and which by chance I have some time to work on is "policy based routing", which allows different packet streams to be routed by more than just the destination address. Constraints: ------------ I want to make some form of this available in the 6.x tree (and by extension 7.x) , but FreeBSD in general needs it so I might as well do it in -current and back port the portions I need. One of the ways that this can be done is to have the ability to instantiate multiple kernel routing tables (which I will now refer to as "Forwarding Information Bases" or "FIBs" for political correctness reasons). Which FIB a particular packet uses to make the next hop decision can be decided by a number of mechanisms. The policies these mechanisms implement are the "Policies" referred to in "Policy based routing". One of the constraints I have if I try to back port this work to 6.x is that it must be implemented as a EXTENSION to the existing ABIs in 6.x so that third party applications do not need to be recompiled in timespan of the branch. This first version will not have some of the bells and whistles that will come with later versions. It will, for example, be limited to 16 tables in the first commit. Implementation method, Compatible version. (part 1) ------------------------------- For this reason I have implemented a "sufficient subset" of a multiple routing table solution in Perforce, and back-ported it to 6.x. (also in Perforce though not always caught up with what I have done in -current/P4). The subset allows a number of FIBs to be defined at compile time (8 is sufficient for my purposes in 6.x) and implements the changes needed to allow IPV4 to use them. I have not done the changes for ipv6 simply because I do not need it, and I do not have enough knowledge of ipv6 (e.g. neighbor discovery) needed to do it. Other protocol families are left untouched and should there be users with proprietary protocol families, they should continue to work and be oblivious to the existence of the extra FIBs. To understand how this is done, one must know that the current FIB code starts everything off with a single dimensional array of pointers to FIB head structures (One per protocol family), each of which in turn points to the trie of routes available to that family. The basic change in the ABI compatible version of the change is to extent that array to be a 2 dimensional array, so that instead of protocol family X looking at rt_tables[X] for the table it needs, it looks at rt_tables[Y][X] when for all protocol families except ipv4 Y is always 0. Code that is unaware of the change always just sees the first row of the table, which of course looks just like the one dimensional array that existed before. The entry points rtrequest(), rtalloc(), rtalloc1(), rtalloc_ign() are all maintained, but refer only to the first row of the array, so that existing callers in proprietary protocols can continue to do the "right thing". Some new entry points are added, for the exclusive use of ipv4 code called in_rtrequest(), in_rtalloc(), in_rtalloc1() and in_rtalloc_ign(), which have an extra argument which refers the code to the correct row. In addition, there are some new entry points (currently called rtalloc_fib() and friends) that check the Address family being looked up and call either rtalloc() (and friends) if the protocol is not IPv4 forcing the action to row 0 or to the appropriate row if it IS IPv4 (and that info is available). These are for calling from code that is not specific to any particular protocol. The way these are implemented would change in the non ABI preserving code to be added later. One feature of the first version of the code is that for ipv4, the interface routes show up automatically on all the FIBs, so that no matter what FIB you select you always have the basic direct attached hosts available to you. (rtinit() does this automatically). You CAN delete an interface route from one FIB should you want to but by default it's there. ARP information is also available in each FIB. It's assumed that the same machine would have the same MAC address, regardless of which FIB you are using to get to it. This brings us as to how the correct FIB is selected for an outgoing IPV4 packet. Firstly, all packets have a FIB associated with them. if nothing has been done to change it, it will be FIB 0. The FIB is changed in the following ways. Packets fall into one of a number of classes. 1/ locally generated packets, coming from a socket/PCB. Such packets select a FIB from a number associated with the socket/PCB. This in turn is inherited from the process, but can be changed by a socket option. The process in turn inherits it on fork. I have written a utility call setfib that acts a bit like nice.. setfib -3 ping target.example.com # will use fib 3 for ping. It is an obvious extension to make it a property of a jail but I have not done so. It can be achieved by combining the setfib and jail commands. 2/ packets received on an interface for forwarding. By default these packets would use table 0, (or possibly a number settable in a sysctl(not yet)). but prior to routing the firewall can inspect them (see below). (possibly in the future you may be able to associate a FIB with packets received on an interface.. An ifconfig arg, but not yet.) 3/ packets inspected by a packet classifier, which can arbitrarily associate a fib with it on a packet by packet basis. A fib assigned to a packet by a packet classifier (such as ipfw) would over-ride a fib associated by a more default source. (such as cases 1 or 2). 4/ a tcp listen socket associated with a fib will generate accept sockets that are associated with that same fib. 5/ Packets generated in response to some other packet (e.g. reset or icmp packets). These should use the FIB associated with the packet being reponded to. 6/ Packets generated during encapsulation. gif, tun and other tunnel interfaces will encapsulate using the FIB that was in effect withthe proces that set up the tunnel. thus setfib 1 ifconfig gif0 [tunnel instructions] will set the fib for the tunnel to use to be fib 1. Routing messages would be associated with their process, and thus select one FIB or another. messages from the kernel would be associated with the fib they refer to and would only be received by a routing socket associated with that fib. (not yet implemented) In addition Netstat has been edited to be able to cope with the fact that the array is now 2 dimensional. (It looks in system memory using libkvm (!)). Old versions of netstat see only the first FIB. In addition two sysctls are added to give: a) the number of FIBs compiled in (active) b) the default FIB of the calling process. Early testing experience: ------------------------- Basically our (IronPort's) appliance does this functionality already using ipfw fwd but that method has some drawbacks. For example, It can't fully simulate a routing table because it can't influence the socket's choice of local address when a connect() is done. Testing during the generating of these changes has been remarkably smooth so far. Multiple tables have co-existed with no notable side effects, and packets have been routes accordingly. ipfw has grown 2 new keywords: setfib N ip from anay to any count ip from any to any fib N In pf there seems to be a requirement to be able to give symbolic names to the fibs but I do not have that capacity. I am not sure if it is required. SCTP has interestingly enough built in support for this, called VRFs in Cisco parlance. it will be interesting to see how that handles it when it suddenly actually does something. Where to next: -------------------- After committing the ABI compatible version and MFCing it, I'd like to proceed in a forward direction in -current. this will result in some roto-tilling in the routing code. Firstly: the current code's idea of having a separate tree per protocol family, all of the same format, and pointed to by the 1 dimensional array is a bit silly. Especially when one considers that there is code that makes assumptions about every protocol having the same internal structures there. Some protocols don't WANT that sort of structure. (for example the whole idea of a netmask is foreign to appletalk). This needs to be made opaque to the external code. My suggested first change is to add routing method pointers to the 'domain' structure, along with information pointing the data. instead of having an array of pointers to uniform structures, there would be an array pointing to the 'domain' structures for each protocol address domain (protocol family), and the methods this reached would be called. The methods would have an argument that gives FIB number, but the protocol would be free to ignore it. When the ABI can be changed it raises the possibilty of the addition of a fib entry into the "struct route". Currently, the structure contains the sockaddr of the desination, and the resulting fib entry. To make this work fully, one could add a fib number so that given an address and a fib, one can find the third element, the fib entry. Interaction with the ARP layer/ LL layer would need to be revisited as well. Qing Li has been working on this already. This work was sponsored by Ironport Systems/Cisco Reviewed by: several including rwatson, bz and mlair (parts each) Obtained from: Ironport systems/Cisco
2008-05-09 23:03:00 +00:00
int
rtioctl(u_long req, caddr_t data)
{
Move a comment from rtinit1() to the top of the file where dealing with the (maximum) number of FIBs trying to clarify that evetually FIBs should probably attached to domain(9) specific storage. [1] Add a comment on a limitimation on the rt_add_addr_allfibs option. Use RT_DEFAULT_FIB instead of 0 where applicable. Add empty line to functions without local variables per style. Put public yet unused in-tree function rtinit_fib() under BURN_BRIDGES to indicate that it might go away in the future. No functional change. Discussed with: julian [1] (clarification on what the original one meant) Sponsored by: Cisco Systems, Inc.
2012-02-03 12:25:14 +00:00
return (rtioctl_fib(req, data, RT_DEFAULT_FIB));
Add code to allow the system to handle multiple routing tables. This particular implementation is designed to be fully backwards compatible and to be MFC-able to 7.x (and 6.x) Currently the only protocol that can make use of the multiple tables is IPv4 Similar functionality exists in OpenBSD and Linux. From my notes: ----- One thing where FreeBSD has been falling behind, and which by chance I have some time to work on is "policy based routing", which allows different packet streams to be routed by more than just the destination address. Constraints: ------------ I want to make some form of this available in the 6.x tree (and by extension 7.x) , but FreeBSD in general needs it so I might as well do it in -current and back port the portions I need. One of the ways that this can be done is to have the ability to instantiate multiple kernel routing tables (which I will now refer to as "Forwarding Information Bases" or "FIBs" for political correctness reasons). Which FIB a particular packet uses to make the next hop decision can be decided by a number of mechanisms. The policies these mechanisms implement are the "Policies" referred to in "Policy based routing". One of the constraints I have if I try to back port this work to 6.x is that it must be implemented as a EXTENSION to the existing ABIs in 6.x so that third party applications do not need to be recompiled in timespan of the branch. This first version will not have some of the bells and whistles that will come with later versions. It will, for example, be limited to 16 tables in the first commit. Implementation method, Compatible version. (part 1) ------------------------------- For this reason I have implemented a "sufficient subset" of a multiple routing table solution in Perforce, and back-ported it to 6.x. (also in Perforce though not always caught up with what I have done in -current/P4). The subset allows a number of FIBs to be defined at compile time (8 is sufficient for my purposes in 6.x) and implements the changes needed to allow IPV4 to use them. I have not done the changes for ipv6 simply because I do not need it, and I do not have enough knowledge of ipv6 (e.g. neighbor discovery) needed to do it. Other protocol families are left untouched and should there be users with proprietary protocol families, they should continue to work and be oblivious to the existence of the extra FIBs. To understand how this is done, one must know that the current FIB code starts everything off with a single dimensional array of pointers to FIB head structures (One per protocol family), each of which in turn points to the trie of routes available to that family. The basic change in the ABI compatible version of the change is to extent that array to be a 2 dimensional array, so that instead of protocol family X looking at rt_tables[X] for the table it needs, it looks at rt_tables[Y][X] when for all protocol families except ipv4 Y is always 0. Code that is unaware of the change always just sees the first row of the table, which of course looks just like the one dimensional array that existed before. The entry points rtrequest(), rtalloc(), rtalloc1(), rtalloc_ign() are all maintained, but refer only to the first row of the array, so that existing callers in proprietary protocols can continue to do the "right thing". Some new entry points are added, for the exclusive use of ipv4 code called in_rtrequest(), in_rtalloc(), in_rtalloc1() and in_rtalloc_ign(), which have an extra argument which refers the code to the correct row. In addition, there are some new entry points (currently called rtalloc_fib() and friends) that check the Address family being looked up and call either rtalloc() (and friends) if the protocol is not IPv4 forcing the action to row 0 or to the appropriate row if it IS IPv4 (and that info is available). These are for calling from code that is not specific to any particular protocol. The way these are implemented would change in the non ABI preserving code to be added later. One feature of the first version of the code is that for ipv4, the interface routes show up automatically on all the FIBs, so that no matter what FIB you select you always have the basic direct attached hosts available to you. (rtinit() does this automatically). You CAN delete an interface route from one FIB should you want to but by default it's there. ARP information is also available in each FIB. It's assumed that the same machine would have the same MAC address, regardless of which FIB you are using to get to it. This brings us as to how the correct FIB is selected for an outgoing IPV4 packet. Firstly, all packets have a FIB associated with them. if nothing has been done to change it, it will be FIB 0. The FIB is changed in the following ways. Packets fall into one of a number of classes. 1/ locally generated packets, coming from a socket/PCB. Such packets select a FIB from a number associated with the socket/PCB. This in turn is inherited from the process, but can be changed by a socket option. The process in turn inherits it on fork. I have written a utility call setfib that acts a bit like nice.. setfib -3 ping target.example.com # will use fib 3 for ping. It is an obvious extension to make it a property of a jail but I have not done so. It can be achieved by combining the setfib and jail commands. 2/ packets received on an interface for forwarding. By default these packets would use table 0, (or possibly a number settable in a sysctl(not yet)). but prior to routing the firewall can inspect them (see below). (possibly in the future you may be able to associate a FIB with packets received on an interface.. An ifconfig arg, but not yet.) 3/ packets inspected by a packet classifier, which can arbitrarily associate a fib with it on a packet by packet basis. A fib assigned to a packet by a packet classifier (such as ipfw) would over-ride a fib associated by a more default source. (such as cases 1 or 2). 4/ a tcp listen socket associated with a fib will generate accept sockets that are associated with that same fib. 5/ Packets generated in response to some other packet (e.g. reset or icmp packets). These should use the FIB associated with the packet being reponded to. 6/ Packets generated during encapsulation. gif, tun and other tunnel interfaces will encapsulate using the FIB that was in effect withthe proces that set up the tunnel. thus setfib 1 ifconfig gif0 [tunnel instructions] will set the fib for the tunnel to use to be fib 1. Routing messages would be associated with their process, and thus select one FIB or another. messages from the kernel would be associated with the fib they refer to and would only be received by a routing socket associated with that fib. (not yet implemented) In addition Netstat has been edited to be able to cope with the fact that the array is now 2 dimensional. (It looks in system memory using libkvm (!)). Old versions of netstat see only the first FIB. In addition two sysctls are added to give: a) the number of FIBs compiled in (active) b) the default FIB of the calling process. Early testing experience: ------------------------- Basically our (IronPort's) appliance does this functionality already using ipfw fwd but that method has some drawbacks. For example, It can't fully simulate a routing table because it can't influence the socket's choice of local address when a connect() is done. Testing during the generating of these changes has been remarkably smooth so far. Multiple tables have co-existed with no notable side effects, and packets have been routes accordingly. ipfw has grown 2 new keywords: setfib N ip from anay to any count ip from any to any fib N In pf there seems to be a requirement to be able to give symbolic names to the fibs but I do not have that capacity. I am not sure if it is required. SCTP has interestingly enough built in support for this, called VRFs in Cisco parlance. it will be interesting to see how that handles it when it suddenly actually does something. Where to next: -------------------- After committing the ABI compatible version and MFCing it, I'd like to proceed in a forward direction in -current. this will result in some roto-tilling in the routing code. Firstly: the current code's idea of having a separate tree per protocol family, all of the same format, and pointed to by the 1 dimensional array is a bit silly. Especially when one considers that there is code that makes assumptions about every protocol having the same internal structures there. Some protocols don't WANT that sort of structure. (for example the whole idea of a netmask is foreign to appletalk). This needs to be made opaque to the external code. My suggested first change is to add routing method pointers to the 'domain' structure, along with information pointing the data. instead of having an array of pointers to uniform structures, there would be an array pointing to the 'domain' structures for each protocol address domain (protocol family), and the methods this reached would be called. The methods would have an argument that gives FIB number, but the protocol would be free to ignore it. When the ABI can be changed it raises the possibilty of the addition of a fib entry into the "struct route". Currently, the structure contains the sockaddr of the desination, and the resulting fib entry. To make this work fully, one could add a fib number so that given an address and a fib, one can find the third element, the fib entry. Interaction with the ARP layer/ LL layer would need to be revisited as well. Qing Li has been working on this already. This work was sponsored by Ironport Systems/Cisco Reviewed by: several including rwatson, bz and mlair (parts each) Obtained from: Ironport systems/Cisco
2008-05-09 23:03:00 +00:00
}
BSD 4.4 Lite Kernel Sources
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
/*
Lock up ifaddr reference counts.
2002-12-18 11:46:59 +00:00
* Routing table ioctl interface.
*/
BSD 4.4 Lite Kernel Sources
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
int
Add code to allow the system to handle multiple routing tables. This particular implementation is designed to be fully backwards compatible and to be MFC-able to 7.x (and 6.x) Currently the only protocol that can make use of the multiple tables is IPv4 Similar functionality exists in OpenBSD and Linux. From my notes: ----- One thing where FreeBSD has been falling behind, and which by chance I have some time to work on is "policy based routing", which allows different packet streams to be routed by more than just the destination address. Constraints: ------------ I want to make some form of this available in the 6.x tree (and by extension 7.x) , but FreeBSD in general needs it so I might as well do it in -current and back port the portions I need. One of the ways that this can be done is to have the ability to instantiate multiple kernel routing tables (which I will now refer to as "Forwarding Information Bases" or "FIBs" for political correctness reasons). Which FIB a particular packet uses to make the next hop decision can be decided by a number of mechanisms. The policies these mechanisms implement are the "Policies" referred to in "Policy based routing". One of the constraints I have if I try to back port this work to 6.x is that it must be implemented as a EXTENSION to the existing ABIs in 6.x so that third party applications do not need to be recompiled in timespan of the branch. This first version will not have some of the bells and whistles that will come with later versions. It will, for example, be limited to 16 tables in the first commit. Implementation method, Compatible version. (part 1) ------------------------------- For this reason I have implemented a "sufficient subset" of a multiple routing table solution in Perforce, and back-ported it to 6.x. (also in Perforce though not always caught up with what I have done in -current/P4). The subset allows a number of FIBs to be defined at compile time (8 is sufficient for my purposes in 6.x) and implements the changes needed to allow IPV4 to use them. I have not done the changes for ipv6 simply because I do not need it, and I do not have enough knowledge of ipv6 (e.g. neighbor discovery) needed to do it. Other protocol families are left untouched and should there be users with proprietary protocol families, they should continue to work and be oblivious to the existence of the extra FIBs. To understand how this is done, one must know that the current FIB code starts everything off with a single dimensional array of pointers to FIB head structures (One per protocol family), each of which in turn points to the trie of routes available to that family. The basic change in the ABI compatible version of the change is to extent that array to be a 2 dimensional array, so that instead of protocol family X looking at rt_tables[X] for the table it needs, it looks at rt_tables[Y][X] when for all protocol families except ipv4 Y is always 0. Code that is unaware of the change always just sees the first row of the table, which of course looks just like the one dimensional array that existed before. The entry points rtrequest(), rtalloc(), rtalloc1(), rtalloc_ign() are all maintained, but refer only to the first row of the array, so that existing callers in proprietary protocols can continue to do the "right thing". Some new entry points are added, for the exclusive use of ipv4 code called in_rtrequest(), in_rtalloc(), in_rtalloc1() and in_rtalloc_ign(), which have an extra argument which refers the code to the correct row. In addition, there are some new entry points (currently called rtalloc_fib() and friends) that check the Address family being looked up and call either rtalloc() (and friends) if the protocol is not IPv4 forcing the action to row 0 or to the appropriate row if it IS IPv4 (and that info is available). These are for calling from code that is not specific to any particular protocol. The way these are implemented would change in the non ABI preserving code to be added later. One feature of the first version of the code is that for ipv4, the interface routes show up automatically on all the FIBs, so that no matter what FIB you select you always have the basic direct attached hosts available to you. (rtinit() does this automatically). You CAN delete an interface route from one FIB should you want to but by default it's there. ARP information is also available in each FIB. It's assumed that the same machine would have the same MAC address, regardless of which FIB you are using to get to it. This brings us as to how the correct FIB is selected for an outgoing IPV4 packet. Firstly, all packets have a FIB associated with them. if nothing has been done to change it, it will be FIB 0. The FIB is changed in the following ways. Packets fall into one of a number of classes. 1/ locally generated packets, coming from a socket/PCB. Such packets select a FIB from a number associated with the socket/PCB. This in turn is inherited from the process, but can be changed by a socket option. The process in turn inherits it on fork. I have written a utility call setfib that acts a bit like nice.. setfib -3 ping target.example.com # will use fib 3 for ping. It is an obvious extension to make it a property of a jail but I have not done so. It can be achieved by combining the setfib and jail commands. 2/ packets received on an interface for forwarding. By default these packets would use table 0, (or possibly a number settable in a sysctl(not yet)). but prior to routing the firewall can inspect them (see below). (possibly in the future you may be able to associate a FIB with packets received on an interface.. An ifconfig arg, but not yet.) 3/ packets inspected by a packet classifier, which can arbitrarily associate a fib with it on a packet by packet basis. A fib assigned to a packet by a packet classifier (such as ipfw) would over-ride a fib associated by a more default source. (such as cases 1 or 2). 4/ a tcp listen socket associated with a fib will generate accept sockets that are associated with that same fib. 5/ Packets generated in response to some other packet (e.g. reset or icmp packets). These should use the FIB associated with the packet being reponded to. 6/ Packets generated during encapsulation. gif, tun and other tunnel interfaces will encapsulate using the FIB that was in effect withthe proces that set up the tunnel. thus setfib 1 ifconfig gif0 [tunnel instructions] will set the fib for the tunnel to use to be fib 1. Routing messages would be associated with their process, and thus select one FIB or another. messages from the kernel would be associated with the fib they refer to and would only be received by a routing socket associated with that fib. (not yet implemented) In addition Netstat has been edited to be able to cope with the fact that the array is now 2 dimensional. (It looks in system memory using libkvm (!)). Old versions of netstat see only the first FIB. In addition two sysctls are added to give: a) the number of FIBs compiled in (active) b) the default FIB of the calling process. Early testing experience: ------------------------- Basically our (IronPort's) appliance does this functionality already using ipfw fwd but that method has some drawbacks. For example, It can't fully simulate a routing table because it can't influence the socket's choice of local address when a connect() is done. Testing during the generating of these changes has been remarkably smooth so far. Multiple tables have co-existed with no notable side effects, and packets have been routes accordingly. ipfw has grown 2 new keywords: setfib N ip from anay to any count ip from any to any fib N In pf there seems to be a requirement to be able to give symbolic names to the fibs but I do not have that capacity. I am not sure if it is required. SCTP has interestingly enough built in support for this, called VRFs in Cisco parlance. it will be interesting to see how that handles it when it suddenly actually does something. Where to next: -------------------- After committing the ABI compatible version and MFCing it, I'd like to proceed in a forward direction in -current. this will result in some roto-tilling in the routing code. Firstly: the current code's idea of having a separate tree per protocol family, all of the same format, and pointed to by the 1 dimensional array is a bit silly. Especially when one considers that there is code that makes assumptions about every protocol having the same internal structures there. Some protocols don't WANT that sort of structure. (for example the whole idea of a netmask is foreign to appletalk). This needs to be made opaque to the external code. My suggested first change is to add routing method pointers to the 'domain' structure, along with information pointing the data. instead of having an array of pointers to uniform structures, there would be an array pointing to the 'domain' structures for each protocol address domain (protocol family), and the methods this reached would be called. The methods would have an argument that gives FIB number, but the protocol would be free to ignore it. When the ABI can be changed it raises the possibilty of the addition of a fib entry into the "struct route". Currently, the structure contains the sockaddr of the desination, and the resulting fib entry. To make this work fully, one could add a fib number so that given an address and a fib, one can find the third element, the fib entry. Interaction with the ARP layer/ LL layer would need to be revisited as well. Qing Li has been working on this already. This work was sponsored by Ironport Systems/Cisco Reviewed by: several including rwatson, bz and mlair (parts each) Obtained from: Ironport systems/Cisco
2008-05-09 23:03:00 +00:00
rtioctl_fib(u_long req, caddr_t data, u_int fibnum)
BSD 4.4 Lite Kernel Sources
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
{
When a prison is given the ability to create raw sockets (when the security.jail.allow_raw_sockets sysctl MIB is set to 1) where privileged access to jails is given out, it is possible for prison root to manipulate various network parameters which effect the host environment. This commit plugs a number of security holes associated with the use of raw sockets and prisons. This commit makes the following changes: - Add a comment to rtioctl warning developers that if they add any ioctl commands, they should use super-user checks where necessary, as it is possible for PRISON root to make it this far in execution. - Add super-user checks for the execution of the SIOCGETVIFCNT and SIOCGETSGCNT IP multicast ioctl commands. - Add a super-user check to rip_ctloutput(). If the calling cred is PRISON root, make sure the socket option name is IP_HDRINCL, otherwise deny the request. Although this patch corrects a number of security problems associated with raw sockets and prisons, the warning in jail(8) should still apply, and by default we should keep the default value of security.jail.allow_raw_sockets MIB to 0 (or disabled) until we are certain that we have tracked down all the problems. Looking forward, we will probably want to eliminate the references to curthread. This may be a MFC candidate for RELENG_5. Reviewed by: rwatson Approved by: bmilekic (mentor)
2004-08-21 17:38:57 +00:00
/*
* If more ioctl commands are added here, make sure the proper
* super-user checks are being performed because it is possible for
* prison-root to make it this far if raw sockets have been enabled
* in jails.
*/
GCC cleanup. Reviewed by: Submitted by: Obtained from:
1994-10-02 17:48:58 +00:00
#ifdef INET
Initial get-the-easy-case-working upgrade of the multicast code to something more recent than the ancient 1.2 release contained in 4.4. This code has the following advantages as compared to previous versions (culled from the README file for the SunOS release): - True multicast delivery - Configurable rate-limiting of forwarded multicast traffic on each physical interface or tunnel, using a token-bucket limiter. - Simplistic classification of packets for prioritized dropping. - Administrative scoping of multicast address ranges. - Faster detection of hosts leaving groups. - Support for multicast traceroute (code not yet available). - Support for RSVP, the Resource Reservation Protocol. What still needs to be done: - The multicast forwarder needs testing. - The multicast routing daemon needs to be ported. - Network interface drivers need to have the `#ifdef MULTICAST' goop ripped out of them. - The IGMP code should probably be bogon-tested. Some notes about the porting process: In some cases, the Berkeley people decided to incorporate functionality from later releases of the multicast code, but then had to do things differently. As a result, if you look at Deering's patches, and then look at our code, it is not always obvious whether the patch even applies. Let the reader beware. I ran ip_mroute.c through several passes of `unifdef' to get rid of useless grot, and to permanently enable the RSVP support, which we will include as standard. Ported by: Garrett Wollman Submitted by: Steve Deering and Ajit Thyagarajan (among others)
1994-09-06 22:42:31 +00:00
/* Multicast goop, grrr... */
Add code to allow the system to handle multiple routing tables. This particular implementation is designed to be fully backwards compatible and to be MFC-able to 7.x (and 6.x) Currently the only protocol that can make use of the multiple tables is IPv4 Similar functionality exists in OpenBSD and Linux. From my notes: ----- One thing where FreeBSD has been falling behind, and which by chance I have some time to work on is "policy based routing", which allows different packet streams to be routed by more than just the destination address. Constraints: ------------ I want to make some form of this available in the 6.x tree (and by extension 7.x) , but FreeBSD in general needs it so I might as well do it in -current and back port the portions I need. One of the ways that this can be done is to have the ability to instantiate multiple kernel routing tables (which I will now refer to as "Forwarding Information Bases" or "FIBs" for political correctness reasons). Which FIB a particular packet uses to make the next hop decision can be decided by a number of mechanisms. The policies these mechanisms implement are the "Policies" referred to in "Policy based routing". One of the constraints I have if I try to back port this work to 6.x is that it must be implemented as a EXTENSION to the existing ABIs in 6.x so that third party applications do not need to be recompiled in timespan of the branch. This first version will not have some of the bells and whistles that will come with later versions. It will, for example, be limited to 16 tables in the first commit. Implementation method, Compatible version. (part 1) ------------------------------- For this reason I have implemented a "sufficient subset" of a multiple routing table solution in Perforce, and back-ported it to 6.x. (also in Perforce though not always caught up with what I have done in -current/P4). The subset allows a number of FIBs to be defined at compile time (8 is sufficient for my purposes in 6.x) and implements the changes needed to allow IPV4 to use them. I have not done the changes for ipv6 simply because I do not need it, and I do not have enough knowledge of ipv6 (e.g. neighbor discovery) needed to do it. Other protocol families are left untouched and should there be users with proprietary protocol families, they should continue to work and be oblivious to the existence of the extra FIBs. To understand how this is done, one must know that the current FIB code starts everything off with a single dimensional array of pointers to FIB head structures (One per protocol family), each of which in turn points to the trie of routes available to that family. The basic change in the ABI compatible version of the change is to extent that array to be a 2 dimensional array, so that instead of protocol family X looking at rt_tables[X] for the table it needs, it looks at rt_tables[Y][X] when for all protocol families except ipv4 Y is always 0. Code that is unaware of the change always just sees the first row of the table, which of course looks just like the one dimensional array that existed before. The entry points rtrequest(), rtalloc(), rtalloc1(), rtalloc_ign() are all maintained, but refer only to the first row of the array, so that existing callers in proprietary protocols can continue to do the "right thing". Some new entry points are added, for the exclusive use of ipv4 code called in_rtrequest(), in_rtalloc(), in_rtalloc1() and in_rtalloc_ign(), which have an extra argument which refers the code to the correct row. In addition, there are some new entry points (currently called rtalloc_fib() and friends) that check the Address family being looked up and call either rtalloc() (and friends) if the protocol is not IPv4 forcing the action to row 0 or to the appropriate row if it IS IPv4 (and that info is available). These are for calling from code that is not specific to any particular protocol. The way these are implemented would change in the non ABI preserving code to be added later. One feature of the first version of the code is that for ipv4, the interface routes show up automatically on all the FIBs, so that no matter what FIB you select you always have the basic direct attached hosts available to you. (rtinit() does this automatically). You CAN delete an interface route from one FIB should you want to but by default it's there. ARP information is also available in each FIB. It's assumed that the same machine would have the same MAC address, regardless of which FIB you are using to get to it. This brings us as to how the correct FIB is selected for an outgoing IPV4 packet. Firstly, all packets have a FIB associated with them. if nothing has been done to change it, it will be FIB 0. The FIB is changed in the following ways. Packets fall into one of a number of classes. 1/ locally generated packets, coming from a socket/PCB. Such packets select a FIB from a number associated with the socket/PCB. This in turn is inherited from the process, but can be changed by a socket option. The process in turn inherits it on fork. I have written a utility call setfib that acts a bit like nice.. setfib -3 ping target.example.com # will use fib 3 for ping. It is an obvious extension to make it a property of a jail but I have not done so. It can be achieved by combining the setfib and jail commands. 2/ packets received on an interface for forwarding. By default these packets would use table 0, (or possibly a number settable in a sysctl(not yet)). but prior to routing the firewall can inspect them (see below). (possibly in the future you may be able to associate a FIB with packets received on an interface.. An ifconfig arg, but not yet.) 3/ packets inspected by a packet classifier, which can arbitrarily associate a fib with it on a packet by packet basis. A fib assigned to a packet by a packet classifier (such as ipfw) would over-ride a fib associated by a more default source. (such as cases 1 or 2). 4/ a tcp listen socket associated with a fib will generate accept sockets that are associated with that same fib. 5/ Packets generated in response to some other packet (e.g. reset or icmp packets). These should use the FIB associated with the packet being reponded to. 6/ Packets generated during encapsulation. gif, tun and other tunnel interfaces will encapsulate using the FIB that was in effect withthe proces that set up the tunnel. thus setfib 1 ifconfig gif0 [tunnel instructions] will set the fib for the tunnel to use to be fib 1. Routing messages would be associated with their process, and thus select one FIB or another. messages from the kernel would be associated with the fib they refer to and would only be received by a routing socket associated with that fib. (not yet implemented) In addition Netstat has been edited to be able to cope with the fact that the array is now 2 dimensional. (It looks in system memory using libkvm (!)). Old versions of netstat see only the first FIB. In addition two sysctls are added to give: a) the number of FIBs compiled in (active) b) the default FIB of the calling process. Early testing experience: ------------------------- Basically our (IronPort's) appliance does this functionality already using ipfw fwd but that method has some drawbacks. For example, It can't fully simulate a routing table because it can't influence the socket's choice of local address when a connect() is done. Testing during the generating of these changes has been remarkably smooth so far. Multiple tables have co-existed with no notable side effects, and packets have been routes accordingly. ipfw has grown 2 new keywords: setfib N ip from anay to any count ip from any to any fib N In pf there seems to be a requirement to be able to give symbolic names to the fibs but I do not have that capacity. I am not sure if it is required. SCTP has interestingly enough built in support for this, called VRFs in Cisco parlance. it will be interesting to see how that handles it when it suddenly actually does something. Where to next: -------------------- After committing the ABI compatible version and MFCing it, I'd like to proceed in a forward direction in -current. this will result in some roto-tilling in the routing code. Firstly: the current code's idea of having a separate tree per protocol family, all of the same format, and pointed to by the 1 dimensional array is a bit silly. Especially when one considers that there is code that makes assumptions about every protocol having the same internal structures there. Some protocols don't WANT that sort of structure. (for example the whole idea of a netmask is foreign to appletalk). This needs to be made opaque to the external code. My suggested first change is to add routing method pointers to the 'domain' structure, along with information pointing the data. instead of having an array of pointers to uniform structures, there would be an array pointing to the 'domain' structures for each protocol address domain (protocol family), and the methods this reached would be called. The methods would have an argument that gives FIB number, but the protocol would be free to ignore it. When the ABI can be changed it raises the possibilty of the addition of a fib entry into the "struct route". Currently, the structure contains the sockaddr of the desination, and the resulting fib entry. To make this work fully, one could add a fib number so that given an address and a fib, one can find the third element, the fib entry. Interaction with the ARP layer/ LL layer would need to be revisited as well. Qing Li has been working on this already. This work was sponsored by Ironport Systems/Cisco Reviewed by: several including rwatson, bz and mlair (parts each) Obtained from: Ironport systems/Cisco
2008-05-09 23:03:00 +00:00
return mrt_ioctl ? mrt_ioctl(req, data, fibnum) : EOPNOTSUPP;
GCC cleanup. Reviewed by: Submitted by: Obtained from:
1994-10-02 17:48:58 +00:00
#else /* INET */
return ENXIO;
#endif /* INET */
BSD 4.4 Lite Kernel Sources
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
}
Add code to allow the system to handle multiple routing tables. This particular implementation is designed to be fully backwards compatible and to be MFC-able to 7.x (and 6.x) Currently the only protocol that can make use of the multiple tables is IPv4 Similar functionality exists in OpenBSD and Linux. From my notes: ----- One thing where FreeBSD has been falling behind, and which by chance I have some time to work on is "policy based routing", which allows different packet streams to be routed by more than just the destination address. Constraints: ------------ I want to make some form of this available in the 6.x tree (and by extension 7.x) , but FreeBSD in general needs it so I might as well do it in -current and back port the portions I need. One of the ways that this can be done is to have the ability to instantiate multiple kernel routing tables (which I will now refer to as "Forwarding Information Bases" or "FIBs" for political correctness reasons). Which FIB a particular packet uses to make the next hop decision can be decided by a number of mechanisms. The policies these mechanisms implement are the "Policies" referred to in "Policy based routing". One of the constraints I have if I try to back port this work to 6.x is that it must be implemented as a EXTENSION to the existing ABIs in 6.x so that third party applications do not need to be recompiled in timespan of the branch. This first version will not have some of the bells and whistles that will come with later versions. It will, for example, be limited to 16 tables in the first commit. Implementation method, Compatible version. (part 1) ------------------------------- For this reason I have implemented a "sufficient subset" of a multiple routing table solution in Perforce, and back-ported it to 6.x. (also in Perforce though not always caught up with what I have done in -current/P4). The subset allows a number of FIBs to be defined at compile time (8 is sufficient for my purposes in 6.x) and implements the changes needed to allow IPV4 to use them. I have not done the changes for ipv6 simply because I do not need it, and I do not have enough knowledge of ipv6 (e.g. neighbor discovery) needed to do it. Other protocol families are left untouched and should there be users with proprietary protocol families, they should continue to work and be oblivious to the existence of the extra FIBs. To understand how this is done, one must know that the current FIB code starts everything off with a single dimensional array of pointers to FIB head structures (One per protocol family), each of which in turn points to the trie of routes available to that family. The basic change in the ABI compatible version of the change is to extent that array to be a 2 dimensional array, so that instead of protocol family X looking at rt_tables[X] for the table it needs, it looks at rt_tables[Y][X] when for all protocol families except ipv4 Y is always 0. Code that is unaware of the change always just sees the first row of the table, which of course looks just like the one dimensional array that existed before. The entry points rtrequest(), rtalloc(), rtalloc1(), rtalloc_ign() are all maintained, but refer only to the first row of the array, so that existing callers in proprietary protocols can continue to do the "right thing". Some new entry points are added, for the exclusive use of ipv4 code called in_rtrequest(), in_rtalloc(), in_rtalloc1() and in_rtalloc_ign(), which have an extra argument which refers the code to the correct row. In addition, there are some new entry points (currently called rtalloc_fib() and friends) that check the Address family being looked up and call either rtalloc() (and friends) if the protocol is not IPv4 forcing the action to row 0 or to the appropriate row if it IS IPv4 (and that info is available). These are for calling from code that is not specific to any particular protocol. The way these are implemented would change in the non ABI preserving code to be added later. One feature of the first version of the code is that for ipv4, the interface routes show up automatically on all the FIBs, so that no matter what FIB you select you always have the basic direct attached hosts available to you. (rtinit() does this automatically). You CAN delete an interface route from one FIB should you want to but by default it's there. ARP information is also available in each FIB. It's assumed that the same machine would have the same MAC address, regardless of which FIB you are using to get to it. This brings us as to how the correct FIB is selected for an outgoing IPV4 packet. Firstly, all packets have a FIB associated with them. if nothing has been done to change it, it will be FIB 0. The FIB is changed in the following ways. Packets fall into one of a number of classes. 1/ locally generated packets, coming from a socket/PCB. Such packets select a FIB from a number associated with the socket/PCB. This in turn is inherited from the process, but can be changed by a socket option. The process in turn inherits it on fork. I have written a utility call setfib that acts a bit like nice.. setfib -3 ping target.example.com # will use fib 3 for ping. It is an obvious extension to make it a property of a jail but I have not done so. It can be achieved by combining the setfib and jail commands. 2/ packets received on an interface for forwarding. By default these packets would use table 0, (or possibly a number settable in a sysctl(not yet)). but prior to routing the firewall can inspect them (see below). (possibly in the future you may be able to associate a FIB with packets received on an interface.. An ifconfig arg, but not yet.) 3/ packets inspected by a packet classifier, which can arbitrarily associate a fib with it on a packet by packet basis. A fib assigned to a packet by a packet classifier (such as ipfw) would over-ride a fib associated by a more default source. (such as cases 1 or 2). 4/ a tcp listen socket associated with a fib will generate accept sockets that are associated with that same fib. 5/ Packets generated in response to some other packet (e.g. reset or icmp packets). These should use the FIB associated with the packet being reponded to. 6/ Packets generated during encapsulation. gif, tun and other tunnel interfaces will encapsulate using the FIB that was in effect withthe proces that set up the tunnel. thus setfib 1 ifconfig gif0 [tunnel instructions] will set the fib for the tunnel to use to be fib 1. Routing messages would be associated with their process, and thus select one FIB or another. messages from the kernel would be associated with the fib they refer to and would only be received by a routing socket associated with that fib. (not yet implemented) In addition Netstat has been edited to be able to cope with the fact that the array is now 2 dimensional. (It looks in system memory using libkvm (!)). Old versions of netstat see only the first FIB. In addition two sysctls are added to give: a) the number of FIBs compiled in (active) b) the default FIB of the calling process. Early testing experience: ------------------------- Basically our (IronPort's) appliance does this functionality already using ipfw fwd but that method has some drawbacks. For example, It can't fully simulate a routing table because it can't influence the socket's choice of local address when a connect() is done. Testing during the generating of these changes has been remarkably smooth so far. Multiple tables have co-existed with no notable side effects, and packets have been routes accordingly. ipfw has grown 2 new keywords: setfib N ip from anay to any count ip from any to any fib N In pf there seems to be a requirement to be able to give symbolic names to the fibs but I do not have that capacity. I am not sure if it is required. SCTP has interestingly enough built in support for this, called VRFs in Cisco parlance. it will be interesting to see how that handles it when it suddenly actually does something. Where to next: -------------------- After committing the ABI compatible version and MFCing it, I'd like to proceed in a forward direction in -current. this will result in some roto-tilling in the routing code. Firstly: the current code's idea of having a separate tree per protocol family, all of the same format, and pointed to by the 1 dimensional array is a bit silly. Especially when one considers that there is code that makes assumptions about every protocol having the same internal structures there. Some protocols don't WANT that sort of structure. (for example the whole idea of a netmask is foreign to appletalk). This needs to be made opaque to the external code. My suggested first change is to add routing method pointers to the 'domain' structure, along with information pointing the data. instead of having an array of pointers to uniform structures, there would be an array pointing to the 'domain' structures for each protocol address domain (protocol family), and the methods this reached would be called. The methods would have an argument that gives FIB number, but the protocol would be free to ignore it. When the ABI can be changed it raises the possibilty of the addition of a fib entry into the "struct route". Currently, the structure contains the sockaddr of the desination, and the resulting fib entry. To make this work fully, one could add a fib number so that given an address and a fib, one can find the third element, the fib entry. Interaction with the ARP layer/ LL layer would need to be revisited as well. Qing Li has been working on this already. This work was sponsored by Ironport Systems/Cisco Reviewed by: several including rwatson, bz and mlair (parts each) Obtained from: Ironport systems/Cisco
2008-05-09 23:03:00 +00:00
struct ifaddr *
Constantify lookup key in ifa_ifwith* functions. Some places in our network stack already have const arguments (like if_output() routines and LLE functions). Code using ifa_ifwith (and similar functins) along with LLE/_output functions is currently bound to use tricks like __DECONST(). Provide a cleaner way by making sockaddr lookup key really constant. MFC after: 2 weeks Differential Revision: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D3464
2015-09-05 05:33:20 +00:00
ifa_ifwithroute(int flags, const struct sockaddr *dst, struct sockaddr *gateway,
Add code to allow the system to handle multiple routing tables. This particular implementation is designed to be fully backwards compatible and to be MFC-able to 7.x (and 6.x) Currently the only protocol that can make use of the multiple tables is IPv4 Similar functionality exists in OpenBSD and Linux. From my notes: ----- One thing where FreeBSD has been falling behind, and which by chance I have some time to work on is "policy based routing", which allows different packet streams to be routed by more than just the destination address. Constraints: ------------ I want to make some form of this available in the 6.x tree (and by extension 7.x) , but FreeBSD in general needs it so I might as well do it in -current and back port the portions I need. One of the ways that this can be done is to have the ability to instantiate multiple kernel routing tables (which I will now refer to as "Forwarding Information Bases" or "FIBs" for political correctness reasons). Which FIB a particular packet uses to make the next hop decision can be decided by a number of mechanisms. The policies these mechanisms implement are the "Policies" referred to in "Policy based routing". One of the constraints I have if I try to back port this work to 6.x is that it must be implemented as a EXTENSION to the existing ABIs in 6.x so that third party applications do not need to be recompiled in timespan of the branch. This first version will not have some of the bells and whistles that will come with later versions. It will, for example, be limited to 16 tables in the first commit. Implementation method, Compatible version. (part 1) ------------------------------- For this reason I have implemented a "sufficient subset" of a multiple routing table solution in Perforce, and back-ported it to 6.x. (also in Perforce though not always caught up with what I have done in -current/P4). The subset allows a number of FIBs to be defined at compile time (8 is sufficient for my purposes in 6.x) and implements the changes needed to allow IPV4 to use them. I have not done the changes for ipv6 simply because I do not need it, and I do not have enough knowledge of ipv6 (e.g. neighbor discovery) needed to do it. Other protocol families are left untouched and should there be users with proprietary protocol families, they should continue to work and be oblivious to the existence of the extra FIBs. To understand how this is done, one must know that the current FIB code starts everything off with a single dimensional array of pointers to FIB head structures (One per protocol family), each of which in turn points to the trie of routes available to that family. The basic change in the ABI compatible version of the change is to extent that array to be a 2 dimensional array, so that instead of protocol family X looking at rt_tables[X] for the table it needs, it looks at rt_tables[Y][X] when for all protocol families except ipv4 Y is always 0. Code that is unaware of the change always just sees the first row of the table, which of course looks just like the one dimensional array that existed before. The entry points rtrequest(), rtalloc(), rtalloc1(), rtalloc_ign() are all maintained, but refer only to the first row of the array, so that existing callers in proprietary protocols can continue to do the "right thing". Some new entry points are added, for the exclusive use of ipv4 code called in_rtrequest(), in_rtalloc(), in_rtalloc1() and in_rtalloc_ign(), which have an extra argument which refers the code to the correct row. In addition, there are some new entry points (currently called rtalloc_fib() and friends) that check the Address family being looked up and call either rtalloc() (and friends) if the protocol is not IPv4 forcing the action to row 0 or to the appropriate row if it IS IPv4 (and that info is available). These are for calling from code that is not specific to any particular protocol. The way these are implemented would change in the non ABI preserving code to be added later. One feature of the first version of the code is that for ipv4, the interface routes show up automatically on all the FIBs, so that no matter what FIB you select you always have the basic direct attached hosts available to you. (rtinit() does this automatically). You CAN delete an interface route from one FIB should you want to but by default it's there. ARP information is also available in each FIB. It's assumed that the same machine would have the same MAC address, regardless of which FIB you are using to get to it. This brings us as to how the correct FIB is selected for an outgoing IPV4 packet. Firstly, all packets have a FIB associated with them. if nothing has been done to change it, it will be FIB 0. The FIB is changed in the following ways. Packets fall into one of a number of classes. 1/ locally generated packets, coming from a socket/PCB. Such packets select a FIB from a number associated with the socket/PCB. This in turn is inherited from the process, but can be changed by a socket option. The process in turn inherits it on fork. I have written a utility call setfib that acts a bit like nice.. setfib -3 ping target.example.com # will use fib 3 for ping. It is an obvious extension to make it a property of a jail but I have not done so. It can be achieved by combining the setfib and jail commands. 2/ packets received on an interface for forwarding. By default these packets would use table 0, (or possibly a number settable in a sysctl(not yet)). but prior to routing the firewall can inspect them (see below). (possibly in the future you may be able to associate a FIB with packets received on an interface.. An ifconfig arg, but not yet.) 3/ packets inspected by a packet classifier, which can arbitrarily associate a fib with it on a packet by packet basis. A fib assigned to a packet by a packet classifier (such as ipfw) would over-ride a fib associated by a more default source. (such as cases 1 or 2). 4/ a tcp listen socket associated with a fib will generate accept sockets that are associated with that same fib. 5/ Packets generated in response to some other packet (e.g. reset or icmp packets). These should use the FIB associated with the packet being reponded to. 6/ Packets generated during encapsulation. gif, tun and other tunnel interfaces will encapsulate using the FIB that was in effect withthe proces that set up the tunnel. thus setfib 1 ifconfig gif0 [tunnel instructions] will set the fib for the tunnel to use to be fib 1. Routing messages would be associated with their process, and thus select one FIB or another. messages from the kernel would be associated with the fib they refer to and would only be received by a routing socket associated with that fib. (not yet implemented) In addition Netstat has been edited to be able to cope with the fact that the array is now 2 dimensional. (It looks in system memory using libkvm (!)). Old versions of netstat see only the first FIB. In addition two sysctls are added to give: a) the number of FIBs compiled in (active) b) the default FIB of the calling process. Early testing experience: ------------------------- Basically our (IronPort's) appliance does this functionality already using ipfw fwd but that method has some drawbacks. For example, It can't fully simulate a routing table because it can't influence the socket's choice of local address when a connect() is done. Testing during the generating of these changes has been remarkably smooth so far. Multiple tables have co-existed with no notable side effects, and packets have been routes accordingly. ipfw has grown 2 new keywords: setfib N ip from anay to any count ip from any to any fib N In pf there seems to be a requirement to be able to give symbolic names to the fibs but I do not have that capacity. I am not sure if it is required. SCTP has interestingly enough built in support for this, called VRFs in Cisco parlance. it will be interesting to see how that handles it when it suddenly actually does something. Where to next: -------------------- After committing the ABI compatible version and MFCing it, I'd like to proceed in a forward direction in -current. this will result in some roto-tilling in the routing code. Firstly: the current code's idea of having a separate tree per protocol family, all of the same format, and pointed to by the 1 dimensional array is a bit silly. Especially when one considers that there is code that makes assumptions about every protocol having the same internal structures there. Some protocols don't WANT that sort of structure. (for example the whole idea of a netmask is foreign to appletalk). This needs to be made opaque to the external code. My suggested first change is to add routing method pointers to the 'domain' structure, along with information pointing the data. instead of having an array of pointers to uniform structures, there would be an array pointing to the 'domain' structures for each protocol address domain (protocol family), and the methods this reached would be called. The methods would have an argument that gives FIB number, but the protocol would be free to ignore it. When the ABI can be changed it raises the possibilty of the addition of a fib entry into the "struct route". Currently, the structure contains the sockaddr of the desination, and the resulting fib entry. To make this work fully, one could add a fib number so that given an address and a fib, one can find the third element, the fib entry. Interaction with the ARP layer/ LL layer would need to be revisited as well. Qing Li has been working on this already. This work was sponsored by Ironport Systems/Cisco Reviewed by: several including rwatson, bz and mlair (parts each) Obtained from: Ironport systems/Cisco
2008-05-09 23:03:00 +00:00
u_int fibnum)
BSD 4.4 Lite Kernel Sources
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
{
Remove useless `register' declarations. MFC after: 1 month
2014-04-26 22:42:21 +00:00
struct ifaddr *ifa;
The current routing code allows insertion of indirect routes that have gateways which are unreachable except through the default router. For example, assuming there is a default route configured, and inserting a route "route add 64.102.54.0/24 60.80.1.1" is currently allowed even when 60.80.1.1 is only reachable through the default route. However, an error is thrown when this route is utilized, say, "ping 64.102.54.1" will return an error This type of route insertion should be disallowed becasue: 1) Let's say that somehow our code allowed this packet to flow to the default router, and the default router knows the next hop is 60.80.1.1, then the question is why bother inserting this route in the 1st place, just simply use the default route. 2) Since we're not talking about source routing here, the default router could very well choose a different path than using 60.80.1.1 for the next hop, again it defeats the purpose of adding this route. Reviewed by: ru, gnn, bz Approved by: andre
2006-05-16 19:11:11 +00:00
int not_found = 0;
Locking for updates to routing table entries. Each rtentry gets a mutex that covers updates to the contents. Note this is separate from holding a reference and/or locking the routing table itself. Other/related changes: o rtredirect loses the final parameter by which an rtentry reference may be returned; this was never used and added unwarranted complexity for locking. o minor style cleanups to routing code (e.g. ansi-fy function decls) o remove the logic to bump the refcnt on the parent of cloned routes, we assume the parent will remain as long as the clone; doing this avoids a circularity in locking during delete o convert some timeouts to MPSAFE callouts Notes: 1. rt_mtx in struct rtentry is guarded by #ifdef _KERNEL as user-level applications cannot/do-no know about mutex's. Doing this requires that the mutex be the last element in the structure. A better solution is to introduce an externalized version of struct rtentry but this is a major task because of the intertwining of rtentry and other data structures that are visible to user applications. 2. There are known LOR's that are expected to go away with forthcoming work to eliminate many held references. If not these will be resolved prior to release. 3. ATM changes are untested. Sponsored by: FreeBSD Foundation Obtained from: BSD/OS (partly)
2003-10-04 03:44:50 +00:00
BSD 4.4 Lite Kernel Sources
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
if ((flags & RTF_GATEWAY) == 0) {
/*
* If we are adding a route to an interface,
* and the interface is a pt to pt link
* we should search for the destination
* as our clue to the interface. Otherwise
* we can use the local address.
*/
Fix the initial check for NULL arguments in rtfree (previously it checked for rt == NULL after dereferencing the pointer). We never check for those events elsewhere, so probably these checks might go away here as well. Slightly simplify (and document) the logic for memory allocation in rt_setgate(). The rest is mostly style changes -- replace 0 with NULL where appropriate, remove the macro SA() that was only used once, remove some useless debugging code in rt_fixchange, explain some odd-looking casts.
2004-04-20 07:04:47 +00:00
ifa = NULL;
if (flags & RTF_HOST)
Revisions 264905 and 266860 added a "int fib" argument to ifa_ifwithnet and ifa_ifwithdstaddr. For the sake of backwards compatibility, the new arguments were added to new functions named ifa_ifwithnet_fib and ifa_ifwithdstaddr_fib, while the old functions became wrappers around the new ones that passed RT_ALL_FIBS for the fib argument. However, the backwards compatibility is not desired for FreeBSD 11, because there are numerous other incompatible changes to the ifnet(9) API. We therefore decided to remove it from head but leave it in place for stable/9 and stable/10. In addition, this commit adds the fib argument to ifa_ifwithbroadaddr for consistency's sake. sys/sys/param.h Increment __FreeBSD_version sys/net/if.c sys/net/if_var.h sys/net/route.c Add fibnum argument to ifa_ifwithbroadaddr, and remove the _fib versions of ifa_ifwithdstaddr, ifa_ifwithnet, and ifa_ifwithroute. sys/net/route.c sys/net/rtsock.c sys/netinet/in_pcb.c sys/netinet/ip_options.c sys/netinet/ip_output.c sys/netinet6/nd6.c Fixup calls of modified functions. share/man/man9/ifnet.9 Document changed API. CR: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D458 MFC after: Never Sponsored by: Spectra Logic
2014-09-11 20:21:03 +00:00
ifa = ifa_ifwithdstaddr(dst, fibnum);
Fix the initial check for NULL arguments in rtfree (previously it checked for rt == NULL after dereferencing the pointer). We never check for those events elsewhere, so probably these checks might go away here as well. Slightly simplify (and document) the logic for memory allocation in rt_setgate(). The rest is mostly style changes -- replace 0 with NULL where appropriate, remove the macro SA() that was only used once, remove some useless debugging code in rt_fixchange, explain some odd-looking casts.
2004-04-20 07:04:47 +00:00
if (ifa == NULL)
BSD 4.4 Lite Kernel Sources
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
ifa = ifa_ifwithaddr(gateway);
} else {
/*
* If we are adding a route to a remote net
* or host, the gateway may still be on the
* other end of a pt to pt link.
*/
Revisions 264905 and 266860 added a "int fib" argument to ifa_ifwithnet and ifa_ifwithdstaddr. For the sake of backwards compatibility, the new arguments were added to new functions named ifa_ifwithnet_fib and ifa_ifwithdstaddr_fib, while the old functions became wrappers around the new ones that passed RT_ALL_FIBS for the fib argument. However, the backwards compatibility is not desired for FreeBSD 11, because there are numerous other incompatible changes to the ifnet(9) API. We therefore decided to remove it from head but leave it in place for stable/9 and stable/10. In addition, this commit adds the fib argument to ifa_ifwithbroadaddr for consistency's sake. sys/sys/param.h Increment __FreeBSD_version sys/net/if.c sys/net/if_var.h sys/net/route.c Add fibnum argument to ifa_ifwithbroadaddr, and remove the _fib versions of ifa_ifwithdstaddr, ifa_ifwithnet, and ifa_ifwithroute. sys/net/route.c sys/net/rtsock.c sys/netinet/in_pcb.c sys/netinet/ip_options.c sys/netinet/ip_output.c sys/netinet6/nd6.c Fixup calls of modified functions. share/man/man9/ifnet.9 Document changed API. CR: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D458 MFC after: Never Sponsored by: Spectra Logic
2014-09-11 20:21:03 +00:00
ifa = ifa_ifwithdstaddr(gateway, fibnum);
BSD 4.4 Lite Kernel Sources
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
}
Fix the initial check for NULL arguments in rtfree (previously it checked for rt == NULL after dereferencing the pointer). We never check for those events elsewhere, so probably these checks might go away here as well. Slightly simplify (and document) the logic for memory allocation in rt_setgate(). The rest is mostly style changes -- replace 0 with NULL where appropriate, remove the macro SA() that was only used once, remove some useless debugging code in rt_fixchange, explain some odd-looking casts.
2004-04-20 07:04:47 +00:00
if (ifa == NULL)
Revisions 264905 and 266860 added a "int fib" argument to ifa_ifwithnet and ifa_ifwithdstaddr. For the sake of backwards compatibility, the new arguments were added to new functions named ifa_ifwithnet_fib and ifa_ifwithdstaddr_fib, while the old functions became wrappers around the new ones that passed RT_ALL_FIBS for the fib argument. However, the backwards compatibility is not desired for FreeBSD 11, because there are numerous other incompatible changes to the ifnet(9) API. We therefore decided to remove it from head but leave it in place for stable/9 and stable/10. In addition, this commit adds the fib argument to ifa_ifwithbroadaddr for consistency's sake. sys/sys/param.h Increment __FreeBSD_version sys/net/if.c sys/net/if_var.h sys/net/route.c Add fibnum argument to ifa_ifwithbroadaddr, and remove the _fib versions of ifa_ifwithdstaddr, ifa_ifwithnet, and ifa_ifwithroute. sys/net/route.c sys/net/rtsock.c sys/netinet/in_pcb.c sys/netinet/ip_options.c sys/netinet/ip_output.c sys/netinet6/nd6.c Fixup calls of modified functions. share/man/man9/ifnet.9 Document changed API. CR: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D458 MFC after: Never Sponsored by: Spectra Logic
2014-09-11 20:21:03 +00:00
ifa = ifa_ifwithnet(gateway, 0, fibnum);
Fix the initial check for NULL arguments in rtfree (previously it checked for rt == NULL after dereferencing the pointer). We never check for those events elsewhere, so probably these checks might go away here as well. Slightly simplify (and document) the logic for memory allocation in rt_setgate(). The rest is mostly style changes -- replace 0 with NULL where appropriate, remove the macro SA() that was only used once, remove some useless debugging code in rt_fixchange, explain some odd-looking casts.
2004-04-20 07:04:47 +00:00
if (ifa == NULL) {
fix a reported panic when adding a route and one hit here when deleting a route - pass RTF_RNH_LOCKED to rtalloc1_fib in 2 cases where the lock is held - make sure the rnh lock is held across rt_setgate and rt_getifa_fib
2008-12-10 09:21:52 +00:00
struct rtentry *rt = rtalloc1_fib(gateway, 0, RTF_RNH_LOCKED, fibnum);
Fix the initial check for NULL arguments in rtfree (previously it checked for rt == NULL after dereferencing the pointer). We never check for those events elsewhere, so probably these checks might go away here as well. Slightly simplify (and document) the logic for memory allocation in rt_setgate(). The rest is mostly style changes -- replace 0 with NULL where appropriate, remove the macro SA() that was only used once, remove some useless debugging code in rt_fixchange, explain some odd-looking casts.
2004-04-20 07:04:47 +00:00
if (rt == NULL)
return (NULL);
The current routing code allows insertion of indirect routes that have gateways which are unreachable except through the default router. For example, assuming there is a default route configured, and inserting a route "route add 64.102.54.0/24 60.80.1.1" is currently allowed even when 60.80.1.1 is only reachable through the default route. However, an error is thrown when this route is utilized, say, "ping 64.102.54.1" will return an error This type of route insertion should be disallowed becasue: 1) Let's say that somehow our code allowed this packet to flow to the default router, and the default router knows the next hop is 60.80.1.1, then the question is why bother inserting this route in the 1st place, just simply use the default route. 2) Since we're not talking about source routing here, the default router could very well choose a different path than using 60.80.1.1 for the next hop, again it defeats the purpose of adding this route. Reviewed by: ru, gnn, bz Approved by: andre
2006-05-16 19:11:11 +00:00
/*
* dismiss a gateway that is reachable only
* through the default router
*/
switch (gateway->sa_family) {
case AF_INET:
if (satosin(rt_key(rt))->sin_addr.s_addr == INADDR_ANY)
not_found = 1;
break;
case AF_INET6:
if (IN6_IS_ADDR_UNSPECIFIED(&satosin6(rt_key(rt))->sin6_addr))
not_found = 1;
break;
default:
break;
}
Modify most routines returning 'struct ifaddr *' to return references rather than pointers, requiring callers to properly dispose of those references. The following routines now return references: ifaddr_byindex ifa_ifwithaddr ifa_ifwithbroadaddr ifa_ifwithdstaddr ifa_ifwithnet ifaof_ifpforaddr ifa_ifwithroute ifa_ifwithroute_fib rt_getifa rt_getifa_fib IFP_TO_IA ip_rtaddr in6_ifawithifp in6ifa_ifpforlinklocal in6ifa_ifpwithaddr in6_ifadd carp_iamatch6 ip6_getdstifaddr Remove unused macro which didn't have required referencing: IFP_TO_IA6 This closes many small races in which changes to interface or address lists while an ifaddr was in use could lead to use of freed memory (etc). In a few cases, add missing if_addr_list locking required to safely acquire references. Because of a lack of deep copying support, we accept a race in which an in6_ifaddr pointed to by mbuf tags and extracted with ip6_getdstifaddr() doesn't hold a reference while in transmit. Once we have mbuf tag deep copy support, this can be fixed. Reviewed by: bz Obtained from: Apple, Inc. (portions) MFC after: 6 weeks (portions)
2009-06-23 20:19:09 +00:00
if (!not_found && rt->rt_ifa != NULL) {
ifa = rt->rt_ifa;
ifa_ref(ifa);
}
replace explicit changes to rt_refcnt by RT_ADDREF and RT_REMREF macros that expand to include assertions when the system is built with INVARIANTS Supported by: FreeBSD Foundation
2003-11-08 23:36:32 +00:00
RT_REMREF(rt);
Locking for updates to routing table entries. Each rtentry gets a mutex that covers updates to the contents. Note this is separate from holding a reference and/or locking the routing table itself. Other/related changes: o rtredirect loses the final parameter by which an rtentry reference may be returned; this was never used and added unwarranted complexity for locking. o minor style cleanups to routing code (e.g. ansi-fy function decls) o remove the logic to bump the refcnt on the parent of cloned routes, we assume the parent will remain as long as the clone; doing this avoids a circularity in locking during delete o convert some timeouts to MPSAFE callouts Notes: 1. rt_mtx in struct rtentry is guarded by #ifdef _KERNEL as user-level applications cannot/do-no know about mutex's. Doing this requires that the mutex be the last element in the structure. A better solution is to introduce an externalized version of struct rtentry but this is a major task because of the intertwining of rtentry and other data structures that are visible to user applications. 2. There are known LOR's that are expected to go away with forthcoming work to eliminate many held references. If not these will be resolved prior to release. 3. ATM changes are untested. Sponsored by: FreeBSD Foundation Obtained from: BSD/OS (partly)
2003-10-04 03:44:50 +00:00
RT_UNLOCK(rt);
Modify most routines returning 'struct ifaddr *' to return references rather than pointers, requiring callers to properly dispose of those references. The following routines now return references: ifaddr_byindex ifa_ifwithaddr ifa_ifwithbroadaddr ifa_ifwithdstaddr ifa_ifwithnet ifaof_ifpforaddr ifa_ifwithroute ifa_ifwithroute_fib rt_getifa rt_getifa_fib IFP_TO_IA ip_rtaddr in6_ifawithifp in6ifa_ifpforlinklocal in6ifa_ifpwithaddr in6_ifadd carp_iamatch6 ip6_getdstifaddr Remove unused macro which didn't have required referencing: IFP_TO_IA6 This closes many small races in which changes to interface or address lists while an ifaddr was in use could lead to use of freed memory (etc). In a few cases, add missing if_addr_list locking required to safely acquire references. Because of a lack of deep copying support, we accept a race in which an in6_ifaddr pointed to by mbuf tags and extracted with ip6_getdstifaddr() doesn't hold a reference while in transmit. Once we have mbuf tag deep copy support, this can be fixed. Reviewed by: bz Obtained from: Apple, Inc. (portions) MFC after: 6 weeks (portions)
2009-06-23 20:19:09 +00:00
if (not_found || ifa == NULL)
Fix the initial check for NULL arguments in rtfree (previously it checked for rt == NULL after dereferencing the pointer). We never check for those events elsewhere, so probably these checks might go away here as well. Slightly simplify (and document) the logic for memory allocation in rt_setgate(). The rest is mostly style changes -- replace 0 with NULL where appropriate, remove the macro SA() that was only used once, remove some useless debugging code in rt_fixchange, explain some odd-looking casts.
2004-04-20 07:04:47 +00:00
return (NULL);
BSD 4.4 Lite Kernel Sources
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
}
if (ifa->ifa_addr->sa_family != dst->sa_family) {
struct ifaddr *oifa = ifa;
ifa = ifaof_ifpforaddr(dst, ifa->ifa_ifp);
Fix the initial check for NULL arguments in rtfree (previously it checked for rt == NULL after dereferencing the pointer). We never check for those events elsewhere, so probably these checks might go away here as well. Slightly simplify (and document) the logic for memory allocation in rt_setgate(). The rest is mostly style changes -- replace 0 with NULL where appropriate, remove the macro SA() that was only used once, remove some useless debugging code in rt_fixchange, explain some odd-looking casts.
2004-04-20 07:04:47 +00:00
if (ifa == NULL)
BSD 4.4 Lite Kernel Sources
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
ifa = oifa;
Modify most routines returning 'struct ifaddr *' to return references rather than pointers, requiring callers to properly dispose of those references. The following routines now return references: ifaddr_byindex ifa_ifwithaddr ifa_ifwithbroadaddr ifa_ifwithdstaddr ifa_ifwithnet ifaof_ifpforaddr ifa_ifwithroute ifa_ifwithroute_fib rt_getifa rt_getifa_fib IFP_TO_IA ip_rtaddr in6_ifawithifp in6ifa_ifpforlinklocal in6ifa_ifpwithaddr in6_ifadd carp_iamatch6 ip6_getdstifaddr Remove unused macro which didn't have required referencing: IFP_TO_IA6 This closes many small races in which changes to interface or address lists while an ifaddr was in use could lead to use of freed memory (etc). In a few cases, add missing if_addr_list locking required to safely acquire references. Because of a lack of deep copying support, we accept a race in which an in6_ifaddr pointed to by mbuf tags and extracted with ip6_getdstifaddr() doesn't hold a reference while in transmit. Once we have mbuf tag deep copy support, this can be fixed. Reviewed by: bz Obtained from: Apple, Inc. (portions) MFC after: 6 weeks (portions)
2009-06-23 20:19:09 +00:00
else
ifa_free(oifa);
BSD 4.4 Lite Kernel Sources
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
}
return (ifa);
}
No code changes what so ever, but added about 150 lines of comments Sorry if this makes it harder to merge in lite2 stuff but hey.. At least I can figure out what is going on whenever I end up going through those files again.. do we have a policy regarding commenting existing code?
1996-09-10 07:10:05 +00:00
/*
* Do appropriate manipulations of a routing tree given
* all the bits of info needed
*/
BSD 4.4 Lite Kernel Sources
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
int
Locking for updates to routing table entries. Each rtentry gets a mutex that covers updates to the contents. Note this is separate from holding a reference and/or locking the routing table itself. Other/related changes: o rtredirect loses the final parameter by which an rtentry reference may be returned; this was never used and added unwarranted complexity for locking. o minor style cleanups to routing code (e.g. ansi-fy function decls) o remove the logic to bump the refcnt on the parent of cloned routes, we assume the parent will remain as long as the clone; doing this avoids a circularity in locking during delete o convert some timeouts to MPSAFE callouts Notes: 1. rt_mtx in struct rtentry is guarded by #ifdef _KERNEL as user-level applications cannot/do-no know about mutex's. Doing this requires that the mutex be the last element in the structure. A better solution is to introduce an externalized version of struct rtentry but this is a major task because of the intertwining of rtentry and other data structures that are visible to user applications. 2. There are known LOR's that are expected to go away with forthcoming work to eliminate many held references. If not these will be resolved prior to release. 3. ATM changes are untested. Sponsored by: FreeBSD Foundation Obtained from: BSD/OS (partly)
2003-10-04 03:44:50 +00:00
rtrequest(int req,
struct sockaddr *dst,
struct sockaddr *gateway,
struct sockaddr *netmask,
int flags,
struct rtentry **ret_nrt)
Add code to allow the system to handle multiple routing tables. This particular implementation is designed to be fully backwards compatible and to be MFC-able to 7.x (and 6.x) Currently the only protocol that can make use of the multiple tables is IPv4 Similar functionality exists in OpenBSD and Linux. From my notes: ----- One thing where FreeBSD has been falling behind, and which by chance I have some time to work on is "policy based routing", which allows different packet streams to be routed by more than just the destination address. Constraints: ------------ I want to make some form of this available in the 6.x tree (and by extension 7.x) , but FreeBSD in general needs it so I might as well do it in -current and back port the portions I need. One of the ways that this can be done is to have the ability to instantiate multiple kernel routing tables (which I will now refer to as "Forwarding Information Bases" or "FIBs" for political correctness reasons). Which FIB a particular packet uses to make the next hop decision can be decided by a number of mechanisms. The policies these mechanisms implement are the "Policies" referred to in "Policy based routing". One of the constraints I have if I try to back port this work to 6.x is that it must be implemented as a EXTENSION to the existing ABIs in 6.x so that third party applications do not need to be recompiled in timespan of the branch. This first version will not have some of the bells and whistles that will come with later versions. It will, for example, be limited to 16 tables in the first commit. Implementation method, Compatible version. (part 1) ------------------------------- For this reason I have implemented a "sufficient subset" of a multiple routing table solution in Perforce, and back-ported it to 6.x. (also in Perforce though not always caught up with what I have done in -current/P4). The subset allows a number of FIBs to be defined at compile time (8 is sufficient for my purposes in 6.x) and implements the changes needed to allow IPV4 to use them. I have not done the changes for ipv6 simply because I do not need it, and I do not have enough knowledge of ipv6 (e.g. neighbor discovery) needed to do it. Other protocol families are left untouched and should there be users with proprietary protocol families, they should continue to work and be oblivious to the existence of the extra FIBs. To understand how this is done, one must know that the current FIB code starts everything off with a single dimensional array of pointers to FIB head structures (One per protocol family), each of which in turn points to the trie of routes available to that family. The basic change in the ABI compatible version of the change is to extent that array to be a 2 dimensional array, so that instead of protocol family X looking at rt_tables[X] for the table it needs, it looks at rt_tables[Y][X] when for all protocol families except ipv4 Y is always 0. Code that is unaware of the change always just sees the first row of the table, which of course looks just like the one dimensional array that existed before. The entry points rtrequest(), rtalloc(), rtalloc1(), rtalloc_ign() are all maintained, but refer only to the first row of the array, so that existing callers in proprietary protocols can continue to do the "right thing". Some new entry points are added, for the exclusive use of ipv4 code called in_rtrequest(), in_rtalloc(), in_rtalloc1() and in_rtalloc_ign(), which have an extra argument which refers the code to the correct row. In addition, there are some new entry points (currently called rtalloc_fib() and friends) that check the Address family being looked up and call either rtalloc() (and friends) if the protocol is not IPv4 forcing the action to row 0 or to the appropriate row if it IS IPv4 (and that info is available). These are for calling from code that is not specific to any particular protocol. The way these are implemented would change in the non ABI preserving code to be added later. One feature of the first version of the code is that for ipv4, the interface routes show up automatically on all the FIBs, so that no matter what FIB you select you always have the basic direct attached hosts available to you. (rtinit() does this automatically). You CAN delete an interface route from one FIB should you want to but by default it's there. ARP information is also available in each FIB. It's assumed that the same machine would have the same MAC address, regardless of which FIB you are using to get to it. This brings us as to how the correct FIB is selected for an outgoing IPV4 packet. Firstly, all packets have a FIB associated with them. if nothing has been done to change it, it will be FIB 0. The FIB is changed in the following ways. Packets fall into one of a number of classes. 1/ locally generated packets, coming from a socket/PCB. Such packets select a FIB from a number associated with the socket/PCB. This in turn is inherited from the process, but can be changed by a socket option. The process in turn inherits it on fork. I have written a utility call setfib that acts a bit like nice.. setfib -3 ping target.example.com # will use fib 3 for ping. It is an obvious extension to make it a property of a jail but I have not done so. It can be achieved by combining the setfib and jail commands. 2/ packets received on an interface for forwarding. By default these packets would use table 0, (or possibly a number settable in a sysctl(not yet)). but prior to routing the firewall can inspect them (see below). (possibly in the future you may be able to associate a FIB with packets received on an interface.. An ifconfig arg, but not yet.) 3/ packets inspected by a packet classifier, which can arbitrarily associate a fib with it on a packet by packet basis. A fib assigned to a packet by a packet classifier (such as ipfw) would over-ride a fib associated by a more default source. (such as cases 1 or 2). 4/ a tcp listen socket associated with a fib will generate accept sockets that are associated with that same fib. 5/ Packets generated in response to some other packet (e.g. reset or icmp packets). These should use the FIB associated with the packet being reponded to. 6/ Packets generated during encapsulation. gif, tun and other tunnel interfaces will encapsulate using the FIB that was in effect withthe proces that set up the tunnel. thus setfib 1 ifconfig gif0 [tunnel instructions] will set the fib for the tunnel to use to be fib 1. Routing messages would be associated with their process, and thus select one FIB or another. messages from the kernel would be associated with the fib they refer to and would only be received by a routing socket associated with that fib. (not yet implemented) In addition Netstat has been edited to be able to cope with the fact that the array is now 2 dimensional. (It looks in system memory using libkvm (!)). Old versions of netstat see only the first FIB. In addition two sysctls are added to give: a) the number of FIBs compiled in (active) b) the default FIB of the calling process. Early testing experience: ------------------------- Basically our (IronPort's) appliance does this functionality already using ipfw fwd but that method has some drawbacks. For example, It can't fully simulate a routing table because it can't influence the socket's choice of local address when a connect() is done. Testing during the generating of these changes has been remarkably smooth so far. Multiple tables have co-existed with no notable side effects, and packets have been routes accordingly. ipfw has grown 2 new keywords: setfib N ip from anay to any count ip from any to any fib N In pf there seems to be a requirement to be able to give symbolic names to the fibs but I do not have that capacity. I am not sure if it is required. SCTP has interestingly enough built in support for this, called VRFs in Cisco parlance. it will be interesting to see how that handles it when it suddenly actually does something. Where to next: -------------------- After committing the ABI compatible version and MFCing it, I'd like to proceed in a forward direction in -current. this will result in some roto-tilling in the routing code. Firstly: the current code's idea of having a separate tree per protocol family, all of the same format, and pointed to by the 1 dimensional array is a bit silly. Especially when one considers that there is code that makes assumptions about every protocol having the same internal structures there. Some protocols don't WANT that sort of structure. (for example the whole idea of a netmask is foreign to appletalk). This needs to be made opaque to the external code. My suggested first change is to add routing method pointers to the 'domain' structure, along with information pointing the data. instead of having an array of pointers to uniform structures, there would be an array pointing to the 'domain' structures for each protocol address domain (protocol family), and the methods this reached would be called. The methods would have an argument that gives FIB number, but the protocol would be free to ignore it. When the ABI can be changed it raises the possibilty of the addition of a fib entry into the "struct route". Currently, the structure contains the sockaddr of the desination, and the resulting fib entry. To make this work fully, one could add a fib number so that given an address and a fib, one can find the third element, the fib entry. Interaction with the ARP layer/ LL layer would need to be revisited as well. Qing Li has been working on this already. This work was sponsored by Ironport Systems/Cisco Reviewed by: several including rwatson, bz and mlair (parts each) Obtained from: Ironport systems/Cisco
2008-05-09 23:03:00 +00:00
{
Move a comment from rtinit1() to the top of the file where dealing with the (maximum) number of FIBs trying to clarify that evetually FIBs should probably attached to domain(9) specific storage. [1] Add a comment on a limitimation on the rt_add_addr_allfibs option. Use RT_DEFAULT_FIB instead of 0 where applicable. Add empty line to functions without local variables per style. Put public yet unused in-tree function rtinit_fib() under BURN_BRIDGES to indicate that it might go away in the future. No functional change. Discussed with: julian [1] (clarification on what the original one meant) Sponsored by: Cisco Systems, Inc.
2012-02-03 12:25:14 +00:00
return (rtrequest_fib(req, dst, gateway, netmask, flags, ret_nrt,
RT_DEFAULT_FIB));
Add code to allow the system to handle multiple routing tables. This particular implementation is designed to be fully backwards compatible and to be MFC-able to 7.x (and 6.x) Currently the only protocol that can make use of the multiple tables is IPv4 Similar functionality exists in OpenBSD and Linux. From my notes: ----- One thing where FreeBSD has been falling behind, and which by chance I have some time to work on is "policy based routing", which allows different packet streams to be routed by more than just the destination address. Constraints: ------------ I want to make some form of this available in the 6.x tree (and by extension 7.x) , but FreeBSD in general needs it so I might as well do it in -current and back port the portions I need. One of the ways that this can be done is to have the ability to instantiate multiple kernel routing tables (which I will now refer to as "Forwarding Information Bases" or "FIBs" for political correctness reasons). Which FIB a particular packet uses to make the next hop decision can be decided by a number of mechanisms. The policies these mechanisms implement are the "Policies" referred to in "Policy based routing". One of the constraints I have if I try to back port this work to 6.x is that it must be implemented as a EXTENSION to the existing ABIs in 6.x so that third party applications do not need to be recompiled in timespan of the branch. This first version will not have some of the bells and whistles that will come with later versions. It will, for example, be limited to 16 tables in the first commit. Implementation method, Compatible version. (part 1) ------------------------------- For this reason I have implemented a "sufficient subset" of a multiple routing table solution in Perforce, and back-ported it to 6.x. (also in Perforce though not always caught up with what I have done in -current/P4). The subset allows a number of FIBs to be defined at compile time (8 is sufficient for my purposes in 6.x) and implements the changes needed to allow IPV4 to use them. I have not done the changes for ipv6 simply because I do not need it, and I do not have enough knowledge of ipv6 (e.g. neighbor discovery) needed to do it. Other protocol families are left untouched and should there be users with proprietary protocol families, they should continue to work and be oblivious to the existence of the extra FIBs. To understand how this is done, one must know that the current FIB code starts everything off with a single dimensional array of pointers to FIB head structures (One per protocol family), each of which in turn points to the trie of routes available to that family. The basic change in the ABI compatible version of the change is to extent that array to be a 2 dimensional array, so that instead of protocol family X looking at rt_tables[X] for the table it needs, it looks at rt_tables[Y][X] when for all protocol families except ipv4 Y is always 0. Code that is unaware of the change always just sees the first row of the table, which of course looks just like the one dimensional array that existed before. The entry points rtrequest(), rtalloc(), rtalloc1(), rtalloc_ign() are all maintained, but refer only to the first row of the array, so that existing callers in proprietary protocols can continue to do the "right thing". Some new entry points are added, for the exclusive use of ipv4 code called in_rtrequest(), in_rtalloc(), in_rtalloc1() and in_rtalloc_ign(), which have an extra argument which refers the code to the correct row. In addition, there are some new entry points (currently called rtalloc_fib() and friends) that check the Address family being looked up and call either rtalloc() (and friends) if the protocol is not IPv4 forcing the action to row 0 or to the appropriate row if it IS IPv4 (and that info is available). These are for calling from code that is not specific to any particular protocol. The way these are implemented would change in the non ABI preserving code to be added later. One feature of the first version of the code is that for ipv4, the interface routes show up automatically on all the FIBs, so that no matter what FIB you select you always have the basic direct attached hosts available to you. (rtinit() does this automatically). You CAN delete an interface route from one FIB should you want to but by default it's there. ARP information is also available in each FIB. It's assumed that the same machine would have the same MAC address, regardless of which FIB you are using to get to it. This brings us as to how the correct FIB is selected for an outgoing IPV4 packet. Firstly, all packets have a FIB associated with them. if nothing has been done to change it, it will be FIB 0. The FIB is changed in the following ways. Packets fall into one of a number of classes. 1/ locally generated packets, coming from a socket/PCB. Such packets select a FIB from a number associated with the socket/PCB. This in turn is inherited from the process, but can be changed by a socket option. The process in turn inherits it on fork. I have written a utility call setfib that acts a bit like nice.. setfib -3 ping target.example.com # will use fib 3 for ping. It is an obvious extension to make it a property of a jail but I have not done so. It can be achieved by combining the setfib and jail commands. 2/ packets received on an interface for forwarding. By default these packets would use table 0, (or possibly a number settable in a sysctl(not yet)). but prior to routing the firewall can inspect them (see below). (possibly in the future you may be able to associate a FIB with packets received on an interface.. An ifconfig arg, but not yet.) 3/ packets inspected by a packet classifier, which can arbitrarily associate a fib with it on a packet by packet basis. A fib assigned to a packet by a packet classifier (such as ipfw) would over-ride a fib associated by a more default source. (such as cases 1 or 2). 4/ a tcp listen socket associated with a fib will generate accept sockets that are associated with that same fib. 5/ Packets generated in response to some other packet (e.g. reset or icmp packets). These should use the FIB associated with the packet being reponded to. 6/ Packets generated during encapsulation. gif, tun and other tunnel interfaces will encapsulate using the FIB that was in effect withthe proces that set up the tunnel. thus setfib 1 ifconfig gif0 [tunnel instructions] will set the fib for the tunnel to use to be fib 1. Routing messages would be associated with their process, and thus select one FIB or another. messages from the kernel would be associated with the fib they refer to and would only be received by a routing socket associated with that fib. (not yet implemented) In addition Netstat has been edited to be able to cope with the fact that the array is now 2 dimensional. (It looks in system memory using libkvm (!)). Old versions of netstat see only the first FIB. In addition two sysctls are added to give: a) the number of FIBs compiled in (active) b) the default FIB of the calling process. Early testing experience: ------------------------- Basically our (IronPort's) appliance does this functionality already using ipfw fwd but that method has some drawbacks. For example, It can't fully simulate a routing table because it can't influence the socket's choice of local address when a connect() is done. Testing during the generating of these changes has been remarkably smooth so far. Multiple tables have co-existed with no notable side effects, and packets have been routes accordingly. ipfw has grown 2 new keywords: setfib N ip from anay to any count ip from any to any fib N In pf there seems to be a requirement to be able to give symbolic names to the fibs but I do not have that capacity. I am not sure if it is required. SCTP has interestingly enough built in support for this, called VRFs in Cisco parlance. it will be interesting to see how that handles it when it suddenly actually does something. Where to next: -------------------- After committing the ABI compatible version and MFCing it, I'd like to proceed in a forward direction in -current. this will result in some roto-tilling in the routing code. Firstly: the current code's idea of having a separate tree per protocol family, all of the same format, and pointed to by the 1 dimensional array is a bit silly. Especially when one considers that there is code that makes assumptions about every protocol having the same internal structures there. Some protocols don't WANT that sort of structure. (for example the whole idea of a netmask is foreign to appletalk). This needs to be made opaque to the external code. My suggested first change is to add routing method pointers to the 'domain' structure, along with information pointing the data. instead of having an array of pointers to uniform structures, there would be an array pointing to the 'domain' structures for each protocol address domain (protocol family), and the methods this reached would be called. The methods would have an argument that gives FIB number, but the protocol would be free to ignore it. When the ABI can be changed it raises the possibilty of the addition of a fib entry into the "struct route". Currently, the structure contains the sockaddr of the desination, and the resulting fib entry. To make this work fully, one could add a fib number so that given an address and a fib, one can find the third element, the fib entry. Interaction with the ARP layer/ LL layer would need to be revisited as well. Qing Li has been working on this already. This work was sponsored by Ironport Systems/Cisco Reviewed by: several including rwatson, bz and mlair (parts each) Obtained from: Ironport systems/Cisco
2008-05-09 23:03:00 +00:00
}
int
rtrequest_fib(int req,
struct sockaddr *dst,
struct sockaddr *gateway,
struct sockaddr *netmask,
int flags,
struct rtentry **ret_nrt,
u_int fibnum)
Pull post-4.4BSD change to sys/net/route.c from BSD/OS 4.2. Have sys/net/route.c:rtrequest1(), which takes ``rt_addrinfo *'' as the argument. Pass rt_addrinfo all the way down to rtrequest1 and ifa->ifa_rtrequest. 3rd argument of ifa->ifa_rtrequest is now ``rt_addrinfo *'' instead of ``sockaddr *'' (almost noone is using it anyways). Benefit: the following command now works. Previously we needed two route(8) invocations, "add" then "change". # route add -inet6 default ::1 -ifp gif0 Remove unsafe typecast in rtrequest(), from ``rtentry *'' to ``sockaddr *''. It was introduced by 4.3BSD-Reno and never corrected. Obtained from: BSD/OS, NetBSD MFC after: 1 month PR: kern/28360
2001-10-17 18:07:05 +00:00
{
struct rt_addrinfo info;
In rtrequest and rtinit check for sa_len != 0 for the given destination. These checks are needed so we do not install a route looking like this: (0) 192.0.2.200 UH tun0 => When removing this route the kernel will start to walk the address space which looks like a hang on 64bit platforms because it'll take ages while on 32bit you should see a panic when kernel debugging options are turned on. The problem is in rtrequest1: if (netmask) { rt_maskedcopy(dst, ndst, netmask); } else bcopy(dst, ndst, dst->sa_len); In both cases the len might be 0 if the application forgot to set it. If so ndst will be all-zero leading to above mentioned strange routes. This is an application error but we must not fail/hang/panic because of this. Looks ok: gnn No objections: net@ (silence) MFC after: 8 weeks
2006-05-04 18:33:37 +00:00
if (dst->sa_len == 0)
return(EINVAL);
Pull post-4.4BSD change to sys/net/route.c from BSD/OS 4.2. Have sys/net/route.c:rtrequest1(), which takes ``rt_addrinfo *'' as the argument. Pass rt_addrinfo all the way down to rtrequest1 and ifa->ifa_rtrequest. 3rd argument of ifa->ifa_rtrequest is now ``rt_addrinfo *'' instead of ``sockaddr *'' (almost noone is using it anyways). Benefit: the following command now works. Previously we needed two route(8) invocations, "add" then "change". # route add -inet6 default ::1 -ifp gif0 Remove unsafe typecast in rtrequest(), from ``rtentry *'' to ``sockaddr *''. It was introduced by 4.3BSD-Reno and never corrected. Obtained from: BSD/OS, NetBSD MFC after: 1 month PR: kern/28360
2001-10-17 18:07:05 +00:00
bzero((caddr_t)&info, sizeof(info));
info.rti_flags = flags;
info.rti_info[RTAX_DST] = dst;
info.rti_info[RTAX_GATEWAY] = gateway;
info.rti_info[RTAX_NETMASK] = netmask;
Add code to allow the system to handle multiple routing tables. This particular implementation is designed to be fully backwards compatible and to be MFC-able to 7.x (and 6.x) Currently the only protocol that can make use of the multiple tables is IPv4 Similar functionality exists in OpenBSD and Linux. From my notes: ----- One thing where FreeBSD has been falling behind, and which by chance I have some time to work on is "policy based routing", which allows different packet streams to be routed by more than just the destination address. Constraints: ------------ I want to make some form of this available in the 6.x tree (and by extension 7.x) , but FreeBSD in general needs it so I might as well do it in -current and back port the portions I need. One of the ways that this can be done is to have the ability to instantiate multiple kernel routing tables (which I will now refer to as "Forwarding Information Bases" or "FIBs" for political correctness reasons). Which FIB a particular packet uses to make the next hop decision can be decided by a number of mechanisms. The policies these mechanisms implement are the "Policies" referred to in "Policy based routing". One of the constraints I have if I try to back port this work to 6.x is that it must be implemented as a EXTENSION to the existing ABIs in 6.x so that third party applications do not need to be recompiled in timespan of the branch. This first version will not have some of the bells and whistles that will come with later versions. It will, for example, be limited to 16 tables in the first commit. Implementation method, Compatible version. (part 1) ------------------------------- For this reason I have implemented a "sufficient subset" of a multiple routing table solution in Perforce, and back-ported it to 6.x. (also in Perforce though not always caught up with what I have done in -current/P4). The subset allows a number of FIBs to be defined at compile time (8 is sufficient for my purposes in 6.x) and implements the changes needed to allow IPV4 to use them. I have not done the changes for ipv6 simply because I do not need it, and I do not have enough knowledge of ipv6 (e.g. neighbor discovery) needed to do it. Other protocol families are left untouched and should there be users with proprietary protocol families, they should continue to work and be oblivious to the existence of the extra FIBs. To understand how this is done, one must know that the current FIB code starts everything off with a single dimensional array of pointers to FIB head structures (One per protocol family), each of which in turn points to the trie of routes available to that family. The basic change in the ABI compatible version of the change is to extent that array to be a 2 dimensional array, so that instead of protocol family X looking at rt_tables[X] for the table it needs, it looks at rt_tables[Y][X] when for all protocol families except ipv4 Y is always 0. Code that is unaware of the change always just sees the first row of the table, which of course looks just like the one dimensional array that existed before. The entry points rtrequest(), rtalloc(), rtalloc1(), rtalloc_ign() are all maintained, but refer only to the first row of the array, so that existing callers in proprietary protocols can continue to do the "right thing". Some new entry points are added, for the exclusive use of ipv4 code called in_rtrequest(), in_rtalloc(), in_rtalloc1() and in_rtalloc_ign(), which have an extra argument which refers the code to the correct row. In addition, there are some new entry points (currently called rtalloc_fib() and friends) that check the Address family being looked up and call either rtalloc() (and friends) if the protocol is not IPv4 forcing the action to row 0 or to the appropriate row if it IS IPv4 (and that info is available). These are for calling from code that is not specific to any particular protocol. The way these are implemented would change in the non ABI preserving code to be added later. One feature of the first version of the code is that for ipv4, the interface routes show up automatically on all the FIBs, so that no matter what FIB you select you always have the basic direct attached hosts available to you. (rtinit() does this automatically). You CAN delete an interface route from one FIB should you want to but by default it's there. ARP information is also available in each FIB. It's assumed that the same machine would have the same MAC address, regardless of which FIB you are using to get to it. This brings us as to how the correct FIB is selected for an outgoing IPV4 packet. Firstly, all packets have a FIB associated with them. if nothing has been done to change it, it will be FIB 0. The FIB is changed in the following ways. Packets fall into one of a number of classes. 1/ locally generated packets, coming from a socket/PCB. Such packets select a FIB from a number associated with the socket/PCB. This in turn is inherited from the process, but can be changed by a socket option. The process in turn inherits it on fork. I have written a utility call setfib that acts a bit like nice.. setfib -3 ping target.example.com # will use fib 3 for ping. It is an obvious extension to make it a property of a jail but I have not done so. It can be achieved by combining the setfib and jail commands. 2/ packets received on an interface for forwarding. By default these packets would use table 0, (or possibly a number settable in a sysctl(not yet)). but prior to routing the firewall can inspect them (see below). (possibly in the future you may be able to associate a FIB with packets received on an interface.. An ifconfig arg, but not yet.) 3/ packets inspected by a packet classifier, which can arbitrarily associate a fib with it on a packet by packet basis. A fib assigned to a packet by a packet classifier (such as ipfw) would over-ride a fib associated by a more default source. (such as cases 1 or 2). 4/ a tcp listen socket associated with a fib will generate accept sockets that are associated with that same fib. 5/ Packets generated in response to some other packet (e.g. reset or icmp packets). These should use the FIB associated with the packet being reponded to. 6/ Packets generated during encapsulation. gif, tun and other tunnel interfaces will encapsulate using the FIB that was in effect withthe proces that set up the tunnel. thus setfib 1 ifconfig gif0 [tunnel instructions] will set the fib for the tunnel to use to be fib 1. Routing messages would be associated with their process, and thus select one FIB or another. messages from the kernel would be associated with the fib they refer to and would only be received by a routing socket associated with that fib. (not yet implemented) In addition Netstat has been edited to be able to cope with the fact that the array is now 2 dimensional. (It looks in system memory using libkvm (!)). Old versions of netstat see only the first FIB. In addition two sysctls are added to give: a) the number of FIBs compiled in (active) b) the default FIB of the calling process. Early testing experience: ------------------------- Basically our (IronPort's) appliance does this functionality already using ipfw fwd but that method has some drawbacks. For example, It can't fully simulate a routing table because it can't influence the socket's choice of local address when a connect() is done. Testing during the generating of these changes has been remarkably smooth so far. Multiple tables have co-existed with no notable side effects, and packets have been routes accordingly. ipfw has grown 2 new keywords: setfib N ip from anay to any count ip from any to any fib N In pf there seems to be a requirement to be able to give symbolic names to the fibs but I do not have that capacity. I am not sure if it is required. SCTP has interestingly enough built in support for this, called VRFs in Cisco parlance. it will be interesting to see how that handles it when it suddenly actually does something. Where to next: -------------------- After committing the ABI compatible version and MFCing it, I'd like to proceed in a forward direction in -current. this will result in some roto-tilling in the routing code. Firstly: the current code's idea of having a separate tree per protocol family, all of the same format, and pointed to by the 1 dimensional array is a bit silly. Especially when one considers that there is code that makes assumptions about every protocol having the same internal structures there. Some protocols don't WANT that sort of structure. (for example the whole idea of a netmask is foreign to appletalk). This needs to be made opaque to the external code. My suggested first change is to add routing method pointers to the 'domain' structure, along with information pointing the data. instead of having an array of pointers to uniform structures, there would be an array pointing to the 'domain' structures for each protocol address domain (protocol family), and the methods this reached would be called. The methods would have an argument that gives FIB number, but the protocol would be free to ignore it. When the ABI can be changed it raises the possibilty of the addition of a fib entry into the "struct route". Currently, the structure contains the sockaddr of the desination, and the resulting fib entry. To make this work fully, one could add a fib number so that given an address and a fib, one can find the third element, the fib entry. Interaction with the ARP layer/ LL layer would need to be revisited as well. Qing Li has been working on this already. This work was sponsored by Ironport Systems/Cisco Reviewed by: several including rwatson, bz and mlair (parts each) Obtained from: Ironport systems/Cisco
2008-05-09 23:03:00 +00:00
return rtrequest1_fib(req, &info, ret_nrt, fibnum);
Pull post-4.4BSD change to sys/net/route.c from BSD/OS 4.2. Have sys/net/route.c:rtrequest1(), which takes ``rt_addrinfo *'' as the argument. Pass rt_addrinfo all the way down to rtrequest1 and ifa->ifa_rtrequest. 3rd argument of ifa->ifa_rtrequest is now ``rt_addrinfo *'' instead of ``sockaddr *'' (almost noone is using it anyways). Benefit: the following command now works. Previously we needed two route(8) invocations, "add" then "change". # route add -inet6 default ::1 -ifp gif0 Remove unsafe typecast in rtrequest(), from ``rtentry *'' to ``sockaddr *''. It was introduced by 4.3BSD-Reno and never corrected. Obtained from: BSD/OS, NetBSD MFC after: 1 month PR: kern/28360
2001-10-17 18:07:05 +00:00
}
MFP r274295: * Move interface route cleanup to route.c:rt_flushifroutes() * Convert most of "for (fibnum = 0; fibnum < rt_numfibs; fibnum++)" users to use new rt_foreach_fib() instead of hand-rolling cycles.
2015-08-08 18:14:59 +00:00
Rename rt_foreach_fib() to rt_foreach_fib_walk(). Suggested by: julian
2015-08-10 20:50:31 +00:00
/*
* Iterates over all existing fibs in system calling
* @setwa_f function prior to traversing each fib.
* Calls @wa_f function for each element in current fib.
* If af is not AF_UNSPEC, iterates over fibs in particular
* address family.
*/
MFP r274295: * Move interface route cleanup to route.c:rt_flushifroutes() * Convert most of "for (fibnum = 0; fibnum < rt_numfibs; fibnum++)" users to use new rt_foreach_fib() instead of hand-rolling cycles.
2015-08-08 18:14:59 +00:00
void
Rename rt_foreach_fib() to rt_foreach_fib_walk(). Suggested by: julian
2015-08-10 20:50:31 +00:00
rt_foreach_fib_walk(int af, rt_setwarg_t *setwa_f, rt_walktree_f_t *wa_f,
void *arg)
MFP r274295: * Move interface route cleanup to route.c:rt_flushifroutes() * Convert most of "for (fibnum = 0; fibnum < rt_numfibs; fibnum++)" users to use new rt_foreach_fib() instead of hand-rolling cycles.
2015-08-08 18:14:59 +00:00
{
struct radix_node_head *rnh;
uint32_t fibnum;
int i;
for (fibnum = 0; fibnum < rt_numfibs; fibnum++) {
/* Do we want some specific family? */
if (af != AF_UNSPEC) {
rnh = rt_tables_get_rnh(fibnum, af);
if (rnh == NULL)
continue;
if (setwa_f != NULL)
Pass provided af instead of AF_UNSPEC to setwa_f callback.
2015-11-14 18:16:17 +00:00
setwa_f(rnh, fibnum, af, arg);
MFP r274295: * Move interface route cleanup to route.c:rt_flushifroutes() * Convert most of "for (fibnum = 0; fibnum < rt_numfibs; fibnum++)" users to use new rt_foreach_fib() instead of hand-rolling cycles.
2015-08-08 18:14:59 +00:00
RADIX_NODE_HEAD_LOCK(rnh);
rnh->rnh_walktree(rnh, (walktree_f_t *)wa_f, arg);
RADIX_NODE_HEAD_UNLOCK(rnh);
continue;
}
for (i = 1; i <= AF_MAX; i++) {
rnh = rt_tables_get_rnh(fibnum, i);
if (rnh == NULL)
continue;
if (setwa_f != NULL)
setwa_f(rnh, fibnum, i, arg);
RADIX_NODE_HEAD_LOCK(rnh);
rnh->rnh_walktree(rnh, (walktree_f_t *)wa_f, arg);
RADIX_NODE_HEAD_UNLOCK(rnh);
}
}
}
/*
* Delete Routes for a Network Interface
*
* Called for each routing entry via the rnh->rnh_walktree() call above
* to delete all route entries referencing a detaching network interface.
*
* Arguments:
* rt pointer to rtentry
* arg argument passed to rnh->rnh_walktree() - detaching interface
*
* Returns:
* 0 successful
* errno failed - reason indicated
*/
static int
rt_ifdelroute(struct rtentry *rt, void *arg)
{
struct ifnet *ifp = arg;
int err;
if (rt->rt_ifp != ifp)
return (0);
/*
* Protect (sorta) against walktree recursion problems
* with cloned routes
*/
if ((rt->rt_flags & RTF_UP) == 0)
return (0);
err = rtrequest_fib(RTM_DELETE, rt_key(rt), rt->rt_gateway,
rt_mask(rt),
rt->rt_flags | RTF_RNH_LOCKED | RTF_PINNED,
(struct rtentry **) NULL, rt->rt_fibnum);
if (err != 0)
log(LOG_WARNING, "rt_ifdelroute: error %d\n", err);
return (0);
}
/*
* Delete all remaining routes using this interface
* Unfortuneatly the only way to do this is to slog through
* the entire routing table looking for routes which point
* to this interface...oh well...
*/
void
rt_flushifroutes(struct ifnet *ifp)
{
Rename rt_foreach_fib() to rt_foreach_fib_walk(). Suggested by: julian
2015-08-10 20:50:31 +00:00
rt_foreach_fib_walk(AF_UNSPEC, NULL, rt_ifdelroute, ifp);
MFP r274295: * Move interface route cleanup to route.c:rt_flushifroutes() * Convert most of "for (fibnum = 0; fibnum < rt_numfibs; fibnum++)" users to use new rt_foreach_fib() instead of hand-rolling cycles.
2015-08-08 18:14:59 +00:00
}
Pull post-4.4BSD change to sys/net/route.c from BSD/OS 4.2. Have sys/net/route.c:rtrequest1(), which takes ``rt_addrinfo *'' as the argument. Pass rt_addrinfo all the way down to rtrequest1 and ifa->ifa_rtrequest. 3rd argument of ifa->ifa_rtrequest is now ``rt_addrinfo *'' instead of ``sockaddr *'' (almost noone is using it anyways). Benefit: the following command now works. Previously we needed two route(8) invocations, "add" then "change". # route add -inet6 default ::1 -ifp gif0 Remove unsafe typecast in rtrequest(), from ``rtentry *'' to ``sockaddr *''. It was introduced by 4.3BSD-Reno and never corrected. Obtained from: BSD/OS, NetBSD MFC after: 1 month PR: kern/28360
2001-10-17 18:07:05 +00:00
/*
* These (questionable) definitions of apparent local variables apply
* to the next two functions. XXXXXX!!!
*/
#define dst info->rti_info[RTAX_DST]
#define gateway info->rti_info[RTAX_GATEWAY]
#define netmask info->rti_info[RTAX_NETMASK]
#define ifaaddr info->rti_info[RTAX_IFA]
#define ifpaddr info->rti_info[RTAX_IFP]
#define flags info->rti_flags
Modify most routines returning 'struct ifaddr *' to return references rather than pointers, requiring callers to properly dispose of those references. The following routines now return references: ifaddr_byindex ifa_ifwithaddr ifa_ifwithbroadaddr ifa_ifwithdstaddr ifa_ifwithnet ifaof_ifpforaddr ifa_ifwithroute ifa_ifwithroute_fib rt_getifa rt_getifa_fib IFP_TO_IA ip_rtaddr in6_ifawithifp in6ifa_ifpforlinklocal in6ifa_ifpwithaddr in6_ifadd carp_iamatch6 ip6_getdstifaddr Remove unused macro which didn't have required referencing: IFP_TO_IA6 This closes many small races in which changes to interface or address lists while an ifaddr was in use could lead to use of freed memory (etc). In a few cases, add missing if_addr_list locking required to safely acquire references. Because of a lack of deep copying support, we accept a race in which an in6_ifaddr pointed to by mbuf tags and extracted with ip6_getdstifaddr() doesn't hold a reference while in transmit. Once we have mbuf tag deep copy support, this can be fixed. Reviewed by: bz Obtained from: Apple, Inc. (portions) MFC after: 6 weeks (portions)
2009-06-23 20:19:09 +00:00
/*
* Look up rt_addrinfo for a specific fib. Note that if rti_ifa is defined,
* it will be referenced so the caller must free it.
*/
Add code to allow the system to handle multiple routing tables. This particular implementation is designed to be fully backwards compatible and to be MFC-able to 7.x (and 6.x) Currently the only protocol that can make use of the multiple tables is IPv4 Similar functionality exists in OpenBSD and Linux. From my notes: ----- One thing where FreeBSD has been falling behind, and which by chance I have some time to work on is "policy based routing", which allows different packet streams to be routed by more than just the destination address. Constraints: ------------ I want to make some form of this available in the 6.x tree (and by extension 7.x) , but FreeBSD in general needs it so I might as well do it in -current and back port the portions I need. One of the ways that this can be done is to have the ability to instantiate multiple kernel routing tables (which I will now refer to as "Forwarding Information Bases" or "FIBs" for political correctness reasons). Which FIB a particular packet uses to make the next hop decision can be decided by a number of mechanisms. The policies these mechanisms implement are the "Policies" referred to in "Policy based routing". One of the constraints I have if I try to back port this work to 6.x is that it must be implemented as a EXTENSION to the existing ABIs in 6.x so that third party applications do not need to be recompiled in timespan of the branch. This first version will not have some of the bells and whistles that will come with later versions. It will, for example, be limited to 16 tables in the first commit. Implementation method, Compatible version. (part 1) ------------------------------- For this reason I have implemented a "sufficient subset" of a multiple routing table solution in Perforce, and back-ported it to 6.x. (also in Perforce though not always caught up with what I have done in -current/P4). The subset allows a number of FIBs to be defined at compile time (8 is sufficient for my purposes in 6.x) and implements the changes needed to allow IPV4 to use them. I have not done the changes for ipv6 simply because I do not need it, and I do not have enough knowledge of ipv6 (e.g. neighbor discovery) needed to do it. Other protocol families are left untouched and should there be users with proprietary protocol families, they should continue to work and be oblivious to the existence of the extra FIBs. To understand how this is done, one must know that the current FIB code starts everything off with a single dimensional array of pointers to FIB head structures (One per protocol family), each of which in turn points to the trie of routes available to that family. The basic change in the ABI compatible version of the change is to extent that array to be a 2 dimensional array, so that instead of protocol family X looking at rt_tables[X] for the table it needs, it looks at rt_tables[Y][X] when for all protocol families except ipv4 Y is always 0. Code that is unaware of the change always just sees the first row of the table, which of course looks just like the one dimensional array that existed before. The entry points rtrequest(), rtalloc(), rtalloc1(), rtalloc_ign() are all maintained, but refer only to the first row of the array, so that existing callers in proprietary protocols can continue to do the "right thing". Some new entry points are added, for the exclusive use of ipv4 code called in_rtrequest(), in_rtalloc(), in_rtalloc1() and in_rtalloc_ign(), which have an extra argument which refers the code to the correct row. In addition, there are some new entry points (currently called rtalloc_fib() and friends) that check the Address family being looked up and call either rtalloc() (and friends) if the protocol is not IPv4 forcing the action to row 0 or to the appropriate row if it IS IPv4 (and that info is available). These are for calling from code that is not specific to any particular protocol. The way these are implemented would change in the non ABI preserving code to be added later. One feature of the first version of the code is that for ipv4, the interface routes show up automatically on all the FIBs, so that no matter what FIB you select you always have the basic direct attached hosts available to you. (rtinit() does this automatically). You CAN delete an interface route from one FIB should you want to but by default it's there. ARP information is also available in each FIB. It's assumed that the same machine would have the same MAC address, regardless of which FIB you are using to get to it. This brings us as to how the correct FIB is selected for an outgoing IPV4 packet. Firstly, all packets have a FIB associated with them. if nothing has been done to change it, it will be FIB 0. The FIB is changed in the following ways. Packets fall into one of a number of classes. 1/ locally generated packets, coming from a socket/PCB. Such packets select a FIB from a number associated with the socket/PCB. This in turn is inherited from the process, but can be changed by a socket option. The process in turn inherits it on fork. I have written a utility call setfib that acts a bit like nice.. setfib -3 ping target.example.com # will use fib 3 for ping. It is an obvious extension to make it a property of a jail but I have not done so. It can be achieved by combining the setfib and jail commands. 2/ packets received on an interface for forwarding. By default these packets would use table 0, (or possibly a number settable in a sysctl(not yet)). but prior to routing the firewall can inspect them (see below). (possibly in the future you may be able to associate a FIB with packets received on an interface.. An ifconfig arg, but not yet.) 3/ packets inspected by a packet classifier, which can arbitrarily associate a fib with it on a packet by packet basis. A fib assigned to a packet by a packet classifier (such as ipfw) would over-ride a fib associated by a more default source. (such as cases 1 or 2). 4/ a tcp listen socket associated with a fib will generate accept sockets that are associated with that same fib. 5/ Packets generated in response to some other packet (e.g. reset or icmp packets). These should use the FIB associated with the packet being reponded to. 6/ Packets generated during encapsulation. gif, tun and other tunnel interfaces will encapsulate using the FIB that was in effect withthe proces that set up the tunnel. thus setfib 1 ifconfig gif0 [tunnel instructions] will set the fib for the tunnel to use to be fib 1. Routing messages would be associated with their process, and thus select one FIB or another. messages from the kernel would be associated with the fib they refer to and would only be received by a routing socket associated with that fib. (not yet implemented) In addition Netstat has been edited to be able to cope with the fact that the array is now 2 dimensional. (It looks in system memory using libkvm (!)). Old versions of netstat see only the first FIB. In addition two sysctls are added to give: a) the number of FIBs compiled in (active) b) the default FIB of the calling process. Early testing experience: ------------------------- Basically our (IronPort's) appliance does this functionality already using ipfw fwd but that method has some drawbacks. For example, It can't fully simulate a routing table because it can't influence the socket's choice of local address when a connect() is done. Testing during the generating of these changes has been remarkably smooth so far. Multiple tables have co-existed with no notable side effects, and packets have been routes accordingly. ipfw has grown 2 new keywords: setfib N ip from anay to any count ip from any to any fib N In pf there seems to be a requirement to be able to give symbolic names to the fibs but I do not have that capacity. I am not sure if it is required. SCTP has interestingly enough built in support for this, called VRFs in Cisco parlance. it will be interesting to see how that handles it when it suddenly actually does something. Where to next: -------------------- After committing the ABI compatible version and MFCing it, I'd like to proceed in a forward direction in -current. this will result in some roto-tilling in the routing code. Firstly: the current code's idea of having a separate tree per protocol family, all of the same format, and pointed to by the 1 dimensional array is a bit silly. Especially when one considers that there is code that makes assumptions about every protocol having the same internal structures there. Some protocols don't WANT that sort of structure. (for example the whole idea of a netmask is foreign to appletalk). This needs to be made opaque to the external code. My suggested first change is to add routing method pointers to the 'domain' structure, along with information pointing the data. instead of having an array of pointers to uniform structures, there would be an array pointing to the 'domain' structures for each protocol address domain (protocol family), and the methods this reached would be called. The methods would have an argument that gives FIB number, but the protocol would be free to ignore it. When the ABI can be changed it raises the possibilty of the addition of a fib entry into the "struct route". Currently, the structure contains the sockaddr of the desination, and the resulting fib entry. To make this work fully, one could add a fib number so that given an address and a fib, one can find the third element, the fib entry. Interaction with the ARP layer/ LL layer would need to be revisited as well. Qing Li has been working on this already. This work was sponsored by Ironport Systems/Cisco Reviewed by: several including rwatson, bz and mlair (parts each) Obtained from: Ironport systems/Cisco
2008-05-09 23:03:00 +00:00
int
rt_getifa_fib(struct rt_addrinfo *info, u_int fibnum)
Pull post-4.4BSD change to sys/net/route.c from BSD/OS 4.2. Have sys/net/route.c:rtrequest1(), which takes ``rt_addrinfo *'' as the argument. Pass rt_addrinfo all the way down to rtrequest1 and ifa->ifa_rtrequest. 3rd argument of ifa->ifa_rtrequest is now ``rt_addrinfo *'' instead of ``sockaddr *'' (almost noone is using it anyways). Benefit: the following command now works. Previously we needed two route(8) invocations, "add" then "change". # route add -inet6 default ::1 -ifp gif0 Remove unsafe typecast in rtrequest(), from ``rtentry *'' to ``sockaddr *''. It was introduced by 4.3BSD-Reno and never corrected. Obtained from: BSD/OS, NetBSD MFC after: 1 month PR: kern/28360
2001-10-17 18:07:05 +00:00
{
struct ifaddr *ifa;
int error = 0;
/*
* ifp may be specified by sockaddr_dl
* when protocol address is ambiguous.
*/
if (info->rti_ifp == NULL && ifpaddr != NULL &&
ifpaddr->sa_family == AF_LINK &&
Revisions 264905 and 266860 added a "int fib" argument to ifa_ifwithnet and ifa_ifwithdstaddr. For the sake of backwards compatibility, the new arguments were added to new functions named ifa_ifwithnet_fib and ifa_ifwithdstaddr_fib, while the old functions became wrappers around the new ones that passed RT_ALL_FIBS for the fib argument. However, the backwards compatibility is not desired for FreeBSD 11, because there are numerous other incompatible changes to the ifnet(9) API. We therefore decided to remove it from head but leave it in place for stable/9 and stable/10. In addition, this commit adds the fib argument to ifa_ifwithbroadaddr for consistency's sake. sys/sys/param.h Increment __FreeBSD_version sys/net/if.c sys/net/if_var.h sys/net/route.c Add fibnum argument to ifa_ifwithbroadaddr, and remove the _fib versions of ifa_ifwithdstaddr, ifa_ifwithnet, and ifa_ifwithroute. sys/net/route.c sys/net/rtsock.c sys/netinet/in_pcb.c sys/netinet/ip_options.c sys/netinet/ip_output.c sys/netinet6/nd6.c Fixup calls of modified functions. share/man/man9/ifnet.9 Document changed API. CR: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D458 MFC after: Never Sponsored by: Spectra Logic
2014-09-11 20:21:03 +00:00
(ifa = ifa_ifwithnet(ifpaddr, 0, fibnum)) != NULL) {
Pull post-4.4BSD change to sys/net/route.c from BSD/OS 4.2. Have sys/net/route.c:rtrequest1(), which takes ``rt_addrinfo *'' as the argument. Pass rt_addrinfo all the way down to rtrequest1 and ifa->ifa_rtrequest. 3rd argument of ifa->ifa_rtrequest is now ``rt_addrinfo *'' instead of ``sockaddr *'' (almost noone is using it anyways). Benefit: the following command now works. Previously we needed two route(8) invocations, "add" then "change". # route add -inet6 default ::1 -ifp gif0 Remove unsafe typecast in rtrequest(), from ``rtentry *'' to ``sockaddr *''. It was introduced by 4.3BSD-Reno and never corrected. Obtained from: BSD/OS, NetBSD MFC after: 1 month PR: kern/28360
2001-10-17 18:07:05 +00:00
info->rti_ifp = ifa->ifa_ifp;
Modify most routines returning 'struct ifaddr *' to return references rather than pointers, requiring callers to properly dispose of those references. The following routines now return references: ifaddr_byindex ifa_ifwithaddr ifa_ifwithbroadaddr ifa_ifwithdstaddr ifa_ifwithnet ifaof_ifpforaddr ifa_ifwithroute ifa_ifwithroute_fib rt_getifa rt_getifa_fib IFP_TO_IA ip_rtaddr in6_ifawithifp in6ifa_ifpforlinklocal in6ifa_ifpwithaddr in6_ifadd carp_iamatch6 ip6_getdstifaddr Remove unused macro which didn't have required referencing: IFP_TO_IA6 This closes many small races in which changes to interface or address lists while an ifaddr was in use could lead to use of freed memory (etc). In a few cases, add missing if_addr_list locking required to safely acquire references. Because of a lack of deep copying support, we accept a race in which an in6_ifaddr pointed to by mbuf tags and extracted with ip6_getdstifaddr() doesn't hold a reference while in transmit. Once we have mbuf tag deep copy support, this can be fixed. Reviewed by: bz Obtained from: Apple, Inc. (portions) MFC after: 6 weeks (portions)
2009-06-23 20:19:09 +00:00
ifa_free(ifa);
}
Pull post-4.4BSD change to sys/net/route.c from BSD/OS 4.2. Have sys/net/route.c:rtrequest1(), which takes ``rt_addrinfo *'' as the argument. Pass rt_addrinfo all the way down to rtrequest1 and ifa->ifa_rtrequest. 3rd argument of ifa->ifa_rtrequest is now ``rt_addrinfo *'' instead of ``sockaddr *'' (almost noone is using it anyways). Benefit: the following command now works. Previously we needed two route(8) invocations, "add" then "change". # route add -inet6 default ::1 -ifp gif0 Remove unsafe typecast in rtrequest(), from ``rtentry *'' to ``sockaddr *''. It was introduced by 4.3BSD-Reno and never corrected. Obtained from: BSD/OS, NetBSD MFC after: 1 month PR: kern/28360
2001-10-17 18:07:05 +00:00
if (info->rti_ifa == NULL && ifaaddr != NULL)
info->rti_ifa = ifa_ifwithaddr(ifaaddr);
if (info->rti_ifa == NULL) {
struct sockaddr *sa;
sa = ifaaddr != NULL ? ifaaddr :
(gateway != NULL ? gateway : dst);
if (sa != NULL && info->rti_ifp != NULL)
info->rti_ifa = ifaof_ifpforaddr(sa, info->rti_ifp);
else if (dst != NULL && gateway != NULL)
Revisions 264905 and 266860 added a "int fib" argument to ifa_ifwithnet and ifa_ifwithdstaddr. For the sake of backwards compatibility, the new arguments were added to new functions named ifa_ifwithnet_fib and ifa_ifwithdstaddr_fib, while the old functions became wrappers around the new ones that passed RT_ALL_FIBS for the fib argument. However, the backwards compatibility is not desired for FreeBSD 11, because there are numerous other incompatible changes to the ifnet(9) API. We therefore decided to remove it from head but leave it in place for stable/9 and stable/10. In addition, this commit adds the fib argument to ifa_ifwithbroadaddr for consistency's sake. sys/sys/param.h Increment __FreeBSD_version sys/net/if.c sys/net/if_var.h sys/net/route.c Add fibnum argument to ifa_ifwithbroadaddr, and remove the _fib versions of ifa_ifwithdstaddr, ifa_ifwithnet, and ifa_ifwithroute. sys/net/route.c sys/net/rtsock.c sys/netinet/in_pcb.c sys/netinet/ip_options.c sys/netinet/ip_output.c sys/netinet6/nd6.c Fixup calls of modified functions. share/man/man9/ifnet.9 Document changed API. CR: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D458 MFC after: Never Sponsored by: Spectra Logic
2014-09-11 20:21:03 +00:00
info->rti_ifa = ifa_ifwithroute(flags, dst, gateway,
Add code to allow the system to handle multiple routing tables. This particular implementation is designed to be fully backwards compatible and to be MFC-able to 7.x (and 6.x) Currently the only protocol that can make use of the multiple tables is IPv4 Similar functionality exists in OpenBSD and Linux. From my notes: ----- One thing where FreeBSD has been falling behind, and which by chance I have some time to work on is "policy based routing", which allows different packet streams to be routed by more than just the destination address. Constraints: ------------ I want to make some form of this available in the 6.x tree (and by extension 7.x) , but FreeBSD in general needs it so I might as well do it in -current and back port the portions I need. One of the ways that this can be done is to have the ability to instantiate multiple kernel routing tables (which I will now refer to as "Forwarding Information Bases" or "FIBs" for political correctness reasons). Which FIB a particular packet uses to make the next hop decision can be decided by a number of mechanisms. The policies these mechanisms implement are the "Policies" referred to in "Policy based routing". One of the constraints I have if I try to back port this work to 6.x is that it must be implemented as a EXTENSION to the existing ABIs in 6.x so that third party applications do not need to be recompiled in timespan of the branch. This first version will not have some of the bells and whistles that will come with later versions. It will, for example, be limited to 16 tables in the first commit. Implementation method, Compatible version. (part 1) ------------------------------- For this reason I have implemented a "sufficient subset" of a multiple routing table solution in Perforce, and back-ported it to 6.x. (also in Perforce though not always caught up with what I have done in -current/P4). The subset allows a number of FIBs to be defined at compile time (8 is sufficient for my purposes in 6.x) and implements the changes needed to allow IPV4 to use them. I have not done the changes for ipv6 simply because I do not need it, and I do not have enough knowledge of ipv6 (e.g. neighbor discovery) needed to do it. Other protocol families are left untouched and should there be users with proprietary protocol families, they should continue to work and be oblivious to the existence of the extra FIBs. To understand how this is done, one must know that the current FIB code starts everything off with a single dimensional array of pointers to FIB head structures (One per protocol family), each of which in turn points to the trie of routes available to that family. The basic change in the ABI compatible version of the change is to extent that array to be a 2 dimensional array, so that instead of protocol family X looking at rt_tables[X] for the table it needs, it looks at rt_tables[Y][X] when for all protocol families except ipv4 Y is always 0. Code that is unaware of the change always just sees the first row of the table, which of course looks just like the one dimensional array that existed before. The entry points rtrequest(), rtalloc(), rtalloc1(), rtalloc_ign() are all maintained, but refer only to the first row of the array, so that existing callers in proprietary protocols can continue to do the "right thing". Some new entry points are added, for the exclusive use of ipv4 code called in_rtrequest(), in_rtalloc(), in_rtalloc1() and in_rtalloc_ign(), which have an extra argument which refers the code to the correct row. In addition, there are some new entry points (currently called rtalloc_fib() and friends) that check the Address family being looked up and call either rtalloc() (and friends) if the protocol is not IPv4 forcing the action to row 0 or to the appropriate row if it IS IPv4 (and that info is available). These are for calling from code that is not specific to any particular protocol. The way these are implemented would change in the non ABI preserving code to be added later. One feature of the first version of the code is that for ipv4, the interface routes show up automatically on all the FIBs, so that no matter what FIB you select you always have the basic direct attached hosts available to you. (rtinit() does this automatically). You CAN delete an interface route from one FIB should you want to but by default it's there. ARP information is also available in each FIB. It's assumed that the same machine would have the same MAC address, regardless of which FIB you are using to get to it. This brings us as to how the correct FIB is selected for an outgoing IPV4 packet. Firstly, all packets have a FIB associated with them. if nothing has been done to change it, it will be FIB 0. The FIB is changed in the following ways. Packets fall into one of a number of classes. 1/ locally generated packets, coming from a socket/PCB. Such packets select a FIB from a number associated with the socket/PCB. This in turn is inherited from the process, but can be changed by a socket option. The process in turn inherits it on fork. I have written a utility call setfib that acts a bit like nice.. setfib -3 ping target.example.com # will use fib 3 for ping. It is an obvious extension to make it a property of a jail but I have not done so. It can be achieved by combining the setfib and jail commands. 2/ packets received on an interface for forwarding. By default these packets would use table 0, (or possibly a number settable in a sysctl(not yet)). but prior to routing the firewall can inspect them (see below). (possibly in the future you may be able to associate a FIB with packets received on an interface.. An ifconfig arg, but not yet.) 3/ packets inspected by a packet classifier, which can arbitrarily associate a fib with it on a packet by packet basis. A fib assigned to a packet by a packet classifier (such as ipfw) would over-ride a fib associated by a more default source. (such as cases 1 or 2). 4/ a tcp listen socket associated with a fib will generate accept sockets that are associated with that same fib. 5/ Packets generated in response to some other packet (e.g. reset or icmp packets). These should use the FIB associated with the packet being reponded to. 6/ Packets generated during encapsulation. gif, tun and other tunnel interfaces will encapsulate using the FIB that was in effect withthe proces that set up the tunnel. thus setfib 1 ifconfig gif0 [tunnel instructions] will set the fib for the tunnel to use to be fib 1. Routing messages would be associated with their process, and thus select one FIB or another. messages from the kernel would be associated with the fib they refer to and would only be received by a routing socket associated with that fib. (not yet implemented) In addition Netstat has been edited to be able to cope with the fact that the array is now 2 dimensional. (It looks in system memory using libkvm (!)). Old versions of netstat see only the first FIB. In addition two sysctls are added to give: a) the number of FIBs compiled in (active) b) the default FIB of the calling process. Early testing experience: ------------------------- Basically our (IronPort's) appliance does this functionality already using ipfw fwd but that method has some drawbacks. For example, It can't fully simulate a routing table because it can't influence the socket's choice of local address when a connect() is done. Testing during the generating of these changes has been remarkably smooth so far. Multiple tables have co-existed with no notable side effects, and packets have been routes accordingly. ipfw has grown 2 new keywords: setfib N ip from anay to any count ip from any to any fib N In pf there seems to be a requirement to be able to give symbolic names to the fibs but I do not have that capacity. I am not sure if it is required. SCTP has interestingly enough built in support for this, called VRFs in Cisco parlance. it will be interesting to see how that handles it when it suddenly actually does something. Where to next: -------------------- After committing the ABI compatible version and MFCing it, I'd like to proceed in a forward direction in -current. this will result in some roto-tilling in the routing code. Firstly: the current code's idea of having a separate tree per protocol family, all of the same format, and pointed to by the 1 dimensional array is a bit silly. Especially when one considers that there is code that makes assumptions about every protocol having the same internal structures there. Some protocols don't WANT that sort of structure. (for example the whole idea of a netmask is foreign to appletalk). This needs to be made opaque to the external code. My suggested first change is to add routing method pointers to the 'domain' structure, along with information pointing the data. instead of having an array of pointers to uniform structures, there would be an array pointing to the 'domain' structures for each protocol address domain (protocol family), and the methods this reached would be called. The methods would have an argument that gives FIB number, but the protocol would be free to ignore it. When the ABI can be changed it raises the possibilty of the addition of a fib entry into the "struct route". Currently, the structure contains the sockaddr of the desination, and the resulting fib entry. To make this work fully, one could add a fib number so that given an address and a fib, one can find the third element, the fib entry. Interaction with the ARP layer/ LL layer would need to be revisited as well. Qing Li has been working on this already. This work was sponsored by Ironport Systems/Cisco Reviewed by: several including rwatson, bz and mlair (parts each) Obtained from: Ironport systems/Cisco
2008-05-09 23:03:00 +00:00
fibnum);
Pull post-4.4BSD change to sys/net/route.c from BSD/OS 4.2. Have sys/net/route.c:rtrequest1(), which takes ``rt_addrinfo *'' as the argument. Pass rt_addrinfo all the way down to rtrequest1 and ifa->ifa_rtrequest. 3rd argument of ifa->ifa_rtrequest is now ``rt_addrinfo *'' instead of ``sockaddr *'' (almost noone is using it anyways). Benefit: the following command now works. Previously we needed two route(8) invocations, "add" then "change". # route add -inet6 default ::1 -ifp gif0 Remove unsafe typecast in rtrequest(), from ``rtentry *'' to ``sockaddr *''. It was introduced by 4.3BSD-Reno and never corrected. Obtained from: BSD/OS, NetBSD MFC after: 1 month PR: kern/28360
2001-10-17 18:07:05 +00:00
else if (sa != NULL)
Revisions 264905 and 266860 added a "int fib" argument to ifa_ifwithnet and ifa_ifwithdstaddr. For the sake of backwards compatibility, the new arguments were added to new functions named ifa_ifwithnet_fib and ifa_ifwithdstaddr_fib, while the old functions became wrappers around the new ones that passed RT_ALL_FIBS for the fib argument. However, the backwards compatibility is not desired for FreeBSD 11, because there are numerous other incompatible changes to the ifnet(9) API. We therefore decided to remove it from head but leave it in place for stable/9 and stable/10. In addition, this commit adds the fib argument to ifa_ifwithbroadaddr for consistency's sake. sys/sys/param.h Increment __FreeBSD_version sys/net/if.c sys/net/if_var.h sys/net/route.c Add fibnum argument to ifa_ifwithbroadaddr, and remove the _fib versions of ifa_ifwithdstaddr, ifa_ifwithnet, and ifa_ifwithroute. sys/net/route.c sys/net/rtsock.c sys/netinet/in_pcb.c sys/netinet/ip_options.c sys/netinet/ip_output.c sys/netinet6/nd6.c Fixup calls of modified functions. share/man/man9/ifnet.9 Document changed API. CR: https://reviews.freebsd.org/D458 MFC after: Never Sponsored by: Spectra Logic
2014-09-11 20:21:03 +00:00
info->rti_ifa = ifa_ifwithroute(flags, sa, sa,
Add code to allow the system to handle multiple routing tables. This particular implementation is designed to be fully backwards compatible and to be MFC-able to 7.x (and 6.x) Currently the only protocol that can make use of the multiple tables is IPv4 Similar functionality exists in OpenBSD and Linux. From my notes: ----- One thing where FreeBSD has been falling behind, and which by chance I have some time to work on is "policy based routing", which allows different packet streams to be routed by more than just the destination address. Constraints: ------------ I want to make some form of this available in the 6.x tree (and by extension 7.x) , but FreeBSD in general needs it so I might as well do it in -current and back port the portions I need. One of the ways that this can be done is to have the ability to instantiate multiple kernel routing tables (which I will now refer to as "Forwarding Information Bases" or "FIBs" for political correctness reasons). Which FIB a particular packet uses to make the next hop decision can be decided by a number of mechanisms. The policies these mechanisms implement are the "Policies" referred to in "Policy based routing". One of the constraints I have if I try to back port this work to 6.x is that it must be implemented as a EXTENSION to the existing ABIs in 6.x so that third party applications do not need to be recompiled in timespan of the branch. This first version will not have some of the bells and whistles that will come with later versions. It will, for example, be limited to 16 tables in the first commit. Implementation method, Compatible version. (part 1) ------------------------------- For this reason I have implemented a "sufficient subset" of a multiple routing table solution in Perforce, and back-ported it to 6.x. (also in Perforce though not always caught up with what I have done in -current/P4). The subset allows a number of FIBs to be defined at compile time (8 is sufficient for my purposes in 6.x) and implements the changes needed to allow IPV4 to use them. I have not done the changes for ipv6 simply because I do not need it, and I do not have enough knowledge of ipv6 (e.g. neighbor discovery) needed to do it. Other protocol families are left untouched and should there be users with proprietary protocol families, they should continue to work and be oblivious to the existence of the extra FIBs. To understand how this is done, one must know that the current FIB code starts everything off with a single dimensional array of pointers to FIB head structures (One per protocol family), each of which in turn points to the trie of routes available to that family. The basic change in the ABI compatible version of the change is to extent that array to be a 2 dimensional array, so that instead of protocol family X looking at rt_tables[X] for the table it needs, it looks at rt_tables[Y][X] when for all protocol families except ipv4 Y is always 0. Code that is unaware of the change always just sees the first row of the table, which of course looks just like the one dimensional array that existed before. The entry points rtrequest(), rtalloc(), rtalloc1(), rtalloc_ign() are all maintained, but refer only to the first row of the array, so that existing callers in proprietary protocols can continue to do the "right thing". Some new entry points are added, for the exclusive use of ipv4 code called in_rtrequest(), in_rtalloc(), in_rtalloc1() and in_rtalloc_ign(), which have an extra argument which refers the code to the correct row. In addition, there are some new entry points (currently called rtalloc_fib() and friends) that check the Address family being looked up and call either rtalloc() (and friends) if the protocol is not IPv4 forcing the action to row 0 or to the appropriate row if it IS IPv4 (and that info is available). These are for calling from code that is not specific to any particular protocol. The way these are implemented would change in the non ABI preserving code to be added later. One feature of the first version of the code is that for ipv4, the interface routes show up automatically on all the FIBs, so that no matter what FIB you select you always have the basic direct attached hosts available to you. (rtinit() does this automatically). You CAN delete an interface route from one FIB should you want to but by default it's there. ARP information is also available in each FIB. It's assumed that the same machine would have the same MAC address, regardless of which FIB you are using to get to it. This brings us as to how the correct FIB is selected for an outgoing IPV4 packet. Firstly, all packets have a FIB associated with them. if nothing has been done to change it, it will be FIB 0. The FIB is changed in the following ways. Packets fall into one of a number of classes. 1/ locally generated packets, coming from a socket/PCB. Such packets select a FIB from a number associated with the socket/PCB. This in turn is inherited from the process, but can be changed by a socket option. The process in turn inherits it on fork. I have written a utility call setfib that acts a bit like nice.. setfib -3 ping target.example.com # will use fib 3 for ping. It is an obvious extension to make it a property of a jail but I have not done so. It can be achieved by combining the setfib and jail commands. 2/ packets received on an interface for forwarding. By default these packets would use table 0, (or possibly a number settable in a sysctl(not yet)). but prior to routing the firewall can inspect them (see below). (possibly in the future you may be able to associate a FIB with packets received on an interface.. An ifconfig arg, but not yet.) 3/ packets inspected by a packet classifier, which can arbitrarily associate a fib with it on a packet by packet basis. A fib assigned to a packet by a packet classifier (such as ipfw) would over-ride a fib associated by a more default source. (such as cases 1 or 2). 4/ a tcp listen socket associated with a fib will generate accept sockets that are associated with that same fib. 5/ Packets generated in response to some other packet (e.g. reset or icmp packets). These should use the FIB associated with the packet being reponded to. 6/ Packets generated during encapsulation. gif, tun and other tunnel interfaces will encapsulate using the FIB that was in effect withthe proces that set up the tunnel. thus setfib 1 ifconfig gif0 [tunnel instructions] will set the fib for the tunnel to use to be fib 1. Routing messages would be associated with their process, and thus select one FIB or another. messages from the kernel would be associated with the fib they refer to and would only be received by a routing socket associated with that fib. (not yet implemented) In addition Netstat has been edited to be able to cope with the fact that the array is now 2 dimensional. (It looks in system memory using libkvm (!)). Old versions of netstat see only the first FIB. In addition two sysctls are added to give: a) the number of FIBs compiled in (active) b) the default FIB of the calling process. Early testing experience: ------------------------- Basically our (IronPort's) appliance does this functionality already using ipfw fwd but that method has some drawbacks. For example, It can't fully simulate a routing table because it can't influence the socket's choice of local address when a connect() is done. Testing during the generating of these changes has been remarkably smooth so far. Multiple tables have co-existed with no notable side effects, and packets have been routes accordingly. ipfw has grown 2 new keywords: setfib N ip from anay to any count ip from any to any fib N In pf there seems to be a requirement to be able to give symbolic names to the fibs but I do not have that capacity. I am not sure if it is required. SCTP has interestingly enough built in support for this, called VRFs in Cisco parlance. it will be interesting to see how that handles it when it suddenly actually does something. Where to next: -------------------- After committing the ABI compatible version and MFCing it, I'd like to proceed in a forward direction in -current. this will result in some roto-tilling in the routing code. Firstly: the current code's idea of having a separate tree per protocol family, all of the same format, and pointed to by the 1 dimensional array is a bit silly. Especially when one considers that there is code that makes assumptions about every protocol having the same internal structures there. Some protocols don't WANT that sort of structure. (for example the whole idea of a netmask is foreign to appletalk). This needs to be made opaque to the external code. My suggested first change is to add routing method pointers to the 'domain' structure, along with information pointing the data. instead of having an array of pointers to uniform structures, there would be an array pointing to the 'domain' structures for each protocol address domain (protocol family), and the methods this reached would be called. The methods would have an argument that gives FIB number, but the protocol would be free to ignore it. When the ABI can be changed it raises the possibilty of the addition of a fib entry into the "struct route". Currently, the structure contains the sockaddr of the desination, and the resulting fib entry. To make this work fully, one could add a fib number so that given an address and a fib, one can find the third element, the fib entry. Interaction with the ARP layer/ LL layer would need to be revisited as well. Qing Li has been working on this already. This work was sponsored by Ironport Systems/Cisco Reviewed by: several including rwatson, bz and mlair (parts each) Obtained from: Ironport systems/Cisco
2008-05-09 23:03:00 +00:00
fibnum);
Pull post-4.4BSD change to sys/net/route.c from BSD/OS 4.2. Have sys/net/route.c:rtrequest1(), which takes ``rt_addrinfo *'' as the argument. Pass rt_addrinfo all the way down to rtrequest1 and ifa->ifa_rtrequest. 3rd argument of ifa->ifa_rtrequest is now ``rt_addrinfo *'' instead of ``sockaddr *'' (almost noone is using it anyways). Benefit: the following command now works. Previously we needed two route(8) invocations, "add" then "change". # route add -inet6 default ::1 -ifp gif0 Remove unsafe typecast in rtrequest(), from ``rtentry *'' to ``sockaddr *''. It was introduced by 4.3BSD-Reno and never corrected. Obtained from: BSD/OS, NetBSD MFC after: 1 month PR: kern/28360
2001-10-17 18:07:05 +00:00
}
if ((ifa = info->rti_ifa) != NULL) {
if (info->rti_ifp == NULL)
info->rti_ifp = ifa->ifa_ifp;
} else
error = ENETUNREACH;
return (error);
}
Overhaul routing table entry cleanup by introducing a new rtexpunge routine that takes a locked routing table reference and removes all references to the entry in the various data structures. This eliminates instances of recursive locking and also closes races where the lock on the entry had to be dropped prior to calling rtrequest(RTM_DELETE). This also cleans up confusion where the caller held a reference to an entry that might have been reclaimed (and in some cases used that reference). Supported by: FreeBSD Foundation
2003-10-30 23:02:51 +00:00
/*
* Expunges references to a route that's about to be reclaimed.
* The route must be locked.
*/
int
Pass radix head ptr along with rte to rtexpunge(). Rename rtexpunge to rt_expunge().
2014-05-03 16:28:54 +00:00
rt_expunge(struct radix_node_head *rnh, struct rtentry *rt)
Overhaul routing table entry cleanup by introducing a new rtexpunge routine that takes a locked routing table reference and removes all references to the entry in the various data structures. This eliminates instances of recursive locking and also closes races where the lock on the entry had to be dropped prior to calling rtrequest(RTM_DELETE). This also cleans up confusion where the caller held a reference to an entry that might have been reclaimed (and in some cases used that reference). Supported by: FreeBSD Foundation
2003-10-30 23:02:51 +00:00
{
One of the advantages of enabling ECMP (a.k.a RADIX_MPATH) is to allow for connection load balancing across interfaces. Currently the address alias handling method is colliding with the ECMP code. For example, when two interfaces are configured on the same prefix, only one prefix route is installed. So connection load balancing among the available interfaces is not possible. The other advantage of ECMP is for failover. The issue with the current code, is that the interface link-state is not reflected in the route entry. For example, if there are two interfaces on the same prefix, the cable on one interface is unplugged, new and existing connections should switch over to the other interface. This is not done today and packets go into a black hole. Also, there is a small bug in the kernel where deleting ECMP routes in the userland will always return an error even though the command is successfully executed. MFC after: 5 days
2010-03-09 01:11:45 +00:00
#if !defined(RADIX_MPATH)
Overhaul routing table entry cleanup by introducing a new rtexpunge routine that takes a locked routing table reference and removes all references to the entry in the various data structures. This eliminates instances of recursive locking and also closes races where the lock on the entry had to be dropped prior to calling rtrequest(RTM_DELETE). This also cleans up confusion where the caller held a reference to an entry that might have been reclaimed (and in some cases used that reference). Supported by: FreeBSD Foundation
2003-10-30 23:02:51 +00:00
struct radix_node *rn;
One of the advantages of enabling ECMP (a.k.a RADIX_MPATH) is to allow for connection load balancing across interfaces. Currently the address alias handling method is colliding with the ECMP code. For example, when two interfaces are configured on the same prefix, only one prefix route is installed. So connection load balancing among the available interfaces is not possible. The other advantage of ECMP is for failover. The issue with the current code, is that the interface link-state is not reflected in the route entry. For example, if there are two interfaces on the same prefix, the cable on one interface is unplugged, new and existing connections should switch over to the other interface. This is not done today and packets go into a black hole. Also, there is a small bug in the kernel where deleting ECMP routes in the userland will always return an error even though the command is successfully executed. MFC after: 5 days
2010-03-09 01:11:45 +00:00
#else
struct rt_addrinfo info;
int fib;
struct rtentry *rt0;
#endif
Overhaul routing table entry cleanup by introducing a new rtexpunge routine that takes a locked routing table reference and removes all references to the entry in the various data structures. This eliminates instances of recursive locking and also closes races where the lock on the entry had to be dropped prior to calling rtrequest(RTM_DELETE). This also cleans up confusion where the caller held a reference to an entry that might have been reclaimed (and in some cases used that reference). Supported by: FreeBSD Foundation
2003-10-30 23:02:51 +00:00
struct ifaddr *ifa;
int error = 0;
RT_LOCK_ASSERT(rt);
- convert radix node head lock from mutex to rwlock - make radix node head lock not recursive - fix LOR in rtexpunge - fix LOR in rtredirect Reviewed by: sam
2008-12-07 21:15:43 +00:00
RADIX_NODE_HEAD_LOCK_ASSERT(rnh);
One of the advantages of enabling ECMP (a.k.a RADIX_MPATH) is to allow for connection load balancing across interfaces. Currently the address alias handling method is colliding with the ECMP code. For example, when two interfaces are configured on the same prefix, only one prefix route is installed. So connection load balancing among the available interfaces is not possible. The other advantage of ECMP is for failover. The issue with the current code, is that the interface link-state is not reflected in the route entry. For example, if there are two interfaces on the same prefix, the cable on one interface is unplugged, new and existing connections should switch over to the other interface. This is not done today and packets go into a black hole. Also, there is a small bug in the kernel where deleting ECMP routes in the userland will always return an error even though the command is successfully executed. MFC after: 5 days
2010-03-09 01:11:45 +00:00
#ifdef RADIX_MPATH
fib = rt->rt_fibnum;
bzero(&info, sizeof(info));
info.rti_ifp = rt->rt_ifp;
info.rti_flags = RTF_RNH_LOCKED;
info.rti_info[RTAX_DST] = rt_key(rt);
info.rti_info[RTAX_GATEWAY] = rt->rt_ifa->ifa_addr;
RT_UNLOCK(rt);
error = rtrequest1_fib(RTM_DELETE, &info, &rt0, fib);
if (error == 0 && rt0 != NULL) {
rt = rt0;
RT_LOCK(rt);
} else if (error != 0) {
RT_LOCK(rt);
return (error);
}
#else
Overhaul routing table entry cleanup by introducing a new rtexpunge routine that takes a locked routing table reference and removes all references to the entry in the various data structures. This eliminates instances of recursive locking and also closes races where the lock on the entry had to be dropped prior to calling rtrequest(RTM_DELETE). This also cleans up confusion where the caller held a reference to an entry that might have been reclaimed (and in some cases used that reference). Supported by: FreeBSD Foundation
2003-10-30 23:02:51 +00:00
/*
* Remove the item from the tree; it should be there,
* but when callers invoke us blindly it may not (sigh).
*/
rn = rnh->rnh_deladdr(rt_key(rt), rt_mask(rt), rnh);
Fix the initial check for NULL arguments in rtfree (previously it checked for rt == NULL after dereferencing the pointer). We never check for those events elsewhere, so probably these checks might go away here as well. Slightly simplify (and document) the logic for memory allocation in rt_setgate(). The rest is mostly style changes -- replace 0 with NULL where appropriate, remove the macro SA() that was only used once, remove some useless debugging code in rt_fixchange, explain some odd-looking casts.
2004-04-20 07:04:47 +00:00
if (rn == NULL) {
Overhaul routing table entry cleanup by introducing a new rtexpunge routine that takes a locked routing table reference and removes all references to the entry in the various data structures. This eliminates instances of recursive locking and also closes races where the lock on the entry had to be dropped prior to calling rtrequest(RTM_DELETE). This also cleans up confusion where the caller held a reference to an entry that might have been reclaimed (and in some cases used that reference). Supported by: FreeBSD Foundation
2003-10-30 23:02:51 +00:00
error = ESRCH;
goto bad;
}
KASSERT((rn->rn_flags & (RNF_ACTIVE | RNF_ROOT)) == 0,
("unexpected flags 0x%x", rn->rn_flags));
Clearly comment the assumptions that allow us to cast a 'struct radix_node *' to a 'struct rtentry *' in this code, and introduce a macro, RNTORT(), to do this type conversion.
2004-04-21 15:16:08 +00:00
KASSERT(rt == RNTORT(rn),
Overhaul routing table entry cleanup by introducing a new rtexpunge routine that takes a locked routing table reference and removes all references to the entry in the various data structures. This eliminates instances of recursive locking and also closes races where the lock on the entry had to be dropped prior to calling rtrequest(RTM_DELETE). This also cleans up confusion where the caller held a reference to an entry that might have been reclaimed (and in some cases used that reference). Supported by: FreeBSD Foundation
2003-10-30 23:02:51 +00:00
("lookup mismatch, rt %p rn %p", rt, rn));
One of the advantages of enabling ECMP (a.k.a RADIX_MPATH) is to allow for connection load balancing across interfaces. Currently the address alias handling method is colliding with the ECMP code. For example, when two interfaces are configured on the same prefix, only one prefix route is installed. So connection load balancing among the available interfaces is not possible. The other advantage of ECMP is for failover. The issue with the current code, is that the interface link-state is not reflected in the route entry. For example, if there are two interfaces on the same prefix, the cable on one interface is unplugged, new and existing connections should switch over to the other interface. This is not done today and packets go into a black hole. Also, there is a small bug in the kernel where deleting ECMP routes in the userland will always return an error even though the command is successfully executed. MFC after: 5 days
2010-03-09 01:11:45 +00:00
#endif /* RADIX_MPATH */
Overhaul routing table entry cleanup by introducing a new rtexpunge routine that takes a locked routing table reference and removes all references to the entry in the various data structures. This eliminates instances of recursive locking and also closes races where the lock on the entry had to be dropped prior to calling rtrequest(RTM_DELETE). This also cleans up confusion where the caller held a reference to an entry that might have been reclaimed (and in some cases used that reference). Supported by: FreeBSD Foundation
2003-10-30 23:02:51 +00:00
rt->rt_flags &= ~RTF_UP;
/*
* Give the protocol a chance to keep things in sync.
*/
if ((ifa = rt->rt_ifa) && ifa->ifa_rtrequest) {
struct rt_addrinfo info;
bzero((caddr_t)&info, sizeof(info));
info.rti_flags = rt->rt_flags;
info.rti_info[RTAX_DST] = rt_key(rt);
info.rti_info[RTAX_GATEWAY] = rt->rt_gateway;
info.rti_info[RTAX_NETMASK] = rt_mask(rt);
ifa->ifa_rtrequest(RTM_DELETE, rt, &info);
}
/*
* one more rtentry floating around that is not
* linked to the routing table.
*/
Commit step 1 of the vimage project, (network stack) virtualization work done by Marko Zec (zec@). This is the first in a series of commits over the course of the next few weeks. Mark all uses of global variables to be virtualized with a V_ prefix. Use macros to map them back to their global names for now, so this is a NOP change only. We hope to have caught at least 85-90% of what is needed so we do not invalidate a lot of outstanding patches again. Obtained from: //depot/projects/vimage-commit2/... Reviewed by: brooks, des, ed, mav, julian, jamie, kris, rwatson, zec, ... (various people I forgot, different versions) md5 (with a bit of help) Sponsored by: NLnet Foundation, The FreeBSD Foundation X-MFC after: never V_Commit_Message_Reviewed_By: more people than the patch
2008-08-17 23:27:27 +00:00
V_rttrash++;
One of the advantages of enabling ECMP (a.k.a RADIX_MPATH) is to allow for connection load balancing across interfaces. Currently the address alias handling method is colliding with the ECMP code. For example, when two interfaces are configured on the same prefix, only one prefix route is installed. So connection load balancing among the available interfaces is not possible. The other advantage of ECMP is for failover. The issue with the current code, is that the interface link-state is not reflected in the route entry. For example, if there are two interfaces on the same prefix, the cable on one interface is unplugged, new and existing connections should switch over to the other interface. This is not done today and packets go into a black hole. Also, there is a small bug in the kernel where deleting ECMP routes in the userland will always return an error even though the command is successfully executed. MFC after: 5 days
2010-03-09 01:11:45 +00:00
#if !defined(RADIX_MPATH)
Overhaul routing table entry cleanup by introducing a new rtexpunge routine that takes a locked routing table reference and removes all references to the entry in the various data structures. This eliminates instances of recursive locking and also closes races where the lock on the entry had to be dropped prior to calling rtrequest(RTM_DELETE). This also cleans up confusion where the caller held a reference to an entry that might have been reclaimed (and in some cases used that reference). Supported by: FreeBSD Foundation
2003-10-30 23:02:51 +00:00
bad:
One of the advantages of enabling ECMP (a.k.a RADIX_MPATH) is to allow for connection load balancing across interfaces. Currently the address alias handling method is colliding with the ECMP code. For example, when two interfaces are configured on the same prefix, only one prefix route is installed. So connection load balancing among the available interfaces is not possible. The other advantage of ECMP is for failover. The issue with the current code, is that the interface link-state is not reflected in the route entry. For example, if there are two interfaces on the same prefix, the cable on one interface is unplugged, new and existing connections should switch over to the other interface. This is not done today and packets go into a black hole. Also, there is a small bug in the kernel where deleting ECMP routes in the userland will always return an error even though the command is successfully executed. MFC after: 5 days
2010-03-09 01:11:45 +00:00
#endif
Overhaul routing table entry cleanup by introducing a new rtexpunge routine that takes a locked routing table reference and removes all references to the entry in the various data structures. This eliminates instances of recursive locking and also closes races where the lock on the entry had to be dropped prior to calling rtrequest(RTM_DELETE). This also cleans up confusion where the caller held a reference to an entry that might have been reclaimed (and in some cases used that reference). Supported by: FreeBSD Foundation
2003-10-30 23:02:51 +00:00
return (error);
}
Finish r274175: do control plane MTU tracking. Update route MTU in case of ifnet MTU change. Add new RTF_FIXEDMTU to track explicitly specified MTU. Old behavior: ifconfig em0 mtu 1500->9000 -> all routes traversing em0 do not change MTU. User has to manually update all routes. ifconfig em0 mtu 9000->1500 -> all routes traversing em0 do not change MTU. However, if ip[6]_output finds route with rt_mtu > interface mtu, rt_mtu gets updated. New behavior: ifconfig em0 mtu 1500->9000 -> all interface routes in all fibs gets updated with new MTU unless RTF_FIXEDMTU flag set on them. ifconfig em0 mtu 9000->1500 -> all routes in all fibs gets updated with new MTU unless RTF_FIXEDMTU flag set on them AND rt_mtu is less than ifp mtu. route add ... -mtu XXX automatically sets RTF_FIXEDMTU flag. route change .. -mtu 0 automatically removes RTF_FIXEDMTU flag. PR: 194238 MFC after: 1 month CR: D1125
2014-11-17 01:05:29 +00:00
static int
if_updatemtu_cb(struct radix_node *rn, void *arg)
{
struct rtentry *rt;
struct if_mtuinfo *ifmtu;
rt = (struct rtentry *)rn;
ifmtu = (struct if_mtuinfo *)arg;
if (rt->rt_ifp != ifmtu->ifp)
return (0);
if (rt->rt_mtu >= ifmtu->mtu) {
/* We have to decrease mtu regardless of flags */
rt->rt_mtu = ifmtu->mtu;
return (0);
}
/*
* New MTU is bigger. Check if are allowed to alter it
*/
if ((rt->rt_flags & (RTF_FIXEDMTU | RTF_GATEWAY | RTF_HOST)) != 0) {
/*
* Skip routes with user-supplied MTU and
* non-interface routes
*/
return (0);
}
/* We are safe to update route MTU */
rt->rt_mtu = ifmtu->mtu;
return (0);
}
void
rt_updatemtu(struct ifnet *ifp)
{
struct if_mtuinfo ifmtu;
struct radix_node_head *rnh;
int i, j;
ifmtu.ifp = ifp;
/*
* Try to update rt_mtu for all routes using this interface
* Unfortunately the only way to do this is to traverse all
* routing tables in all fibs/domains.
*/
for (i = 1; i <= AF_MAX; i++) {
ifmtu.mtu = if_getmtu_family(ifp, i);
for (j = 0; j < rt_numfibs; j++) {
rnh = rt_tables_get_rnh(j, i);
if (rnh == NULL)
continue;
RADIX_NODE_HEAD_LOCK(rnh);
rnh->rnh_walktree(rnh, if_updatemtu_cb, &ifmtu);
RADIX_NODE_HEAD_UNLOCK(rnh);
}
}
}
Change semantics for rnh_lookup() function: now it performs exact match search, regardless of netmask existance. This simplifies most of rnh_lookup() consumers. Fix panic triggered by deleting non-existent host route. PR: kern/185092 Submitted by: Nikolay Denev <ndenev at gmail.com> MFC after: 1 month
2014-01-04 22:25:26 +00:00
#if 0
int p_sockaddr(char *buf, int buflen, struct sockaddr *s);
int rt_print(char *buf, int buflen, struct rtentry *rt);
int
p_sockaddr(char *buf, int buflen, struct sockaddr *s)
{
void *paddr = NULL;
switch (s->sa_family) {
case AF_INET:
paddr = &((struct sockaddr_in *)s)->sin_addr;
break;
case AF_INET6:
paddr = &((struct sockaddr_in6 *)s)->sin6_addr;
break;
}
if (paddr == NULL)
return (0);
if (inet_ntop(s->sa_family, paddr, buf, buflen) == NULL)
return (0);
return (strlen(buf));
}
int
rt_print(char *buf, int buflen, struct rtentry *rt)
{
struct sockaddr *addr, *mask;
int i = 0;
addr = rt_key(rt);
mask = rt_mask(rt);
i = p_sockaddr(buf, buflen, addr);
if (!(rt->rt_flags & RTF_HOST)) {
buf[i++] = '/';
i += p_sockaddr(buf + i, buflen - i, mask);
}
if (rt->rt_flags & RTF_GATEWAY) {
buf[i++] = '>';
i += p_sockaddr(buf + i, buflen - i, rt->rt_gateway);
}
return (i);
}
#endif
Extend route command: - add show as alias for get - add weights to allow mpath to do more than equal cost - add sticky / nostick to disable / re-enable per-connection load balancing This adds a field to rt_metrics_lite so network bits of world will need to be re-built. Reviewed by: jeli & qingli
2009-04-14 23:05:36 +00:00
#ifdef RADIX_MPATH
static int
rn_mpath_update(int req, struct rt_addrinfo *info,
struct radix_node_head *rnh, struct rtentry **ret_nrt)
{
/*
* if we got multipath routes, we require users to specify
* a matching RTAX_GATEWAY.
*/
struct rtentry *rt, *rto = NULL;
Remove useless `register' declarations. MFC after: 1 month
2014-04-26 22:42:21 +00:00
struct radix_node *rn;
Extend route command: - add show as alias for get - add weights to allow mpath to do more than equal cost - add sticky / nostick to disable / re-enable per-connection load balancing This adds a field to rt_metrics_lite so network bits of world will need to be re-built. Reviewed by: jeli & qingli
2009-04-14 23:05:36 +00:00
int error = 0;
Change semantics for rnh_lookup() function: now it performs exact match search, regardless of netmask existance. This simplifies most of rnh_lookup() consumers. Fix panic triggered by deleting non-existent host route. PR: kern/185092 Submitted by: Nikolay Denev <ndenev at gmail.com> MFC after: 1 month
2014-01-04 22:25:26 +00:00
rn = rnh->rnh_lookup(dst, netmask, rnh);
Extend route command: - add show as alias for get - add weights to allow mpath to do more than equal cost - add sticky / nostick to disable / re-enable per-connection load balancing This adds a field to rt_metrics_lite so network bits of world will need to be re-built. Reviewed by: jeli & qingli
2009-04-14 23:05:36 +00:00
if (rn == NULL)
return (ESRCH);
rto = rt = RNTORT(rn);
Change semantics for rnh_lookup() function: now it performs exact match search, regardless of netmask existance. This simplifies most of rnh_lookup() consumers. Fix panic triggered by deleting non-existent host route. PR: kern/185092 Submitted by: Nikolay Denev <ndenev at gmail.com> MFC after: 1 month
2014-01-04 22:25:26 +00:00
Extend route command: - add show as alias for get - add weights to allow mpath to do more than equal cost - add sticky / nostick to disable / re-enable per-connection load balancing This adds a field to rt_metrics_lite so network bits of world will need to be re-built. Reviewed by: jeli & qingli
2009-04-14 23:05:36 +00:00
rt = rt_mpath_matchgate(rt, gateway);
if (rt == NULL)
return (ESRCH);
/*
* this is the first entry in the chain
*/
if (rto == rt) {
rn = rn_mpath_next((struct radix_node *)rt);
/*
* there is another entry, now it's active
*/
if (rn) {
rto = RNTORT(rn);
RT_LOCK(rto);
rto->rt_flags |= RTF_UP;
RT_UNLOCK(rto);
} else if (rt->rt_flags & RTF_GATEWAY) {
/*
* For gateway routes, we need to
* make sure that we we are deleting
* the correct gateway.
* rt_mpath_matchgate() does not
* check the case when there is only
* one route in the chain.
*/
if (gateway &&
(rt->rt_gateway->sa_len != gateway->sa_len ||
memcmp(rt->rt_gateway, gateway, gateway->sa_len)))
error = ESRCH;
Re-factoring for adding weighted routes introduced a fairly irritating bug where the system will panic when RADIX_MPATH is enabled. This change fixes this. Approved by: re@
2009-07-11 21:56:23 +00:00
else {
/*
* remove from tree before returning it
* to the caller
*/
rn = rnh->rnh_deladdr(dst, netmask, rnh);
KASSERT(rt == RNTORT(rn), ("radix node disappeared"));
goto gwdelete;
}
Extend route command: - add show as alias for get - add weights to allow mpath to do more than equal cost - add sticky / nostick to disable / re-enable per-connection load balancing This adds a field to rt_metrics_lite so network bits of world will need to be re-built. Reviewed by: jeli & qingli
2009-04-14 23:05:36 +00:00
}
/*
* use the normal delete code to remove
* the first entry
*/
if (req != RTM_DELETE)
goto nondelete;
error = ENOENT;
goto done;
}
/*
* if the entry is 2nd and on up
*/
if ((req == RTM_DELETE) && !rt_mpath_deldup(rto, rt))
panic ("rtrequest1: rt_mpath_deldup");
Re-factoring for adding weighted routes introduced a fairly irritating bug where the system will panic when RADIX_MPATH is enabled. This change fixes this. Approved by: re@
2009-07-11 21:56:23 +00:00
gwdelete:
Extend route command: - add show as alias for get - add weights to allow mpath to do more than equal cost - add sticky / nostick to disable / re-enable per-connection load balancing This adds a field to rt_metrics_lite so network bits of world will need to be re-built. Reviewed by: jeli & qingli
2009-04-14 23:05:36 +00:00
RT_LOCK(rt);
RT_ADDREF(rt);
if (req == RTM_DELETE) {
rt->rt_flags &= ~RTF_UP;
/*
* One more rtentry floating around that is not
* linked to the routing table. rttrash will be decremented
* when RTFREE(rt) is eventually called.
*/
V_rttrash++;
}
nondelete:
if (req != RTM_DELETE)
panic("unrecognized request %d", req);
/*
* If the caller wants it, then it can have it,
* but it's up to it to free the rtentry as we won't be
* doing it.
*/
if (ret_nrt) {
*ret_nrt = rt;
RT_UNLOCK(rt);
} else
RTFREE_LOCKED(rt);
done:
return (error);
}
#endif
Add code to allow the system to handle multiple routing tables. This particular implementation is designed to be fully backwards compatible and to be MFC-able to 7.x (and 6.x) Currently the only protocol that can make use of the multiple tables is IPv4 Similar functionality exists in OpenBSD and Linux. From my notes: ----- One thing where FreeBSD has been falling behind, and which by chance I have some time to work on is "policy based routing", which allows different packet streams to be routed by more than just the destination address. Constraints: ------------ I want to make some form of this available in the 6.x tree (and by extension 7.x) , but FreeBSD in general needs it so I might as well do it in -current and back port the portions I need. One of the ways that this can be done is to have the ability to instantiate multiple kernel routing tables (which I will now refer to as "Forwarding Information Bases" or "FIBs" for political correctness reasons). Which FIB a particular packet uses to make the next hop decision can be decided by a number of mechanisms. The policies these mechanisms implement are the "Policies" referred to in "Policy based routing". One of the constraints I have if I try to back port this work to 6.x is that it must be implemented as a EXTENSION to the existing ABIs in 6.x so that third party applications do not need to be recompiled in timespan of the branch. This first version will not have some of the bells and whistles that will come with later versions. It will, for example, be limited to 16 tables in the first commit. Implementation method, Compatible version. (part 1) ------------------------------- For this reason I have implemented a "sufficient subset" of a multiple routing table solution in Perforce, and back-ported it to 6.x. (also in Perforce though not always caught up with what I have done in -current/P4). The subset allows a number of FIBs to be defined at compile time (8 is sufficient for my purposes in 6.x) and implements the changes needed to allow IPV4 to use them. I have not done the changes for ipv6 simply because I do not need it, and I do not have enough knowledge of ipv6 (e.g. neighbor discovery) needed to do it. Other protocol families are left untouched and should there be users with proprietary protocol families, they should continue to work and be oblivious to the existence of the extra FIBs. To understand how this is done, one must know that the current FIB code starts everything off with a single dimensional array of pointers to FIB head structures (One per protocol family), each of which in turn points to the trie of routes available to that family. The basic change in the ABI compatible version of the change is to extent that array to be a 2 dimensional array, so that instead of protocol family X looking at rt_tables[X] for the table it needs, it looks at rt_tables[Y][X] when for all protocol families except ipv4 Y is always 0. Code that is unaware of the change always just sees the first row of the table, which of course looks just like the one dimensional array that existed before. The entry points rtrequest(), rtalloc(), rtalloc1(), rtalloc_ign() are all maintained, but refer only to the first row of the array, so that existing callers in proprietary protocols can continue to do the "right thing". Some new entry points are added, for the exclusive use of ipv4 code called in_rtrequest(), in_rtalloc(), in_rtalloc1() and in_rtalloc_ign(), which have an extra argument which refers the code to the correct row. In addition, there are some new entry points (currently called rtalloc_fib() and friends) that check the Address family being looked up and call either rtalloc() (and friends) if the protocol is not IPv4 forcing the action to row 0 or to the appropriate row if it IS IPv4 (and that info is available). These are for calling from code that is not specific to any particular protocol. The way these are implemented would change in the non ABI preserving code to be added later. One feature of the first version of the code is that for ipv4, the interface routes show up automatically on all the FIBs, so that no matter what FIB you select you always have the basic direct attached hosts available to you. (rtinit() does this automatically). You CAN delete an interface route from one FIB should you want to but by default it's there. ARP information is also available in each FIB. It's assumed that the same machine would have the same MAC address, regardless of which FIB you are using to get to it. This brings us as to how the correct FIB is selected for an outgoing IPV4 packet. Firstly, all packets have a FIB associated with them. if nothing has been done to change it, it will be FIB 0. The FIB is changed in the following ways. Packets fall into one of a number of classes. 1/ locally generated packets, coming from a socket/PCB. Such packets select a FIB from a number associated with the socket/PCB. This in turn is inherited from the process, but can be changed by a socket option. The process in turn inherits it on fork. I have written a utility call setfib that acts a bit like nice.. setfib -3 ping target.example.com # will use fib 3 for ping. It is an obvious extension to make it a property of a jail but I have not done so. It can be achieved by combining the setfib and jail commands. 2/ packets received on an interface for forwarding. By default these packets would use table 0, (or possibly a number settable in a sysctl(not yet)). but prior to routing the firewall can inspect them (see below). (possibly in the future you may be able to associate a FIB with packets received on an interface.. An ifconfig arg, but not yet.) 3/ packets inspected by a packet classifier, which can arbitrarily associate a fib with it on a packet by packet basis. A fib assigned to a packet by a packet classifier (such as ipfw) would over-ride a fib associated by a more default source. (such as cases 1 or 2). 4/ a tcp listen socket associated with a fib will generate accept sockets that are associated with that same fib. 5/ Packets generated in response to some other packet (e.g. reset or icmp packets). These should use the FIB associated with the packet being reponded to. 6/ Packets generated during encapsulation. gif, tun and other tunnel interfaces will encapsulate using the FIB that was in effect withthe proces that set up the tunnel. thus setfib 1 ifconfig gif0 [tunnel instructions] will set the fib for the tunnel to use to be fib 1. Routing messages would be associated with their process, and thus select one FIB or another. messages from the kernel would be associated with the fib they refer to and would only be received by a routing socket associated with that fib. (not yet implemented) In addition Netstat has been edited to be able to cope with the fact that the array is now 2 dimensional. (It looks in system memory using libkvm (!)). Old versions of netstat see only the first FIB. In addition two sysctls are added to give: a) the number of FIBs compiled in (active) b) the default FIB of the calling process. Early testing experience: ------------------------- Basically our (IronPort's) appliance does this functionality already using ipfw fwd but that method has some drawbacks. For example, It can't fully simulate a routing table because it can't influence the socket's choice of local address when a connect() is done. Testing during the generating of these changes has been remarkably smooth so far. Multiple tables have co-existed with no notable side effects, and packets have been routes accordingly. ipfw has grown 2 new keywords: setfib N ip from anay to any count ip from any to any fib N In pf there seems to be a requirement to be able to give symbolic names to the fibs but I do not have that capacity. I am not sure if it is required. SCTP has interestingly enough built in support for this, called VRFs in Cisco parlance. it will be interesting to see how that handles it when it suddenly actually does something. Where to next: -------------------- After committing the ABI compatible version and MFCing it, I'd like to proceed in a forward direction in -current. this will result in some roto-tilling in the routing code. Firstly: the current code's idea of having a separate tree per protocol family, all of the same format, and pointed to by the 1 dimensional array is a bit silly. Especially when one considers that there is code that makes assumptions about every protocol having the same internal structures there. Some protocols don't WANT that sort of structure. (for example the whole idea of a netmask is foreign to appletalk). This needs to be made opaque to the external code. My suggested first change is to add routing method pointers to the 'domain' structure, along with information pointing the data. instead of having an array of pointers to uniform structures, there would be an array pointing to the 'domain' structures for each protocol address domain (protocol family), and the methods this reached would be called. The methods would have an argument that gives FIB number, but the protocol would be free to ignore it. When the ABI can be changed it raises the possibilty of the addition of a fib entry into the "struct route". Currently, the structure contains the sockaddr of the desination, and the resulting fib entry. To make this work fully, one could add a fib number so that given an address and a fib, one can find the third element, the fib entry. Interaction with the ARP layer/ LL layer would need to be revisited as well. Qing Li has been working on this already. This work was sponsored by Ironport Systems/Cisco Reviewed by: several including rwatson, bz and mlair (parts each) Obtained from: Ironport systems/Cisco
2008-05-09 23:03:00 +00:00
int
rtrequest1_fib(int req, struct rt_addrinfo *info, struct rtentry **ret_nrt,
u_int fibnum)
BSD 4.4 Lite Kernel Sources
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
{
- convert radix node head lock from mutex to rwlock - make radix node head lock not recursive - fix LOR in rtexpunge - fix LOR in rtredirect Reviewed by: sam
2008-12-07 21:15:43 +00:00
int error = 0, needlock = 0;
Remove useless `register' declarations. MFC after: 1 month
2014-04-26 22:42:21 +00:00
struct rtentry *rt;
The flow-table associates TCP/UDP flows and IP destinations with specific routes. When the routing table changes, for example, when a new route with a more specific prefix is inserted into the routing table, the flow-table is not updated to reflect that change. As such existing connections cannot take advantage of the new path. In some cases the path is broken. This patch will update the affected flow-table entries when a more specific route is added. The route entry is properly marked when a route is deleted from the table. In this case, when the flow-table performs a search, the stale entry is updated automatically. Therefore this patch is not necessary for route deletion. Submitted by: simon, phk Reviewed by: bz, kmacy MFC after: 3 days
2009-10-01 20:32:29 +00:00
#ifdef FLOWTABLE
Remove useless `register' declarations. MFC after: 1 month
2014-04-26 22:42:21 +00:00
struct rtentry *rt0;
The flow-table associates TCP/UDP flows and IP destinations with specific routes. When the routing table changes, for example, when a new route with a more specific prefix is inserted into the routing table, the flow-table is not updated to reflect that change. As such existing connections cannot take advantage of the new path. In some cases the path is broken. This patch will update the affected flow-table entries when a more specific route is added. The route entry is properly marked when a route is deleted from the table. In this case, when the flow-table performs a search, the stale entry is updated automatically. Therefore this patch is not necessary for route deletion. Submitted by: simon, phk Reviewed by: bz, kmacy MFC after: 3 days
2009-10-01 20:32:29 +00:00
#endif
Remove useless `register' declarations. MFC after: 1 month
2014-04-26 22:42:21 +00:00
struct radix_node *rn;
struct radix_node_head *rnh;
BSD 4.4 Lite Kernel Sources
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
struct ifaddr *ifa;
struct sockaddr *ndst;
The host-id/interface-id can have a specific value and is properly masked out when adding a prefix route through the "route" command. However, when deleting the route, simply changing the command keyword from "add" to "delete" does not work. The failoure is observed in both IPv4 and IPv6 route insertion. The patch makes the route command behavior consistent between the "add" and the "delete" operation. MFC after: 1 week
2011-10-25 00:34:39 +00:00
struct sockaddr_storage mdst;
BSD 4.4 Lite Kernel Sources
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
#define senderr(x) { error = x ; goto bad; }
Add code to allow the system to handle multiple routing tables. This particular implementation is designed to be fully backwards compatible and to be MFC-able to 7.x (and 6.x) Currently the only protocol that can make use of the multiple tables is IPv4 Similar functionality exists in OpenBSD and Linux. From my notes: ----- One thing where FreeBSD has been falling behind, and which by chance I have some time to work on is "policy based routing", which allows different packet streams to be routed by more than just the destination address. Constraints: ------------ I want to make some form of this available in the 6.x tree (and by extension 7.x) , but FreeBSD in general needs it so I might as well do it in -current and back port the portions I need. One of the ways that this can be done is to have the ability to instantiate multiple kernel routing tables (which I will now refer to as "Forwarding Information Bases" or "FIBs" for political correctness reasons). Which FIB a particular packet uses to make the next hop decision can be decided by a number of mechanisms. The policies these mechanisms implement are the "Policies" referred to in "Policy based routing". One of the constraints I have if I try to back port this work to 6.x is that it must be implemented as a EXTENSION to the existing ABIs in 6.x so that third party applications do not need to be recompiled in timespan of the branch. This first version will not have some of the bells and whistles that will come with later versions. It will, for example, be limited to 16 tables in the first commit. Implementation method, Compatible version. (part 1) ------------------------------- For this reason I have implemented a "sufficient subset" of a multiple routing table solution in Perforce, and back-ported it to 6.x. (also in Perforce though not always caught up with what I have done in -current/P4). The subset allows a number of FIBs to be defined at compile time (8 is sufficient for my purposes in 6.x) and implements the changes needed to allow IPV4 to use them. I have not done the changes for ipv6 simply because I do not need it, and I do not have enough knowledge of ipv6 (e.g. neighbor discovery) needed to do it. Other protocol families are left untouched and should there be users with proprietary protocol families, they should continue to work and be oblivious to the existence of the extra FIBs. To understand how this is done, one must know that the current FIB code starts everything off with a single dimensional array of pointers to FIB head structures (One per protocol family), each of which in turn points to the trie of routes available to that family. The basic change in the ABI compatible version of the change is to extent that array to be a 2 dimensional array, so that instead of protocol family X looking at rt_tables[X] for the table it needs, it looks at rt_tables[Y][X] when for all protocol families except ipv4 Y is always 0. Code that is unaware of the change always just sees the first row of the table, which of course looks just like the one dimensional array that existed before. The entry points rtrequest(), rtalloc(), rtalloc1(), rtalloc_ign() are all maintained, but refer only to the first row of the array, so that existing callers in proprietary protocols can continue to do the "right thing". Some new entry points are added, for the exclusive use of ipv4 code called in_rtrequest(), in_rtalloc(), in_rtalloc1() and in_rtalloc_ign(), which have an extra argument which refers the code to the correct row. In addition, there are some new entry points (currently called rtalloc_fib() and friends) that check the Address family being looked up and call either rtalloc() (and friends) if the protocol is not IPv4 forcing the action to row 0 or to the appropriate row if it IS IPv4 (and that info is available). These are for calling from code that is not specific to any particular protocol. The way these are implemented would change in the non ABI preserving code to be added later. One feature of the first version of the code is that for ipv4, the interface routes show up automatically on all the FIBs, so that no matter what FIB you select you always have the basic direct attached hosts available to you. (rtinit() does this automatically). You CAN delete an interface route from one FIB should you want to but by default it's there. ARP information is also available in each FIB. It's assumed that the same machine would have the same MAC address, regardless of which FIB you are using to get to it. This brings us as to how the correct FIB is selected for an outgoing IPV4 packet. Firstly, all packets have a FIB associated with them. if nothing has been done to change it, it will be FIB 0. The FIB is changed in the following ways. Packets fall into one of a number of classes. 1/ locally generated packets, coming from a socket/PCB. Such packets select a FIB from a number associated with the socket/PCB. This in turn is inherited from the process, but can be changed by a socket option. The process in turn inherits it on fork. I have written a utility call setfib that acts a bit like nice.. setfib -3 ping target.example.com # will use fib 3 for ping. It is an obvious extension to make it a property of a jail but I have not done so. It can be achieved by combining the setfib and jail commands. 2/ packets received on an interface for forwarding. By default these packets would use table 0, (or possibly a number settable in a sysctl(not yet)). but prior to routing the firewall can inspect them (see below). (possibly in the future you may be able to associate a FIB with packets received on an interface.. An ifconfig arg, but not yet.) 3/ packets inspected by a packet classifier, which can arbitrarily associate a fib with it on a packet by packet basis. A fib assigned to a packet by a packet classifier (such as ipfw) would over-ride a fib associated by a more default source. (such as cases 1 or 2). 4/ a tcp listen socket associated with a fib will generate accept sockets that are associated with that same fib. 5/ Packets generated in response to some other packet (e.g. reset or icmp packets). These should use the FIB associated with the packet being reponded to. 6/ Packets generated during encapsulation. gif, tun and other tunnel interfaces will encapsulate using the FIB that was in effect withthe proces that set up the tunnel. thus setfib 1 ifconfig gif0 [tunnel instructions] will set the fib for the tunnel to use to be fib 1. Routing messages would be associated with their process, and thus select one FIB or another. messages from the kernel would be associated with the fib they refer to and would only be received by a routing socket associated with that fib. (not yet implemented) In addition Netstat has been edited to be able to cope with the fact that the array is now 2 dimensional. (It looks in system memory using libkvm (!)). Old versions of netstat see only the first FIB. In addition two sysctls are added to give: a) the number of FIBs compiled in (active) b) the default FIB of the calling process. Early testing experience: ------------------------- Basically our (IronPort's) appliance does this functionality already using ipfw fwd but that method has some drawbacks. For example, It can't fully simulate a routing table because it can't influence the socket's choice of local address when a connect() is done. Testing during the generating of these changes has been remarkably smooth so far. Multiple tables have co-existed with no notable side effects, and packets have been routes accordingly. ipfw has grown 2 new keywords: setfib N ip from anay to any count ip from any to any fib N In pf there seems to be a requirement to be able to give symbolic names to the fibs but I do not have that capacity. I am not sure if it is required. SCTP has interestingly enough built in support for this, called VRFs in Cisco parlance. it will be interesting to see how that handles it when it suddenly actually does something. Where to next: -------------------- After committing the ABI compatible version and MFCing it, I'd like to proceed in a forward direction in -current. this will result in some roto-tilling in the routing code. Firstly: the current code's idea of having a separate tree per protocol family, all of the same format, and pointed to by the 1 dimensional array is a bit silly. Especially when one considers that there is code that makes assumptions about every protocol having the same internal structures there. Some protocols don't WANT that sort of structure. (for example the whole idea of a netmask is foreign to appletalk). This needs to be made opaque to the external code. My suggested first change is to add routing method pointers to the 'domain' structure, along with information pointing the data. instead of having an array of pointers to uniform structures, there would be an array pointing to the 'domain' structures for each protocol address domain (protocol family), and the methods this reached would be called. The methods would have an argument that gives FIB number, but the protocol would be free to ignore it. When the ABI can be changed it raises the possibilty of the addition of a fib entry into the "struct route". Currently, the structure contains the sockaddr of the desination, and the resulting fib entry. To make this work fully, one could add a fib number so that given an address and a fib, one can find the third element, the fib entry. Interaction with the ARP layer/ LL layer would need to be revisited as well. Qing Li has been working on this already. This work was sponsored by Ironport Systems/Cisco Reviewed by: several including rwatson, bz and mlair (parts each) Obtained from: Ironport systems/Cisco
2008-05-09 23:03:00 +00:00
KASSERT((fibnum < rt_numfibs), ("rtrequest1_fib: bad fibnum"));
Allow for IPv6 to allocate (and in the VIMAGE case free) as many routing tables (FIBs) as IPv4. Prepare various general rt* functions for multi-FIB IPv6 handling in addition to already existing multi-FIB IPv4 cases. Sponsored by: Cisco Systems, Inc.
2012-02-03 09:23:55 +00:00
switch (dst->sa_family) {
case AF_INET6:
case AF_INET:
/* We support multiple FIBs. */
break;
default:
fibnum = RT_DEFAULT_FIB;
break;
}
No code changes what so ever, but added about 150 lines of comments Sorry if this makes it harder to merge in lite2 stuff but hey.. At least I can figure out what is going on whenever I end up going through those files again.. do we have a policy regarding commenting existing code?
1996-09-10 07:10:05 +00:00
/*
* Find the correct routing tree to use for this Address Family
*/
Convert the two dimensional array to be malloced and introduce an accessor function to get the correct rnh pointer back. Update netstat to get the correct pointer using kvm_read() as well. This not only fixes the ABI problem depending on the kernel option but also permits the tunable to overwrite the kernel option at boot time up to MAXFIBS, enlarging the number of FIBs without having to recompile. So people could just use GENERIC now. Reviewed by: julian, rwatson, zec X-MFC: not possible
2009-06-01 15:49:42 +00:00
rnh = rt_tables_get_rnh(fibnum, dst->sa_family);
Fix the initial check for NULL arguments in rtfree (previously it checked for rt == NULL after dereferencing the pointer). We never check for those events elsewhere, so probably these checks might go away here as well. Slightly simplify (and document) the logic for memory allocation in rt_setgate(). The rest is mostly style changes -- replace 0 with NULL where appropriate, remove the macro SA() that was only used once, remove some useless debugging code in rt_fixchange, explain some odd-looking casts.
2004-04-20 07:04:47 +00:00
if (rnh == NULL)
No need to unlock if error detected before locking. Submitted by: harti
2003-04-13 06:21:02 +00:00
return (EAFNOSUPPORT);
- convert radix node head lock from mutex to rwlock - make radix node head lock not recursive - fix LOR in rtexpunge - fix LOR in rtredirect Reviewed by: sam
2008-12-07 21:15:43 +00:00
needlock = ((flags & RTF_RNH_LOCKED) == 0);
flags &= ~RTF_RNH_LOCKED;
if (needlock)
RADIX_NODE_HEAD_LOCK(rnh);
- avoid recursively locking the radix node head lock - assert that it is held if RTF_RNH_LOCKED is not passed
2008-12-08 20:21:57 +00:00
else
RADIX_NODE_HEAD_LOCK_ASSERT(rnh);
No code changes what so ever, but added about 150 lines of comments Sorry if this makes it harder to merge in lite2 stuff but hey.. At least I can figure out what is going on whenever I end up going through those files again.. do we have a policy regarding commenting existing code?
1996-09-10 07:10:05 +00:00
/*
* If we are adding a host route then we don't want to put
Don't even attempt to clone host routes. MFC after: 1 week
2001-10-15 09:46:48 +00:00
* a netmask in the tree, nor do we want to clone it.
No code changes what so ever, but added about 150 lines of comments Sorry if this makes it harder to merge in lite2 stuff but hey.. At least I can figure out what is going on whenever I end up going through those files again.. do we have a policy regarding commenting existing code?
1996-09-10 07:10:05 +00:00
*/
This main goals of this project are: 1. separating L2 tables (ARP, NDP) from the L3 routing tables 2. removing as much locking dependencies among these layers as possible to allow for some parallelism in the search operations 3. simplify the logic in the routing code, The most notable end result is the obsolescent of the route cloning (RTF_CLONING) concept, which translated into code reduction in both IPv4 ARP and IPv6 NDP related modules, and size reduction in struct rtentry{}. The change in design obsoletes the semantics of RTF_CLONING, RTF_WASCLONE and RTF_LLINFO routing flags. The userland applications such as "arp" and "ndp" have been modified to reflect those changes. The output from "netstat -r" shows only the routing entries. Quite a few developers have contributed to this project in the past: Glebius Smirnoff, Luigi Rizzo, Alessandro Cerri, and Andre Oppermann. And most recently: - Kip Macy revised the locking code completely, thus completing the last piece of the puzzle, Kip has also been conducting active functional testing - Sam Leffler has helped me improving/refactoring the code, and provided valuable reviews - Julian Elischer setup the perforce tree for me and has helped me maintaining that branch before the svn conversion
2008-12-15 06:10:57 +00:00
if (flags & RTF_HOST)
Fix the initial check for NULL arguments in rtfree (previously it checked for rt == NULL after dereferencing the pointer). We never check for those events elsewhere, so probably these checks might go away here as well. Slightly simplify (and document) the logic for memory allocation in rt_setgate(). The rest is mostly style changes -- replace 0 with NULL where appropriate, remove the macro SA() that was only used once, remove some useless debugging code in rt_fixchange, explain some odd-looking casts.
2004-04-20 07:04:47 +00:00
netmask = NULL;
This main goals of this project are: 1. separating L2 tables (ARP, NDP) from the L3 routing tables 2. removing as much locking dependencies among these layers as possible to allow for some parallelism in the search operations 3. simplify the logic in the routing code, The most notable end result is the obsolescent of the route cloning (RTF_CLONING) concept, which translated into code reduction in both IPv4 ARP and IPv6 NDP related modules, and size reduction in struct rtentry{}. The change in design obsoletes the semantics of RTF_CLONING, RTF_WASCLONE and RTF_LLINFO routing flags. The userland applications such as "arp" and "ndp" have been modified to reflect those changes. The output from "netstat -r" shows only the routing entries. Quite a few developers have contributed to this project in the past: Glebius Smirnoff, Luigi Rizzo, Alessandro Cerri, and Andre Oppermann. And most recently: - Kip Macy revised the locking code completely, thus completing the last piece of the puzzle, Kip has also been conducting active functional testing - Sam Leffler has helped me improving/refactoring the code, and provided valuable reviews - Julian Elischer setup the perforce tree for me and has helped me maintaining that branch before the svn conversion
2008-12-15 06:10:57 +00:00
BSD 4.4 Lite Kernel Sources
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
switch (req) {
case RTM_DELETE:
The host-id/interface-id can have a specific value and is properly masked out when adding a prefix route through the "route" command. However, when deleting the route, simply changing the command keyword from "add" to "delete" does not work. The failoure is observed in both IPv4 and IPv6 route insertion. The patch makes the route command behavior consistent between the "add" and the "delete" operation. MFC after: 1 week
2011-10-25 00:34:39 +00:00
if (netmask) {
rt_maskedcopy(dst, (struct sockaddr *)&mdst, netmask);
dst = (struct sockaddr *)&mdst;
}
This patch provides the back end support for equal-cost multi-path (ECMP) for both IPv4 and IPv6. Previously, multipath route insertion is disallowed. For example, route add -net 192.103.54.0/24 10.9.44.1 route add -net 192.103.54.0/24 10.9.44.2 The second route insertion will trigger an error message of "add net 192.103.54.0/24: gateway 10.2.5.2: route already in table" Multiple default routes can also be inserted. Here is the netstat output: default 10.2.5.1 UGS 0 3074 bge0 => default 10.2.5.2 UGS 0 0 bge0 When multipath routes exist, the "route delete" command requires a specific gateway to be specified or else an error message would be displayed. For example, route delete default would fail and trigger the following error message: "route: writing to routing socket: No such process" "delete net default: not in table" On the other hand, route delete default 10.2.5.2 would be successful: "delete net default: gateway 10.2.5.2" One does not have to specify a gateway if there is only a single route for a particular destination. I need to perform more testings on address aliases and multiple interfaces that have the same IP prefixes. This patch as it stands today is not yet ready for prime time. Therefore, the ECMP code fragments are fully guarded by the RADIX_MPATH macro. Include the "options RADIX_MPATH" in the kernel configuration to enable this feature. Reviewed by: robert, sam, gnn, julian, kmacy
2008-04-13 05:45:14 +00:00
#ifdef RADIX_MPATH
if (rn_mpath_capable(rnh)) {
Extend route command: - add show as alias for get - add weights to allow mpath to do more than equal cost - add sticky / nostick to disable / re-enable per-connection load balancing This adds a field to rt_metrics_lite so network bits of world will need to be re-built. Reviewed by: jeli & qingli
2009-04-14 23:05:36 +00:00
error = rn_mpath_update(req, info, rnh, ret_nrt);
This patch provides the back end support for equal-cost multi-path (ECMP) for both IPv4 and IPv6. Previously, multipath route insertion is disallowed. For example, route add -net 192.103.54.0/24 10.9.44.1 route add -net 192.103.54.0/24 10.9.44.2 The second route insertion will trigger an error message of "add net 192.103.54.0/24: gateway 10.2.5.2: route already in table" Multiple default routes can also be inserted. Here is the netstat output: default 10.2.5.1 UGS 0 3074 bge0 => default 10.2.5.2 UGS 0 0 bge0 When multipath routes exist, the "route delete" command requires a specific gateway to be specified or else an error message would be displayed. For example, route delete default would fail and trigger the following error message: "route: writing to routing socket: No such process" "delete net default: not in table" On the other hand, route delete default 10.2.5.2 would be successful: "delete net default: gateway 10.2.5.2" One does not have to specify a gateway if there is only a single route for a particular destination. I need to perform more testings on address aliases and multiple interfaces that have the same IP prefixes. This patch as it stands today is not yet ready for prime time. Therefore, the ECMP code fragments are fully guarded by the RADIX_MPATH macro. Include the "options RADIX_MPATH" in the kernel configuration to enable this feature. Reviewed by: robert, sam, gnn, julian, kmacy
2008-04-13 05:45:14 +00:00
/*
Extend route command: - add show as alias for get - add weights to allow mpath to do more than equal cost - add sticky / nostick to disable / re-enable per-connection load balancing This adds a field to rt_metrics_lite so network bits of world will need to be re-built. Reviewed by: jeli & qingli
2009-04-14 23:05:36 +00:00
* "bad" holds true for the success case
* as well
This patch provides the back end support for equal-cost multi-path (ECMP) for both IPv4 and IPv6. Previously, multipath route insertion is disallowed. For example, route add -net 192.103.54.0/24 10.9.44.1 route add -net 192.103.54.0/24 10.9.44.2 The second route insertion will trigger an error message of "add net 192.103.54.0/24: gateway 10.2.5.2: route already in table" Multiple default routes can also be inserted. Here is the netstat output: default 10.2.5.1 UGS 0 3074 bge0 => default 10.2.5.2 UGS 0 0 bge0 When multipath routes exist, the "route delete" command requires a specific gateway to be specified or else an error message would be displayed. For example, route delete default would fail and trigger the following error message: "route: writing to routing socket: No such process" "delete net default: not in table" On the other hand, route delete default 10.2.5.2 would be successful: "delete net default: gateway 10.2.5.2" One does not have to specify a gateway if there is only a single route for a particular destination. I need to perform more testings on address aliases and multiple interfaces that have the same IP prefixes. This patch as it stands today is not yet ready for prime time. Therefore, the ECMP code fragments are fully guarded by the RADIX_MPATH macro. Include the "options RADIX_MPATH" in the kernel configuration to enable this feature. Reviewed by: robert, sam, gnn, julian, kmacy
2008-04-13 05:45:14 +00:00
*/
Extend route command: - add show as alias for get - add weights to allow mpath to do more than equal cost - add sticky / nostick to disable / re-enable per-connection load balancing This adds a field to rt_metrics_lite so network bits of world will need to be re-built. Reviewed by: jeli & qingli
2009-04-14 23:05:36 +00:00
if (error != ENOENT)
goto bad;
One of the advantages of enabling ECMP (a.k.a RADIX_MPATH) is to allow for connection load balancing across interfaces. Currently the address alias handling method is colliding with the ECMP code. For example, when two interfaces are configured on the same prefix, only one prefix route is installed. So connection load balancing among the available interfaces is not possible. The other advantage of ECMP is for failover. The issue with the current code, is that the interface link-state is not reflected in the route entry. For example, if there are two interfaces on the same prefix, the cable on one interface is unplugged, new and existing connections should switch over to the other interface. This is not done today and packets go into a black hole. Also, there is a small bug in the kernel where deleting ECMP routes in the userland will always return an error even though the command is successfully executed. MFC after: 5 days
2010-03-09 01:11:45 +00:00
error = 0;
This patch provides the back end support for equal-cost multi-path (ECMP) for both IPv4 and IPv6. Previously, multipath route insertion is disallowed. For example, route add -net 192.103.54.0/24 10.9.44.1 route add -net 192.103.54.0/24 10.9.44.2 The second route insertion will trigger an error message of "add net 192.103.54.0/24: gateway 10.2.5.2: route already in table" Multiple default routes can also be inserted. Here is the netstat output: default 10.2.5.1 UGS 0 3074 bge0 => default 10.2.5.2 UGS 0 0 bge0 When multipath routes exist, the "route delete" command requires a specific gateway to be specified or else an error message would be displayed. For example, route delete default would fail and trigger the following error message: "route: writing to routing socket: No such process" "delete net default: not in table" On the other hand, route delete default 10.2.5.2 would be successful: "delete net default: gateway 10.2.5.2" One does not have to specify a gateway if there is only a single route for a particular destination. I need to perform more testings on address aliases and multiple interfaces that have the same IP prefixes. This patch as it stands today is not yet ready for prime time. Therefore, the ECMP code fragments are fully guarded by the RADIX_MPATH macro. Include the "options RADIX_MPATH" in the kernel configuration to enable this feature. Reviewed by: robert, sam, gnn, julian, kmacy
2008-04-13 05:45:14 +00:00
}
Fix the build in case RADIX_MPATH is not defined.
2008-04-13 10:22:59 +00:00
#endif
Fix long-standing issue with interface routes being unprotected: Use RTM_PINNED flag to mark route as immutable. Forbid deleting immutable routes without special rtrequest1_fib() flag. Adding interface address with prefix already in route table is handled by atomically deleting old prefix and adding interface one. Discussed with: andre, eri MFC after: 3 weeks
2013-03-08 20:33:50 +00:00
if ((flags & RTF_PINNED) == 0) {
/* Check if target route can be deleted */
rt = (struct rtentry *)rnh->rnh_lookup(dst,
netmask, rnh);
if ((rt != NULL) && (rt->rt_flags & RTF_PINNED))
senderr(EADDRINUSE);
}
No code changes what so ever, but added about 150 lines of comments Sorry if this makes it harder to merge in lite2 stuff but hey.. At least I can figure out what is going on whenever I end up going through those files again.. do we have a policy regarding commenting existing code?
1996-09-10 07:10:05 +00:00
/*
* Remove the item from the tree and return it.
* Complain if it is not there and do no more processing.
*/
Locking for updates to routing table entries. Each rtentry gets a mutex that covers updates to the contents. Note this is separate from holding a reference and/or locking the routing table itself. Other/related changes: o rtredirect loses the final parameter by which an rtentry reference may be returned; this was never used and added unwarranted complexity for locking. o minor style cleanups to routing code (e.g. ansi-fy function decls) o remove the logic to bump the refcnt on the parent of cloned routes, we assume the parent will remain as long as the clone; doing this avoids a circularity in locking during delete o convert some timeouts to MPSAFE callouts Notes: 1. rt_mtx in struct rtentry is guarded by #ifdef _KERNEL as user-level applications cannot/do-no know about mutex's. Doing this requires that the mutex be the last element in the structure. A better solution is to introduce an externalized version of struct rtentry but this is a major task because of the intertwining of rtentry and other data structures that are visible to user applications. 2. There are known LOR's that are expected to go away with forthcoming work to eliminate many held references. If not these will be resolved prior to release. 3. ATM changes are untested. Sponsored by: FreeBSD Foundation Obtained from: BSD/OS (partly)
2003-10-04 03:44:50 +00:00
rn = rnh->rnh_deladdr(dst, netmask, rnh);
Fix the initial check for NULL arguments in rtfree (previously it checked for rt == NULL after dereferencing the pointer). We never check for those events elsewhere, so probably these checks might go away here as well. Slightly simplify (and document) the logic for memory allocation in rt_setgate(). The rest is mostly style changes -- replace 0 with NULL where appropriate, remove the macro SA() that was only used once, remove some useless debugging code in rt_fixchange, explain some odd-looking casts.
2004-04-20 07:04:47 +00:00
if (rn == NULL)
BSD 4.4 Lite Kernel Sources
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
senderr(ESRCH);
if (rn->rn_flags & (RNF_ACTIVE | RNF_ROOT))
panic ("rtrequest delete");
Clearly comment the assumptions that allow us to cast a 'struct radix_node *' to a 'struct rtentry *' in this code, and introduce a macro, RNTORT(), to do this type conversion.
2004-04-21 15:16:08 +00:00
rt = RNTORT(rn);
Locking for updates to routing table entries. Each rtentry gets a mutex that covers updates to the contents. Note this is separate from holding a reference and/or locking the routing table itself. Other/related changes: o rtredirect loses the final parameter by which an rtentry reference may be returned; this was never used and added unwarranted complexity for locking. o minor style cleanups to routing code (e.g. ansi-fy function decls) o remove the logic to bump the refcnt on the parent of cloned routes, we assume the parent will remain as long as the clone; doing this avoids a circularity in locking during delete o convert some timeouts to MPSAFE callouts Notes: 1. rt_mtx in struct rtentry is guarded by #ifdef _KERNEL as user-level applications cannot/do-no know about mutex's. Doing this requires that the mutex be the last element in the structure. A better solution is to introduce an externalized version of struct rtentry but this is a major task because of the intertwining of rtentry and other data structures that are visible to user applications. 2. There are known LOR's that are expected to go away with forthcoming work to eliminate many held references. If not these will be resolved prior to release. 3. ATM changes are untested. Sponsored by: FreeBSD Foundation Obtained from: BSD/OS (partly)
2003-10-04 03:44:50 +00:00
RT_LOCK(rt);
replace explicit changes to rt_refcnt by RT_ADDREF and RT_REMREF macros that expand to include assertions when the system is built with INVARIANTS Supported by: FreeBSD Foundation
2003-11-08 23:36:32 +00:00
RT_ADDREF(rt);
If the caller of rtrequest*(RTM_DELETE, ...) asked for a copy of the entry being removed (ret_nrt != NULL), increment the entry's rt_refcnt like we do it for RTM_ADD and RTM_RESOLVE, rather than messing around with 1->0 transitions for rtfree() all over.
2002-12-25 10:21:02 +00:00
rt->rt_flags &= ~RTF_UP;
Better fix for the deletion of parents of cloned routes problem, superseding the `nextchild' hack. This also provides a way forward to fix RTM_CHANGE and RTM_ADD as well.
1995-03-20 21:30:21 +00:00
KAME netinet6 basic part(no IPsec,no V6 Multicast Forwarding, no UDP/TCP for IPv6 yet) With this patch, you can assigne IPv6 addr automatically, and can reply to IPv6 ping. Reviewed by: freebsd-arch, cvs-committers Obtained from: KAME project
1999-11-22 02:45:11 +00:00
/*
add a bunch of comments to describe what's going on. This is some of the worst code I've had to wade through in ages and I don't want to have to start from scratch again next time. (I have a 2.2 version of these comments, can I commit them?)
1997-03-05 08:01:28 +00:00
* give the protocol a chance to keep things in sync.
No code changes what so ever, but added about 150 lines of comments Sorry if this makes it harder to merge in lite2 stuff but hey.. At least I can figure out what is going on whenever I end up going through those files again.. do we have a policy regarding commenting existing code?
1996-09-10 07:10:05 +00:00
*/
BSD 4.4 Lite Kernel Sources
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
if ((ifa = rt->rt_ifa) && ifa->ifa_rtrequest)
Pull post-4.4BSD change to sys/net/route.c from BSD/OS 4.2. Have sys/net/route.c:rtrequest1(), which takes ``rt_addrinfo *'' as the argument. Pass rt_addrinfo all the way down to rtrequest1 and ifa->ifa_rtrequest. 3rd argument of ifa->ifa_rtrequest is now ``rt_addrinfo *'' instead of ``sockaddr *'' (almost noone is using it anyways). Benefit: the following command now works. Previously we needed two route(8) invocations, "add" then "change". # route add -inet6 default ::1 -ifp gif0 Remove unsafe typecast in rtrequest(), from ``rtentry *'' to ``sockaddr *''. It was introduced by 4.3BSD-Reno and never corrected. Obtained from: BSD/OS, NetBSD MFC after: 1 month PR: kern/28360
2001-10-17 18:07:05 +00:00
ifa->ifa_rtrequest(RTM_DELETE, rt, info);
add a bunch of comments to describe what's going on. This is some of the worst code I've had to wade through in ages and I don't want to have to start from scratch again next time. (I have a 2.2 version of these comments, can I commit them?)
1997-03-05 08:01:28 +00:00
/*
Clearly comment the assumptions that allow us to cast a 'struct radix_node *' to a 'struct rtentry *' in this code, and introduce a macro, RNTORT(), to do this type conversion.
2004-04-21 15:16:08 +00:00
* One more rtentry floating around that is not
* linked to the routing table. rttrash will be decremented
* when RTFREE(rt) is eventually called.
add a bunch of comments to describe what's going on. This is some of the worst code I've had to wade through in ages and I don't want to have to start from scratch again next time. (I have a 2.2 version of these comments, can I commit them?)
1997-03-05 08:01:28 +00:00
*/
Commit step 1 of the vimage project, (network stack) virtualization work done by Marko Zec (zec@). This is the first in a series of commits over the course of the next few weeks. Mark all uses of global variables to be virtualized with a V_ prefix. Use macros to map them back to their global names for now, so this is a NOP change only. We hope to have caught at least 85-90% of what is needed so we do not invalidate a lot of outstanding patches again. Obtained from: //depot/projects/vimage-commit2/... Reviewed by: brooks, des, ed, mav, julian, jamie, kris, rwatson, zec, ... (various people I forgot, different versions) md5 (with a bit of help) Sponsored by: NLnet Foundation, The FreeBSD Foundation X-MFC after: never V_Commit_Message_Reviewed_By: more people than the patch
2008-08-17 23:27:27 +00:00
V_rttrash++;
add a bunch of comments to describe what's going on. This is some of the worst code I've had to wade through in ages and I don't want to have to start from scratch again next time. (I have a 2.2 version of these comments, can I commit them?)
1997-03-05 08:01:28 +00:00
No code changes what so ever, but added about 150 lines of comments Sorry if this makes it harder to merge in lite2 stuff but hey.. At least I can figure out what is going on whenever I end up going through those files again.. do we have a policy regarding commenting existing code?
1996-09-10 07:10:05 +00:00
/*
add a bunch of comments to describe what's going on. This is some of the worst code I've had to wade through in ages and I don't want to have to start from scratch again next time. (I have a 2.2 version of these comments, can I commit them?)
1997-03-05 08:01:28 +00:00
* If the caller wants it, then it can have it,
* but it's up to it to free the rtentry as we won't be
* doing it.
No code changes what so ever, but added about 150 lines of comments Sorry if this makes it harder to merge in lite2 stuff but hey.. At least I can figure out what is going on whenever I end up going through those files again.. do we have a policy regarding commenting existing code?
1996-09-10 07:10:05 +00:00
*/
Locking for updates to routing table entries. Each rtentry gets a mutex that covers updates to the contents. Note this is separate from holding a reference and/or locking the routing table itself. Other/related changes: o rtredirect loses the final parameter by which an rtentry reference may be returned; this was never used and added unwarranted complexity for locking. o minor style cleanups to routing code (e.g. ansi-fy function decls) o remove the logic to bump the refcnt on the parent of cloned routes, we assume the parent will remain as long as the clone; doing this avoids a circularity in locking during delete o convert some timeouts to MPSAFE callouts Notes: 1. rt_mtx in struct rtentry is guarded by #ifdef _KERNEL as user-level applications cannot/do-no know about mutex's. Doing this requires that the mutex be the last element in the structure. A better solution is to introduce an externalized version of struct rtentry but this is a major task because of the intertwining of rtentry and other data structures that are visible to user applications. 2. There are known LOR's that are expected to go away with forthcoming work to eliminate many held references. If not these will be resolved prior to release. 3. ATM changes are untested. Sponsored by: FreeBSD Foundation Obtained from: BSD/OS (partly)
2003-10-04 03:44:50 +00:00
if (ret_nrt) {
BSD 4.4 Lite Kernel Sources
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
*ret_nrt = rt;
Locking for updates to routing table entries. Each rtentry gets a mutex that covers updates to the contents. Note this is separate from holding a reference and/or locking the routing table itself. Other/related changes: o rtredirect loses the final parameter by which an rtentry reference may be returned; this was never used and added unwarranted complexity for locking. o minor style cleanups to routing code (e.g. ansi-fy function decls) o remove the logic to bump the refcnt on the parent of cloned routes, we assume the parent will remain as long as the clone; doing this avoids a circularity in locking during delete o convert some timeouts to MPSAFE callouts Notes: 1. rt_mtx in struct rtentry is guarded by #ifdef _KERNEL as user-level applications cannot/do-no know about mutex's. Doing this requires that the mutex be the last element in the structure. A better solution is to introduce an externalized version of struct rtentry but this is a major task because of the intertwining of rtentry and other data structures that are visible to user applications. 2. There are known LOR's that are expected to go away with forthcoming work to eliminate many held references. If not these will be resolved prior to release. 3. ATM changes are untested. Sponsored by: FreeBSD Foundation Obtained from: BSD/OS (partly)
2003-10-04 03:44:50 +00:00
RT_UNLOCK(rt);
} else
RTFREE_LOCKED(rt);
BSD 4.4 Lite Kernel Sources
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
break;
case RTM_RESOLVE:
This main goals of this project are: 1. separating L2 tables (ARP, NDP) from the L3 routing tables 2. removing as much locking dependencies among these layers as possible to allow for some parallelism in the search operations 3. simplify the logic in the routing code, The most notable end result is the obsolescent of the route cloning (RTF_CLONING) concept, which translated into code reduction in both IPv4 ARP and IPv6 NDP related modules, and size reduction in struct rtentry{}. The change in design obsoletes the semantics of RTF_CLONING, RTF_WASCLONE and RTF_LLINFO routing flags. The userland applications such as "arp" and "ndp" have been modified to reflect those changes. The output from "netstat -r" shows only the routing entries. Quite a few developers have contributed to this project in the past: Glebius Smirnoff, Luigi Rizzo, Alessandro Cerri, and Andre Oppermann. And most recently: - Kip Macy revised the locking code completely, thus completing the last piece of the puzzle, Kip has also been conducting active functional testing - Sam Leffler has helped me improving/refactoring the code, and provided valuable reviews - Julian Elischer setup the perforce tree for me and has helped me maintaining that branch before the svn conversion
2008-12-15 06:10:57 +00:00
/*
* resolve was only used for route cloning
* here for compat
*/
break;
BSD 4.4 Lite Kernel Sources
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
case RTM_ADD:
Fix a bug which caused panics when attempting to change just the flags of a route. (This still doesn't work, but it doesn't panic now.) It looks like there may be a number of incipient bugs in this code. Also, get ready for the time when all IP gateway routes are cloning, which is necessary to keep proper TCP statistics.
1994-10-11 23:16:38 +00:00
if ((flags & RTF_GATEWAY) && !gateway)
Require gateways for routes to be of the same address family as the route itself. It fixes a bug where an IPv4 route for example has an IPv6 gateway specified: route add 10.1.1.1 -inet6 fe80::1%fxp0 Destination Gateway Flags Refs Use Netif Expire 10.1.1.1 fe80::1%fxp0 UGHS 0 0 fxp0 The fix rejects these illegal combinations: route: writing to routing socket: Invalid argument add host 10.1.1.1: gateway fe80::1%fxp0: Invalid argument Reviewed by: KAME jinmei@isl.rdc.toshiba.co.jp Reviewed by: andre (mentor) Approved by: re MFC after: 5
2005-06-28 23:32:22 +00:00
senderr(EINVAL);
if (dst && gateway && (dst->sa_family != gateway->sa_family) &&
(gateway->sa_family != AF_UNSPEC) && (gateway->sa_family != AF_LINK))
senderr(EINVAL);
Fix a bug which caused panics when attempting to change just the flags of a route. (This still doesn't work, but it doesn't panic now.) It looks like there may be a number of incipient bugs in this code. Also, get ready for the time when all IP gateway routes are cloning, which is necessary to keep proper TCP statistics.
1994-10-11 23:16:38 +00:00
Modify most routines returning 'struct ifaddr *' to return references rather than pointers, requiring callers to properly dispose of those references. The following routines now return references: ifaddr_byindex ifa_ifwithaddr ifa_ifwithbroadaddr ifa_ifwithdstaddr ifa_ifwithnet ifaof_ifpforaddr ifa_ifwithroute ifa_ifwithroute_fib rt_getifa rt_getifa_fib IFP_TO_IA ip_rtaddr in6_ifawithifp in6ifa_ifpforlinklocal in6ifa_ifpwithaddr in6_ifadd carp_iamatch6 ip6_getdstifaddr Remove unused macro which didn't have required referencing: IFP_TO_IA6 This closes many small races in which changes to interface or address lists while an ifaddr was in use could lead to use of freed memory (etc). In a few cases, add missing if_addr_list locking required to safely acquire references. Because of a lack of deep copying support, we accept a race in which an in6_ifaddr pointed to by mbuf tags and extracted with ip6_getdstifaddr() doesn't hold a reference while in transmit. Once we have mbuf tag deep copy support, this can be fixed. Reviewed by: bz Obtained from: Apple, Inc. (portions) MFC after: 6 weeks (portions)
2009-06-23 20:19:09 +00:00
if (info->rti_ifa == NULL) {
error = rt_getifa_fib(info, fibnum);
if (error)
senderr(error);
} else
ifa_ref(info->rti_ifa);
Pull post-4.4BSD change to sys/net/route.c from BSD/OS 4.2. Have sys/net/route.c:rtrequest1(), which takes ``rt_addrinfo *'' as the argument. Pass rt_addrinfo all the way down to rtrequest1 and ifa->ifa_rtrequest. 3rd argument of ifa->ifa_rtrequest is now ``rt_addrinfo *'' instead of ``sockaddr *'' (almost noone is using it anyways). Benefit: the following command now works. Previously we needed two route(8) invocations, "add" then "change". # route add -inet6 default ::1 -ifp gif0 Remove unsafe typecast in rtrequest(), from ``rtentry *'' to ``sockaddr *''. It was introduced by 4.3BSD-Reno and never corrected. Obtained from: BSD/OS, NetBSD MFC after: 1 month PR: kern/28360
2001-10-17 18:07:05 +00:00
ifa = info->rti_ifa;
- Remove rt_metrics_lite and simply put its members into rtentry. - Use counter(9) for rt_pksent (former rt_rmx.rmx_pksent). This removes another cache trashing ++ from packet forwarding path. - Create zini/fini methods for the rtentry UMA zone. Via initialize mutex and counter in them. - Fix reporting of rmx_pksent to routing socket. - Fix netstat(1) to report "Use" both in kvm(3) and sysctl(3) mode. The change is mostly targeted for stable/10 merge. For head, rt_pksent is expected to just disappear. Discussed with: melifaro Sponsored by: Netflix Sponsored by: Nginx, Inc.
2014-03-05 01:17:47 +00:00
rt = uma_zalloc(V_rtzone, M_NOWAIT);
Modify most routines returning 'struct ifaddr *' to return references rather than pointers, requiring callers to properly dispose of those references. The following routines now return references: ifaddr_byindex ifa_ifwithaddr ifa_ifwithbroadaddr ifa_ifwithdstaddr ifa_ifwithnet ifaof_ifpforaddr ifa_ifwithroute ifa_ifwithroute_fib rt_getifa rt_getifa_fib IFP_TO_IA ip_rtaddr in6_ifawithifp in6ifa_ifpforlinklocal in6ifa_ifpwithaddr in6_ifadd carp_iamatch6 ip6_getdstifaddr Remove unused macro which didn't have required referencing: IFP_TO_IA6 This closes many small races in which changes to interface or address lists while an ifaddr was in use could lead to use of freed memory (etc). In a few cases, add missing if_addr_list locking required to safely acquire references. Because of a lack of deep copying support, we accept a race in which an in6_ifaddr pointed to by mbuf tags and extracted with ip6_getdstifaddr() doesn't hold a reference while in transmit. Once we have mbuf tag deep copy support, this can be fixed. Reviewed by: bz Obtained from: Apple, Inc. (portions) MFC after: 6 weeks (portions)
2009-06-23 20:19:09 +00:00
if (rt == NULL) {
Simplify rtrequest(RTM_ADD): ifa can't be NULL after rt_getifa_fib().
2011-12-15 12:49:10 +00:00
ifa_free(ifa);
BSD 4.4 Lite Kernel Sources
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
senderr(ENOBUFS);
Modify most routines returning 'struct ifaddr *' to return references rather than pointers, requiring callers to properly dispose of those references. The following routines now return references: ifaddr_byindex ifa_ifwithaddr ifa_ifwithbroadaddr ifa_ifwithdstaddr ifa_ifwithnet ifaof_ifpforaddr ifa_ifwithroute ifa_ifwithroute_fib rt_getifa rt_getifa_fib IFP_TO_IA ip_rtaddr in6_ifawithifp in6ifa_ifpforlinklocal in6ifa_ifpwithaddr in6_ifadd carp_iamatch6 ip6_getdstifaddr Remove unused macro which didn't have required referencing: IFP_TO_IA6 This closes many small races in which changes to interface or address lists while an ifaddr was in use could lead to use of freed memory (etc). In a few cases, add missing if_addr_list locking required to safely acquire references. Because of a lack of deep copying support, we accept a race in which an in6_ifaddr pointed to by mbuf tags and extracted with ip6_getdstifaddr() doesn't hold a reference while in transmit. Once we have mbuf tag deep copy support, this can be fixed. Reviewed by: bz Obtained from: Apple, Inc. (portions) MFC after: 6 weeks (portions)
2009-06-23 20:19:09 +00:00
}
BSD 4.4 Lite Kernel Sources
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
rt->rt_flags = RTF_UP | flags;
Add code to allow the system to handle multiple routing tables. This particular implementation is designed to be fully backwards compatible and to be MFC-able to 7.x (and 6.x) Currently the only protocol that can make use of the multiple tables is IPv4 Similar functionality exists in OpenBSD and Linux. From my notes: ----- One thing where FreeBSD has been falling behind, and which by chance I have some time to work on is "policy based routing", which allows different packet streams to be routed by more than just the destination address. Constraints: ------------ I want to make some form of this available in the 6.x tree (and by extension 7.x) , but FreeBSD in general needs it so I might as well do it in -current and back port the portions I need. One of the ways that this can be done is to have the ability to instantiate multiple kernel routing tables (which I will now refer to as "Forwarding Information Bases" or "FIBs" for political correctness reasons). Which FIB a particular packet uses to make the next hop decision can be decided by a number of mechanisms. The policies these mechanisms implement are the "Policies" referred to in "Policy based routing". One of the constraints I have if I try to back port this work to 6.x is that it must be implemented as a EXTENSION to the existing ABIs in 6.x so that third party applications do not need to be recompiled in timespan of the branch. This first version will not have some of the bells and whistles that will come with later versions. It will, for example, be limited to 16 tables in the first commit. Implementation method, Compatible version. (part 1) ------------------------------- For this reason I have implemented a "sufficient subset" of a multiple routing table solution in Perforce, and back-ported it to 6.x. (also in Perforce though not always caught up with what I have done in -current/P4). The subset allows a number of FIBs to be defined at compile time (8 is sufficient for my purposes in 6.x) and implements the changes needed to allow IPV4 to use them. I have not done the changes for ipv6 simply because I do not need it, and I do not have enough knowledge of ipv6 (e.g. neighbor discovery) needed to do it. Other protocol families are left untouched and should there be users with proprietary protocol families, they should continue to work and be oblivious to the existence of the extra FIBs. To understand how this is done, one must know that the current FIB code starts everything off with a single dimensional array of pointers to FIB head structures (One per protocol family), each of which in turn points to the trie of routes available to that family. The basic change in the ABI compatible version of the change is to extent that array to be a 2 dimensional array, so that instead of protocol family X looking at rt_tables[X] for the table it needs, it looks at rt_tables[Y][X] when for all protocol families except ipv4 Y is always 0. Code that is unaware of the change always just sees the first row of the table, which of course looks just like the one dimensional array that existed before. The entry points rtrequest(), rtalloc(), rtalloc1(), rtalloc_ign() are all maintained, but refer only to the first row of the array, so that existing callers in proprietary protocols can continue to do the "right thing". Some new entry points are added, for the exclusive use of ipv4 code called in_rtrequest(), in_rtalloc(), in_rtalloc1() and in_rtalloc_ign(), which have an extra argument which refers the code to the correct row. In addition, there are some new entry points (currently called rtalloc_fib() and friends) that check the Address family being looked up and call either rtalloc() (and friends) if the protocol is not IPv4 forcing the action to row 0 or to the appropriate row if it IS IPv4 (and that info is available). These are for calling from code that is not specific to any particular protocol. The way these are implemented would change in the non ABI preserving code to be added later. One feature of the first version of the code is that for ipv4, the interface routes show up automatically on all the FIBs, so that no matter what FIB you select you always have the basic direct attached hosts available to you. (rtinit() does this automatically). You CAN delete an interface route from one FIB should you want to but by default it's there. ARP information is also available in each FIB. It's assumed that the same machine would have the same MAC address, regardless of which FIB you are using to get to it. This brings us as to how the correct FIB is selected for an outgoing IPV4 packet. Firstly, all packets have a FIB associated with them. if nothing has been done to change it, it will be FIB 0. The FIB is changed in the following ways. Packets fall into one of a number of classes. 1/ locally generated packets, coming from a socket/PCB. Such packets select a FIB from a number associated with the socket/PCB. This in turn is inherited from the process, but can be changed by a socket option. The process in turn inherits it on fork. I have written a utility call setfib that acts a bit like nice.. setfib -3 ping target.example.com # will use fib 3 for ping. It is an obvious extension to make it a property of a jail but I have not done so. It can be achieved by combining the setfib and jail commands. 2/ packets received on an interface for forwarding. By default these packets would use table 0, (or possibly a number settable in a sysctl(not yet)). but prior to routing the firewall can inspect them (see below). (possibly in the future you may be able to associate a FIB with packets received on an interface.. An ifconfig arg, but not yet.) 3/ packets inspected by a packet classifier, which can arbitrarily associate a fib with it on a packet by packet basis. A fib assigned to a packet by a packet classifier (such as ipfw) would over-ride a fib associated by a more default source. (such as cases 1 or 2). 4/ a tcp listen socket associated with a fib will generate accept sockets that are associated with that same fib. 5/ Packets generated in response to some other packet (e.g. reset or icmp packets). These should use the FIB associated with the packet being reponded to. 6/ Packets generated during encapsulation. gif, tun and other tunnel interfaces will encapsulate using the FIB that was in effect withthe proces that set up the tunnel. thus setfib 1 ifconfig gif0 [tunnel instructions] will set the fib for the tunnel to use to be fib 1. Routing messages would be associated with their process, and thus select one FIB or another. messages from the kernel would be associated with the fib they refer to and would only be received by a routing socket associated with that fib. (not yet implemented) In addition Netstat has been edited to be able to cope with the fact that the array is now 2 dimensional. (It looks in system memory using libkvm (!)). Old versions of netstat see only the first FIB. In addition two sysctls are added to give: a) the number of FIBs compiled in (active) b) the default FIB of the calling process. Early testing experience: ------------------------- Basically our (IronPort's) appliance does this functionality already using ipfw fwd but that method has some drawbacks. For example, It can't fully simulate a routing table because it can't influence the socket's choice of local address when a connect() is done. Testing during the generating of these changes has been remarkably smooth so far. Multiple tables have co-existed with no notable side effects, and packets have been routes accordingly. ipfw has grown 2 new keywords: setfib N ip from anay to any count ip from any to any fib N In pf there seems to be a requirement to be able to give symbolic names to the fibs but I do not have that capacity. I am not sure if it is required. SCTP has interestingly enough built in support for this, called VRFs in Cisco parlance. it will be interesting to see how that handles it when it suddenly actually does something. Where to next: -------------------- After committing the ABI compatible version and MFCing it, I'd like to proceed in a forward direction in -current. this will result in some roto-tilling in the routing code. Firstly: the current code's idea of having a separate tree per protocol family, all of the same format, and pointed to by the 1 dimensional array is a bit silly. Especially when one considers that there is code that makes assumptions about every protocol having the same internal structures there. Some protocols don't WANT that sort of structure. (for example the whole idea of a netmask is foreign to appletalk). This needs to be made opaque to the external code. My suggested first change is to add routing method pointers to the 'domain' structure, along with information pointing the data. instead of having an array of pointers to uniform structures, there would be an array pointing to the 'domain' structures for each protocol address domain (protocol family), and the methods this reached would be called. The methods would have an argument that gives FIB number, but the protocol would be free to ignore it. When the ABI can be changed it raises the possibilty of the addition of a fib entry into the "struct route". Currently, the structure contains the sockaddr of the desination, and the resulting fib entry. To make this work fully, one could add a fib number so that given an address and a fib, one can find the third element, the fib entry. Interaction with the ARP layer/ LL layer would need to be revisited as well. Qing Li has been working on this already. This work was sponsored by Ironport Systems/Cisco Reviewed by: several including rwatson, bz and mlair (parts each) Obtained from: Ironport systems/Cisco
2008-05-09 23:03:00 +00:00
rt->rt_fibnum = fibnum;
add a bunch of comments to describe what's going on. This is some of the worst code I've had to wade through in ages and I don't want to have to start from scratch again next time. (I have a 2.2 version of these comments, can I commit them?)
1997-03-05 08:01:28 +00:00
/*
Move a comment from rtinit1() to the top of the file where dealing with the (maximum) number of FIBs trying to clarify that evetually FIBs should probably attached to domain(9) specific storage. [1] Add a comment on a limitimation on the rt_add_addr_allfibs option. Use RT_DEFAULT_FIB instead of 0 where applicable. Add empty line to functions without local variables per style. Put public yet unused in-tree function rtinit_fib() under BURN_BRIDGES to indicate that it might go away in the future. No functional change. Discussed with: julian [1] (clarification on what the original one meant) Sponsored by: Cisco Systems, Inc.
2012-02-03 12:25:14 +00:00
* Add the gateway. Possibly re-malloc-ing the storage for it.
add a bunch of comments to describe what's going on. This is some of the worst code I've had to wade through in ages and I don't want to have to start from scratch again next time. (I have a 2.2 version of these comments, can I commit them?)
1997-03-05 08:01:28 +00:00
*/
Locking for updates to routing table entries. Each rtentry gets a mutex that covers updates to the contents. Note this is separate from holding a reference and/or locking the routing table itself. Other/related changes: o rtredirect loses the final parameter by which an rtentry reference may be returned; this was never used and added unwarranted complexity for locking. o minor style cleanups to routing code (e.g. ansi-fy function decls) o remove the logic to bump the refcnt on the parent of cloned routes, we assume the parent will remain as long as the clone; doing this avoids a circularity in locking during delete o convert some timeouts to MPSAFE callouts Notes: 1. rt_mtx in struct rtentry is guarded by #ifdef _KERNEL as user-level applications cannot/do-no know about mutex's. Doing this requires that the mutex be the last element in the structure. A better solution is to introduce an externalized version of struct rtentry but this is a major task because of the intertwining of rtentry and other data structures that are visible to user applications. 2. There are known LOR's that are expected to go away with forthcoming work to eliminate many held references. If not these will be resolved prior to release. 3. ATM changes are untested. Sponsored by: FreeBSD Foundation Obtained from: BSD/OS (partly)
2003-10-04 03:44:50 +00:00
RT_LOCK(rt);
Fix warnings in preparation for adding -Wall -Wcast-qual to the kernel compile
1999-01-27 22:42:27 +00:00
if ((error = rt_setgate(rt, dst, gateway)) != 0) {
Simplify rtrequest(RTM_ADD): ifa can't be NULL after rt_getifa_fib().
2011-12-15 12:49:10 +00:00
ifa_free(ifa);
First pass at separating per-vnet initializer functions from existing functions for initializing global state. At this stage, the new per-vnet initializer functions are directly called from the existing global initialization code, which should in most cases result in compiler inlining those new functions, hence yielding a near-zero functional change. Modify the existing initializer functions which are invoked via protosw, like ip_init() et. al., to allow them to be invoked multiple times, i.e. per each vnet. Global state, if any, is initialized only if such functions are called within the context of vnet0, which will be determined via the IS_DEFAULT_VNET(curvnet) check (currently always true). While here, V_irtualize a few remaining global UMA zones used by net/netinet/netipsec networking code. While it is not yet clear to me or anybody else whether this is the right thing to do, at this stage this makes the code more readable, and makes it easier to track uncollected UMA-zone-backed objects on vnet removal. In the long run, it's quite possible that some form of shared use of UMA zone pools among multiple vnets should be considered. Bump __FreeBSD_version due to changes in layout of structs vnet_ipfw, vnet_inet and vnet_net. Approved by: julian (mentor)
2009-04-06 22:29:41 +00:00
uma_zfree(V_rtzone, rt);
Bugfix and simplification for rev 1.34: make sure that the route is non-null before trying to delete it in rt_setgate(), which then allows removal of the special-case code from the RTM_ADD case. This should fix the panics that joerg and Phil Karn have been seeing.
1996-09-02 02:49:40 +00:00
senderr(error);
BSD 4.4 Lite Kernel Sources
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
}
add a bunch of comments to describe what's going on. This is some of the worst code I've had to wade through in ages and I don't want to have to start from scratch again next time. (I have a 2.2 version of these comments, can I commit them?)
1997-03-05 08:01:28 +00:00
/*
* point to the (possibly newly malloc'd) dest address.
*/
Locking for updates to routing table entries. Each rtentry gets a mutex that covers updates to the contents. Note this is separate from holding a reference and/or locking the routing table itself. Other/related changes: o rtredirect loses the final parameter by which an rtentry reference may be returned; this was never used and added unwarranted complexity for locking. o minor style cleanups to routing code (e.g. ansi-fy function decls) o remove the logic to bump the refcnt on the parent of cloned routes, we assume the parent will remain as long as the clone; doing this avoids a circularity in locking during delete o convert some timeouts to MPSAFE callouts Notes: 1. rt_mtx in struct rtentry is guarded by #ifdef _KERNEL as user-level applications cannot/do-no know about mutex's. Doing this requires that the mutex be the last element in the structure. A better solution is to introduce an externalized version of struct rtentry but this is a major task because of the intertwining of rtentry and other data structures that are visible to user applications. 2. There are known LOR's that are expected to go away with forthcoming work to eliminate many held references. If not these will be resolved prior to release. 3. ATM changes are untested. Sponsored by: FreeBSD Foundation Obtained from: BSD/OS (partly)
2003-10-04 03:44:50 +00:00
ndst = (struct sockaddr *)rt_key(rt);
add a bunch of comments to describe what's going on. This is some of the worst code I've had to wade through in ages and I don't want to have to start from scratch again next time. (I have a 2.2 version of these comments, can I commit them?)
1997-03-05 08:01:28 +00:00
/*
* make sure it contains the value we want (masked if needed).
*/
BSD 4.4 Lite Kernel Sources
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
if (netmask) {
rt_maskedcopy(dst, ndst, netmask);
} else
replace Bcopy with bcopy as in the rest of the file.
2004-04-18 11:46:29 +00:00
bcopy(dst, ndst, dst->sa_len);
When adding a route, set rt_ifa and rt_ifp a little earlier so that the protocol-specific add routine can examine it if desired.
1995-07-10 15:22:37 +00:00
/*
Modify most routines returning 'struct ifaddr *' to return references rather than pointers, requiring callers to properly dispose of those references. The following routines now return references: ifaddr_byindex ifa_ifwithaddr ifa_ifwithbroadaddr ifa_ifwithdstaddr ifa_ifwithnet ifaof_ifpforaddr ifa_ifwithroute ifa_ifwithroute_fib rt_getifa rt_getifa_fib IFP_TO_IA ip_rtaddr in6_ifawithifp in6ifa_ifpforlinklocal in6ifa_ifpwithaddr in6_ifadd carp_iamatch6 ip6_getdstifaddr Remove unused macro which didn't have required referencing: IFP_TO_IA6 This closes many small races in which changes to interface or address lists while an ifaddr was in use could lead to use of freed memory (etc). In a few cases, add missing if_addr_list locking required to safely acquire references. Because of a lack of deep copying support, we accept a race in which an in6_ifaddr pointed to by mbuf tags and extracted with ip6_getdstifaddr() doesn't hold a reference while in transmit. Once we have mbuf tag deep copy support, this can be fixed. Reviewed by: bz Obtained from: Apple, Inc. (portions) MFC after: 6 weeks (portions)
2009-06-23 20:19:09 +00:00
* We use the ifa reference returned by rt_getifa_fib().
When adding a route, set rt_ifa and rt_ifp a little earlier so that the protocol-specific add routine can examine it if desired.
1995-07-10 15:22:37 +00:00
* This moved from below so that rnh->rnh_addaddr() can
add a bunch of comments to describe what's going on. This is some of the worst code I've had to wade through in ages and I don't want to have to start from scratch again next time. (I have a 2.2 version of these comments, can I commit them?)
1997-03-05 08:01:28 +00:00
* examine the ifa and ifa->ifa_ifp if it so desires.
When adding a route, set rt_ifa and rt_ifp a little earlier so that the protocol-specific add routine can examine it if desired.
1995-07-10 15:22:37 +00:00
*/
rt->rt_ifa = ifa;
rt->rt_ifp = ifa->ifa_ifp;
- Remove rt_metrics_lite and simply put its members into rtentry. - Use counter(9) for rt_pksent (former rt_rmx.rmx_pksent). This removes another cache trashing ++ from packet forwarding path. - Create zini/fini methods for the rtentry UMA zone. Via initialize mutex and counter in them. - Fix reporting of rmx_pksent to routing socket. - Fix netstat(1) to report "Use" both in kvm(3) and sysctl(3) mode. The change is mostly targeted for stable/10 merge. For head, rt_pksent is expected to just disappear. Discussed with: melifaro Sponsored by: Netflix Sponsored by: Nginx, Inc.
2014-03-05 01:17:47 +00:00
rt->rt_weight = 1;
When adding a route, set rt_ifa and rt_ifp a little earlier so that the protocol-specific add routine can examine it if desired.
1995-07-10 15:22:37 +00:00
Make checks for rt_mtu generic: Some virtual if drivers has (ab)used ifa ifa_rtrequest hook to enforce route MTU to be not bigger that interface MTU. While ifa_rtrequest hooking might be an option in some situation, it is not feasible to do MTU checks there: generic (or per-domain) routing code is perfectly capable of doing this. We currrently have 3 places where MTU is altered: 1) route addition. In this case domain overrides radix _addroute callback (in[6]_addroute) and all necessary checks/fixes are/can be done there. 2) route change (especially, GW change). In this case, there are no explicit per-domain calls, but one can override rte by setting ifa_rtrequest hook to domain handler (inet6 does this). 3) ifconfig ifaceX mtu YYYY In this case, we have no callbacks, but ip[6]_output performes runtime checks and decreases rt_mtu if necessary. Generally, the goals are to be able to handle all MTU changes in control plane, not in runtime part, and properly deal with increased interface MTU. This commit changes the following: * removes hooks setting MTU from drivers side * adds proper per-doman MTU checks for case 1) * adds generic MTU check for case 2) * The latter is done by using new dom_ifmtu callback since if_mtu denotes L3 interface MTU, e.g. maximum trasmitted _packet_ size. However, IPv6 mtu might be different from if_mtu one (e.g. default 1280) for some cases, so we need an abstract way to know maximum MTU size for given interface and domain. * moves rt_setmetrics() before MTU/ifa_rtrequest hooks since it copies user-supplied data which must be checked. * removes RT_LOCK_ASSERT() from other ifa_rtrequest hooks to be able to use this functions on new non-inserted rte. More changes will follow soon. MFC after: 1 month Sponsored by: Yandex LLC
2014-11-06 13:13:09 +00:00
rt_setmetrics(info, rt);
This patch provides the back end support for equal-cost multi-path (ECMP) for both IPv4 and IPv6. Previously, multipath route insertion is disallowed. For example, route add -net 192.103.54.0/24 10.9.44.1 route add -net 192.103.54.0/24 10.9.44.2 The second route insertion will trigger an error message of "add net 192.103.54.0/24: gateway 10.2.5.2: route already in table" Multiple default routes can also be inserted. Here is the netstat output: default 10.2.5.1 UGS 0 3074 bge0 => default 10.2.5.2 UGS 0 0 bge0 When multipath routes exist, the "route delete" command requires a specific gateway to be specified or else an error message would be displayed. For example, route delete default would fail and trigger the following error message: "route: writing to routing socket: No such process" "delete net default: not in table" On the other hand, route delete default 10.2.5.2 would be successful: "delete net default: gateway 10.2.5.2" One does not have to specify a gateway if there is only a single route for a particular destination. I need to perform more testings on address aliases and multiple interfaces that have the same IP prefixes. This patch as it stands today is not yet ready for prime time. Therefore, the ECMP code fragments are fully guarded by the RADIX_MPATH macro. Include the "options RADIX_MPATH" in the kernel configuration to enable this feature. Reviewed by: robert, sam, gnn, julian, kmacy
2008-04-13 05:45:14 +00:00
#ifdef RADIX_MPATH
/* do not permit exactly the same dst/mask/gw pair */
if (rn_mpath_capable(rnh) &&
rt_mpath_conflict(rnh, rt, netmask)) {
Simplify rtrequest(RTM_ADD): ifa can't be NULL after rt_getifa_fib().
2011-12-15 12:49:10 +00:00
ifa_free(rt->rt_ifa);
Follow r256586 and rename the kernel version of the Free() macro to R_Free(). This matches the other macros and reduces the chances to clash with other headers. This also fixes the build of radix.c outside of the kernel environment. Reviewed by: glebius
2015-07-30 02:09:03 +00:00
R_Free(rt_key(rt));
First pass at separating per-vnet initializer functions from existing functions for initializing global state. At this stage, the new per-vnet initializer functions are directly called from the existing global initialization code, which should in most cases result in compiler inlining those new functions, hence yielding a near-zero functional change. Modify the existing initializer functions which are invoked via protosw, like ip_init() et. al., to allow them to be invoked multiple times, i.e. per each vnet. Global state, if any, is initialized only if such functions are called within the context of vnet0, which will be determined via the IS_DEFAULT_VNET(curvnet) check (currently always true). While here, V_irtualize a few remaining global UMA zones used by net/netinet/netipsec networking code. While it is not yet clear to me or anybody else whether this is the right thing to do, at this stage this makes the code more readable, and makes it easier to track uncollected UMA-zone-backed objects on vnet removal. In the long run, it's quite possible that some form of shared use of UMA zone pools among multiple vnets should be considered. Bump __FreeBSD_version due to changes in layout of structs vnet_ipfw, vnet_inet and vnet_net. Approved by: julian (mentor)
2009-04-06 22:29:41 +00:00
uma_zfree(V_rtzone, rt);
This patch provides the back end support for equal-cost multi-path (ECMP) for both IPv4 and IPv6. Previously, multipath route insertion is disallowed. For example, route add -net 192.103.54.0/24 10.9.44.1 route add -net 192.103.54.0/24 10.9.44.2 The second route insertion will trigger an error message of "add net 192.103.54.0/24: gateway 10.2.5.2: route already in table" Multiple default routes can also be inserted. Here is the netstat output: default 10.2.5.1 UGS 0 3074 bge0 => default 10.2.5.2 UGS 0 0 bge0 When multipath routes exist, the "route delete" command requires a specific gateway to be specified or else an error message would be displayed. For example, route delete default would fail and trigger the following error message: "route: writing to routing socket: No such process" "delete net default: not in table" On the other hand, route delete default 10.2.5.2 would be successful: "delete net default: gateway 10.2.5.2" One does not have to specify a gateway if there is only a single route for a particular destination. I need to perform more testings on address aliases and multiple interfaces that have the same IP prefixes. This patch as it stands today is not yet ready for prime time. Therefore, the ECMP code fragments are fully guarded by the RADIX_MPATH macro. Include the "options RADIX_MPATH" in the kernel configuration to enable this feature. Reviewed by: robert, sam, gnn, julian, kmacy
2008-04-13 05:45:14 +00:00
senderr(EEXIST);
}
#endif
The flow-table associates TCP/UDP flows and IP destinations with specific routes. When the routing table changes, for example, when a new route with a more specific prefix is inserted into the routing table, the flow-table is not updated to reflect that change. As such existing connections cannot take advantage of the new path. In some cases the path is broken. This patch will update the affected flow-table entries when a more specific route is added. The route entry is properly marked when a route is deleted from the table. In this case, when the flow-table performs a search, the stale entry is updated automatically. Therefore this patch is not necessary for route deletion. Submitted by: simon, phk Reviewed by: bz, kmacy MFC after: 3 days
2009-10-01 20:32:29 +00:00
#ifdef FLOWTABLE
rt0 = NULL;
Fix FLOWTABLE IPv6 handling in route.c missed in r205066. While doing so, for consistency with the rtalloc_ign_fib(9) interface called, remove the "in_" prefix from rtalloc_ign_wrapper() no longer indicating that it would only handle the INET case. Sponsored by: Cisco Systems, Inc.
2012-02-03 10:17:34 +00:00
/* "flow-table" only supports IPv6 and IPv4 at the moment. */
switch (dst->sa_family) {
#ifdef INET6
case AF_INET6:
#endif
Put #ifdef INET around parts of the FLOWTABLE code, to unbreak nooptions INET kernel builds. MFC after: 3 days X-MFC: with r197687
2009-10-03 10:56:03 +00:00
#ifdef INET
Fix FLOWTABLE IPv6 handling in route.c missed in r205066. While doing so, for consistency with the rtalloc_ign_fib(9) interface called, remove the "in_" prefix from rtalloc_ign_wrapper() no longer indicating that it would only handle the INET case. Sponsored by: Cisco Systems, Inc.
2012-02-03 10:17:34 +00:00
case AF_INET:
#endif
#if defined(INET6) || defined(INET)
The flow-table associates TCP/UDP flows and IP destinations with specific routes. When the routing table changes, for example, when a new route with a more specific prefix is inserted into the routing table, the flow-table is not updated to reflect that change. As such existing connections cannot take advantage of the new path. In some cases the path is broken. This patch will update the affected flow-table entries when a more specific route is added. The route entry is properly marked when a route is deleted from the table. In this case, when the flow-table performs a search, the stale entry is updated automatically. Therefore this patch is not necessary for route deletion. Submitted by: simon, phk Reviewed by: bz, kmacy MFC after: 3 days
2009-10-01 20:32:29 +00:00
rn = rnh->rnh_matchaddr(dst, rnh);
if (rn && ((rn->rn_flags & RNF_ROOT) == 0)) {
struct sockaddr *mask;
u_char *m, *n;
int len;
/*
* compare mask to see if the new route is
* more specific than the existing one
*/
rt0 = RNTORT(rn);
RT_LOCK(rt0);
RT_ADDREF(rt0);
RT_UNLOCK(rt0);
/*
* A host route is already present, so
* leave the flow-table entries as is.
*/
if (rt0->rt_flags & RTF_HOST) {
RTFREE(rt0);
rt0 = NULL;
} else if (!(flags & RTF_HOST) && netmask) {
mask = rt_mask(rt0);
len = mask->sa_len;
m = (u_char *)mask;
n = (u_char *)netmask;
while (len-- > 0) {
if (*n != *m)
break;
n++;
m++;
}
if (len == 0 || (*n < *m)) {
RTFREE(rt0);
rt0 = NULL;
}
}
}
Fix FLOWTABLE IPv6 handling in route.c missed in r205066. While doing so, for consistency with the rtalloc_ign_fib(9) interface called, remove the "in_" prefix from rtalloc_ign_wrapper() no longer indicating that it would only handle the INET case. Sponsored by: Cisco Systems, Inc.
2012-02-03 10:17:34 +00:00
#endif/* INET6 || INET */
The flow-table associates TCP/UDP flows and IP destinations with specific routes. When the routing table changes, for example, when a new route with a more specific prefix is inserted into the routing table, the flow-table is not updated to reflect that change. As such existing connections cannot take advantage of the new path. In some cases the path is broken. This patch will update the affected flow-table entries when a more specific route is added. The route entry is properly marked when a route is deleted from the table. In this case, when the flow-table performs a search, the stale entry is updated automatically. Therefore this patch is not necessary for route deletion. Submitted by: simon, phk Reviewed by: bz, kmacy MFC after: 3 days
2009-10-01 20:32:29 +00:00
}
Fix FLOWTABLE IPv6 handling in route.c missed in r205066. While doing so, for consistency with the rtalloc_ign_fib(9) interface called, remove the "in_" prefix from rtalloc_ign_wrapper() no longer indicating that it would only handle the INET case. Sponsored by: Cisco Systems, Inc.
2012-02-03 10:17:34 +00:00
#endif /* FLOWTABLE */
The flow-table associates TCP/UDP flows and IP destinations with specific routes. When the routing table changes, for example, when a new route with a more specific prefix is inserted into the routing table, the flow-table is not updated to reflect that change. As such existing connections cannot take advantage of the new path. In some cases the path is broken. This patch will update the affected flow-table entries when a more specific route is added. The route entry is properly marked when a route is deleted from the table. In this case, when the flow-table performs a search, the stale entry is updated automatically. Therefore this patch is not necessary for route deletion. Submitted by: simon, phk Reviewed by: bz, kmacy MFC after: 3 days
2009-10-01 20:32:29 +00:00
Locking for updates to routing table entries. Each rtentry gets a mutex that covers updates to the contents. Note this is separate from holding a reference and/or locking the routing table itself. Other/related changes: o rtredirect loses the final parameter by which an rtentry reference may be returned; this was never used and added unwarranted complexity for locking. o minor style cleanups to routing code (e.g. ansi-fy function decls) o remove the logic to bump the refcnt on the parent of cloned routes, we assume the parent will remain as long as the clone; doing this avoids a circularity in locking during delete o convert some timeouts to MPSAFE callouts Notes: 1. rt_mtx in struct rtentry is guarded by #ifdef _KERNEL as user-level applications cannot/do-no know about mutex's. Doing this requires that the mutex be the last element in the structure. A better solution is to introduce an externalized version of struct rtentry but this is a major task because of the intertwining of rtentry and other data structures that are visible to user applications. 2. There are known LOR's that are expected to go away with forthcoming work to eliminate many held references. If not these will be resolved prior to release. 3. ATM changes are untested. Sponsored by: FreeBSD Foundation Obtained from: BSD/OS (partly)
2003-10-04 03:44:50 +00:00
/* XXX mtu manipulation will be done in rnh_addaddr -- itojun */
rn = rnh->rnh_addaddr(ndst, netmask, rnh, rt->rt_nodes);
add a bunch of comments to describe what's going on. This is some of the worst code I've had to wade through in ages and I don't want to have to start from scratch again next time. (I have a 2.2 version of these comments, can I commit them?)
1997-03-05 08:01:28 +00:00
/*
* If it still failed to go into the tree,
* then un-make it (this should be a function)
*/
Fix the initial check for NULL arguments in rtfree (previously it checked for rt == NULL after dereferencing the pointer). We never check for those events elsewhere, so probably these checks might go away here as well. Slightly simplify (and document) the logic for memory allocation in rt_setgate(). The rest is mostly style changes -- replace 0 with NULL where appropriate, remove the macro SA() that was only used once, remove some useless debugging code in rt_fixchange, explain some odd-looking casts.
2004-04-20 07:04:47 +00:00
if (rn == NULL) {
Simplify rtrequest(RTM_ADD): ifa can't be NULL after rt_getifa_fib().
2011-12-15 12:49:10 +00:00
ifa_free(rt->rt_ifa);
Follow r256586 and rename the kernel version of the Free() macro to R_Free(). This matches the other macros and reduces the chances to clash with other headers. This also fixes the build of radix.c outside of the kernel environment. Reviewed by: glebius
2015-07-30 02:09:03 +00:00
R_Free(rt_key(rt));
First pass at separating per-vnet initializer functions from existing functions for initializing global state. At this stage, the new per-vnet initializer functions are directly called from the existing global initialization code, which should in most cases result in compiler inlining those new functions, hence yielding a near-zero functional change. Modify the existing initializer functions which are invoked via protosw, like ip_init() et. al., to allow them to be invoked multiple times, i.e. per each vnet. Global state, if any, is initialized only if such functions are called within the context of vnet0, which will be determined via the IS_DEFAULT_VNET(curvnet) check (currently always true). While here, V_irtualize a few remaining global UMA zones used by net/netinet/netipsec networking code. While it is not yet clear to me or anybody else whether this is the right thing to do, at this stage this makes the code more readable, and makes it easier to track uncollected UMA-zone-backed objects on vnet removal. In the long run, it's quite possible that some form of shared use of UMA zone pools among multiple vnets should be considered. Bump __FreeBSD_version due to changes in layout of structs vnet_ipfw, vnet_inet and vnet_net. Approved by: julian (mentor)
2009-04-06 22:29:41 +00:00
uma_zfree(V_rtzone, rt);
The flow-table associates TCP/UDP flows and IP destinations with specific routes. When the routing table changes, for example, when a new route with a more specific prefix is inserted into the routing table, the flow-table is not updated to reflect that change. As such existing connections cannot take advantage of the new path. In some cases the path is broken. This patch will update the affected flow-table entries when a more specific route is added. The route entry is properly marked when a route is deleted from the table. In this case, when the flow-table performs a search, the stale entry is updated automatically. Therefore this patch is not necessary for route deletion. Submitted by: simon, phk Reviewed by: bz, kmacy MFC after: 3 days
2009-10-01 20:32:29 +00:00
#ifdef FLOWTABLE
if (rt0 != NULL)
RTFREE(rt0);
#endif
BSD 4.4 Lite Kernel Sources
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
senderr(EEXIST);
The flow-table associates TCP/UDP flows and IP destinations with specific routes. When the routing table changes, for example, when a new route with a more specific prefix is inserted into the routing table, the flow-table is not updated to reflect that change. As such existing connections cannot take advantage of the new path. In some cases the path is broken. This patch will update the affected flow-table entries when a more specific route is added. The route entry is properly marked when a route is deleted from the table. In this case, when the flow-table performs a search, the stale entry is updated automatically. Therefore this patch is not necessary for route deletion. Submitted by: simon, phk Reviewed by: bz, kmacy MFC after: 3 days
2009-10-01 20:32:29 +00:00
}
#ifdef FLOWTABLE
else if (rt0 != NULL) {
o Revamp API between flowtable and netinet, netinet6. - ip_output() and ip_output6() simply call flowtable_lookup(), passing mbuf and address family. That's the only code under #ifdef FLOWTABLE in the protocols code now. o Revamp statistics gathering and export. - Remove hand made pcpu stats, and utilize counter(9). - Snapshot of statistics is available via 'netstat -rs'. - All sysctls are moved into net.flowtable namespace, since spreading them over net.inet isn't correct. o Properly separate at compile time INET and INET6 parts. o General cleanup. - Remove chain of multiple flowtables. We simply have one for IPv4 and one for IPv6. - Flowtables are allocated in flowtable.c, symbols are static. - With proper argument to SYSINIT() we no longer need flowtable_ready. - Hash salt doesn't need to be per-VNET. - Removed rudimentary debugging, which use quite useless in dtrace era. The runtime behavior of flowtable shouldn't be changed by this commit. Sponsored by: Netflix Sponsored by: Nginx, Inc.
2014-02-07 15:18:23 +00:00
flowtable_route_flush(dst->sa_family, rt0);
The flow-table associates TCP/UDP flows and IP destinations with specific routes. When the routing table changes, for example, when a new route with a more specific prefix is inserted into the routing table, the flow-table is not updated to reflect that change. As such existing connections cannot take advantage of the new path. In some cases the path is broken. This patch will update the affected flow-table entries when a more specific route is added. The route entry is properly marked when a route is deleted from the table. In this case, when the flow-table performs a search, the stale entry is updated automatically. Therefore this patch is not necessary for route deletion. Submitted by: simon, phk Reviewed by: bz, kmacy MFC after: 3 days
2009-10-01 20:32:29 +00:00
RTFREE(rt0);
BSD 4.4 Lite Kernel Sources
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
}
The flow-table associates TCP/UDP flows and IP destinations with specific routes. When the routing table changes, for example, when a new route with a more specific prefix is inserted into the routing table, the flow-table is not updated to reflect that change. As such existing connections cannot take advantage of the new path. In some cases the path is broken. This patch will update the affected flow-table entries when a more specific route is added. The route entry is properly marked when a route is deleted from the table. In this case, when the flow-table performs a search, the stale entry is updated automatically. Therefore this patch is not necessary for route deletion. Submitted by: simon, phk Reviewed by: bz, kmacy MFC after: 3 days
2009-10-01 20:32:29 +00:00
#endif
add a bunch of comments to describe what's going on. This is some of the worst code I've had to wade through in ages and I don't want to have to start from scratch again next time. (I have a 2.2 version of these comments, can I commit them?)
1997-03-05 08:01:28 +00:00
/*
Some minor cleanups: - In rt_check() remove the senderr() macro and the "bad" label. They used to simplify code, but now aren't. - Remove extra RT_LOCK_ASSERT() in rt_setgate(). The RT_REMREF macro does this. - In rtfree() convert panics to KASSERTs. - Strict the routing API: rtfree() should be called only in a case when we are completely sure we've got the last reference on the rtentry. In all other cases RTFREE_LOCKED() macro should be used. If the reference isn't the last one spit out a warning printf. Correct the only(?) case for this in rt_check(). - Fix typos in comments.
2007-05-22 16:17:31 +00:00
* If this protocol has something to add to this then
add a bunch of comments to describe what's going on. This is some of the worst code I've had to wade through in ages and I don't want to have to start from scratch again next time. (I have a 2.2 version of these comments, can I commit them?)
1997-03-05 08:01:28 +00:00
* allow it to do that as well.
*/
BSD 4.4 Lite Kernel Sources
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
if (ifa->ifa_rtrequest)
Pull post-4.4BSD change to sys/net/route.c from BSD/OS 4.2. Have sys/net/route.c:rtrequest1(), which takes ``rt_addrinfo *'' as the argument. Pass rt_addrinfo all the way down to rtrequest1 and ifa->ifa_rtrequest. 3rd argument of ifa->ifa_rtrequest is now ``rt_addrinfo *'' instead of ``sockaddr *'' (almost noone is using it anyways). Benefit: the following command now works. Previously we needed two route(8) invocations, "add" then "change". # route add -inet6 default ::1 -ifp gif0 Remove unsafe typecast in rtrequest(), from ``rtentry *'' to ``sockaddr *''. It was introduced by 4.3BSD-Reno and never corrected. Obtained from: BSD/OS, NetBSD MFC after: 1 month PR: kern/28360
2001-10-17 18:07:05 +00:00
ifa->ifa_rtrequest(req, rt, info);
add a bunch of comments to describe what's going on. This is some of the worst code I've had to wade through in ages and I don't want to have to start from scratch again next time. (I have a 2.2 version of these comments, can I commit them?)
1997-03-05 08:01:28 +00:00
/*
* actually return a resultant rtentry and
* give the caller a single reference.
*/
BSD 4.4 Lite Kernel Sources
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
if (ret_nrt) {
*ret_nrt = rt;
replace explicit changes to rt_refcnt by RT_ADDREF and RT_REMREF macros that expand to include assertions when the system is built with INVARIANTS Supported by: FreeBSD Foundation
2003-11-08 23:36:32 +00:00
RT_ADDREF(rt);
BSD 4.4 Lite Kernel Sources
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
}
Locking for updates to routing table entries. Each rtentry gets a mutex that covers updates to the contents. Note this is separate from holding a reference and/or locking the routing table itself. Other/related changes: o rtredirect loses the final parameter by which an rtentry reference may be returned; this was never used and added unwarranted complexity for locking. o minor style cleanups to routing code (e.g. ansi-fy function decls) o remove the logic to bump the refcnt on the parent of cloned routes, we assume the parent will remain as long as the clone; doing this avoids a circularity in locking during delete o convert some timeouts to MPSAFE callouts Notes: 1. rt_mtx in struct rtentry is guarded by #ifdef _KERNEL as user-level applications cannot/do-no know about mutex's. Doing this requires that the mutex be the last element in the structure. A better solution is to introduce an externalized version of struct rtentry but this is a major task because of the intertwining of rtentry and other data structures that are visible to user applications. 2. There are known LOR's that are expected to go away with forthcoming work to eliminate many held references. If not these will be resolved prior to release. 3. ATM changes are untested. Sponsored by: FreeBSD Foundation Obtained from: BSD/OS (partly)
2003-10-04 03:44:50 +00:00
RT_UNLOCK(rt);
BSD 4.4 Lite Kernel Sources
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
break;
Decouple RTM_CHANGE from RTM_GET handling in rtsock.c:route_output(). RTM_CHANGE is now handled inside route.c:rtrequest1_fib() as it should be. Note change change handler is a separate function rtrequest1_fib_change(). MFC after: 1 month
2014-04-26 21:03:41 +00:00
case RTM_CHANGE:
error = rtrequest1_fib_change(rnh, info, ret_nrt, fibnum);
break;
Pull post-4.4BSD change to sys/net/route.c from BSD/OS 4.2. Have sys/net/route.c:rtrequest1(), which takes ``rt_addrinfo *'' as the argument. Pass rt_addrinfo all the way down to rtrequest1 and ifa->ifa_rtrequest. 3rd argument of ifa->ifa_rtrequest is now ``rt_addrinfo *'' instead of ``sockaddr *'' (almost noone is using it anyways). Benefit: the following command now works. Previously we needed two route(8) invocations, "add" then "change". # route add -inet6 default ::1 -ifp gif0 Remove unsafe typecast in rtrequest(), from ``rtentry *'' to ``sockaddr *''. It was introduced by 4.3BSD-Reno and never corrected. Obtained from: BSD/OS, NetBSD MFC after: 1 month PR: kern/28360
2001-10-17 18:07:05 +00:00
default:
error = EOPNOTSUPP;
BSD 4.4 Lite Kernel Sources
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
}
bad:
- convert radix node head lock from mutex to rwlock - make radix node head lock not recursive - fix LOR in rtexpunge - fix LOR in rtredirect Reviewed by: sam
2008-12-07 21:15:43 +00:00
if (needlock)
RADIX_NODE_HEAD_UNLOCK(rnh);
BSD 4.4 Lite Kernel Sources
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
return (error);
Locking for updates to routing table entries. Each rtentry gets a mutex that covers updates to the contents. Note this is separate from holding a reference and/or locking the routing table itself. Other/related changes: o rtredirect loses the final parameter by which an rtentry reference may be returned; this was never used and added unwarranted complexity for locking. o minor style cleanups to routing code (e.g. ansi-fy function decls) o remove the logic to bump the refcnt on the parent of cloned routes, we assume the parent will remain as long as the clone; doing this avoids a circularity in locking during delete o convert some timeouts to MPSAFE callouts Notes: 1. rt_mtx in struct rtentry is guarded by #ifdef _KERNEL as user-level applications cannot/do-no know about mutex's. Doing this requires that the mutex be the last element in the structure. A better solution is to introduce an externalized version of struct rtentry but this is a major task because of the intertwining of rtentry and other data structures that are visible to user applications. 2. There are known LOR's that are expected to go away with forthcoming work to eliminate many held references. If not these will be resolved prior to release. 3. ATM changes are untested. Sponsored by: FreeBSD Foundation Obtained from: BSD/OS (partly)
2003-10-04 03:44:50 +00:00
#undef senderr
}
Pull post-4.4BSD change to sys/net/route.c from BSD/OS 4.2. Have sys/net/route.c:rtrequest1(), which takes ``rt_addrinfo *'' as the argument. Pass rt_addrinfo all the way down to rtrequest1 and ifa->ifa_rtrequest. 3rd argument of ifa->ifa_rtrequest is now ``rt_addrinfo *'' instead of ``sockaddr *'' (almost noone is using it anyways). Benefit: the following command now works. Previously we needed two route(8) invocations, "add" then "change". # route add -inet6 default ::1 -ifp gif0 Remove unsafe typecast in rtrequest(), from ``rtentry *'' to ``sockaddr *''. It was introduced by 4.3BSD-Reno and never corrected. Obtained from: BSD/OS, NetBSD MFC after: 1 month PR: kern/28360
2001-10-17 18:07:05 +00:00
#undef dst
#undef gateway
#undef netmask
#undef ifaaddr
#undef ifpaddr
#undef flags
BSD 4.4 Lite Kernel Sources
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
Decouple RTM_CHANGE from RTM_GET handling in rtsock.c:route_output(). RTM_CHANGE is now handled inside route.c:rtrequest1_fib() as it should be. Note change change handler is a separate function rtrequest1_fib_change(). MFC after: 1 month
2014-04-26 21:03:41 +00:00
static int
rtrequest1_fib_change(struct radix_node_head *rnh, struct rt_addrinfo *info,
struct rtentry **ret_nrt, u_int fibnum)
{
struct rtentry *rt = NULL;
int error = 0;
int free_ifa = 0;
Make checks for rt_mtu generic: Some virtual if drivers has (ab)used ifa ifa_rtrequest hook to enforce route MTU to be not bigger that interface MTU. While ifa_rtrequest hooking might be an option in some situation, it is not feasible to do MTU checks there: generic (or per-domain) routing code is perfectly capable of doing this. We currrently have 3 places where MTU is altered: 1) route addition. In this case domain overrides radix _addroute callback (in[6]_addroute) and all necessary checks/fixes are/can be done there. 2) route change (especially, GW change). In this case, there are no explicit per-domain calls, but one can override rte by setting ifa_rtrequest hook to domain handler (inet6 does this). 3) ifconfig ifaceX mtu YYYY In this case, we have no callbacks, but ip[6]_output performes runtime checks and decreases rt_mtu if necessary. Generally, the goals are to be able to handle all MTU changes in control plane, not in runtime part, and properly deal with increased interface MTU. This commit changes the following: * removes hooks setting MTU from drivers side * adds proper per-doman MTU checks for case 1) * adds generic MTU check for case 2) * The latter is done by using new dom_ifmtu callback since if_mtu denotes L3 interface MTU, e.g. maximum trasmitted _packet_ size. However, IPv6 mtu might be different from if_mtu one (e.g. default 1280) for some cases, so we need an abstract way to know maximum MTU size for given interface and domain. * moves rt_setmetrics() before MTU/ifa_rtrequest hooks since it copies user-supplied data which must be checked. * removes RT_LOCK_ASSERT() from other ifa_rtrequest hooks to be able to use this functions on new non-inserted rte. More changes will follow soon. MFC after: 1 month Sponsored by: Yandex LLC
2014-11-06 13:13:09 +00:00
int family, mtu;
Finish r274175: do control plane MTU tracking. Update route MTU in case of ifnet MTU change. Add new RTF_FIXEDMTU to track explicitly specified MTU. Old behavior: ifconfig em0 mtu 1500->9000 -> all routes traversing em0 do not change MTU. User has to manually update all routes. ifconfig em0 mtu 9000->1500 -> all routes traversing em0 do not change MTU. However, if ip[6]_output finds route with rt_mtu > interface mtu, rt_mtu gets updated. New behavior: ifconfig em0 mtu 1500->9000 -> all interface routes in all fibs gets updated with new MTU unless RTF_FIXEDMTU flag set on them. ifconfig em0 mtu 9000->1500 -> all routes in all fibs gets updated with new MTU unless RTF_FIXEDMTU flag set on them AND rt_mtu is less than ifp mtu. route add ... -mtu XXX automatically sets RTF_FIXEDMTU flag. route change .. -mtu 0 automatically removes RTF_FIXEDMTU flag. PR: 194238 MFC after: 1 month CR: D1125
2014-11-17 01:05:29 +00:00
struct if_mtuinfo ifmtu;
Decouple RTM_CHANGE from RTM_GET handling in rtsock.c:route_output(). RTM_CHANGE is now handled inside route.c:rtrequest1_fib() as it should be. Note change change handler is a separate function rtrequest1_fib_change(). MFC after: 1 month
2014-04-26 21:03:41 +00:00
rt = (struct rtentry *)rnh->rnh_lookup(info->rti_info[RTAX_DST],
info->rti_info[RTAX_NETMASK], rnh);
if (rt == NULL)
return (ESRCH);
#ifdef RADIX_MPATH
/*
* If we got multipath routes,
* we require users to specify a matching RTAX_GATEWAY.
*/
if (rn_mpath_capable(rnh)) {
rt = rt_mpath_matchgate(rt, info->rti_info[RTAX_GATEWAY]);
if (rt == NULL)
return (ESRCH);
}
#endif
RT_LOCK(rt);
Make checks for rt_mtu generic: Some virtual if drivers has (ab)used ifa ifa_rtrequest hook to enforce route MTU to be not bigger that interface MTU. While ifa_rtrequest hooking might be an option in some situation, it is not feasible to do MTU checks there: generic (or per-domain) routing code is perfectly capable of doing this. We currrently have 3 places where MTU is altered: 1) route addition. In this case domain overrides radix _addroute callback (in[6]_addroute) and all necessary checks/fixes are/can be done there. 2) route change (especially, GW change). In this case, there are no explicit per-domain calls, but one can override rte by setting ifa_rtrequest hook to domain handler (inet6 does this). 3) ifconfig ifaceX mtu YYYY In this case, we have no callbacks, but ip[6]_output performes runtime checks and decreases rt_mtu if necessary. Generally, the goals are to be able to handle all MTU changes in control plane, not in runtime part, and properly deal with increased interface MTU. This commit changes the following: * removes hooks setting MTU from drivers side * adds proper per-doman MTU checks for case 1) * adds generic MTU check for case 2) * The latter is done by using new dom_ifmtu callback since if_mtu denotes L3 interface MTU, e.g. maximum trasmitted _packet_ size. However, IPv6 mtu might be different from if_mtu one (e.g. default 1280) for some cases, so we need an abstract way to know maximum MTU size for given interface and domain. * moves rt_setmetrics() before MTU/ifa_rtrequest hooks since it copies user-supplied data which must be checked. * removes RT_LOCK_ASSERT() from other ifa_rtrequest hooks to be able to use this functions on new non-inserted rte. More changes will follow soon. MFC after: 1 month Sponsored by: Yandex LLC
2014-11-06 13:13:09 +00:00
rt_setmetrics(info, rt);
Decouple RTM_CHANGE from RTM_GET handling in rtsock.c:route_output(). RTM_CHANGE is now handled inside route.c:rtrequest1_fib() as it should be. Note change change handler is a separate function rtrequest1_fib_change(). MFC after: 1 month
2014-04-26 21:03:41 +00:00
/*
* New gateway could require new ifaddr, ifp;
* flags may also be different; ifp may be specified
* by ll sockaddr when protocol address is ambiguous
*/
if (((rt->rt_flags & RTF_GATEWAY) &&
info->rti_info[RTAX_GATEWAY] != NULL) ||
info->rti_info[RTAX_IFP] != NULL ||
(info->rti_info[RTAX_IFA] != NULL &&
!sa_equal(info->rti_info[RTAX_IFA], rt->rt_ifa->ifa_addr))) {
error = rt_getifa_fib(info, fibnum);
if (info->rti_ifa != NULL)
free_ifa = 1;
if (error != 0)
Do not use senderr() in rtrequest1_fib_change(). Suggested by: glebius MFC after: 4 weeks
2014-04-29 12:52:36 +00:00
goto bad;
Decouple RTM_CHANGE from RTM_GET handling in rtsock.c:route_output(). RTM_CHANGE is now handled inside route.c:rtrequest1_fib() as it should be. Note change change handler is a separate function rtrequest1_fib_change(). MFC after: 1 month
2014-04-26 21:03:41 +00:00
}
/* Check if outgoing interface has changed */
if (info->rti_ifa != NULL && info->rti_ifa != rt->rt_ifa &&
rt->rt_ifa != NULL && rt->rt_ifa->ifa_rtrequest != NULL) {
rt->rt_ifa->ifa_rtrequest(RTM_DELETE, rt, info);
ifa_free(rt->rt_ifa);
}
/* Update gateway address */
if (info->rti_info[RTAX_GATEWAY] != NULL) {
error = rt_setgate(rt, rt_key(rt), info->rti_info[RTAX_GATEWAY]);
if (error != 0)
Do not use senderr() in rtrequest1_fib_change(). Suggested by: glebius MFC after: 4 weeks
2014-04-29 12:52:36 +00:00
goto bad;
Decouple RTM_CHANGE from RTM_GET handling in rtsock.c:route_output(). RTM_CHANGE is now handled inside route.c:rtrequest1_fib() as it should be. Note change change handler is a separate function rtrequest1_fib_change(). MFC after: 1 month
2014-04-26 21:03:41 +00:00
rt->rt_flags &= ~RTF_GATEWAY;
rt->rt_flags |= (RTF_GATEWAY & info->rti_flags);
}
if (info->rti_ifa != NULL && info->rti_ifa != rt->rt_ifa) {
ifa_ref(info->rti_ifa);
rt->rt_ifa = info->rti_ifa;
rt->rt_ifp = info->rti_ifp;
}
/* Allow some flags to be toggled on change. */
rt->rt_flags &= ~RTF_FMASK;
rt->rt_flags |= info->rti_flags & RTF_FMASK;
if (rt->rt_ifa && rt->rt_ifa->ifa_rtrequest != NULL)
rt->rt_ifa->ifa_rtrequest(RTM_ADD, rt, info);
Finish r274175: do control plane MTU tracking. Update route MTU in case of ifnet MTU change. Add new RTF_FIXEDMTU to track explicitly specified MTU. Old behavior: ifconfig em0 mtu 1500->9000 -> all routes traversing em0 do not change MTU. User has to manually update all routes. ifconfig em0 mtu 9000->1500 -> all routes traversing em0 do not change MTU. However, if ip[6]_output finds route with rt_mtu > interface mtu, rt_mtu gets updated. New behavior: ifconfig em0 mtu 1500->9000 -> all interface routes in all fibs gets updated with new MTU unless RTF_FIXEDMTU flag set on them. ifconfig em0 mtu 9000->1500 -> all routes in all fibs gets updated with new MTU unless RTF_FIXEDMTU flag set on them AND rt_mtu is less than ifp mtu. route add ... -mtu XXX automatically sets RTF_FIXEDMTU flag. route change .. -mtu 0 automatically removes RTF_FIXEDMTU flag. PR: 194238 MFC after: 1 month CR: D1125
2014-11-17 01:05:29 +00:00
/* Alter route MTU if necessary */
Make checks for rt_mtu generic: Some virtual if drivers has (ab)used ifa ifa_rtrequest hook to enforce route MTU to be not bigger that interface MTU. While ifa_rtrequest hooking might be an option in some situation, it is not feasible to do MTU checks there: generic (or per-domain) routing code is perfectly capable of doing this. We currrently have 3 places where MTU is altered: 1) route addition. In this case domain overrides radix _addroute callback (in[6]_addroute) and all necessary checks/fixes are/can be done there. 2) route change (especially, GW change). In this case, there are no explicit per-domain calls, but one can override rte by setting ifa_rtrequest hook to domain handler (inet6 does this). 3) ifconfig ifaceX mtu YYYY In this case, we have no callbacks, but ip[6]_output performes runtime checks and decreases rt_mtu if necessary. Generally, the goals are to be able to handle all MTU changes in control plane, not in runtime part, and properly deal with increased interface MTU. This commit changes the following: * removes hooks setting MTU from drivers side * adds proper per-doman MTU checks for case 1) * adds generic MTU check for case 2) * The latter is done by using new dom_ifmtu callback since if_mtu denotes L3 interface MTU, e.g. maximum trasmitted _packet_ size. However, IPv6 mtu might be different from if_mtu one (e.g. default 1280) for some cases, so we need an abstract way to know maximum MTU size for given interface and domain. * moves rt_setmetrics() before MTU/ifa_rtrequest hooks since it copies user-supplied data which must be checked. * removes RT_LOCK_ASSERT() from other ifa_rtrequest hooks to be able to use this functions on new non-inserted rte. More changes will follow soon. MFC after: 1 month Sponsored by: Yandex LLC
2014-11-06 13:13:09 +00:00
if (rt->rt_ifp != NULL) {
family = info->rti_info[RTAX_DST]->sa_family;
mtu = if_getmtu_family(rt->rt_ifp, family);
Finish r274175: do control plane MTU tracking. Update route MTU in case of ifnet MTU change. Add new RTF_FIXEDMTU to track explicitly specified MTU. Old behavior: ifconfig em0 mtu 1500->9000 -> all routes traversing em0 do not change MTU. User has to manually update all routes. ifconfig em0 mtu 9000->1500 -> all routes traversing em0 do not change MTU. However, if ip[6]_output finds route with rt_mtu > interface mtu, rt_mtu gets updated. New behavior: ifconfig em0 mtu 1500->9000 -> all interface routes in all fibs gets updated with new MTU unless RTF_FIXEDMTU flag set on them. ifconfig em0 mtu 9000->1500 -> all routes in all fibs gets updated with new MTU unless RTF_FIXEDMTU flag set on them AND rt_mtu is less than ifp mtu. route add ... -mtu XXX automatically sets RTF_FIXEDMTU flag. route change .. -mtu 0 automatically removes RTF_FIXEDMTU flag. PR: 194238 MFC after: 1 month CR: D1125
2014-11-17 01:05:29 +00:00
/* Set default MTU */
if (rt->rt_mtu == 0)
Make checks for rt_mtu generic: Some virtual if drivers has (ab)used ifa ifa_rtrequest hook to enforce route MTU to be not bigger that interface MTU. While ifa_rtrequest hooking might be an option in some situation, it is not feasible to do MTU checks there: generic (or per-domain) routing code is perfectly capable of doing this. We currrently have 3 places where MTU is altered: 1) route addition. In this case domain overrides radix _addroute callback (in[6]_addroute) and all necessary checks/fixes are/can be done there. 2) route change (especially, GW change). In this case, there are no explicit per-domain calls, but one can override rte by setting ifa_rtrequest hook to domain handler (inet6 does this). 3) ifconfig ifaceX mtu YYYY In this case, we have no callbacks, but ip[6]_output performes runtime checks and decreases rt_mtu if necessary. Generally, the goals are to be able to handle all MTU changes in control plane, not in runtime part, and properly deal with increased interface MTU. This commit changes the following: * removes hooks setting MTU from drivers side * adds proper per-doman MTU checks for case 1) * adds generic MTU check for case 2) * The latter is done by using new dom_ifmtu callback since if_mtu denotes L3 interface MTU, e.g. maximum trasmitted _packet_ size. However, IPv6 mtu might be different from if_mtu one (e.g. default 1280) for some cases, so we need an abstract way to know maximum MTU size for given interface and domain. * moves rt_setmetrics() before MTU/ifa_rtrequest hooks since it copies user-supplied data which must be checked. * removes RT_LOCK_ASSERT() from other ifa_rtrequest hooks to be able to use this functions on new non-inserted rte. More changes will follow soon. MFC after: 1 month Sponsored by: Yandex LLC
2014-11-06 13:13:09 +00:00
rt->rt_mtu = mtu;
Finish r274175: do control plane MTU tracking. Update route MTU in case of ifnet MTU change. Add new RTF_FIXEDMTU to track explicitly specified MTU. Old behavior: ifconfig em0 mtu 1500->9000 -> all routes traversing em0 do not change MTU. User has to manually update all routes. ifconfig em0 mtu 9000->1500 -> all routes traversing em0 do not change MTU. However, if ip[6]_output finds route with rt_mtu > interface mtu, rt_mtu gets updated. New behavior: ifconfig em0 mtu 1500->9000 -> all interface routes in all fibs gets updated with new MTU unless RTF_FIXEDMTU flag set on them. ifconfig em0 mtu 9000->1500 -> all routes in all fibs gets updated with new MTU unless RTF_FIXEDMTU flag set on them AND rt_mtu is less than ifp mtu. route add ... -mtu XXX automatically sets RTF_FIXEDMTU flag. route change .. -mtu 0 automatically removes RTF_FIXEDMTU flag. PR: 194238 MFC after: 1 month CR: D1125
2014-11-17 01:05:29 +00:00
if (rt->rt_mtu != mtu) {
/* Check if we really need to update */
ifmtu.ifp = rt->rt_ifp;
ifmtu.mtu = mtu;
if_updatemtu_cb(rt->rt_nodes, &ifmtu);
}
Make checks for rt_mtu generic: Some virtual if drivers has (ab)used ifa ifa_rtrequest hook to enforce route MTU to be not bigger that interface MTU. While ifa_rtrequest hooking might be an option in some situation, it is not feasible to do MTU checks there: generic (or per-domain) routing code is perfectly capable of doing this. We currrently have 3 places where MTU is altered: 1) route addition. In this case domain overrides radix _addroute callback (in[6]_addroute) and all necessary checks/fixes are/can be done there. 2) route change (especially, GW change). In this case, there are no explicit per-domain calls, but one can override rte by setting ifa_rtrequest hook to domain handler (inet6 does this). 3) ifconfig ifaceX mtu YYYY In this case, we have no callbacks, but ip[6]_output performes runtime checks and decreases rt_mtu if necessary. Generally, the goals are to be able to handle all MTU changes in control plane, not in runtime part, and properly deal with increased interface MTU. This commit changes the following: * removes hooks setting MTU from drivers side * adds proper per-doman MTU checks for case 1) * adds generic MTU check for case 2) * The latter is done by using new dom_ifmtu callback since if_mtu denotes L3 interface MTU, e.g. maximum trasmitted _packet_ size. However, IPv6 mtu might be different from if_mtu one (e.g. default 1280) for some cases, so we need an abstract way to know maximum MTU size for given interface and domain. * moves rt_setmetrics() before MTU/ifa_rtrequest hooks since it copies user-supplied data which must be checked. * removes RT_LOCK_ASSERT() from other ifa_rtrequest hooks to be able to use this functions on new non-inserted rte. More changes will follow soon. MFC after: 1 month Sponsored by: Yandex LLC
2014-11-06 13:13:09 +00:00
}
Move rt_setmetrics() from rtsock.c to route.c. All rtsock-initiated rte creation/modification are now performed in route.c holding radix tree write lock. This reduces the need for per-rte mutex. Sponsored by: Yandex LLC MFC after: 1 month
2014-04-29 19:14:42 +00:00
Decouple RTM_CHANGE from RTM_GET handling in rtsock.c:route_output(). RTM_CHANGE is now handled inside route.c:rtrequest1_fib() as it should be. Note change change handler is a separate function rtrequest1_fib_change(). MFC after: 1 month
2014-04-26 21:03:41 +00:00
if (ret_nrt) {
*ret_nrt = rt;
RT_ADDREF(rt);
}
bad:
RT_UNLOCK(rt);
if (free_ifa != 0)
ifa_free(info->rti_ifa);
return (error);
}
Move rt_setmetrics() from rtsock.c to route.c. All rtsock-initiated rte creation/modification are now performed in route.c holding radix tree write lock. This reduces the need for per-rte mutex. Sponsored by: Yandex LLC MFC after: 1 month
2014-04-29 19:14:42 +00:00
static void
rt_setmetrics(const struct rt_addrinfo *info, struct rtentry *rt)
{
Finish r274175: do control plane MTU tracking. Update route MTU in case of ifnet MTU change. Add new RTF_FIXEDMTU to track explicitly specified MTU. Old behavior: ifconfig em0 mtu 1500->9000 -> all routes traversing em0 do not change MTU. User has to manually update all routes. ifconfig em0 mtu 9000->1500 -> all routes traversing em0 do not change MTU. However, if ip[6]_output finds route with rt_mtu > interface mtu, rt_mtu gets updated. New behavior: ifconfig em0 mtu 1500->9000 -> all interface routes in all fibs gets updated with new MTU unless RTF_FIXEDMTU flag set on them. ifconfig em0 mtu 9000->1500 -> all routes in all fibs gets updated with new MTU unless RTF_FIXEDMTU flag set on them AND rt_mtu is less than ifp mtu. route add ... -mtu XXX automatically sets RTF_FIXEDMTU flag. route change .. -mtu 0 automatically removes RTF_FIXEDMTU flag. PR: 194238 MFC after: 1 month CR: D1125
2014-11-17 01:05:29 +00:00
if (info->rti_mflags & RTV_MTU) {
if (info->rti_rmx->rmx_mtu != 0) {
/*
* MTU was explicitly provided by user.
* Keep it.
*/
rt->rt_flags |= RTF_FIXEDMTU;
} else {
/*
* User explicitly sets MTU to 0.
* Assume rollback to default.
*/
rt->rt_flags &= ~RTF_FIXEDMTU;
}
Move rt_setmetrics() from rtsock.c to route.c. All rtsock-initiated rte creation/modification are now performed in route.c holding radix tree write lock. This reduces the need for per-rte mutex. Sponsored by: Yandex LLC MFC after: 1 month
2014-04-29 19:14:42 +00:00
rt->rt_mtu = info->rti_rmx->rmx_mtu;
Finish r274175: do control plane MTU tracking. Update route MTU in case of ifnet MTU change. Add new RTF_FIXEDMTU to track explicitly specified MTU. Old behavior: ifconfig em0 mtu 1500->9000 -> all routes traversing em0 do not change MTU. User has to manually update all routes. ifconfig em0 mtu 9000->1500 -> all routes traversing em0 do not change MTU. However, if ip[6]_output finds route with rt_mtu > interface mtu, rt_mtu gets updated. New behavior: ifconfig em0 mtu 1500->9000 -> all interface routes in all fibs gets updated with new MTU unless RTF_FIXEDMTU flag set on them. ifconfig em0 mtu 9000->1500 -> all routes in all fibs gets updated with new MTU unless RTF_FIXEDMTU flag set on them AND rt_mtu is less than ifp mtu. route add ... -mtu XXX automatically sets RTF_FIXEDMTU flag. route change .. -mtu 0 automatically removes RTF_FIXEDMTU flag. PR: 194238 MFC after: 1 month CR: D1125
2014-11-17 01:05:29 +00:00
}
Move rt_setmetrics() from rtsock.c to route.c. All rtsock-initiated rte creation/modification are now performed in route.c holding radix tree write lock. This reduces the need for per-rte mutex. Sponsored by: Yandex LLC MFC after: 1 month
2014-04-29 19:14:42 +00:00
if (info->rti_mflags & RTV_WEIGHT)
rt->rt_weight = info->rti_rmx->rmx_weight;
/* Kernel -> userland timebase conversion. */
if (info->rti_mflags & RTV_EXPIRE)
rt->rt_expire = info->rti_rmx->rmx_expire ?
info->rti_rmx->rmx_expire - time_second + time_uptime : 0;
}
BSD 4.4 Lite Kernel Sources
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
int
Locking for updates to routing table entries. Each rtentry gets a mutex that covers updates to the contents. Note this is separate from holding a reference and/or locking the routing table itself. Other/related changes: o rtredirect loses the final parameter by which an rtentry reference may be returned; this was never used and added unwarranted complexity for locking. o minor style cleanups to routing code (e.g. ansi-fy function decls) o remove the logic to bump the refcnt on the parent of cloned routes, we assume the parent will remain as long as the clone; doing this avoids a circularity in locking during delete o convert some timeouts to MPSAFE callouts Notes: 1. rt_mtx in struct rtentry is guarded by #ifdef _KERNEL as user-level applications cannot/do-no know about mutex's. Doing this requires that the mutex be the last element in the structure. A better solution is to introduce an externalized version of struct rtentry but this is a major task because of the intertwining of rtentry and other data structures that are visible to user applications. 2. There are known LOR's that are expected to go away with forthcoming work to eliminate many held references. If not these will be resolved prior to release. 3. ATM changes are untested. Sponsored by: FreeBSD Foundation Obtained from: BSD/OS (partly)
2003-10-04 03:44:50 +00:00
rt_setgate(struct rtentry *rt, struct sockaddr *dst, struct sockaddr *gate)
BSD 4.4 Lite Kernel Sources
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
{
Locking for updates to routing table entries. Each rtentry gets a mutex that covers updates to the contents. Note this is separate from holding a reference and/or locking the routing table itself. Other/related changes: o rtredirect loses the final parameter by which an rtentry reference may be returned; this was never used and added unwarranted complexity for locking. o minor style cleanups to routing code (e.g. ansi-fy function decls) o remove the logic to bump the refcnt on the parent of cloned routes, we assume the parent will remain as long as the clone; doing this avoids a circularity in locking during delete o convert some timeouts to MPSAFE callouts Notes: 1. rt_mtx in struct rtentry is guarded by #ifdef _KERNEL as user-level applications cannot/do-no know about mutex's. Doing this requires that the mutex be the last element in the structure. A better solution is to introduce an externalized version of struct rtentry but this is a major task because of the intertwining of rtentry and other data structures that are visible to user applications. 2. There are known LOR's that are expected to go away with forthcoming work to eliminate many held references. If not these will be resolved prior to release. 3. ATM changes are untested. Sponsored by: FreeBSD Foundation Obtained from: BSD/OS (partly)
2003-10-04 03:44:50 +00:00
/* XXX dst may be overwritten, can we move this to below */
This main goals of this project are: 1. separating L2 tables (ARP, NDP) from the L3 routing tables 2. removing as much locking dependencies among these layers as possible to allow for some parallelism in the search operations 3. simplify the logic in the routing code, The most notable end result is the obsolescent of the route cloning (RTF_CLONING) concept, which translated into code reduction in both IPv4 ARP and IPv6 NDP related modules, and size reduction in struct rtentry{}. The change in design obsoletes the semantics of RTF_CLONING, RTF_WASCLONE and RTF_LLINFO routing flags. The userland applications such as "arp" and "ndp" have been modified to reflect those changes. The output from "netstat -r" shows only the routing entries. Quite a few developers have contributed to this project in the past: Glebius Smirnoff, Luigi Rizzo, Alessandro Cerri, and Andre Oppermann. And most recently: - Kip Macy revised the locking code completely, thus completing the last piece of the puzzle, Kip has also been conducting active functional testing - Sam Leffler has helped me improving/refactoring the code, and provided valuable reviews - Julian Elischer setup the perforce tree for me and has helped me maintaining that branch before the svn conversion
2008-12-15 06:10:57 +00:00
int dlen = SA_SIZE(dst), glen = SA_SIZE(gate);
#ifdef INVARIANTS
Convert the two dimensional array to be malloced and introduce an accessor function to get the correct rnh pointer back. Update netstat to get the correct pointer using kvm_read() as well. This not only fixes the ABI problem depending on the kernel option but also permits the tunable to overwrite the kernel option at boot time up to MAXFIBS, enlarging the number of FIBs without having to recompile. So people could just use GENERIC now. Reviewed by: julian, rwatson, zec X-MFC: not possible
2009-06-01 15:49:42 +00:00
struct radix_node_head *rnh;
rnh = rt_tables_get_rnh(rt->rt_fibnum, dst->sa_family);
This main goals of this project are: 1. separating L2 tables (ARP, NDP) from the L3 routing tables 2. removing as much locking dependencies among these layers as possible to allow for some parallelism in the search operations 3. simplify the logic in the routing code, The most notable end result is the obsolescent of the route cloning (RTF_CLONING) concept, which translated into code reduction in both IPv4 ARP and IPv6 NDP related modules, and size reduction in struct rtentry{}. The change in design obsoletes the semantics of RTF_CLONING, RTF_WASCLONE and RTF_LLINFO routing flags. The userland applications such as "arp" and "ndp" have been modified to reflect those changes. The output from "netstat -r" shows only the routing entries. Quite a few developers have contributed to this project in the past: Glebius Smirnoff, Luigi Rizzo, Alessandro Cerri, and Andre Oppermann. And most recently: - Kip Macy revised the locking code completely, thus completing the last piece of the puzzle, Kip has also been conducting active functional testing - Sam Leffler has helped me improving/refactoring the code, and provided valuable reviews - Julian Elischer setup the perforce tree for me and has helped me maintaining that branch before the svn conversion
2008-12-15 06:10:57 +00:00
#endif
Locking for updates to routing table entries. Each rtentry gets a mutex that covers updates to the contents. Note this is separate from holding a reference and/or locking the routing table itself. Other/related changes: o rtredirect loses the final parameter by which an rtentry reference may be returned; this was never used and added unwarranted complexity for locking. o minor style cleanups to routing code (e.g. ansi-fy function decls) o remove the logic to bump the refcnt on the parent of cloned routes, we assume the parent will remain as long as the clone; doing this avoids a circularity in locking during delete o convert some timeouts to MPSAFE callouts Notes: 1. rt_mtx in struct rtentry is guarded by #ifdef _KERNEL as user-level applications cannot/do-no know about mutex's. Doing this requires that the mutex be the last element in the structure. A better solution is to introduce an externalized version of struct rtentry but this is a major task because of the intertwining of rtentry and other data structures that are visible to user applications. 2. There are known LOR's that are expected to go away with forthcoming work to eliminate many held references. If not these will be resolved prior to release. 3. ATM changes are untested. Sponsored by: FreeBSD Foundation Obtained from: BSD/OS (partly)
2003-10-04 03:44:50 +00:00
RT_LOCK_ASSERT(rt);
- convert radix node head lock from mutex to rwlock - make radix node head lock not recursive - fix LOR in rtexpunge - fix LOR in rtredirect Reviewed by: sam
2008-12-07 21:15:43 +00:00
RADIX_NODE_HEAD_LOCK_ASSERT(rnh);
add a bunch of comments to describe what's going on. This is some of the worst code I've had to wade through in ages and I don't want to have to start from scratch again next time. (I have a 2.2 version of these comments, can I commit them?)
1997-03-05 08:01:28 +00:00
/*
Fix the initial check for NULL arguments in rtfree (previously it checked for rt == NULL after dereferencing the pointer). We never check for those events elsewhere, so probably these checks might go away here as well. Slightly simplify (and document) the logic for memory allocation in rt_setgate(). The rest is mostly style changes -- replace 0 with NULL where appropriate, remove the macro SA() that was only used once, remove some useless debugging code in rt_fixchange, explain some odd-looking casts.
2004-04-20 07:04:47 +00:00
* Prepare to store the gateway in rt->rt_gateway.
* Both dst and gateway are stored one after the other in the same
* malloc'd chunk. If we have room, we can reuse the old buffer,
* rt_gateway already points to the right place.
* Otherwise, malloc a new block and update the 'dst' address.
add a bunch of comments to describe what's going on. This is some of the worst code I've had to wade through in ages and I don't want to have to start from scratch again next time. (I have a 2.2 version of these comments, can I commit them?)
1997-03-05 08:01:28 +00:00
*/
Fix the initial check for NULL arguments in rtfree (previously it checked for rt == NULL after dereferencing the pointer). We never check for those events elsewhere, so probably these checks might go away here as well. Slightly simplify (and document) the logic for memory allocation in rt_setgate(). The rest is mostly style changes -- replace 0 with NULL where appropriate, remove the macro SA() that was only used once, remove some useless debugging code in rt_fixchange, explain some odd-looking casts.
2004-04-20 07:04:47 +00:00
if (rt->rt_gateway == NULL || glen > SA_SIZE(rt->rt_gateway)) {
caddr_t new;
BSD 4.4 Lite Kernel Sources
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
R_Malloc(new, caddr_t, dlen + glen);
Fix the initial check for NULL arguments in rtfree (previously it checked for rt == NULL after dereferencing the pointer). We never check for those events elsewhere, so probably these checks might go away here as well. Slightly simplify (and document) the logic for memory allocation in rt_setgate(). The rest is mostly style changes -- replace 0 with NULL where appropriate, remove the macro SA() that was only used once, remove some useless debugging code in rt_fixchange, explain some odd-looking casts.
2004-04-20 07:04:47 +00:00
if (new == NULL)
Disallow host routes that point to themselves. These routes serve no purpose, other than to get in the way of the ARP table and cause "can't allocate llinfo" errors. This change may cause gated or routed to start complaining when adding such routes. If so, these programs will need to be fixed to not try to add these routes. Reviewed by: wollman
1996-07-10 01:34:36 +00:00
return ENOBUFS;
add a bunch of comments to describe what's going on. This is some of the worst code I've had to wade through in ages and I don't want to have to start from scratch again next time. (I have a 2.2 version of these comments, can I commit them?)
1997-03-05 08:01:28 +00:00
/*
Fix the initial check for NULL arguments in rtfree (previously it checked for rt == NULL after dereferencing the pointer). We never check for those events elsewhere, so probably these checks might go away here as well. Slightly simplify (and document) the logic for memory allocation in rt_setgate(). The rest is mostly style changes -- replace 0 with NULL where appropriate, remove the macro SA() that was only used once, remove some useless debugging code in rt_fixchange, explain some odd-looking casts.
2004-04-20 07:04:47 +00:00
* XXX note, we copy from *dst and not *rt_key(rt) because
* rt_setgate() can be called to initialize a newly
* allocated route entry, in which case rt_key(rt) == NULL
* (and also rt->rt_gateway == NULL).
* Free()/free() handle a NULL argument just fine.
add a bunch of comments to describe what's going on. This is some of the worst code I've had to wade through in ages and I don't want to have to start from scratch again next time. (I have a 2.2 version of these comments, can I commit them?)
1997-03-05 08:01:28 +00:00
*/
Fix the initial check for NULL arguments in rtfree (previously it checked for rt == NULL after dereferencing the pointer). We never check for those events elsewhere, so probably these checks might go away here as well. Slightly simplify (and document) the logic for memory allocation in rt_setgate(). The rest is mostly style changes -- replace 0 with NULL where appropriate, remove the macro SA() that was only used once, remove some useless debugging code in rt_fixchange, explain some odd-looking casts.
2004-04-20 07:04:47 +00:00
bcopy(dst, new, dlen);
Follow r256586 and rename the kernel version of the Free() macro to R_Free(). This matches the other macros and reduces the chances to clash with other headers. This also fixes the build of radix.c outside of the kernel environment. Reviewed by: glebius
2015-07-30 02:09:03 +00:00
R_Free(rt_key(rt)); /* free old block, if any */
Avoid casts as lvalues.
2004-07-28 06:59:55 +00:00
rt_key(rt) = (struct sockaddr *)new;
Fix the initial check for NULL arguments in rtfree (previously it checked for rt == NULL after dereferencing the pointer). We never check for those events elsewhere, so probably these checks might go away here as well. Slightly simplify (and document) the logic for memory allocation in rt_setgate(). The rest is mostly style changes -- replace 0 with NULL where appropriate, remove the macro SA() that was only used once, remove some useless debugging code in rt_fixchange, explain some odd-looking casts.
2004-04-20 07:04:47 +00:00
rt->rt_gateway = (struct sockaddr *)(new + dlen);
BSD 4.4 Lite Kernel Sources
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
}
add a bunch of comments to describe what's going on. This is some of the worst code I've had to wade through in ages and I don't want to have to start from scratch again next time. (I have a 2.2 version of these comments, can I commit them?)
1997-03-05 08:01:28 +00:00
/*
Fix the initial check for NULL arguments in rtfree (previously it checked for rt == NULL after dereferencing the pointer). We never check for those events elsewhere, so probably these checks might go away here as well. Slightly simplify (and document) the logic for memory allocation in rt_setgate(). The rest is mostly style changes -- replace 0 with NULL where appropriate, remove the macro SA() that was only used once, remove some useless debugging code in rt_fixchange, explain some odd-looking casts.
2004-04-20 07:04:47 +00:00
* Copy the new gateway value into the memory chunk.
add a bunch of comments to describe what's going on. This is some of the worst code I've had to wade through in ages and I don't want to have to start from scratch again next time. (I have a 2.2 version of these comments, can I commit them?)
1997-03-05 08:01:28 +00:00
*/
Fix the initial check for NULL arguments in rtfree (previously it checked for rt == NULL after dereferencing the pointer). We never check for those events elsewhere, so probably these checks might go away here as well. Slightly simplify (and document) the logic for memory allocation in rt_setgate(). The rest is mostly style changes -- replace 0 with NULL where appropriate, remove the macro SA() that was only used once, remove some useless debugging code in rt_fixchange, explain some odd-looking casts.
2004-04-20 07:04:47 +00:00
bcopy(gate, rt->rt_gateway, glen);
add a bunch of comments to describe what's going on. This is some of the worst code I've had to wade through in ages and I don't want to have to start from scratch again next time. (I have a 2.2 version of these comments, can I commit them?)
1997-03-05 08:01:28 +00:00
This main goals of this project are: 1. separating L2 tables (ARP, NDP) from the L3 routing tables 2. removing as much locking dependencies among these layers as possible to allow for some parallelism in the search operations 3. simplify the logic in the routing code, The most notable end result is the obsolescent of the route cloning (RTF_CLONING) concept, which translated into code reduction in both IPv4 ARP and IPv6 NDP related modules, and size reduction in struct rtentry{}. The change in design obsoletes the semantics of RTF_CLONING, RTF_WASCLONE and RTF_LLINFO routing flags. The userland applications such as "arp" and "ndp" have been modified to reflect those changes. The output from "netstat -r" shows only the routing entries. Quite a few developers have contributed to this project in the past: Glebius Smirnoff, Luigi Rizzo, Alessandro Cerri, and Andre Oppermann. And most recently: - Kip Macy revised the locking code completely, thus completing the last piece of the puzzle, Kip has also been conducting active functional testing - Sam Leffler has helped me improving/refactoring the code, and provided valuable reviews - Julian Elischer setup the perforce tree for me and has helped me maintaining that branch before the svn conversion
2008-12-15 06:10:57 +00:00
return (0);
BSD 4.4 Lite Kernel Sources
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
}
The proxy arp entries could not be added into the system over the IFF_POINTOPOINT link types. The reason was due to the routing entry returned from the kernel covering the remote end is of an interface type that does not support ARP. This patch fixes this problem by providing a hint to the kernel routing code, which indicates the prefix route instead of the PPP host route should be returned to the caller. Since a host route to the local end point is also added into the routing table, and there could be multiple such instantiations due to multiple PPP links can be created with the same local end IP address, this patch also fixes the loopback route installation failure problem observed prior to this patch. The reference count of loopback route to local end would be either incremented or decremented. The first instantiation would create the entry and the last removal would delete the route entry. MFC after: 5 days
2009-12-30 21:35:34 +00:00
void
Locking for updates to routing table entries. Each rtentry gets a mutex that covers updates to the contents. Note this is separate from holding a reference and/or locking the routing table itself. Other/related changes: o rtredirect loses the final parameter by which an rtentry reference may be returned; this was never used and added unwarranted complexity for locking. o minor style cleanups to routing code (e.g. ansi-fy function decls) o remove the logic to bump the refcnt on the parent of cloned routes, we assume the parent will remain as long as the clone; doing this avoids a circularity in locking during delete o convert some timeouts to MPSAFE callouts Notes: 1. rt_mtx in struct rtentry is guarded by #ifdef _KERNEL as user-level applications cannot/do-no know about mutex's. Doing this requires that the mutex be the last element in the structure. A better solution is to introduce an externalized version of struct rtentry but this is a major task because of the intertwining of rtentry and other data structures that are visible to user applications. 2. There are known LOR's that are expected to go away with forthcoming work to eliminate many held references. If not these will be resolved prior to release. 3. ATM changes are untested. Sponsored by: FreeBSD Foundation Obtained from: BSD/OS (partly)
2003-10-04 03:44:50 +00:00
rt_maskedcopy(struct sockaddr *src, struct sockaddr *dst, struct sockaddr *netmask)
BSD 4.4 Lite Kernel Sources
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
{
Remove useless `register' declarations. MFC after: 1 month
2014-04-26 22:42:21 +00:00
u_char *cp1 = (u_char *)src;
u_char *cp2 = (u_char *)dst;
u_char *cp3 = (u_char *)netmask;
BSD 4.4 Lite Kernel Sources
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
u_char *cplim = cp2 + *cp3;
u_char *cplim2 = cp2 + *cp1;
*cp2++ = *cp1++; *cp2++ = *cp1++; /* copies sa_len & sa_family */
cp3 += 2;
if (cplim > cplim2)
cplim = cplim2;
while (cp2 < cplim)
*cp2++ = *cp1++ & *cp3++;
if (cp2 < cplim2)
bzero((caddr_t)cp2, (unsigned)(cplim2 - cp2));
}
/*
* Set up a routing table entry, normally
* for an interface.
*/
Add code to allow the system to handle multiple routing tables. This particular implementation is designed to be fully backwards compatible and to be MFC-able to 7.x (and 6.x) Currently the only protocol that can make use of the multiple tables is IPv4 Similar functionality exists in OpenBSD and Linux. From my notes: ----- One thing where FreeBSD has been falling behind, and which by chance I have some time to work on is "policy based routing", which allows different packet streams to be routed by more than just the destination address. Constraints: ------------ I want to make some form of this available in the 6.x tree (and by extension 7.x) , but FreeBSD in general needs it so I might as well do it in -current and back port the portions I need. One of the ways that this can be done is to have the ability to instantiate multiple kernel routing tables (which I will now refer to as "Forwarding Information Bases" or "FIBs" for political correctness reasons). Which FIB a particular packet uses to make the next hop decision can be decided by a number of mechanisms. The policies these mechanisms implement are the "Policies" referred to in "Policy based routing". One of the constraints I have if I try to back port this work to 6.x is that it must be implemented as a EXTENSION to the existing ABIs in 6.x so that third party applications do not need to be recompiled in timespan of the branch. This first version will not have some of the bells and whistles that will come with later versions. It will, for example, be limited to 16 tables in the first commit. Implementation method, Compatible version. (part 1) ------------------------------- For this reason I have implemented a "sufficient subset" of a multiple routing table solution in Perforce, and back-ported it to 6.x. (also in Perforce though not always caught up with what I have done in -current/P4). The subset allows a number of FIBs to be defined at compile time (8 is sufficient for my purposes in 6.x) and implements the changes needed to allow IPV4 to use them. I have not done the changes for ipv6 simply because I do not need it, and I do not have enough knowledge of ipv6 (e.g. neighbor discovery) needed to do it. Other protocol families are left untouched and should there be users with proprietary protocol families, they should continue to work and be oblivious to the existence of the extra FIBs. To understand how this is done, one must know that the current FIB code starts everything off with a single dimensional array of pointers to FIB head structures (One per protocol family), each of which in turn points to the trie of routes available to that family. The basic change in the ABI compatible version of the change is to extent that array to be a 2 dimensional array, so that instead of protocol family X looking at rt_tables[X] for the table it needs, it looks at rt_tables[Y][X] when for all protocol families except ipv4 Y is always 0. Code that is unaware of the change always just sees the first row of the table, which of course looks just like the one dimensional array that existed before. The entry points rtrequest(), rtalloc(), rtalloc1(), rtalloc_ign() are all maintained, but refer only to the first row of the array, so that existing callers in proprietary protocols can continue to do the "right thing". Some new entry points are added, for the exclusive use of ipv4 code called in_rtrequest(), in_rtalloc(), in_rtalloc1() and in_rtalloc_ign(), which have an extra argument which refers the code to the correct row. In addition, there are some new entry points (currently called rtalloc_fib() and friends) that check the Address family being looked up and call either rtalloc() (and friends) if the protocol is not IPv4 forcing the action to row 0 or to the appropriate row if it IS IPv4 (and that info is available). These are for calling from code that is not specific to any particular protocol. The way these are implemented would change in the non ABI preserving code to be added later. One feature of the first version of the code is that for ipv4, the interface routes show up automatically on all the FIBs, so that no matter what FIB you select you always have the basic direct attached hosts available to you. (rtinit() does this automatically). You CAN delete an interface route from one FIB should you want to but by default it's there. ARP information is also available in each FIB. It's assumed that the same machine would have the same MAC address, regardless of which FIB you are using to get to it. This brings us as to how the correct FIB is selected for an outgoing IPV4 packet. Firstly, all packets have a FIB associated with them. if nothing has been done to change it, it will be FIB 0. The FIB is changed in the following ways. Packets fall into one of a number of classes. 1/ locally generated packets, coming from a socket/PCB. Such packets select a FIB from a number associated with the socket/PCB. This in turn is inherited from the process, but can be changed by a socket option. The process in turn inherits it on fork. I have written a utility call setfib that acts a bit like nice.. setfib -3 ping target.example.com # will use fib 3 for ping. It is an obvious extension to make it a property of a jail but I have not done so. It can be achieved by combining the setfib and jail commands. 2/ packets received on an interface for forwarding. By default these packets would use table 0, (or possibly a number settable in a sysctl(not yet)). but prior to routing the firewall can inspect them (see below). (possibly in the future you may be able to associate a FIB with packets received on an interface.. An ifconfig arg, but not yet.) 3/ packets inspected by a packet classifier, which can arbitrarily associate a fib with it on a packet by packet basis. A fib assigned to a packet by a packet classifier (such as ipfw) would over-ride a fib associated by a more default source. (such as cases 1 or 2). 4/ a tcp listen socket associated with a fib will generate accept sockets that are associated with that same fib. 5/ Packets generated in response to some other packet (e.g. reset or icmp packets). These should use the FIB associated with the packet being reponded to. 6/ Packets generated during encapsulation. gif, tun and other tunnel interfaces will encapsulate using the FIB that was in effect withthe proces that set up the tunnel. thus setfib 1 ifconfig gif0 [tunnel instructions] will set the fib for the tunnel to use to be fib 1. Routing messages would be associated with their process, and thus select one FIB or another. messages from the kernel would be associated with the fib they refer to and would only be received by a routing socket associated with that fib. (not yet implemented) In addition Netstat has been edited to be able to cope with the fact that the array is now 2 dimensional. (It looks in system memory using libkvm (!)). Old versions of netstat see only the first FIB. In addition two sysctls are added to give: a) the number of FIBs compiled in (active) b) the default FIB of the calling process. Early testing experience: ------------------------- Basically our (IronPort's) appliance does this functionality already using ipfw fwd but that method has some drawbacks. For example, It can't fully simulate a routing table because it can't influence the socket's choice of local address when a connect() is done. Testing during the generating of these changes has been remarkably smooth so far. Multiple tables have co-existed with no notable side effects, and packets have been routes accordingly. ipfw has grown 2 new keywords: setfib N ip from anay to any count ip from any to any fib N In pf there seems to be a requirement to be able to give symbolic names to the fibs but I do not have that capacity. I am not sure if it is required. SCTP has interestingly enough built in support for this, called VRFs in Cisco parlance. it will be interesting to see how that handles it when it suddenly actually does something. Where to next: -------------------- After committing the ABI compatible version and MFCing it, I'd like to proceed in a forward direction in -current. this will result in some roto-tilling in the routing code. Firstly: the current code's idea of having a separate tree per protocol family, all of the same format, and pointed to by the 1 dimensional array is a bit silly. Especially when one considers that there is code that makes assumptions about every protocol having the same internal structures there. Some protocols don't WANT that sort of structure. (for example the whole idea of a netmask is foreign to appletalk). This needs to be made opaque to the external code. My suggested first change is to add routing method pointers to the 'domain' structure, along with information pointing the data. instead of having an array of pointers to uniform structures, there would be an array pointing to the 'domain' structures for each protocol address domain (protocol family), and the methods this reached would be called. The methods would have an argument that gives FIB number, but the protocol would be free to ignore it. When the ABI can be changed it raises the possibilty of the addition of a fib entry into the "struct route". Currently, the structure contains the sockaddr of the desination, and the resulting fib entry. To make this work fully, one could add a fib number so that given an address and a fib, one can find the third element, the fib entry. Interaction with the ARP layer/ LL layer would need to be revisited as well. Qing Li has been working on this already. This work was sponsored by Ironport Systems/Cisco Reviewed by: several including rwatson, bz and mlair (parts each) Obtained from: Ironport systems/Cisco
2008-05-09 23:03:00 +00:00
#define _SOCKADDR_TMPSIZE 128 /* Not too big.. kernel stack size is limited */
static inline int
rtinit1(struct ifaddr *ifa, int cmd, int flags, int fibnum)
BSD 4.4 Lite Kernel Sources
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
{
in rtinit(), remove one useless variable, and move a few others within the block where they are used.
2004-04-12 20:24:30 +00:00
struct sockaddr *dst;
Pull post-4.4BSD change to sys/net/route.c from BSD/OS 4.2. Have sys/net/route.c:rtrequest1(), which takes ``rt_addrinfo *'' as the argument. Pass rt_addrinfo all the way down to rtrequest1 and ifa->ifa_rtrequest. 3rd argument of ifa->ifa_rtrequest is now ``rt_addrinfo *'' instead of ``sockaddr *'' (almost noone is using it anyways). Benefit: the following command now works. Previously we needed two route(8) invocations, "add" then "change". # route add -inet6 default ::1 -ifp gif0 Remove unsafe typecast in rtrequest(), from ``rtentry *'' to ``sockaddr *''. It was introduced by 4.3BSD-Reno and never corrected. Obtained from: BSD/OS, NetBSD MFC after: 1 month PR: kern/28360
2001-10-17 18:07:05 +00:00
struct sockaddr *netmask;
Fix the initial check for NULL arguments in rtfree (previously it checked for rt == NULL after dereferencing the pointer). We never check for those events elsewhere, so probably these checks might go away here as well. Slightly simplify (and document) the logic for memory allocation in rt_setgate(). The rest is mostly style changes -- replace 0 with NULL where appropriate, remove the macro SA() that was only used once, remove some useless debugging code in rt_fixchange, explain some odd-looking casts.
2004-04-20 07:04:47 +00:00
struct rtentry *rt = NULL;
Pull post-4.4BSD change to sys/net/route.c from BSD/OS 4.2. Have sys/net/route.c:rtrequest1(), which takes ``rt_addrinfo *'' as the argument. Pass rt_addrinfo all the way down to rtrequest1 and ifa->ifa_rtrequest. 3rd argument of ifa->ifa_rtrequest is now ``rt_addrinfo *'' instead of ``sockaddr *'' (almost noone is using it anyways). Benefit: the following command now works. Previously we needed two route(8) invocations, "add" then "change". # route add -inet6 default ::1 -ifp gif0 Remove unsafe typecast in rtrequest(), from ``rtentry *'' to ``sockaddr *''. It was introduced by 4.3BSD-Reno and never corrected. Obtained from: BSD/OS, NetBSD MFC after: 1 month PR: kern/28360
2001-10-17 18:07:05 +00:00
struct rt_addrinfo info;
Add code to allow the system to handle multiple routing tables. This particular implementation is designed to be fully backwards compatible and to be MFC-able to 7.x (and 6.x) Currently the only protocol that can make use of the multiple tables is IPv4 Similar functionality exists in OpenBSD and Linux. From my notes: ----- One thing where FreeBSD has been falling behind, and which by chance I have some time to work on is "policy based routing", which allows different packet streams to be routed by more than just the destination address. Constraints: ------------ I want to make some form of this available in the 6.x tree (and by extension 7.x) , but FreeBSD in general needs it so I might as well do it in -current and back port the portions I need. One of the ways that this can be done is to have the ability to instantiate multiple kernel routing tables (which I will now refer to as "Forwarding Information Bases" or "FIBs" for political correctness reasons). Which FIB a particular packet uses to make the next hop decision can be decided by a number of mechanisms. The policies these mechanisms implement are the "Policies" referred to in "Policy based routing". One of the constraints I have if I try to back port this work to 6.x is that it must be implemented as a EXTENSION to the existing ABIs in 6.x so that third party applications do not need to be recompiled in timespan of the branch. This first version will not have some of the bells and whistles that will come with later versions. It will, for example, be limited to 16 tables in the first commit. Implementation method, Compatible version. (part 1) ------------------------------- For this reason I have implemented a "sufficient subset" of a multiple routing table solution in Perforce, and back-ported it to 6.x. (also in Perforce though not always caught up with what I have done in -current/P4). The subset allows a number of FIBs to be defined at compile time (8 is sufficient for my purposes in 6.x) and implements the changes needed to allow IPV4 to use them. I have not done the changes for ipv6 simply because I do not need it, and I do not have enough knowledge of ipv6 (e.g. neighbor discovery) needed to do it. Other protocol families are left untouched and should there be users with proprietary protocol families, they should continue to work and be oblivious to the existence of the extra FIBs. To understand how this is done, one must know that the current FIB code starts everything off with a single dimensional array of pointers to FIB head structures (One per protocol family), each of which in turn points to the trie of routes available to that family. The basic change in the ABI compatible version of the change is to extent that array to be a 2 dimensional array, so that instead of protocol family X looking at rt_tables[X] for the table it needs, it looks at rt_tables[Y][X] when for all protocol families except ipv4 Y is always 0. Code that is unaware of the change always just sees the first row of the table, which of course looks just like the one dimensional array that existed before. The entry points rtrequest(), rtalloc(), rtalloc1(), rtalloc_ign() are all maintained, but refer only to the first row of the array, so that existing callers in proprietary protocols can continue to do the "right thing". Some new entry points are added, for the exclusive use of ipv4 code called in_rtrequest(), in_rtalloc(), in_rtalloc1() and in_rtalloc_ign(), which have an extra argument which refers the code to the correct row. In addition, there are some new entry points (currently called rtalloc_fib() and friends) that check the Address family being looked up and call either rtalloc() (and friends) if the protocol is not IPv4 forcing the action to row 0 or to the appropriate row if it IS IPv4 (and that info is available). These are for calling from code that is not specific to any particular protocol. The way these are implemented would change in the non ABI preserving code to be added later. One feature of the first version of the code is that for ipv4, the interface routes show up automatically on all the FIBs, so that no matter what FIB you select you always have the basic direct attached hosts available to you. (rtinit() does this automatically). You CAN delete an interface route from one FIB should you want to but by default it's there. ARP information is also available in each FIB. It's assumed that the same machine would have the same MAC address, regardless of which FIB you are using to get to it. This brings us as to how the correct FIB is selected for an outgoing IPV4 packet. Firstly, all packets have a FIB associated with them. if nothing has been done to change it, it will be FIB 0. The FIB is changed in the following ways. Packets fall into one of a number of classes. 1/ locally generated packets, coming from a socket/PCB. Such packets select a FIB from a number associated with the socket/PCB. This in turn is inherited from the process, but can be changed by a socket option. The process in turn inherits it on fork. I have written a utility call setfib that acts a bit like nice.. setfib -3 ping target.example.com # will use fib 3 for ping. It is an obvious extension to make it a property of a jail but I have not done so. It can be achieved by combining the setfib and jail commands. 2/ packets received on an interface for forwarding. By default these packets would use table 0, (or possibly a number settable in a sysctl(not yet)). but prior to routing the firewall can inspect them (see below). (possibly in the future you may be able to associate a FIB with packets received on an interface.. An ifconfig arg, but not yet.) 3/ packets inspected by a packet classifier, which can arbitrarily associate a fib with it on a packet by packet basis. A fib assigned to a packet by a packet classifier (such as ipfw) would over-ride a fib associated by a more default source. (such as cases 1 or 2). 4/ a tcp listen socket associated with a fib will generate accept sockets that are associated with that same fib. 5/ Packets generated in response to some other packet (e.g. reset or icmp packets). These should use the FIB associated with the packet being reponded to. 6/ Packets generated during encapsulation. gif, tun and other tunnel interfaces will encapsulate using the FIB that was in effect withthe proces that set up the tunnel. thus setfib 1 ifconfig gif0 [tunnel instructions] will set the fib for the tunnel to use to be fib 1. Routing messages would be associated with their process, and thus select one FIB or another. messages from the kernel would be associated with the fib they refer to and would only be received by a routing socket associated with that fib. (not yet implemented) In addition Netstat has been edited to be able to cope with the fact that the array is now 2 dimensional. (It looks in system memory using libkvm (!)). Old versions of netstat see only the first FIB. In addition two sysctls are added to give: a) the number of FIBs compiled in (active) b) the default FIB of the calling process. Early testing experience: ------------------------- Basically our (IronPort's) appliance does this functionality already using ipfw fwd but that method has some drawbacks. For example, It can't fully simulate a routing table because it can't influence the socket's choice of local address when a connect() is done. Testing during the generating of these changes has been remarkably smooth so far. Multiple tables have co-existed with no notable side effects, and packets have been routes accordingly. ipfw has grown 2 new keywords: setfib N ip from anay to any count ip from any to any fib N In pf there seems to be a requirement to be able to give symbolic names to the fibs but I do not have that capacity. I am not sure if it is required. SCTP has interestingly enough built in support for this, called VRFs in Cisco parlance. it will be interesting to see how that handles it when it suddenly actually does something. Where to next: -------------------- After committing the ABI compatible version and MFCing it, I'd like to proceed in a forward direction in -current. this will result in some roto-tilling in the routing code. Firstly: the current code's idea of having a separate tree per protocol family, all of the same format, and pointed to by the 1 dimensional array is a bit silly. Especially when one considers that there is code that makes assumptions about every protocol having the same internal structures there. Some protocols don't WANT that sort of structure. (for example the whole idea of a netmask is foreign to appletalk). This needs to be made opaque to the external code. My suggested first change is to add routing method pointers to the 'domain' structure, along with information pointing the data. instead of having an array of pointers to uniform structures, there would be an array pointing to the 'domain' structures for each protocol address domain (protocol family), and the methods this reached would be called. The methods would have an argument that gives FIB number, but the protocol would be free to ignore it. When the ABI can be changed it raises the possibilty of the addition of a fib entry into the "struct route". Currently, the structure contains the sockaddr of the desination, and the resulting fib entry. To make this work fully, one could add a fib number so that given an address and a fib, one can find the third element, the fib entry. Interaction with the ARP layer/ LL layer would need to be revisited as well. Qing Li has been working on this already. This work was sponsored by Ironport Systems/Cisco Reviewed by: several including rwatson, bz and mlair (parts each) Obtained from: Ironport systems/Cisco
2008-05-09 23:03:00 +00:00
int error = 0;
int startfib, endfib;
char tempbuf[_SOCKADDR_TMPSIZE];
int didwork = 0;
int a_failure = 0;
This main goals of this project are: 1. separating L2 tables (ARP, NDP) from the L3 routing tables 2. removing as much locking dependencies among these layers as possible to allow for some parallelism in the search operations 3. simplify the logic in the routing code, The most notable end result is the obsolescent of the route cloning (RTF_CLONING) concept, which translated into code reduction in both IPv4 ARP and IPv6 NDP related modules, and size reduction in struct rtentry{}. The change in design obsoletes the semantics of RTF_CLONING, RTF_WASCLONE and RTF_LLINFO routing flags. The userland applications such as "arp" and "ndp" have been modified to reflect those changes. The output from "netstat -r" shows only the routing entries. Quite a few developers have contributed to this project in the past: Glebius Smirnoff, Luigi Rizzo, Alessandro Cerri, and Andre Oppermann. And most recently: - Kip Macy revised the locking code completely, thus completing the last piece of the puzzle, Kip has also been conducting active functional testing - Sam Leffler has helped me improving/refactoring the code, and provided valuable reviews - Julian Elischer setup the perforce tree for me and has helped me maintaining that branch before the svn conversion
2008-12-15 06:10:57 +00:00
static struct sockaddr_dl null_sdl = {sizeof(null_sdl), AF_LINK};
Fix long-standing issue with interface routes being unprotected: Use RTM_PINNED flag to mark route as immutable. Forbid deleting immutable routes without special rtrequest1_fib() flag. Adding interface address with prefix already in route table is handled by atomically deleting old prefix and adding interface one. Discussed with: andre, eri MFC after: 3 weeks
2013-03-08 20:33:50 +00:00
struct radix_node_head *rnh;
BSD 4.4 Lite Kernel Sources
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
Pull post-4.4BSD change to sys/net/route.c from BSD/OS 4.2. Have sys/net/route.c:rtrequest1(), which takes ``rt_addrinfo *'' as the argument. Pass rt_addrinfo all the way down to rtrequest1 and ifa->ifa_rtrequest. 3rd argument of ifa->ifa_rtrequest is now ``rt_addrinfo *'' instead of ``sockaddr *'' (almost noone is using it anyways). Benefit: the following command now works. Previously we needed two route(8) invocations, "add" then "change". # route add -inet6 default ::1 -ifp gif0 Remove unsafe typecast in rtrequest(), from ``rtentry *'' to ``sockaddr *''. It was introduced by 4.3BSD-Reno and never corrected. Obtained from: BSD/OS, NetBSD MFC after: 1 month PR: kern/28360
2001-10-17 18:07:05 +00:00
if (flags & RTF_HOST) {
dst = ifa->ifa_dstaddr;
netmask = NULL;
} else {
dst = ifa->ifa_addr;
netmask = ifa->ifa_netmask;
}
Minor optimization doing input validation with a possible early return before doing further work. Sponsored by: Cisco Systems, Inc.
2012-02-03 11:20:11 +00:00
if (dst->sa_len == 0)
return(EINVAL);
Allow for IPv6 to allocate (and in the VIMAGE case free) as many routing tables (FIBs) as IPv4. Prepare various general rt* functions for multi-FIB IPv6 handling in addition to already existing multi-FIB IPv4 cases. Sponsored by: Cisco Systems, Inc.
2012-02-03 09:23:55 +00:00
switch (dst->sa_family) {
case AF_INET6:
case AF_INET:
/* We support multiple FIBs. */
break;
default:
fibnum = RT_DEFAULT_FIB;
break;
}
Constanly use RT_ALL_FIBS everywhere instead of -1. MFC after: 2 weeks
2014-01-08 23:09:02 +00:00
if (fibnum == RT_ALL_FIBS) {
Make net.add_addr_allfibs vnet-local.
2014-09-21 03:48:20 +00:00
if (V_rt_add_addr_allfibs == 0 && cmd == (int)RTM_ADD)
Fix host and network routes for new interfaces when net.add_addr_allfibs=0 sys/net/route.c In rtinit1, use the interface fib instead of the process fib. The latter wasn't very useful because ifconfig(8) is usually invoked with the default process fib. Changing ifconfig(8) to use setfib(2) would be redundant, because it already sets the interface fib. tests/sys/netinet/fibs_test.sh Clear the expected ATF failure sys/net/if.c Pass the interface fib in calls to rtrequest1_fib and rtalloc1_fib sys/netinet/in.c sys/net/if_var.h Add a fibnum argument to ifa_switch_loopback_route, a subroutine of in_scrubprefix. Pass it the interface fib. PR: kern/187549 Reviewed by: melifaro MFC after: 3 weeks Sponsored by: Spectra Logic Corporation
2014-04-24 17:23:16 +00:00
startfib = endfib = ifa->ifa_ifp->if_fib;
Make net.add_addr_allfibs vnet-local.
2014-09-21 03:48:20 +00:00
else {
Add the ability to add new addresses for interfacesto just one FIB (Other more specific related options will follow) This allows one to set multiple p2p links to the same place and select which to use by having each in different FIBS.
2008-07-27 01:29:28 +00:00
startfib = 0;
endfib = rt_numfibs - 1;
}
Add code to allow the system to handle multiple routing tables. This particular implementation is designed to be fully backwards compatible and to be MFC-able to 7.x (and 6.x) Currently the only protocol that can make use of the multiple tables is IPv4 Similar functionality exists in OpenBSD and Linux. From my notes: ----- One thing where FreeBSD has been falling behind, and which by chance I have some time to work on is "policy based routing", which allows different packet streams to be routed by more than just the destination address. Constraints: ------------ I want to make some form of this available in the 6.x tree (and by extension 7.x) , but FreeBSD in general needs it so I might as well do it in -current and back port the portions I need. One of the ways that this can be done is to have the ability to instantiate multiple kernel routing tables (which I will now refer to as "Forwarding Information Bases" or "FIBs" for political correctness reasons). Which FIB a particular packet uses to make the next hop decision can be decided by a number of mechanisms. The policies these mechanisms implement are the "Policies" referred to in "Policy based routing". One of the constraints I have if I try to back port this work to 6.x is that it must be implemented as a EXTENSION to the existing ABIs in 6.x so that third party applications do not need to be recompiled in timespan of the branch. This first version will not have some of the bells and whistles that will come with later versions. It will, for example, be limited to 16 tables in the first commit. Implementation method, Compatible version. (part 1) ------------------------------- For this reason I have implemented a "sufficient subset" of a multiple routing table solution in Perforce, and back-ported it to 6.x. (also in Perforce though not always caught up with what I have done in -current/P4). The subset allows a number of FIBs to be defined at compile time (8 is sufficient for my purposes in 6.x) and implements the changes needed to allow IPV4 to use them. I have not done the changes for ipv6 simply because I do not need it, and I do not have enough knowledge of ipv6 (e.g. neighbor discovery) needed to do it. Other protocol families are left untouched and should there be users with proprietary protocol families, they should continue to work and be oblivious to the existence of the extra FIBs. To understand how this is done, one must know that the current FIB code starts everything off with a single dimensional array of pointers to FIB head structures (One per protocol family), each of which in turn points to the trie of routes available to that family. The basic change in the ABI compatible version of the change is to extent that array to be a 2 dimensional array, so that instead of protocol family X looking at rt_tables[X] for the table it needs, it looks at rt_tables[Y][X] when for all protocol families except ipv4 Y is always 0. Code that is unaware of the change always just sees the first row of the table, which of course looks just like the one dimensional array that existed before. The entry points rtrequest(), rtalloc(), rtalloc1(), rtalloc_ign() are all maintained, but refer only to the first row of the array, so that existing callers in proprietary protocols can continue to do the "right thing". Some new entry points are added, for the exclusive use of ipv4 code called in_rtrequest(), in_rtalloc(), in_rtalloc1() and in_rtalloc_ign(), which have an extra argument which refers the code to the correct row. In addition, there are some new entry points (currently called rtalloc_fib() and friends) that check the Address family being looked up and call either rtalloc() (and friends) if the protocol is not IPv4 forcing the action to row 0 or to the appropriate row if it IS IPv4 (and that info is available). These are for calling from code that is not specific to any particular protocol. The way these are implemented would change in the non ABI preserving code to be added later. One feature of the first version of the code is that for ipv4, the interface routes show up automatically on all the FIBs, so that no matter what FIB you select you always have the basic direct attached hosts available to you. (rtinit() does this automatically). You CAN delete an interface route from one FIB should you want to but by default it's there. ARP information is also available in each FIB. It's assumed that the same machine would have the same MAC address, regardless of which FIB you are using to get to it. This brings us as to how the correct FIB is selected for an outgoing IPV4 packet. Firstly, all packets have a FIB associated with them. if nothing has been done to change it, it will be FIB 0. The FIB is changed in the following ways. Packets fall into one of a number of classes. 1/ locally generated packets, coming from a socket/PCB. Such packets select a FIB from a number associated with the socket/PCB. This in turn is inherited from the process, but can be changed by a socket option. The process in turn inherits it on fork. I have written a utility call setfib that acts a bit like nice.. setfib -3 ping target.example.com # will use fib 3 for ping. It is an obvious extension to make it a property of a jail but I have not done so. It can be achieved by combining the setfib and jail commands. 2/ packets received on an interface for forwarding. By default these packets would use table 0, (or possibly a number settable in a sysctl(not yet)). but prior to routing the firewall can inspect them (see below). (possibly in the future you may be able to associate a FIB with packets received on an interface.. An ifconfig arg, but not yet.) 3/ packets inspected by a packet classifier, which can arbitrarily associate a fib with it on a packet by packet basis. A fib assigned to a packet by a packet classifier (such as ipfw) would over-ride a fib associated by a more default source. (such as cases 1 or 2). 4/ a tcp listen socket associated with a fib will generate accept sockets that are associated with that same fib. 5/ Packets generated in response to some other packet (e.g. reset or icmp packets). These should use the FIB associated with the packet being reponded to. 6/ Packets generated during encapsulation. gif, tun and other tunnel interfaces will encapsulate using the FIB that was in effect withthe proces that set up the tunnel. thus setfib 1 ifconfig gif0 [tunnel instructions] will set the fib for the tunnel to use to be fib 1. Routing messages would be associated with their process, and thus select one FIB or another. messages from the kernel would be associated with the fib they refer to and would only be received by a routing socket associated with that fib. (not yet implemented) In addition Netstat has been edited to be able to cope with the fact that the array is now 2 dimensional. (It looks in system memory using libkvm (!)). Old versions of netstat see only the first FIB. In addition two sysctls are added to give: a) the number of FIBs compiled in (active) b) the default FIB of the calling process. Early testing experience: ------------------------- Basically our (IronPort's) appliance does this functionality already using ipfw fwd but that method has some drawbacks. For example, It can't fully simulate a routing table because it can't influence the socket's choice of local address when a connect() is done. Testing during the generating of these changes has been remarkably smooth so far. Multiple tables have co-existed with no notable side effects, and packets have been routes accordingly. ipfw has grown 2 new keywords: setfib N ip from anay to any count ip from any to any fib N In pf there seems to be a requirement to be able to give symbolic names to the fibs but I do not have that capacity. I am not sure if it is required. SCTP has interestingly enough built in support for this, called VRFs in Cisco parlance. it will be interesting to see how that handles it when it suddenly actually does something. Where to next: -------------------- After committing the ABI compatible version and MFCing it, I'd like to proceed in a forward direction in -current. this will result in some roto-tilling in the routing code. Firstly: the current code's idea of having a separate tree per protocol family, all of the same format, and pointed to by the 1 dimensional array is a bit silly. Especially when one considers that there is code that makes assumptions about every protocol having the same internal structures there. Some protocols don't WANT that sort of structure. (for example the whole idea of a netmask is foreign to appletalk). This needs to be made opaque to the external code. My suggested first change is to add routing method pointers to the 'domain' structure, along with information pointing the data. instead of having an array of pointers to uniform structures, there would be an array pointing to the 'domain' structures for each protocol address domain (protocol family), and the methods this reached would be called. The methods would have an argument that gives FIB number, but the protocol would be free to ignore it. When the ABI can be changed it raises the possibilty of the addition of a fib entry into the "struct route". Currently, the structure contains the sockaddr of the desination, and the resulting fib entry. To make this work fully, one could add a fib number so that given an address and a fib, one can find the third element, the fib entry. Interaction with the ARP layer/ LL layer would need to be revisited as well. Qing Li has been working on this already. This work was sponsored by Ironport Systems/Cisco Reviewed by: several including rwatson, bz and mlair (parts each) Obtained from: Ironport systems/Cisco
2008-05-09 23:03:00 +00:00
} else {
KASSERT((fibnum < rt_numfibs), ("rtinit1: bad fibnum"));
startfib = fibnum;
endfib = fibnum;
}
In rtrequest and rtinit check for sa_len != 0 for the given destination. These checks are needed so we do not install a route looking like this: (0) 192.0.2.200 UH tun0 => When removing this route the kernel will start to walk the address space which looks like a hang on 64bit platforms because it'll take ages while on 32bit you should see a panic when kernel debugging options are turned on. The problem is in rtrequest1: if (netmask) { rt_maskedcopy(dst, ndst, netmask); } else bcopy(dst, ndst, dst->sa_len); In both cases the len might be 0 if the application forgot to set it. If so ndst will be all-zero leading to above mentioned strange routes. This is an application error but we must not fail/hang/panic because of this. Looks ok: gnn No objections: net@ (silence) MFC after: 8 weeks
2006-05-04 18:33:37 +00:00
No code changes what so ever, but added about 150 lines of comments Sorry if this makes it harder to merge in lite2 stuff but hey.. At least I can figure out what is going on whenever I end up going through those files again.. do we have a policy regarding commenting existing code?
1996-09-10 07:10:05 +00:00
/*
Add code to allow the system to handle multiple routing tables. This particular implementation is designed to be fully backwards compatible and to be MFC-able to 7.x (and 6.x) Currently the only protocol that can make use of the multiple tables is IPv4 Similar functionality exists in OpenBSD and Linux. From my notes: ----- One thing where FreeBSD has been falling behind, and which by chance I have some time to work on is "policy based routing", which allows different packet streams to be routed by more than just the destination address. Constraints: ------------ I want to make some form of this available in the 6.x tree (and by extension 7.x) , but FreeBSD in general needs it so I might as well do it in -current and back port the portions I need. One of the ways that this can be done is to have the ability to instantiate multiple kernel routing tables (which I will now refer to as "Forwarding Information Bases" or "FIBs" for political correctness reasons). Which FIB a particular packet uses to make the next hop decision can be decided by a number of mechanisms. The policies these mechanisms implement are the "Policies" referred to in "Policy based routing". One of the constraints I have if I try to back port this work to 6.x is that it must be implemented as a EXTENSION to the existing ABIs in 6.x so that third party applications do not need to be recompiled in timespan of the branch. This first version will not have some of the bells and whistles that will come with later versions. It will, for example, be limited to 16 tables in the first commit. Implementation method, Compatible version. (part 1) ------------------------------- For this reason I have implemented a "sufficient subset" of a multiple routing table solution in Perforce, and back-ported it to 6.x. (also in Perforce though not always caught up with what I have done in -current/P4). The subset allows a number of FIBs to be defined at compile time (8 is sufficient for my purposes in 6.x) and implements the changes needed to allow IPV4 to use them. I have not done the changes for ipv6 simply because I do not need it, and I do not have enough knowledge of ipv6 (e.g. neighbor discovery) needed to do it. Other protocol families are left untouched and should there be users with proprietary protocol families, they should continue to work and be oblivious to the existence of the extra FIBs. To understand how this is done, one must know that the current FIB code starts everything off with a single dimensional array of pointers to FIB head structures (One per protocol family), each of which in turn points to the trie of routes available to that family. The basic change in the ABI compatible version of the change is to extent that array to be a 2 dimensional array, so that instead of protocol family X looking at rt_tables[X] for the table it needs, it looks at rt_tables[Y][X] when for all protocol families except ipv4 Y is always 0. Code that is unaware of the change always just sees the first row of the table, which of course looks just like the one dimensional array that existed before. The entry points rtrequest(), rtalloc(), rtalloc1(), rtalloc_ign() are all maintained, but refer only to the first row of the array, so that existing callers in proprietary protocols can continue to do the "right thing". Some new entry points are added, for the exclusive use of ipv4 code called in_rtrequest(), in_rtalloc(), in_rtalloc1() and in_rtalloc_ign(), which have an extra argument which refers the code to the correct row. In addition, there are some new entry points (currently called rtalloc_fib() and friends) that check the Address family being looked up and call either rtalloc() (and friends) if the protocol is not IPv4 forcing the action to row 0 or to the appropriate row if it IS IPv4 (and that info is available). These are for calling from code that is not specific to any particular protocol. The way these are implemented would change in the non ABI preserving code to be added later. One feature of the first version of the code is that for ipv4, the interface routes show up automatically on all the FIBs, so that no matter what FIB you select you always have the basic direct attached hosts available to you. (rtinit() does this automatically). You CAN delete an interface route from one FIB should you want to but by default it's there. ARP information is also available in each FIB. It's assumed that the same machine would have the same MAC address, regardless of which FIB you are using to get to it. This brings us as to how the correct FIB is selected for an outgoing IPV4 packet. Firstly, all packets have a FIB associated with them. if nothing has been done to change it, it will be FIB 0. The FIB is changed in the following ways. Packets fall into one of a number of classes. 1/ locally generated packets, coming from a socket/PCB. Such packets select a FIB from a number associated with the socket/PCB. This in turn is inherited from the process, but can be changed by a socket option. The process in turn inherits it on fork. I have written a utility call setfib that acts a bit like nice.. setfib -3 ping target.example.com # will use fib 3 for ping. It is an obvious extension to make it a property of a jail but I have not done so. It can be achieved by combining the setfib and jail commands. 2/ packets received on an interface for forwarding. By default these packets would use table 0, (or possibly a number settable in a sysctl(not yet)). but prior to routing the firewall can inspect them (see below). (possibly in the future you may be able to associate a FIB with packets received on an interface.. An ifconfig arg, but not yet.) 3/ packets inspected by a packet classifier, which can arbitrarily associate a fib with it on a packet by packet basis. A fib assigned to a packet by a packet classifier (such as ipfw) would over-ride a fib associated by a more default source. (such as cases 1 or 2). 4/ a tcp listen socket associated with a fib will generate accept sockets that are associated with that same fib. 5/ Packets generated in response to some other packet (e.g. reset or icmp packets). These should use the FIB associated with the packet being reponded to. 6/ Packets generated during encapsulation. gif, tun and other tunnel interfaces will encapsulate using the FIB that was in effect withthe proces that set up the tunnel. thus setfib 1 ifconfig gif0 [tunnel instructions] will set the fib for the tunnel to use to be fib 1. Routing messages would be associated with their process, and thus select one FIB or another. messages from the kernel would be associated with the fib they refer to and would only be received by a routing socket associated with that fib. (not yet implemented) In addition Netstat has been edited to be able to cope with the fact that the array is now 2 dimensional. (It looks in system memory using libkvm (!)). Old versions of netstat see only the first FIB. In addition two sysctls are added to give: a) the number of FIBs compiled in (active) b) the default FIB of the calling process. Early testing experience: ------------------------- Basically our (IronPort's) appliance does this functionality already using ipfw fwd but that method has some drawbacks. For example, It can't fully simulate a routing table because it can't influence the socket's choice of local address when a connect() is done. Testing during the generating of these changes has been remarkably smooth so far. Multiple tables have co-existed with no notable side effects, and packets have been routes accordingly. ipfw has grown 2 new keywords: setfib N ip from anay to any count ip from any to any fib N In pf there seems to be a requirement to be able to give symbolic names to the fibs but I do not have that capacity. I am not sure if it is required. SCTP has interestingly enough built in support for this, called VRFs in Cisco parlance. it will be interesting to see how that handles it when it suddenly actually does something. Where to next: -------------------- After committing the ABI compatible version and MFCing it, I'd like to proceed in a forward direction in -current. this will result in some roto-tilling in the routing code. Firstly: the current code's idea of having a separate tree per protocol family, all of the same format, and pointed to by the 1 dimensional array is a bit silly. Especially when one considers that there is code that makes assumptions about every protocol having the same internal structures there. Some protocols don't WANT that sort of structure. (for example the whole idea of a netmask is foreign to appletalk). This needs to be made opaque to the external code. My suggested first change is to add routing method pointers to the 'domain' structure, along with information pointing the data. instead of having an array of pointers to uniform structures, there would be an array pointing to the 'domain' structures for each protocol address domain (protocol family), and the methods this reached would be called. The methods would have an argument that gives FIB number, but the protocol would be free to ignore it. When the ABI can be changed it raises the possibilty of the addition of a fib entry into the "struct route". Currently, the structure contains the sockaddr of the desination, and the resulting fib entry. To make this work fully, one could add a fib number so that given an address and a fib, one can find the third element, the fib entry. Interaction with the ARP layer/ LL layer would need to be revisited as well. Qing Li has been working on this already. This work was sponsored by Ironport Systems/Cisco Reviewed by: several including rwatson, bz and mlair (parts each) Obtained from: Ironport systems/Cisco
2008-05-09 23:03:00 +00:00
* If it's a delete, check that if it exists,
* it's on the correct interface or we might scrub
* a route to another ifa which would
No code changes what so ever, but added about 150 lines of comments Sorry if this makes it harder to merge in lite2 stuff but hey.. At least I can figure out what is going on whenever I end up going through those files again.. do we have a policy regarding commenting existing code?
1996-09-10 07:10:05 +00:00
* be confusing at best and possibly worse.
*/
BSD 4.4 Lite Kernel Sources
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
if (cmd == RTM_DELETE) {
KAME netinet6 basic part(no IPsec,no V6 Multicast Forwarding, no UDP/TCP for IPv6 yet) With this patch, you can assigne IPv6 addr automatically, and can reply to IPv6 ping. Reviewed by: freebsd-arch, cvs-committers Obtained from: KAME project
1999-11-22 02:45:11 +00:00
/*
No code changes what so ever, but added about 150 lines of comments Sorry if this makes it harder to merge in lite2 stuff but hey.. At least I can figure out what is going on whenever I end up going through those files again.. do we have a policy regarding commenting existing code?
1996-09-10 07:10:05 +00:00
* It's a delete, so it should already exist..
* If it's a net, mask off the host bits
* (Assuming we have a mask)
Add code to allow the system to handle multiple routing tables. This particular implementation is designed to be fully backwards compatible and to be MFC-able to 7.x (and 6.x) Currently the only protocol that can make use of the multiple tables is IPv4 Similar functionality exists in OpenBSD and Linux. From my notes: ----- One thing where FreeBSD has been falling behind, and which by chance I have some time to work on is "policy based routing", which allows different packet streams to be routed by more than just the destination address. Constraints: ------------ I want to make some form of this available in the 6.x tree (and by extension 7.x) , but FreeBSD in general needs it so I might as well do it in -current and back port the portions I need. One of the ways that this can be done is to have the ability to instantiate multiple kernel routing tables (which I will now refer to as "Forwarding Information Bases" or "FIBs" for political correctness reasons). Which FIB a particular packet uses to make the next hop decision can be decided by a number of mechanisms. The policies these mechanisms implement are the "Policies" referred to in "Policy based routing". One of the constraints I have if I try to back port this work to 6.x is that it must be implemented as a EXTENSION to the existing ABIs in 6.x so that third party applications do not need to be recompiled in timespan of the branch. This first version will not have some of the bells and whistles that will come with later versions. It will, for example, be limited to 16 tables in the first commit. Implementation method, Compatible version. (part 1) ------------------------------- For this reason I have implemented a "sufficient subset" of a multiple routing table solution in Perforce, and back-ported it to 6.x. (also in Perforce though not always caught up with what I have done in -current/P4). The subset allows a number of FIBs to be defined at compile time (8 is sufficient for my purposes in 6.x) and implements the changes needed to allow IPV4 to use them. I have not done the changes for ipv6 simply because I do not need it, and I do not have enough knowledge of ipv6 (e.g. neighbor discovery) needed to do it. Other protocol families are left untouched and should there be users with proprietary protocol families, they should continue to work and be oblivious to the existence of the extra FIBs. To understand how this is done, one must know that the current FIB code starts everything off with a single dimensional array of pointers to FIB head structures (One per protocol family), each of which in turn points to the trie of routes available to that family. The basic change in the ABI compatible version of the change is to extent that array to be a 2 dimensional array, so that instead of protocol family X looking at rt_tables[X] for the table it needs, it looks at rt_tables[Y][X] when for all protocol families except ipv4 Y is always 0. Code that is unaware of the change always just sees the first row of the table, which of course looks just like the one dimensional array that existed before. The entry points rtrequest(), rtalloc(), rtalloc1(), rtalloc_ign() are all maintained, but refer only to the first row of the array, so that existing callers in proprietary protocols can continue to do the "right thing". Some new entry points are added, for the exclusive use of ipv4 code called in_rtrequest(), in_rtalloc(), in_rtalloc1() and in_rtalloc_ign(), which have an extra argument which refers the code to the correct row. In addition, there are some new entry points (currently called rtalloc_fib() and friends) that check the Address family being looked up and call either rtalloc() (and friends) if the protocol is not IPv4 forcing the action to row 0 or to the appropriate row if it IS IPv4 (and that info is available). These are for calling from code that is not specific to any particular protocol. The way these are implemented would change in the non ABI preserving code to be added later. One feature of the first version of the code is that for ipv4, the interface routes show up automatically on all the FIBs, so that no matter what FIB you select you always have the basic direct attached hosts available to you. (rtinit() does this automatically). You CAN delete an interface route from one FIB should you want to but by default it's there. ARP information is also available in each FIB. It's assumed that the same machine would have the same MAC address, regardless of which FIB you are using to get to it. This brings us as to how the correct FIB is selected for an outgoing IPV4 packet. Firstly, all packets have a FIB associated with them. if nothing has been done to change it, it will be FIB 0. The FIB is changed in the following ways. Packets fall into one of a number of classes. 1/ locally generated packets, coming from a socket/PCB. Such packets select a FIB from a number associated with the socket/PCB. This in turn is inherited from the process, but can be changed by a socket option. The process in turn inherits it on fork. I have written a utility call setfib that acts a bit like nice.. setfib -3 ping target.example.com # will use fib 3 for ping. It is an obvious extension to make it a property of a jail but I have not done so. It can be achieved by combining the setfib and jail commands. 2/ packets received on an interface for forwarding. By default these packets would use table 0, (or possibly a number settable in a sysctl(not yet)). but prior to routing the firewall can inspect them (see below). (possibly in the future you may be able to associate a FIB with packets received on an interface.. An ifconfig arg, but not yet.) 3/ packets inspected by a packet classifier, which can arbitrarily associate a fib with it on a packet by packet basis. A fib assigned to a packet by a packet classifier (such as ipfw) would over-ride a fib associated by a more default source. (such as cases 1 or 2). 4/ a tcp listen socket associated with a fib will generate accept sockets that are associated with that same fib. 5/ Packets generated in response to some other packet (e.g. reset or icmp packets). These should use the FIB associated with the packet being reponded to. 6/ Packets generated during encapsulation. gif, tun and other tunnel interfaces will encapsulate using the FIB that was in effect withthe proces that set up the tunnel. thus setfib 1 ifconfig gif0 [tunnel instructions] will set the fib for the tunnel to use to be fib 1. Routing messages would be associated with their process, and thus select one FIB or another. messages from the kernel would be associated with the fib they refer to and would only be received by a routing socket associated with that fib. (not yet implemented) In addition Netstat has been edited to be able to cope with the fact that the array is now 2 dimensional. (It looks in system memory using libkvm (!)). Old versions of netstat see only the first FIB. In addition two sysctls are added to give: a) the number of FIBs compiled in (active) b) the default FIB of the calling process. Early testing experience: ------------------------- Basically our (IronPort's) appliance does this functionality already using ipfw fwd but that method has some drawbacks. For example, It can't fully simulate a routing table because it can't influence the socket's choice of local address when a connect() is done. Testing during the generating of these changes has been remarkably smooth so far. Multiple tables have co-existed with no notable side effects, and packets have been routes accordingly. ipfw has grown 2 new keywords: setfib N ip from anay to any count ip from any to any fib N In pf there seems to be a requirement to be able to give symbolic names to the fibs but I do not have that capacity. I am not sure if it is required. SCTP has interestingly enough built in support for this, called VRFs in Cisco parlance. it will be interesting to see how that handles it when it suddenly actually does something. Where to next: -------------------- After committing the ABI compatible version and MFCing it, I'd like to proceed in a forward direction in -current. this will result in some roto-tilling in the routing code. Firstly: the current code's idea of having a separate tree per protocol family, all of the same format, and pointed to by the 1 dimensional array is a bit silly. Especially when one considers that there is code that makes assumptions about every protocol having the same internal structures there. Some protocols don't WANT that sort of structure. (for example the whole idea of a netmask is foreign to appletalk). This needs to be made opaque to the external code. My suggested first change is to add routing method pointers to the 'domain' structure, along with information pointing the data. instead of having an array of pointers to uniform structures, there would be an array pointing to the 'domain' structures for each protocol address domain (protocol family), and the methods this reached would be called. The methods would have an argument that gives FIB number, but the protocol would be free to ignore it. When the ABI can be changed it raises the possibilty of the addition of a fib entry into the "struct route". Currently, the structure contains the sockaddr of the desination, and the resulting fib entry. To make this work fully, one could add a fib number so that given an address and a fib, one can find the third element, the fib entry. Interaction with the ARP layer/ LL layer would need to be revisited as well. Qing Li has been working on this already. This work was sponsored by Ironport Systems/Cisco Reviewed by: several including rwatson, bz and mlair (parts each) Obtained from: Ironport systems/Cisco
2008-05-09 23:03:00 +00:00
* XXX this is kinda inet specific..
No code changes what so ever, but added about 150 lines of comments Sorry if this makes it harder to merge in lite2 stuff but hey.. At least I can figure out what is going on whenever I end up going through those files again.. do we have a policy regarding commenting existing code?
1996-09-10 07:10:05 +00:00
*/
Pull post-4.4BSD change to sys/net/route.c from BSD/OS 4.2. Have sys/net/route.c:rtrequest1(), which takes ``rt_addrinfo *'' as the argument. Pass rt_addrinfo all the way down to rtrequest1 and ifa->ifa_rtrequest. 3rd argument of ifa->ifa_rtrequest is now ``rt_addrinfo *'' instead of ``sockaddr *'' (almost noone is using it anyways). Benefit: the following command now works. Previously we needed two route(8) invocations, "add" then "change". # route add -inet6 default ::1 -ifp gif0 Remove unsafe typecast in rtrequest(), from ``rtentry *'' to ``sockaddr *''. It was introduced by 4.3BSD-Reno and never corrected. Obtained from: BSD/OS, NetBSD MFC after: 1 month PR: kern/28360
2001-10-17 18:07:05 +00:00
if (netmask != NULL) {
Add code to allow the system to handle multiple routing tables. This particular implementation is designed to be fully backwards compatible and to be MFC-able to 7.x (and 6.x) Currently the only protocol that can make use of the multiple tables is IPv4 Similar functionality exists in OpenBSD and Linux. From my notes: ----- One thing where FreeBSD has been falling behind, and which by chance I have some time to work on is "policy based routing", which allows different packet streams to be routed by more than just the destination address. Constraints: ------------ I want to make some form of this available in the 6.x tree (and by extension 7.x) , but FreeBSD in general needs it so I might as well do it in -current and back port the portions I need. One of the ways that this can be done is to have the ability to instantiate multiple kernel routing tables (which I will now refer to as "Forwarding Information Bases" or "FIBs" for political correctness reasons). Which FIB a particular packet uses to make the next hop decision can be decided by a number of mechanisms. The policies these mechanisms implement are the "Policies" referred to in "Policy based routing". One of the constraints I have if I try to back port this work to 6.x is that it must be implemented as a EXTENSION to the existing ABIs in 6.x so that third party applications do not need to be recompiled in timespan of the branch. This first version will not have some of the bells and whistles that will come with later versions. It will, for example, be limited to 16 tables in the first commit. Implementation method, Compatible version. (part 1) ------------------------------- For this reason I have implemented a "sufficient subset" of a multiple routing table solution in Perforce, and back-ported it to 6.x. (also in Perforce though not always caught up with what I have done in -current/P4). The subset allows a number of FIBs to be defined at compile time (8 is sufficient for my purposes in 6.x) and implements the changes needed to allow IPV4 to use them. I have not done the changes for ipv6 simply because I do not need it, and I do not have enough knowledge of ipv6 (e.g. neighbor discovery) needed to do it. Other protocol families are left untouched and should there be users with proprietary protocol families, they should continue to work and be oblivious to the existence of the extra FIBs. To understand how this is done, one must know that the current FIB code starts everything off with a single dimensional array of pointers to FIB head structures (One per protocol family), each of which in turn points to the trie of routes available to that family. The basic change in the ABI compatible version of the change is to extent that array to be a 2 dimensional array, so that instead of protocol family X looking at rt_tables[X] for the table it needs, it looks at rt_tables[Y][X] when for all protocol families except ipv4 Y is always 0. Code that is unaware of the change always just sees the first row of the table, which of course looks just like the one dimensional array that existed before. The entry points rtrequest(), rtalloc(), rtalloc1(), rtalloc_ign() are all maintained, but refer only to the first row of the array, so that existing callers in proprietary protocols can continue to do the "right thing". Some new entry points are added, for the exclusive use of ipv4 code called in_rtrequest(), in_rtalloc(), in_rtalloc1() and in_rtalloc_ign(), which have an extra argument which refers the code to the correct row. In addition, there are some new entry points (currently called rtalloc_fib() and friends) that check the Address family being looked up and call either rtalloc() (and friends) if the protocol is not IPv4 forcing the action to row 0 or to the appropriate row if it IS IPv4 (and that info is available). These are for calling from code that is not specific to any particular protocol. The way these are implemented would change in the non ABI preserving code to be added later. One feature of the first version of the code is that for ipv4, the interface routes show up automatically on all the FIBs, so that no matter what FIB you select you always have the basic direct attached hosts available to you. (rtinit() does this automatically). You CAN delete an interface route from one FIB should you want to but by default it's there. ARP information is also available in each FIB. It's assumed that the same machine would have the same MAC address, regardless of which FIB you are using to get to it. This brings us as to how the correct FIB is selected for an outgoing IPV4 packet. Firstly, all packets have a FIB associated with them. if nothing has been done to change it, it will be FIB 0. The FIB is changed in the following ways. Packets fall into one of a number of classes. 1/ locally generated packets, coming from a socket/PCB. Such packets select a FIB from a number associated with the socket/PCB. This in turn is inherited from the process, but can be changed by a socket option. The process in turn inherits it on fork. I have written a utility call setfib that acts a bit like nice.. setfib -3 ping target.example.com # will use fib 3 for ping. It is an obvious extension to make it a property of a jail but I have not done so. It can be achieved by combining the setfib and jail commands. 2/ packets received on an interface for forwarding. By default these packets would use table 0, (or possibly a number settable in a sysctl(not yet)). but prior to routing the firewall can inspect them (see below). (possibly in the future you may be able to associate a FIB with packets received on an interface.. An ifconfig arg, but not yet.) 3/ packets inspected by a packet classifier, which can arbitrarily associate a fib with it on a packet by packet basis. A fib assigned to a packet by a packet classifier (such as ipfw) would over-ride a fib associated by a more default source. (such as cases 1 or 2). 4/ a tcp listen socket associated with a fib will generate accept sockets that are associated with that same fib. 5/ Packets generated in response to some other packet (e.g. reset or icmp packets). These should use the FIB associated with the packet being reponded to. 6/ Packets generated during encapsulation. gif, tun and other tunnel interfaces will encapsulate using the FIB that was in effect withthe proces that set up the tunnel. thus setfib 1 ifconfig gif0 [tunnel instructions] will set the fib for the tunnel to use to be fib 1. Routing messages would be associated with their process, and thus select one FIB or another. messages from the kernel would be associated with the fib they refer to and would only be received by a routing socket associated with that fib. (not yet implemented) In addition Netstat has been edited to be able to cope with the fact that the array is now 2 dimensional. (It looks in system memory using libkvm (!)). Old versions of netstat see only the first FIB. In addition two sysctls are added to give: a) the number of FIBs compiled in (active) b) the default FIB of the calling process. Early testing experience: ------------------------- Basically our (IronPort's) appliance does this functionality already using ipfw fwd but that method has some drawbacks. For example, It can't fully simulate a routing table because it can't influence the socket's choice of local address when a connect() is done. Testing during the generating of these changes has been remarkably smooth so far. Multiple tables have co-existed with no notable side effects, and packets have been routes accordingly. ipfw has grown 2 new keywords: setfib N ip from anay to any count ip from any to any fib N In pf there seems to be a requirement to be able to give symbolic names to the fibs but I do not have that capacity. I am not sure if it is required. SCTP has interestingly enough built in support for this, called VRFs in Cisco parlance. it will be interesting to see how that handles it when it suddenly actually does something. Where to next: -------------------- After committing the ABI compatible version and MFCing it, I'd like to proceed in a forward direction in -current. this will result in some roto-tilling in the routing code. Firstly: the current code's idea of having a separate tree per protocol family, all of the same format, and pointed to by the 1 dimensional array is a bit silly. Especially when one considers that there is code that makes assumptions about every protocol having the same internal structures there. Some protocols don't WANT that sort of structure. (for example the whole idea of a netmask is foreign to appletalk). This needs to be made opaque to the external code. My suggested first change is to add routing method pointers to the 'domain' structure, along with information pointing the data. instead of having an array of pointers to uniform structures, there would be an array pointing to the 'domain' structures for each protocol address domain (protocol family), and the methods this reached would be called. The methods would have an argument that gives FIB number, but the protocol would be free to ignore it. When the ABI can be changed it raises the possibilty of the addition of a fib entry into the "struct route". Currently, the structure contains the sockaddr of the desination, and the resulting fib entry. To make this work fully, one could add a fib number so that given an address and a fib, one can find the third element, the fib entry. Interaction with the ARP layer/ LL layer would need to be revisited as well. Qing Li has been working on this already. This work was sponsored by Ironport Systems/Cisco Reviewed by: several including rwatson, bz and mlair (parts each) Obtained from: Ironport systems/Cisco
2008-05-09 23:03:00 +00:00
rt_maskedcopy(dst, (struct sockaddr *)tempbuf, netmask);
dst = (struct sockaddr *)tempbuf;
BSD 4.4 Lite Kernel Sources
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
}
Add code to allow the system to handle multiple routing tables. This particular implementation is designed to be fully backwards compatible and to be MFC-able to 7.x (and 6.x) Currently the only protocol that can make use of the multiple tables is IPv4 Similar functionality exists in OpenBSD and Linux. From my notes: ----- One thing where FreeBSD has been falling behind, and which by chance I have some time to work on is "policy based routing", which allows different packet streams to be routed by more than just the destination address. Constraints: ------------ I want to make some form of this available in the 6.x tree (and by extension 7.x) , but FreeBSD in general needs it so I might as well do it in -current and back port the portions I need. One of the ways that this can be done is to have the ability to instantiate multiple kernel routing tables (which I will now refer to as "Forwarding Information Bases" or "FIBs" for political correctness reasons). Which FIB a particular packet uses to make the next hop decision can be decided by a number of mechanisms. The policies these mechanisms implement are the "Policies" referred to in "Policy based routing". One of the constraints I have if I try to back port this work to 6.x is that it must be implemented as a EXTENSION to the existing ABIs in 6.x so that third party applications do not need to be recompiled in timespan of the branch. This first version will not have some of the bells and whistles that will come with later versions. It will, for example, be limited to 16 tables in the first commit. Implementation method, Compatible version. (part 1) ------------------------------- For this reason I have implemented a "sufficient subset" of a multiple routing table solution in Perforce, and back-ported it to 6.x. (also in Perforce though not always caught up with what I have done in -current/P4). The subset allows a number of FIBs to be defined at compile time (8 is sufficient for my purposes in 6.x) and implements the changes needed to allow IPV4 to use them. I have not done the changes for ipv6 simply because I do not need it, and I do not have enough knowledge of ipv6 (e.g. neighbor discovery) needed to do it. Other protocol families are left untouched and should there be users with proprietary protocol families, they should continue to work and be oblivious to the existence of the extra FIBs. To understand how this is done, one must know that the current FIB code starts everything off with a single dimensional array of pointers to FIB head structures (One per protocol family), each of which in turn points to the trie of routes available to that family. The basic change in the ABI compatible version of the change is to extent that array to be a 2 dimensional array, so that instead of protocol family X looking at rt_tables[X] for the table it needs, it looks at rt_tables[Y][X] when for all protocol families except ipv4 Y is always 0. Code that is unaware of the change always just sees the first row of the table, which of course looks just like the one dimensional array that existed before. The entry points rtrequest(), rtalloc(), rtalloc1(), rtalloc_ign() are all maintained, but refer only to the first row of the array, so that existing callers in proprietary protocols can continue to do the "right thing". Some new entry points are added, for the exclusive use of ipv4 code called in_rtrequest(), in_rtalloc(), in_rtalloc1() and in_rtalloc_ign(), which have an extra argument which refers the code to the correct row. In addition, there are some new entry points (currently called rtalloc_fib() and friends) that check the Address family being looked up and call either rtalloc() (and friends) if the protocol is not IPv4 forcing the action to row 0 or to the appropriate row if it IS IPv4 (and that info is available). These are for calling from code that is not specific to any particular protocol. The way these are implemented would change in the non ABI preserving code to be added later. One feature of the first version of the code is that for ipv4, the interface routes show up automatically on all the FIBs, so that no matter what FIB you select you always have the basic direct attached hosts available to you. (rtinit() does this automatically). You CAN delete an interface route from one FIB should you want to but by default it's there. ARP information is also available in each FIB. It's assumed that the same machine would have the same MAC address, regardless of which FIB you are using to get to it. This brings us as to how the correct FIB is selected for an outgoing IPV4 packet. Firstly, all packets have a FIB associated with them. if nothing has been done to change it, it will be FIB 0. The FIB is changed in the following ways. Packets fall into one of a number of classes. 1/ locally generated packets, coming from a socket/PCB. Such packets select a FIB from a number associated with the socket/PCB. This in turn is inherited from the process, but can be changed by a socket option. The process in turn inherits it on fork. I have written a utility call setfib that acts a bit like nice.. setfib -3 ping target.example.com # will use fib 3 for ping. It is an obvious extension to make it a property of a jail but I have not done so. It can be achieved by combining the setfib and jail commands. 2/ packets received on an interface for forwarding. By default these packets would use table 0, (or possibly a number settable in a sysctl(not yet)). but prior to routing the firewall can inspect them (see below). (possibly in the future you may be able to associate a FIB with packets received on an interface.. An ifconfig arg, but not yet.) 3/ packets inspected by a packet classifier, which can arbitrarily associate a fib with it on a packet by packet basis. A fib assigned to a packet by a packet classifier (such as ipfw) would over-ride a fib associated by a more default source. (such as cases 1 or 2). 4/ a tcp listen socket associated with a fib will generate accept sockets that are associated with that same fib. 5/ Packets generated in response to some other packet (e.g. reset or icmp packets). These should use the FIB associated with the packet being reponded to. 6/ Packets generated during encapsulation. gif, tun and other tunnel interfaces will encapsulate using the FIB that was in effect withthe proces that set up the tunnel. thus setfib 1 ifconfig gif0 [tunnel instructions] will set the fib for the tunnel to use to be fib 1. Routing messages would be associated with their process, and thus select one FIB or another. messages from the kernel would be associated with the fib they refer to and would only be received by a routing socket associated with that fib. (not yet implemented) In addition Netstat has been edited to be able to cope with the fact that the array is now 2 dimensional. (It looks in system memory using libkvm (!)). Old versions of netstat see only the first FIB. In addition two sysctls are added to give: a) the number of FIBs compiled in (active) b) the default FIB of the calling process. Early testing experience: ------------------------- Basically our (IronPort's) appliance does this functionality already using ipfw fwd but that method has some drawbacks. For example, It can't fully simulate a routing table because it can't influence the socket's choice of local address when a connect() is done. Testing during the generating of these changes has been remarkably smooth so far. Multiple tables have co-existed with no notable side effects, and packets have been routes accordingly. ipfw has grown 2 new keywords: setfib N ip from anay to any count ip from any to any fib N In pf there seems to be a requirement to be able to give symbolic names to the fibs but I do not have that capacity. I am not sure if it is required. SCTP has interestingly enough built in support for this, called VRFs in Cisco parlance. it will be interesting to see how that handles it when it suddenly actually does something. Where to next: -------------------- After committing the ABI compatible version and MFCing it, I'd like to proceed in a forward direction in -current. this will result in some roto-tilling in the routing code. Firstly: the current code's idea of having a separate tree per protocol family, all of the same format, and pointed to by the 1 dimensional array is a bit silly. Especially when one considers that there is code that makes assumptions about every protocol having the same internal structures there. Some protocols don't WANT that sort of structure. (for example the whole idea of a netmask is foreign to appletalk). This needs to be made opaque to the external code. My suggested first change is to add routing method pointers to the 'domain' structure, along with information pointing the data. instead of having an array of pointers to uniform structures, there would be an array pointing to the 'domain' structures for each protocol address domain (protocol family), and the methods this reached would be called. The methods would have an argument that gives FIB number, but the protocol would be free to ignore it. When the ABI can be changed it raises the possibilty of the addition of a fib entry into the "struct route". Currently, the structure contains the sockaddr of the desination, and the resulting fib entry. To make this work fully, one could add a fib number so that given an address and a fib, one can find the third element, the fib entry. Interaction with the ARP layer/ LL layer would need to be revisited as well. Qing Li has been working on this already. This work was sponsored by Ironport Systems/Cisco Reviewed by: several including rwatson, bz and mlair (parts each) Obtained from: Ironport systems/Cisco
2008-05-09 23:03:00 +00:00
}
/*
* Now go through all the requested tables (fibs) and do the
* requested action. Realistically, this will either be fib 0
* for protocols that don't do multiple tables or all the
Move a comment from rtinit1() to the top of the file where dealing with the (maximum) number of FIBs trying to clarify that evetually FIBs should probably attached to domain(9) specific storage. [1] Add a comment on a limitimation on the rt_add_addr_allfibs option. Use RT_DEFAULT_FIB instead of 0 where applicable. Add empty line to functions without local variables per style. Put public yet unused in-tree function rtinit_fib() under BURN_BRIDGES to indicate that it might go away in the future. No functional change. Discussed with: julian [1] (clarification on what the original one meant) Sponsored by: Cisco Systems, Inc.
2012-02-03 12:25:14 +00:00
* tables for those that do.
Add code to allow the system to handle multiple routing tables. This particular implementation is designed to be fully backwards compatible and to be MFC-able to 7.x (and 6.x) Currently the only protocol that can make use of the multiple tables is IPv4 Similar functionality exists in OpenBSD and Linux. From my notes: ----- One thing where FreeBSD has been falling behind, and which by chance I have some time to work on is "policy based routing", which allows different packet streams to be routed by more than just the destination address. Constraints: ------------ I want to make some form of this available in the 6.x tree (and by extension 7.x) , but FreeBSD in general needs it so I might as well do it in -current and back port the portions I need. One of the ways that this can be done is to have the ability to instantiate multiple kernel routing tables (which I will now refer to as "Forwarding Information Bases" or "FIBs" for political correctness reasons). Which FIB a particular packet uses to make the next hop decision can be decided by a number of mechanisms. The policies these mechanisms implement are the "Policies" referred to in "Policy based routing". One of the constraints I have if I try to back port this work to 6.x is that it must be implemented as a EXTENSION to the existing ABIs in 6.x so that third party applications do not need to be recompiled in timespan of the branch. This first version will not have some of the bells and whistles that will come with later versions. It will, for example, be limited to 16 tables in the first commit. Implementation method, Compatible version. (part 1) ------------------------------- For this reason I have implemented a "sufficient subset" of a multiple routing table solution in Perforce, and back-ported it to 6.x. (also in Perforce though not always caught up with what I have done in -current/P4). The subset allows a number of FIBs to be defined at compile time (8 is sufficient for my purposes in 6.x) and implements the changes needed to allow IPV4 to use them. I have not done the changes for ipv6 simply because I do not need it, and I do not have enough knowledge of ipv6 (e.g. neighbor discovery) needed to do it. Other protocol families are left untouched and should there be users with proprietary protocol families, they should continue to work and be oblivious to the existence of the extra FIBs. To understand how this is done, one must know that the current FIB code starts everything off with a single dimensional array of pointers to FIB head structures (One per protocol family), each of which in turn points to the trie of routes available to that family. The basic change in the ABI compatible version of the change is to extent that array to be a 2 dimensional array, so that instead of protocol family X looking at rt_tables[X] for the table it needs, it looks at rt_tables[Y][X] when for all protocol families except ipv4 Y is always 0. Code that is unaware of the change always just sees the first row of the table, which of course looks just like the one dimensional array that existed before. The entry points rtrequest(), rtalloc(), rtalloc1(), rtalloc_ign() are all maintained, but refer only to the first row of the array, so that existing callers in proprietary protocols can continue to do the "right thing". Some new entry points are added, for the exclusive use of ipv4 code called in_rtrequest(), in_rtalloc(), in_rtalloc1() and in_rtalloc_ign(), which have an extra argument which refers the code to the correct row. In addition, there are some new entry points (currently called rtalloc_fib() and friends) that check the Address family being looked up and call either rtalloc() (and friends) if the protocol is not IPv4 forcing the action to row 0 or to the appropriate row if it IS IPv4 (and that info is available). These are for calling from code that is not specific to any particular protocol. The way these are implemented would change in the non ABI preserving code to be added later. One feature of the first version of the code is that for ipv4, the interface routes show up automatically on all the FIBs, so that no matter what FIB you select you always have the basic direct attached hosts available to you. (rtinit() does this automatically). You CAN delete an interface route from one FIB should you want to but by default it's there. ARP information is also available in each FIB. It's assumed that the same machine would have the same MAC address, regardless of which FIB you are using to get to it. This brings us as to how the correct FIB is selected for an outgoing IPV4 packet. Firstly, all packets have a FIB associated with them. if nothing has been done to change it, it will be FIB 0. The FIB is changed in the following ways. Packets fall into one of a number of classes. 1/ locally generated packets, coming from a socket/PCB. Such packets select a FIB from a number associated with the socket/PCB. This in turn is inherited from the process, but can be changed by a socket option. The process in turn inherits it on fork. I have written a utility call setfib that acts a bit like nice.. setfib -3 ping target.example.com # will use fib 3 for ping. It is an obvious extension to make it a property of a jail but I have not done so. It can be achieved by combining the setfib and jail commands. 2/ packets received on an interface for forwarding. By default these packets would use table 0, (or possibly a number settable in a sysctl(not yet)). but prior to routing the firewall can inspect them (see below). (possibly in the future you may be able to associate a FIB with packets received on an interface.. An ifconfig arg, but not yet.) 3/ packets inspected by a packet classifier, which can arbitrarily associate a fib with it on a packet by packet basis. A fib assigned to a packet by a packet classifier (such as ipfw) would over-ride a fib associated by a more default source. (such as cases 1 or 2). 4/ a tcp listen socket associated with a fib will generate accept sockets that are associated with that same fib. 5/ Packets generated in response to some other packet (e.g. reset or icmp packets). These should use the FIB associated with the packet being reponded to. 6/ Packets generated during encapsulation. gif, tun and other tunnel interfaces will encapsulate using the FIB that was in effect withthe proces that set up the tunnel. thus setfib 1 ifconfig gif0 [tunnel instructions] will set the fib for the tunnel to use to be fib 1. Routing messages would be associated with their process, and thus select one FIB or another. messages from the kernel would be associated with the fib they refer to and would only be received by a routing socket associated with that fib. (not yet implemented) In addition Netstat has been edited to be able to cope with the fact that the array is now 2 dimensional. (It looks in system memory using libkvm (!)). Old versions of netstat see only the first FIB. In addition two sysctls are added to give: a) the number of FIBs compiled in (active) b) the default FIB of the calling process. Early testing experience: ------------------------- Basically our (IronPort's) appliance does this functionality already using ipfw fwd but that method has some drawbacks. For example, It can't fully simulate a routing table because it can't influence the socket's choice of local address when a connect() is done. Testing during the generating of these changes has been remarkably smooth so far. Multiple tables have co-existed with no notable side effects, and packets have been routes accordingly. ipfw has grown 2 new keywords: setfib N ip from anay to any count ip from any to any fib N In pf there seems to be a requirement to be able to give symbolic names to the fibs but I do not have that capacity. I am not sure if it is required. SCTP has interestingly enough built in support for this, called VRFs in Cisco parlance. it will be interesting to see how that handles it when it suddenly actually does something. Where to next: -------------------- After committing the ABI compatible version and MFCing it, I'd like to proceed in a forward direction in -current. this will result in some roto-tilling in the routing code. Firstly: the current code's idea of having a separate tree per protocol family, all of the same format, and pointed to by the 1 dimensional array is a bit silly. Especially when one considers that there is code that makes assumptions about every protocol having the same internal structures there. Some protocols don't WANT that sort of structure. (for example the whole idea of a netmask is foreign to appletalk). This needs to be made opaque to the external code. My suggested first change is to add routing method pointers to the 'domain' structure, along with information pointing the data. instead of having an array of pointers to uniform structures, there would be an array pointing to the 'domain' structures for each protocol address domain (protocol family), and the methods this reached would be called. The methods would have an argument that gives FIB number, but the protocol would be free to ignore it. When the ABI can be changed it raises the possibilty of the addition of a fib entry into the "struct route". Currently, the structure contains the sockaddr of the desination, and the resulting fib entry. To make this work fully, one could add a fib number so that given an address and a fib, one can find the third element, the fib entry. Interaction with the ARP layer/ LL layer would need to be revisited as well. Qing Li has been working on this already. This work was sponsored by Ironport Systems/Cisco Reviewed by: several including rwatson, bz and mlair (parts each) Obtained from: Ironport systems/Cisco
2008-05-09 23:03:00 +00:00
*/
for ( fibnum = startfib; fibnum <= endfib; fibnum++) {
if (cmd == RTM_DELETE) {
struct radix_node *rn;
/*
* Look up an rtentry that is in the routing tree and
* contains the correct info.
*/
Convert the two dimensional array to be malloced and introduce an accessor function to get the correct rnh pointer back. Update netstat to get the correct pointer using kvm_read() as well. This not only fixes the ABI problem depending on the kernel option but also permits the tunable to overwrite the kernel option at boot time up to MAXFIBS, enlarging the number of FIBs without having to recompile. So people could just use GENERIC now. Reviewed by: julian, rwatson, zec X-MFC: not possible
2009-06-01 15:49:42 +00:00
rnh = rt_tables_get_rnh(fibnum, dst->sa_family);
if (rnh == NULL)
Add code to allow the system to handle multiple routing tables. This particular implementation is designed to be fully backwards compatible and to be MFC-able to 7.x (and 6.x) Currently the only protocol that can make use of the multiple tables is IPv4 Similar functionality exists in OpenBSD and Linux. From my notes: ----- One thing where FreeBSD has been falling behind, and which by chance I have some time to work on is "policy based routing", which allows different packet streams to be routed by more than just the destination address. Constraints: ------------ I want to make some form of this available in the 6.x tree (and by extension 7.x) , but FreeBSD in general needs it so I might as well do it in -current and back port the portions I need. One of the ways that this can be done is to have the ability to instantiate multiple kernel routing tables (which I will now refer to as "Forwarding Information Bases" or "FIBs" for political correctness reasons). Which FIB a particular packet uses to make the next hop decision can be decided by a number of mechanisms. The policies these mechanisms implement are the "Policies" referred to in "Policy based routing". One of the constraints I have if I try to back port this work to 6.x is that it must be implemented as a EXTENSION to the existing ABIs in 6.x so that third party applications do not need to be recompiled in timespan of the branch. This first version will not have some of the bells and whistles that will come with later versions. It will, for example, be limited to 16 tables in the first commit. Implementation method, Compatible version. (part 1) ------------------------------- For this reason I have implemented a "sufficient subset" of a multiple routing table solution in Perforce, and back-ported it to 6.x. (also in Perforce though not always caught up with what I have done in -current/P4). The subset allows a number of FIBs to be defined at compile time (8 is sufficient for my purposes in 6.x) and implements the changes needed to allow IPV4 to use them. I have not done the changes for ipv6 simply because I do not need it, and I do not have enough knowledge of ipv6 (e.g. neighbor discovery) needed to do it. Other protocol families are left untouched and should there be users with proprietary protocol families, they should continue to work and be oblivious to the existence of the extra FIBs. To understand how this is done, one must know that the current FIB code starts everything off with a single dimensional array of pointers to FIB head structures (One per protocol family), each of which in turn points to the trie of routes available to that family. The basic change in the ABI compatible version of the change is to extent that array to be a 2 dimensional array, so that instead of protocol family X looking at rt_tables[X] for the table it needs, it looks at rt_tables[Y][X] when for all protocol families except ipv4 Y is always 0. Code that is unaware of the change always just sees the first row of the table, which of course looks just like the one dimensional array that existed before. The entry points rtrequest(), rtalloc(), rtalloc1(), rtalloc_ign() are all maintained, but refer only to the first row of the array, so that existing callers in proprietary protocols can continue to do the "right thing". Some new entry points are added, for the exclusive use of ipv4 code called in_rtrequest(), in_rtalloc(), in_rtalloc1() and in_rtalloc_ign(), which have an extra argument which refers the code to the correct row. In addition, there are some new entry points (currently called rtalloc_fib() and friends) that check the Address family being looked up and call either rtalloc() (and friends) if the protocol is not IPv4 forcing the action to row 0 or to the appropriate row if it IS IPv4 (and that info is available). These are for calling from code that is not specific to any particular protocol. The way these are implemented would change in the non ABI preserving code to be added later. One feature of the first version of the code is that for ipv4, the interface routes show up automatically on all the FIBs, so that no matter what FIB you select you always have the basic direct attached hosts available to you. (rtinit() does this automatically). You CAN delete an interface route from one FIB should you want to but by default it's there. ARP information is also available in each FIB. It's assumed that the same machine would have the same MAC address, regardless of which FIB you are using to get to it. This brings us as to how the correct FIB is selected for an outgoing IPV4 packet. Firstly, all packets have a FIB associated with them. if nothing has been done to change it, it will be FIB 0. The FIB is changed in the following ways. Packets fall into one of a number of classes. 1/ locally generated packets, coming from a socket/PCB. Such packets select a FIB from a number associated with the socket/PCB. This in turn is inherited from the process, but can be changed by a socket option. The process in turn inherits it on fork. I have written a utility call setfib that acts a bit like nice.. setfib -3 ping target.example.com # will use fib 3 for ping. It is an obvious extension to make it a property of a jail but I have not done so. It can be achieved by combining the setfib and jail commands. 2/ packets received on an interface for forwarding. By default these packets would use table 0, (or possibly a number settable in a sysctl(not yet)). but prior to routing the firewall can inspect them (see below). (possibly in the future you may be able to associate a FIB with packets received on an interface.. An ifconfig arg, but not yet.) 3/ packets inspected by a packet classifier, which can arbitrarily associate a fib with it on a packet by packet basis. A fib assigned to a packet by a packet classifier (such as ipfw) would over-ride a fib associated by a more default source. (such as cases 1 or 2). 4/ a tcp listen socket associated with a fib will generate accept sockets that are associated with that same fib. 5/ Packets generated in response to some other packet (e.g. reset or icmp packets). These should use the FIB associated with the packet being reponded to. 6/ Packets generated during encapsulation. gif, tun and other tunnel interfaces will encapsulate using the FIB that was in effect withthe proces that set up the tunnel. thus setfib 1 ifconfig gif0 [tunnel instructions] will set the fib for the tunnel to use to be fib 1. Routing messages would be associated with their process, and thus select one FIB or another. messages from the kernel would be associated with the fib they refer to and would only be received by a routing socket associated with that fib. (not yet implemented) In addition Netstat has been edited to be able to cope with the fact that the array is now 2 dimensional. (It looks in system memory using libkvm (!)). Old versions of netstat see only the first FIB. In addition two sysctls are added to give: a) the number of FIBs compiled in (active) b) the default FIB of the calling process. Early testing experience: ------------------------- Basically our (IronPort's) appliance does this functionality already using ipfw fwd but that method has some drawbacks. For example, It can't fully simulate a routing table because it can't influence the socket's choice of local address when a connect() is done. Testing during the generating of these changes has been remarkably smooth so far. Multiple tables have co-existed with no notable side effects, and packets have been routes accordingly. ipfw has grown 2 new keywords: setfib N ip from anay to any count ip from any to any fib N In pf there seems to be a requirement to be able to give symbolic names to the fibs but I do not have that capacity. I am not sure if it is required. SCTP has interestingly enough built in support for this, called VRFs in Cisco parlance. it will be interesting to see how that handles it when it suddenly actually does something. Where to next: -------------------- After committing the ABI compatible version and MFCing it, I'd like to proceed in a forward direction in -current. this will result in some roto-tilling in the routing code. Firstly: the current code's idea of having a separate tree per protocol family, all of the same format, and pointed to by the 1 dimensional array is a bit silly. Especially when one considers that there is code that makes assumptions about every protocol having the same internal structures there. Some protocols don't WANT that sort of structure. (for example the whole idea of a netmask is foreign to appletalk). This needs to be made opaque to the external code. My suggested first change is to add routing method pointers to the 'domain' structure, along with information pointing the data. instead of having an array of pointers to uniform structures, there would be an array pointing to the 'domain' structures for each protocol address domain (protocol family), and the methods this reached would be called. The methods would have an argument that gives FIB number, but the protocol would be free to ignore it. When the ABI can be changed it raises the possibilty of the addition of a fib entry into the "struct route". Currently, the structure contains the sockaddr of the desination, and the resulting fib entry. To make this work fully, one could add a fib number so that given an address and a fib, one can find the third element, the fib entry. Interaction with the ARP layer/ LL layer would need to be revisited as well. Qing Li has been working on this already. This work was sponsored by Ironport Systems/Cisco Reviewed by: several including rwatson, bz and mlair (parts each) Obtained from: Ironport systems/Cisco
2008-05-09 23:03:00 +00:00
/* this table doesn't exist but others might */
continue;
Write lock is not required for find&compare operation. MFC after: 2 weeks
2013-03-05 13:38:45 +00:00
RADIX_NODE_HEAD_RLOCK(rnh);
Partially fix IPv4 interface routes deletion in RADIX_MPATH. Noticed by: Nikolay Denev <ndenev at gmail.com> MFC after: 1 month
2014-01-06 22:36:20 +00:00
rn = rnh->rnh_lookup(dst, netmask, rnh);
This patch provides the back end support for equal-cost multi-path (ECMP) for both IPv4 and IPv6. Previously, multipath route insertion is disallowed. For example, route add -net 192.103.54.0/24 10.9.44.1 route add -net 192.103.54.0/24 10.9.44.2 The second route insertion will trigger an error message of "add net 192.103.54.0/24: gateway 10.2.5.2: route already in table" Multiple default routes can also be inserted. Here is the netstat output: default 10.2.5.1 UGS 0 3074 bge0 => default 10.2.5.2 UGS 0 0 bge0 When multipath routes exist, the "route delete" command requires a specific gateway to be specified or else an error message would be displayed. For example, route delete default would fail and trigger the following error message: "route: writing to routing socket: No such process" "delete net default: not in table" On the other hand, route delete default 10.2.5.2 would be successful: "delete net default: gateway 10.2.5.2" One does not have to specify a gateway if there is only a single route for a particular destination. I need to perform more testings on address aliases and multiple interfaces that have the same IP prefixes. This patch as it stands today is not yet ready for prime time. Therefore, the ECMP code fragments are fully guarded by the RADIX_MPATH macro. Include the "options RADIX_MPATH" in the kernel configuration to enable this feature. Reviewed by: robert, sam, gnn, julian, kmacy
2008-04-13 05:45:14 +00:00
#ifdef RADIX_MPATH
Add code to allow the system to handle multiple routing tables. This particular implementation is designed to be fully backwards compatible and to be MFC-able to 7.x (and 6.x) Currently the only protocol that can make use of the multiple tables is IPv4 Similar functionality exists in OpenBSD and Linux. From my notes: ----- One thing where FreeBSD has been falling behind, and which by chance I have some time to work on is "policy based routing", which allows different packet streams to be routed by more than just the destination address. Constraints: ------------ I want to make some form of this available in the 6.x tree (and by extension 7.x) , but FreeBSD in general needs it so I might as well do it in -current and back port the portions I need. One of the ways that this can be done is to have the ability to instantiate multiple kernel routing tables (which I will now refer to as "Forwarding Information Bases" or "FIBs" for political correctness reasons). Which FIB a particular packet uses to make the next hop decision can be decided by a number of mechanisms. The policies these mechanisms implement are the "Policies" referred to in "Policy based routing". One of the constraints I have if I try to back port this work to 6.x is that it must be implemented as a EXTENSION to the existing ABIs in 6.x so that third party applications do not need to be recompiled in timespan of the branch. This first version will not have some of the bells and whistles that will come with later versions. It will, for example, be limited to 16 tables in the first commit. Implementation method, Compatible version. (part 1) ------------------------------- For this reason I have implemented a "sufficient subset" of a multiple routing table solution in Perforce, and back-ported it to 6.x. (also in Perforce though not always caught up with what I have done in -current/P4). The subset allows a number of FIBs to be defined at compile time (8 is sufficient for my purposes in 6.x) and implements the changes needed to allow IPV4 to use them. I have not done the changes for ipv6 simply because I do not need it, and I do not have enough knowledge of ipv6 (e.g. neighbor discovery) needed to do it. Other protocol families are left untouched and should there be users with proprietary protocol families, they should continue to work and be oblivious to the existence of the extra FIBs. To understand how this is done, one must know that the current FIB code starts everything off with a single dimensional array of pointers to FIB head structures (One per protocol family), each of which in turn points to the trie of routes available to that family. The basic change in the ABI compatible version of the change is to extent that array to be a 2 dimensional array, so that instead of protocol family X looking at rt_tables[X] for the table it needs, it looks at rt_tables[Y][X] when for all protocol families except ipv4 Y is always 0. Code that is unaware of the change always just sees the first row of the table, which of course looks just like the one dimensional array that existed before. The entry points rtrequest(), rtalloc(), rtalloc1(), rtalloc_ign() are all maintained, but refer only to the first row of the array, so that existing callers in proprietary protocols can continue to do the "right thing". Some new entry points are added, for the exclusive use of ipv4 code called in_rtrequest(), in_rtalloc(), in_rtalloc1() and in_rtalloc_ign(), which have an extra argument which refers the code to the correct row. In addition, there are some new entry points (currently called rtalloc_fib() and friends) that check the Address family being looked up and call either rtalloc() (and friends) if the protocol is not IPv4 forcing the action to row 0 or to the appropriate row if it IS IPv4 (and that info is available). These are for calling from code that is not specific to any particular protocol. The way these are implemented would change in the non ABI preserving code to be added later. One feature of the first version of the code is that for ipv4, the interface routes show up automatically on all the FIBs, so that no matter what FIB you select you always have the basic direct attached hosts available to you. (rtinit() does this automatically). You CAN delete an interface route from one FIB should you want to but by default it's there. ARP information is also available in each FIB. It's assumed that the same machine would have the same MAC address, regardless of which FIB you are using to get to it. This brings us as to how the correct FIB is selected for an outgoing IPV4 packet. Firstly, all packets have a FIB associated with them. if nothing has been done to change it, it will be FIB 0. The FIB is changed in the following ways. Packets fall into one of a number of classes. 1/ locally generated packets, coming from a socket/PCB. Such packets select a FIB from a number associated with the socket/PCB. This in turn is inherited from the process, but can be changed by a socket option. The process in turn inherits it on fork. I have written a utility call setfib that acts a bit like nice.. setfib -3 ping target.example.com # will use fib 3 for ping. It is an obvious extension to make it a property of a jail but I have not done so. It can be achieved by combining the setfib and jail commands. 2/ packets received on an interface for forwarding. By default these packets would use table 0, (or possibly a number settable in a sysctl(not yet)). but prior to routing the firewall can inspect them (see below). (possibly in the future you may be able to associate a FIB with packets received on an interface.. An ifconfig arg, but not yet.) 3/ packets inspected by a packet classifier, which can arbitrarily associate a fib with it on a packet by packet basis. A fib assigned to a packet by a packet classifier (such as ipfw) would over-ride a fib associated by a more default source. (such as cases 1 or 2). 4/ a tcp listen socket associated with a fib will generate accept sockets that are associated with that same fib. 5/ Packets generated in response to some other packet (e.g. reset or icmp packets). These should use the FIB associated with the packet being reponded to. 6/ Packets generated during encapsulation. gif, tun and other tunnel interfaces will encapsulate using the FIB that was in effect withthe proces that set up the tunnel. thus setfib 1 ifconfig gif0 [tunnel instructions] will set the fib for the tunnel to use to be fib 1. Routing messages would be associated with their process, and thus select one FIB or another. messages from the kernel would be associated with the fib they refer to and would only be received by a routing socket associated with that fib. (not yet implemented) In addition Netstat has been edited to be able to cope with the fact that the array is now 2 dimensional. (It looks in system memory using libkvm (!)). Old versions of netstat see only the first FIB. In addition two sysctls are added to give: a) the number of FIBs compiled in (active) b) the default FIB of the calling process. Early testing experience: ------------------------- Basically our (IronPort's) appliance does this functionality already using ipfw fwd but that method has some drawbacks. For example, It can't fully simulate a routing table because it can't influence the socket's choice of local address when a connect() is done. Testing during the generating of these changes has been remarkably smooth so far. Multiple tables have co-existed with no notable side effects, and packets have been routes accordingly. ipfw has grown 2 new keywords: setfib N ip from anay to any count ip from any to any fib N In pf there seems to be a requirement to be able to give symbolic names to the fibs but I do not have that capacity. I am not sure if it is required. SCTP has interestingly enough built in support for this, called VRFs in Cisco parlance. it will be interesting to see how that handles it when it suddenly actually does something. Where to next: -------------------- After committing the ABI compatible version and MFCing it, I'd like to proceed in a forward direction in -current. this will result in some roto-tilling in the routing code. Firstly: the current code's idea of having a separate tree per protocol family, all of the same format, and pointed to by the 1 dimensional array is a bit silly. Especially when one considers that there is code that makes assumptions about every protocol having the same internal structures there. Some protocols don't WANT that sort of structure. (for example the whole idea of a netmask is foreign to appletalk). This needs to be made opaque to the external code. My suggested first change is to add routing method pointers to the 'domain' structure, along with information pointing the data. instead of having an array of pointers to uniform structures, there would be an array pointing to the 'domain' structures for each protocol address domain (protocol family), and the methods this reached would be called. The methods would have an argument that gives FIB number, but the protocol would be free to ignore it. When the ABI can be changed it raises the possibilty of the addition of a fib entry into the "struct route". Currently, the structure contains the sockaddr of the desination, and the resulting fib entry. To make this work fully, one could add a fib number so that given an address and a fib, one can find the third element, the fib entry. Interaction with the ARP layer/ LL layer would need to be revisited as well. Qing Li has been working on this already. This work was sponsored by Ironport Systems/Cisco Reviewed by: several including rwatson, bz and mlair (parts each) Obtained from: Ironport systems/Cisco
2008-05-09 23:03:00 +00:00
if (rn_mpath_capable(rnh)) {
This patch provides the back end support for equal-cost multi-path (ECMP) for both IPv4 and IPv6. Previously, multipath route insertion is disallowed. For example, route add -net 192.103.54.0/24 10.9.44.1 route add -net 192.103.54.0/24 10.9.44.2 The second route insertion will trigger an error message of "add net 192.103.54.0/24: gateway 10.2.5.2: route already in table" Multiple default routes can also be inserted. Here is the netstat output: default 10.2.5.1 UGS 0 3074 bge0 => default 10.2.5.2 UGS 0 0 bge0 When multipath routes exist, the "route delete" command requires a specific gateway to be specified or else an error message would be displayed. For example, route delete default would fail and trigger the following error message: "route: writing to routing socket: No such process" "delete net default: not in table" On the other hand, route delete default 10.2.5.2 would be successful: "delete net default: gateway 10.2.5.2" One does not have to specify a gateway if there is only a single route for a particular destination. I need to perform more testings on address aliases and multiple interfaces that have the same IP prefixes. This patch as it stands today is not yet ready for prime time. Therefore, the ECMP code fragments are fully guarded by the RADIX_MPATH macro. Include the "options RADIX_MPATH" in the kernel configuration to enable this feature. Reviewed by: robert, sam, gnn, julian, kmacy
2008-04-13 05:45:14 +00:00
Add code to allow the system to handle multiple routing tables. This particular implementation is designed to be fully backwards compatible and to be MFC-able to 7.x (and 6.x) Currently the only protocol that can make use of the multiple tables is IPv4 Similar functionality exists in OpenBSD and Linux. From my notes: ----- One thing where FreeBSD has been falling behind, and which by chance I have some time to work on is "policy based routing", which allows different packet streams to be routed by more than just the destination address. Constraints: ------------ I want to make some form of this available in the 6.x tree (and by extension 7.x) , but FreeBSD in general needs it so I might as well do it in -current and back port the portions I need. One of the ways that this can be done is to have the ability to instantiate multiple kernel routing tables (which I will now refer to as "Forwarding Information Bases" or "FIBs" for political correctness reasons). Which FIB a particular packet uses to make the next hop decision can be decided by a number of mechanisms. The policies these mechanisms implement are the "Policies" referred to in "Policy based routing". One of the constraints I have if I try to back port this work to 6.x is that it must be implemented as a EXTENSION to the existing ABIs in 6.x so that third party applications do not need to be recompiled in timespan of the branch. This first version will not have some of the bells and whistles that will come with later versions. It will, for example, be limited to 16 tables in the first commit. Implementation method, Compatible version. (part 1) ------------------------------- For this reason I have implemented a "sufficient subset" of a multiple routing table solution in Perforce, and back-ported it to 6.x. (also in Perforce though not always caught up with what I have done in -current/P4). The subset allows a number of FIBs to be defined at compile time (8 is sufficient for my purposes in 6.x) and implements the changes needed to allow IPV4 to use them. I have not done the changes for ipv6 simply because I do not need it, and I do not have enough knowledge of ipv6 (e.g. neighbor discovery) needed to do it. Other protocol families are left untouched and should there be users with proprietary protocol families, they should continue to work and be oblivious to the existence of the extra FIBs. To understand how this is done, one must know that the current FIB code starts everything off with a single dimensional array of pointers to FIB head structures (One per protocol family), each of which in turn points to the trie of routes available to that family. The basic change in the ABI compatible version of the change is to extent that array to be a 2 dimensional array, so that instead of protocol family X looking at rt_tables[X] for the table it needs, it looks at rt_tables[Y][X] when for all protocol families except ipv4 Y is always 0. Code that is unaware of the change always just sees the first row of the table, which of course looks just like the one dimensional array that existed before. The entry points rtrequest(), rtalloc(), rtalloc1(), rtalloc_ign() are all maintained, but refer only to the first row of the array, so that existing callers in proprietary protocols can continue to do the "right thing". Some new entry points are added, for the exclusive use of ipv4 code called in_rtrequest(), in_rtalloc(), in_rtalloc1() and in_rtalloc_ign(), which have an extra argument which refers the code to the correct row. In addition, there are some new entry points (currently called rtalloc_fib() and friends) that check the Address family being looked up and call either rtalloc() (and friends) if the protocol is not IPv4 forcing the action to row 0 or to the appropriate row if it IS IPv4 (and that info is available). These are for calling from code that is not specific to any particular protocol. The way these are implemented would change in the non ABI preserving code to be added later. One feature of the first version of the code is that for ipv4, the interface routes show up automatically on all the FIBs, so that no matter what FIB you select you always have the basic direct attached hosts available to you. (rtinit() does this automatically). You CAN delete an interface route from one FIB should you want to but by default it's there. ARP information is also available in each FIB. It's assumed that the same machine would have the same MAC address, regardless of which FIB you are using to get to it. This brings us as to how the correct FIB is selected for an outgoing IPV4 packet. Firstly, all packets have a FIB associated with them. if nothing has been done to change it, it will be FIB 0. The FIB is changed in the following ways. Packets fall into one of a number of classes. 1/ locally generated packets, coming from a socket/PCB. Such packets select a FIB from a number associated with the socket/PCB. This in turn is inherited from the process, but can be changed by a socket option. The process in turn inherits it on fork. I have written a utility call setfib that acts a bit like nice.. setfib -3 ping target.example.com # will use fib 3 for ping. It is an obvious extension to make it a property of a jail but I have not done so. It can be achieved by combining the setfib and jail commands. 2/ packets received on an interface for forwarding. By default these packets would use table 0, (or possibly a number settable in a sysctl(not yet)). but prior to routing the firewall can inspect them (see below). (possibly in the future you may be able to associate a FIB with packets received on an interface.. An ifconfig arg, but not yet.) 3/ packets inspected by a packet classifier, which can arbitrarily associate a fib with it on a packet by packet basis. A fib assigned to a packet by a packet classifier (such as ipfw) would over-ride a fib associated by a more default source. (such as cases 1 or 2). 4/ a tcp listen socket associated with a fib will generate accept sockets that are associated with that same fib. 5/ Packets generated in response to some other packet (e.g. reset or icmp packets). These should use the FIB associated with the packet being reponded to. 6/ Packets generated during encapsulation. gif, tun and other tunnel interfaces will encapsulate using the FIB that was in effect withthe proces that set up the tunnel. thus setfib 1 ifconfig gif0 [tunnel instructions] will set the fib for the tunnel to use to be fib 1. Routing messages would be associated with their process, and thus select one FIB or another. messages from the kernel would be associated with the fib they refer to and would only be received by a routing socket associated with that fib. (not yet implemented) In addition Netstat has been edited to be able to cope with the fact that the array is now 2 dimensional. (It looks in system memory using libkvm (!)). Old versions of netstat see only the first FIB. In addition two sysctls are added to give: a) the number of FIBs compiled in (active) b) the default FIB of the calling process. Early testing experience: ------------------------- Basically our (IronPort's) appliance does this functionality already using ipfw fwd but that method has some drawbacks. For example, It can't fully simulate a routing table because it can't influence the socket's choice of local address when a connect() is done. Testing during the generating of these changes has been remarkably smooth so far. Multiple tables have co-existed with no notable side effects, and packets have been routes accordingly. ipfw has grown 2 new keywords: setfib N ip from anay to any count ip from any to any fib N In pf there seems to be a requirement to be able to give symbolic names to the fibs but I do not have that capacity. I am not sure if it is required. SCTP has interestingly enough built in support for this, called VRFs in Cisco parlance. it will be interesting to see how that handles it when it suddenly actually does something. Where to next: -------------------- After committing the ABI compatible version and MFCing it, I'd like to proceed in a forward direction in -current. this will result in some roto-tilling in the routing code. Firstly: the current code's idea of having a separate tree per protocol family, all of the same format, and pointed to by the 1 dimensional array is a bit silly. Especially when one considers that there is code that makes assumptions about every protocol having the same internal structures there. Some protocols don't WANT that sort of structure. (for example the whole idea of a netmask is foreign to appletalk). This needs to be made opaque to the external code. My suggested first change is to add routing method pointers to the 'domain' structure, along with information pointing the data. instead of having an array of pointers to uniform structures, there would be an array pointing to the 'domain' structures for each protocol address domain (protocol family), and the methods this reached would be called. The methods would have an argument that gives FIB number, but the protocol would be free to ignore it. When the ABI can be changed it raises the possibilty of the addition of a fib entry into the "struct route". Currently, the structure contains the sockaddr of the desination, and the resulting fib entry. To make this work fully, one could add a fib number so that given an address and a fib, one can find the third element, the fib entry. Interaction with the ARP layer/ LL layer would need to be revisited as well. Qing Li has been working on this already. This work was sponsored by Ironport Systems/Cisco Reviewed by: several including rwatson, bz and mlair (parts each) Obtained from: Ironport systems/Cisco
2008-05-09 23:03:00 +00:00
if (rn == NULL)
This patch provides the back end support for equal-cost multi-path (ECMP) for both IPv4 and IPv6. Previously, multipath route insertion is disallowed. For example, route add -net 192.103.54.0/24 10.9.44.1 route add -net 192.103.54.0/24 10.9.44.2 The second route insertion will trigger an error message of "add net 192.103.54.0/24: gateway 10.2.5.2: route already in table" Multiple default routes can also be inserted. Here is the netstat output: default 10.2.5.1 UGS 0 3074 bge0 => default 10.2.5.2 UGS 0 0 bge0 When multipath routes exist, the "route delete" command requires a specific gateway to be specified or else an error message would be displayed. For example, route delete default would fail and trigger the following error message: "route: writing to routing socket: No such process" "delete net default: not in table" On the other hand, route delete default 10.2.5.2 would be successful: "delete net default: gateway 10.2.5.2" One does not have to specify a gateway if there is only a single route for a particular destination. I need to perform more testings on address aliases and multiple interfaces that have the same IP prefixes. This patch as it stands today is not yet ready for prime time. Therefore, the ECMP code fragments are fully guarded by the RADIX_MPATH macro. Include the "options RADIX_MPATH" in the kernel configuration to enable this feature. Reviewed by: robert, sam, gnn, julian, kmacy
2008-04-13 05:45:14 +00:00
error = ESRCH;
Add code to allow the system to handle multiple routing tables. This particular implementation is designed to be fully backwards compatible and to be MFC-able to 7.x (and 6.x) Currently the only protocol that can make use of the multiple tables is IPv4 Similar functionality exists in OpenBSD and Linux. From my notes: ----- One thing where FreeBSD has been falling behind, and which by chance I have some time to work on is "policy based routing", which allows different packet streams to be routed by more than just the destination address. Constraints: ------------ I want to make some form of this available in the 6.x tree (and by extension 7.x) , but FreeBSD in general needs it so I might as well do it in -current and back port the portions I need. One of the ways that this can be done is to have the ability to instantiate multiple kernel routing tables (which I will now refer to as "Forwarding Information Bases" or "FIBs" for political correctness reasons). Which FIB a particular packet uses to make the next hop decision can be decided by a number of mechanisms. The policies these mechanisms implement are the "Policies" referred to in "Policy based routing". One of the constraints I have if I try to back port this work to 6.x is that it must be implemented as a EXTENSION to the existing ABIs in 6.x so that third party applications do not need to be recompiled in timespan of the branch. This first version will not have some of the bells and whistles that will come with later versions. It will, for example, be limited to 16 tables in the first commit. Implementation method, Compatible version. (part 1) ------------------------------- For this reason I have implemented a "sufficient subset" of a multiple routing table solution in Perforce, and back-ported it to 6.x. (also in Perforce though not always caught up with what I have done in -current/P4). The subset allows a number of FIBs to be defined at compile time (8 is sufficient for my purposes in 6.x) and implements the changes needed to allow IPV4 to use them. I have not done the changes for ipv6 simply because I do not need it, and I do not have enough knowledge of ipv6 (e.g. neighbor discovery) needed to do it. Other protocol families are left untouched and should there be users with proprietary protocol families, they should continue to work and be oblivious to the existence of the extra FIBs. To understand how this is done, one must know that the current FIB code starts everything off with a single dimensional array of pointers to FIB head structures (One per protocol family), each of which in turn points to the trie of routes available to that family. The basic change in the ABI compatible version of the change is to extent that array to be a 2 dimensional array, so that instead of protocol family X looking at rt_tables[X] for the table it needs, it looks at rt_tables[Y][X] when for all protocol families except ipv4 Y is always 0. Code that is unaware of the change always just sees the first row of the table, which of course looks just like the one dimensional array that existed before. The entry points rtrequest(), rtalloc(), rtalloc1(), rtalloc_ign() are all maintained, but refer only to the first row of the array, so that existing callers in proprietary protocols can continue to do the "right thing". Some new entry points are added, for the exclusive use of ipv4 code called in_rtrequest(), in_rtalloc(), in_rtalloc1() and in_rtalloc_ign(), which have an extra argument which refers the code to the correct row. In addition, there are some new entry points (currently called rtalloc_fib() and friends) that check the Address family being looked up and call either rtalloc() (and friends) if the protocol is not IPv4 forcing the action to row 0 or to the appropriate row if it IS IPv4 (and that info is available). These are for calling from code that is not specific to any particular protocol. The way these are implemented would change in the non ABI preserving code to be added later. One feature of the first version of the code is that for ipv4, the interface routes show up automatically on all the FIBs, so that no matter what FIB you select you always have the basic direct attached hosts available to you. (rtinit() does this automatically). You CAN delete an interface route from one FIB should you want to but by default it's there. ARP information is also available in each FIB. It's assumed that the same machine would have the same MAC address, regardless of which FIB you are using to get to it. This brings us as to how the correct FIB is selected for an outgoing IPV4 packet. Firstly, all packets have a FIB associated with them. if nothing has been done to change it, it will be FIB 0. The FIB is changed in the following ways. Packets fall into one of a number of classes. 1/ locally generated packets, coming from a socket/PCB. Such packets select a FIB from a number associated with the socket/PCB. This in turn is inherited from the process, but can be changed by a socket option. The process in turn inherits it on fork. I have written a utility call setfib that acts a bit like nice.. setfib -3 ping target.example.com # will use fib 3 for ping. It is an obvious extension to make it a property of a jail but I have not done so. It can be achieved by combining the setfib and jail commands. 2/ packets received on an interface for forwarding. By default these packets would use table 0, (or possibly a number settable in a sysctl(not yet)). but prior to routing the firewall can inspect them (see below). (possibly in the future you may be able to associate a FIB with packets received on an interface.. An ifconfig arg, but not yet.) 3/ packets inspected by a packet classifier, which can arbitrarily associate a fib with it on a packet by packet basis. A fib assigned to a packet by a packet classifier (such as ipfw) would over-ride a fib associated by a more default source. (such as cases 1 or 2). 4/ a tcp listen socket associated with a fib will generate accept sockets that are associated with that same fib. 5/ Packets generated in response to some other packet (e.g. reset or icmp packets). These should use the FIB associated with the packet being reponded to. 6/ Packets generated during encapsulation. gif, tun and other tunnel interfaces will encapsulate using the FIB that was in effect withthe proces that set up the tunnel. thus setfib 1 ifconfig gif0 [tunnel instructions] will set the fib for the tunnel to use to be fib 1. Routing messages would be associated with their process, and thus select one FIB or another. messages from the kernel would be associated with the fib they refer to and would only be received by a routing socket associated with that fib. (not yet implemented) In addition Netstat has been edited to be able to cope with the fact that the array is now 2 dimensional. (It looks in system memory using libkvm (!)). Old versions of netstat see only the first FIB. In addition two sysctls are added to give: a) the number of FIBs compiled in (active) b) the default FIB of the calling process. Early testing experience: ------------------------- Basically our (IronPort's) appliance does this functionality already using ipfw fwd but that method has some drawbacks. For example, It can't fully simulate a routing table because it can't influence the socket's choice of local address when a connect() is done. Testing during the generating of these changes has been remarkably smooth so far. Multiple tables have co-existed with no notable side effects, and packets have been routes accordingly. ipfw has grown 2 new keywords: setfib N ip from anay to any count ip from any to any fib N In pf there seems to be a requirement to be able to give symbolic names to the fibs but I do not have that capacity. I am not sure if it is required. SCTP has interestingly enough built in support for this, called VRFs in Cisco parlance. it will be interesting to see how that handles it when it suddenly actually does something. Where to next: -------------------- After committing the ABI compatible version and MFCing it, I'd like to proceed in a forward direction in -current. this will result in some roto-tilling in the routing code. Firstly: the current code's idea of having a separate tree per protocol family, all of the same format, and pointed to by the 1 dimensional array is a bit silly. Especially when one considers that there is code that makes assumptions about every protocol having the same internal structures there. Some protocols don't WANT that sort of structure. (for example the whole idea of a netmask is foreign to appletalk). This needs to be made opaque to the external code. My suggested first change is to add routing method pointers to the 'domain' structure, along with information pointing the data. instead of having an array of pointers to uniform structures, there would be an array pointing to the 'domain' structures for each protocol address domain (protocol family), and the methods this reached would be called. The methods would have an argument that gives FIB number, but the protocol would be free to ignore it. When the ABI can be changed it raises the possibilty of the addition of a fib entry into the "struct route". Currently, the structure contains the sockaddr of the desination, and the resulting fib entry. To make this work fully, one could add a fib number so that given an address and a fib, one can find the third element, the fib entry. Interaction with the ARP layer/ LL layer would need to be revisited as well. Qing Li has been working on this already. This work was sponsored by Ironport Systems/Cisco Reviewed by: several including rwatson, bz and mlair (parts each) Obtained from: Ironport systems/Cisco
2008-05-09 23:03:00 +00:00
else {
rt = RNTORT(rn);
/*
* for interface route the
* rt->rt_gateway is sockaddr_intf
* for cloning ARP entries, so
* rt_mpath_matchgate must use the
* interface address
*/
rt = rt_mpath_matchgate(rt,
ifa->ifa_addr);
Partially fix IPv4 interface routes deletion in RADIX_MPATH. Noticed by: Nikolay Denev <ndenev at gmail.com> MFC after: 1 month
2014-01-06 22:36:20 +00:00
if (rt == NULL)
Add code to allow the system to handle multiple routing tables. This particular implementation is designed to be fully backwards compatible and to be MFC-able to 7.x (and 6.x) Currently the only protocol that can make use of the multiple tables is IPv4 Similar functionality exists in OpenBSD and Linux. From my notes: ----- One thing where FreeBSD has been falling behind, and which by chance I have some time to work on is "policy based routing", which allows different packet streams to be routed by more than just the destination address. Constraints: ------------ I want to make some form of this available in the 6.x tree (and by extension 7.x) , but FreeBSD in general needs it so I might as well do it in -current and back port the portions I need. One of the ways that this can be done is to have the ability to instantiate multiple kernel routing tables (which I will now refer to as "Forwarding Information Bases" or "FIBs" for political correctness reasons). Which FIB a particular packet uses to make the next hop decision can be decided by a number of mechanisms. The policies these mechanisms implement are the "Policies" referred to in "Policy based routing". One of the constraints I have if I try to back port this work to 6.x is that it must be implemented as a EXTENSION to the existing ABIs in 6.x so that third party applications do not need to be recompiled in timespan of the branch. This first version will not have some of the bells and whistles that will come with later versions. It will, for example, be limited to 16 tables in the first commit. Implementation method, Compatible version. (part 1) ------------------------------- For this reason I have implemented a "sufficient subset" of a multiple routing table solution in Perforce, and back-ported it to 6.x. (also in Perforce though not always caught up with what I have done in -current/P4). The subset allows a number of FIBs to be defined at compile time (8 is sufficient for my purposes in 6.x) and implements the changes needed to allow IPV4 to use them. I have not done the changes for ipv6 simply because I do not need it, and I do not have enough knowledge of ipv6 (e.g. neighbor discovery) needed to do it. Other protocol families are left untouched and should there be users with proprietary protocol families, they should continue to work and be oblivious to the existence of the extra FIBs. To understand how this is done, one must know that the current FIB code starts everything off with a single dimensional array of pointers to FIB head structures (One per protocol family), each of which in turn points to the trie of routes available to that family. The basic change in the ABI compatible version of the change is to extent that array to be a 2 dimensional array, so that instead of protocol family X looking at rt_tables[X] for the table it needs, it looks at rt_tables[Y][X] when for all protocol families except ipv4 Y is always 0. Code that is unaware of the change always just sees the first row of the table, which of course looks just like the one dimensional array that existed before. The entry points rtrequest(), rtalloc(), rtalloc1(), rtalloc_ign() are all maintained, but refer only to the first row of the array, so that existing callers in proprietary protocols can continue to do the "right thing". Some new entry points are added, for the exclusive use of ipv4 code called in_rtrequest(), in_rtalloc(), in_rtalloc1() and in_rtalloc_ign(), which have an extra argument which refers the code to the correct row. In addition, there are some new entry points (currently called rtalloc_fib() and friends) that check the Address family being looked up and call either rtalloc() (and friends) if the protocol is not IPv4 forcing the action to row 0 or to the appropriate row if it IS IPv4 (and that info is available). These are for calling from code that is not specific to any particular protocol. The way these are implemented would change in the non ABI preserving code to be added later. One feature of the first version of the code is that for ipv4, the interface routes show up automatically on all the FIBs, so that no matter what FIB you select you always have the basic direct attached hosts available to you. (rtinit() does this automatically). You CAN delete an interface route from one FIB should you want to but by default it's there. ARP information is also available in each FIB. It's assumed that the same machine would have the same MAC address, regardless of which FIB you are using to get to it. This brings us as to how the correct FIB is selected for an outgoing IPV4 packet. Firstly, all packets have a FIB associated with them. if nothing has been done to change it, it will be FIB 0. The FIB is changed in the following ways. Packets fall into one of a number of classes. 1/ locally generated packets, coming from a socket/PCB. Such packets select a FIB from a number associated with the socket/PCB. This in turn is inherited from the process, but can be changed by a socket option. The process in turn inherits it on fork. I have written a utility call setfib that acts a bit like nice.. setfib -3 ping target.example.com # will use fib 3 for ping. It is an obvious extension to make it a property of a jail but I have not done so. It can be achieved by combining the setfib and jail commands. 2/ packets received on an interface for forwarding. By default these packets would use table 0, (or possibly a number settable in a sysctl(not yet)). but prior to routing the firewall can inspect them (see below). (possibly in the future you may be able to associate a FIB with packets received on an interface.. An ifconfig arg, but not yet.) 3/ packets inspected by a packet classifier, which can arbitrarily associate a fib with it on a packet by packet basis. A fib assigned to a packet by a packet classifier (such as ipfw) would over-ride a fib associated by a more default source. (such as cases 1 or 2). 4/ a tcp listen socket associated with a fib will generate accept sockets that are associated with that same fib. 5/ Packets generated in response to some other packet (e.g. reset or icmp packets). These should use the FIB associated with the packet being reponded to. 6/ Packets generated during encapsulation. gif, tun and other tunnel interfaces will encapsulate using the FIB that was in effect withthe proces that set up the tunnel. thus setfib 1 ifconfig gif0 [tunnel instructions] will set the fib for the tunnel to use to be fib 1. Routing messages would be associated with their process, and thus select one FIB or another. messages from the kernel would be associated with the fib they refer to and would only be received by a routing socket associated with that fib. (not yet implemented) In addition Netstat has been edited to be able to cope with the fact that the array is now 2 dimensional. (It looks in system memory using libkvm (!)). Old versions of netstat see only the first FIB. In addition two sysctls are added to give: a) the number of FIBs compiled in (active) b) the default FIB of the calling process. Early testing experience: ------------------------- Basically our (IronPort's) appliance does this functionality already using ipfw fwd but that method has some drawbacks. For example, It can't fully simulate a routing table because it can't influence the socket's choice of local address when a connect() is done. Testing during the generating of these changes has been remarkably smooth so far. Multiple tables have co-existed with no notable side effects, and packets have been routes accordingly. ipfw has grown 2 new keywords: setfib N ip from anay to any count ip from any to any fib N In pf there seems to be a requirement to be able to give symbolic names to the fibs but I do not have that capacity. I am not sure if it is required. SCTP has interestingly enough built in support for this, called VRFs in Cisco parlance. it will be interesting to see how that handles it when it suddenly actually does something. Where to next: -------------------- After committing the ABI compatible version and MFCing it, I'd like to proceed in a forward direction in -current. this will result in some roto-tilling in the routing code. Firstly: the current code's idea of having a separate tree per protocol family, all of the same format, and pointed to by the 1 dimensional array is a bit silly. Especially when one considers that there is code that makes assumptions about every protocol having the same internal structures there. Some protocols don't WANT that sort of structure. (for example the whole idea of a netmask is foreign to appletalk). This needs to be made opaque to the external code. My suggested first change is to add routing method pointers to the 'domain' structure, along with information pointing the data. instead of having an array of pointers to uniform structures, there would be an array pointing to the 'domain' structures for each protocol address domain (protocol family), and the methods this reached would be called. The methods would have an argument that gives FIB number, but the protocol would be free to ignore it. When the ABI can be changed it raises the possibilty of the addition of a fib entry into the "struct route". Currently, the structure contains the sockaddr of the desination, and the resulting fib entry. To make this work fully, one could add a fib number so that given an address and a fib, one can find the third element, the fib entry. Interaction with the ARP layer/ LL layer would need to be revisited as well. Qing Li has been working on this already. This work was sponsored by Ironport Systems/Cisco Reviewed by: several including rwatson, bz and mlair (parts each) Obtained from: Ironport systems/Cisco
2008-05-09 23:03:00 +00:00
error = ESRCH;
}
This patch provides the back end support for equal-cost multi-path (ECMP) for both IPv4 and IPv6. Previously, multipath route insertion is disallowed. For example, route add -net 192.103.54.0/24 10.9.44.1 route add -net 192.103.54.0/24 10.9.44.2 The second route insertion will trigger an error message of "add net 192.103.54.0/24: gateway 10.2.5.2: route already in table" Multiple default routes can also be inserted. Here is the netstat output: default 10.2.5.1 UGS 0 3074 bge0 => default 10.2.5.2 UGS 0 0 bge0 When multipath routes exist, the "route delete" command requires a specific gateway to be specified or else an error message would be displayed. For example, route delete default would fail and trigger the following error message: "route: writing to routing socket: No such process" "delete net default: not in table" On the other hand, route delete default 10.2.5.2 would be successful: "delete net default: gateway 10.2.5.2" One does not have to specify a gateway if there is only a single route for a particular destination. I need to perform more testings on address aliases and multiple interfaces that have the same IP prefixes. This patch as it stands today is not yet ready for prime time. Therefore, the ECMP code fragments are fully guarded by the RADIX_MPATH macro. Include the "options RADIX_MPATH" in the kernel configuration to enable this feature. Reviewed by: robert, sam, gnn, julian, kmacy
2008-04-13 05:45:14 +00:00
}
#endif
Add code to allow the system to handle multiple routing tables. This particular implementation is designed to be fully backwards compatible and to be MFC-able to 7.x (and 6.x) Currently the only protocol that can make use of the multiple tables is IPv4 Similar functionality exists in OpenBSD and Linux. From my notes: ----- One thing where FreeBSD has been falling behind, and which by chance I have some time to work on is "policy based routing", which allows different packet streams to be routed by more than just the destination address. Constraints: ------------ I want to make some form of this available in the 6.x tree (and by extension 7.x) , but FreeBSD in general needs it so I might as well do it in -current and back port the portions I need. One of the ways that this can be done is to have the ability to instantiate multiple kernel routing tables (which I will now refer to as "Forwarding Information Bases" or "FIBs" for political correctness reasons). Which FIB a particular packet uses to make the next hop decision can be decided by a number of mechanisms. The policies these mechanisms implement are the "Policies" referred to in "Policy based routing". One of the constraints I have if I try to back port this work to 6.x is that it must be implemented as a EXTENSION to the existing ABIs in 6.x so that third party applications do not need to be recompiled in timespan of the branch. This first version will not have some of the bells and whistles that will come with later versions. It will, for example, be limited to 16 tables in the first commit. Implementation method, Compatible version. (part 1) ------------------------------- For this reason I have implemented a "sufficient subset" of a multiple routing table solution in Perforce, and back-ported it to 6.x. (also in Perforce though not always caught up with what I have done in -current/P4). The subset allows a number of FIBs to be defined at compile time (8 is sufficient for my purposes in 6.x) and implements the changes needed to allow IPV4 to use them. I have not done the changes for ipv6 simply because I do not need it, and I do not have enough knowledge of ipv6 (e.g. neighbor discovery) needed to do it. Other protocol families are left untouched and should there be users with proprietary protocol families, they should continue to work and be oblivious to the existence of the extra FIBs. To understand how this is done, one must know that the current FIB code starts everything off with a single dimensional array of pointers to FIB head structures (One per protocol family), each of which in turn points to the trie of routes available to that family. The basic change in the ABI compatible version of the change is to extent that array to be a 2 dimensional array, so that instead of protocol family X looking at rt_tables[X] for the table it needs, it looks at rt_tables[Y][X] when for all protocol families except ipv4 Y is always 0. Code that is unaware of the change always just sees the first row of the table, which of course looks just like the one dimensional array that existed before. The entry points rtrequest(), rtalloc(), rtalloc1(), rtalloc_ign() are all maintained, but refer only to the first row of the array, so that existing callers in proprietary protocols can continue to do the "right thing". Some new entry points are added, for the exclusive use of ipv4 code called in_rtrequest(), in_rtalloc(), in_rtalloc1() and in_rtalloc_ign(), which have an extra argument which refers the code to the correct row. In addition, there are some new entry points (currently called rtalloc_fib() and friends) that check the Address family being looked up and call either rtalloc() (and friends) if the protocol is not IPv4 forcing the action to row 0 or to the appropriate row if it IS IPv4 (and that info is available). These are for calling from code that is not specific to any particular protocol. The way these are implemented would change in the non ABI preserving code to be added later. One feature of the first version of the code is that for ipv4, the interface routes show up automatically on all the FIBs, so that no matter what FIB you select you always have the basic direct attached hosts available to you. (rtinit() does this automatically). You CAN delete an interface route from one FIB should you want to but by default it's there. ARP information is also available in each FIB. It's assumed that the same machine would have the same MAC address, regardless of which FIB you are using to get to it. This brings us as to how the correct FIB is selected for an outgoing IPV4 packet. Firstly, all packets have a FIB associated with them. if nothing has been done to change it, it will be FIB 0. The FIB is changed in the following ways. Packets fall into one of a number of classes. 1/ locally generated packets, coming from a socket/PCB. Such packets select a FIB from a number associated with the socket/PCB. This in turn is inherited from the process, but can be changed by a socket option. The process in turn inherits it on fork. I have written a utility call setfib that acts a bit like nice.. setfib -3 ping target.example.com # will use fib 3 for ping. It is an obvious extension to make it a property of a jail but I have not done so. It can be achieved by combining the setfib and jail commands. 2/ packets received on an interface for forwarding. By default these packets would use table 0, (or possibly a number settable in a sysctl(not yet)). but prior to routing the firewall can inspect them (see below). (possibly in the future you may be able to associate a FIB with packets received on an interface.. An ifconfig arg, but not yet.) 3/ packets inspected by a packet classifier, which can arbitrarily associate a fib with it on a packet by packet basis. A fib assigned to a packet by a packet classifier (such as ipfw) would over-ride a fib associated by a more default source. (such as cases 1 or 2). 4/ a tcp listen socket associated with a fib will generate accept sockets that are associated with that same fib. 5/ Packets generated in response to some other packet (e.g. reset or icmp packets). These should use the FIB associated with the packet being reponded to. 6/ Packets generated during encapsulation. gif, tun and other tunnel interfaces will encapsulate using the FIB that was in effect withthe proces that set up the tunnel. thus setfib 1 ifconfig gif0 [tunnel instructions] will set the fib for the tunnel to use to be fib 1. Routing messages would be associated with their process, and thus select one FIB or another. messages from the kernel would be associated with the fib they refer to and would only be received by a routing socket associated with that fib. (not yet implemented) In addition Netstat has been edited to be able to cope with the fact that the array is now 2 dimensional. (It looks in system memory using libkvm (!)). Old versions of netstat see only the first FIB. In addition two sysctls are added to give: a) the number of FIBs compiled in (active) b) the default FIB of the calling process. Early testing experience: ------------------------- Basically our (IronPort's) appliance does this functionality already using ipfw fwd but that method has some drawbacks. For example, It can't fully simulate a routing table because it can't influence the socket's choice of local address when a connect() is done. Testing during the generating of these changes has been remarkably smooth so far. Multiple tables have co-existed with no notable side effects, and packets have been routes accordingly. ipfw has grown 2 new keywords: setfib N ip from anay to any count ip from any to any fib N In pf there seems to be a requirement to be able to give symbolic names to the fibs but I do not have that capacity. I am not sure if it is required. SCTP has interestingly enough built in support for this, called VRFs in Cisco parlance. it will be interesting to see how that handles it when it suddenly actually does something. Where to next: -------------------- After committing the ABI compatible version and MFCing it, I'd like to proceed in a forward direction in -current. this will result in some roto-tilling in the routing code. Firstly: the current code's idea of having a separate tree per protocol family, all of the same format, and pointed to by the 1 dimensional array is a bit silly. Especially when one considers that there is code that makes assumptions about every protocol having the same internal structures there. Some protocols don't WANT that sort of structure. (for example the whole idea of a netmask is foreign to appletalk). This needs to be made opaque to the external code. My suggested first change is to add routing method pointers to the 'domain' structure, along with information pointing the data. instead of having an array of pointers to uniform structures, there would be an array pointing to the 'domain' structures for each protocol address domain (protocol family), and the methods this reached would be called. The methods would have an argument that gives FIB number, but the protocol would be free to ignore it. When the ABI can be changed it raises the possibilty of the addition of a fib entry into the "struct route". Currently, the structure contains the sockaddr of the desination, and the resulting fib entry. To make this work fully, one could add a fib number so that given an address and a fib, one can find the third element, the fib entry. Interaction with the ARP layer/ LL layer would need to be revisited as well. Qing Li has been working on this already. This work was sponsored by Ironport Systems/Cisco Reviewed by: several including rwatson, bz and mlair (parts each) Obtained from: Ironport systems/Cisco
2008-05-09 23:03:00 +00:00
error = (rn == NULL ||
(rn->rn_flags & RNF_ROOT) ||
Change semantics for rnh_lookup() function: now it performs exact match search, regardless of netmask existance. This simplifies most of rnh_lookup() consumers. Fix panic triggered by deleting non-existent host route. PR: kern/185092 Submitted by: Nikolay Denev <ndenev at gmail.com> MFC after: 1 month
2014-01-04 22:25:26 +00:00
RNTORT(rn)->rt_ifa != ifa);
Write lock is not required for find&compare operation. MFC after: 2 weeks
2013-03-05 13:38:45 +00:00
RADIX_NODE_HEAD_RUNLOCK(rnh);
Add code to allow the system to handle multiple routing tables. This particular implementation is designed to be fully backwards compatible and to be MFC-able to 7.x (and 6.x) Currently the only protocol that can make use of the multiple tables is IPv4 Similar functionality exists in OpenBSD and Linux. From my notes: ----- One thing where FreeBSD has been falling behind, and which by chance I have some time to work on is "policy based routing", which allows different packet streams to be routed by more than just the destination address. Constraints: ------------ I want to make some form of this available in the 6.x tree (and by extension 7.x) , but FreeBSD in general needs it so I might as well do it in -current and back port the portions I need. One of the ways that this can be done is to have the ability to instantiate multiple kernel routing tables (which I will now refer to as "Forwarding Information Bases" or "FIBs" for political correctness reasons). Which FIB a particular packet uses to make the next hop decision can be decided by a number of mechanisms. The policies these mechanisms implement are the "Policies" referred to in "Policy based routing". One of the constraints I have if I try to back port this work to 6.x is that it must be implemented as a EXTENSION to the existing ABIs in 6.x so that third party applications do not need to be recompiled in timespan of the branch. This first version will not have some of the bells and whistles that will come with later versions. It will, for example, be limited to 16 tables in the first commit. Implementation method, Compatible version. (part 1) ------------------------------- For this reason I have implemented a "sufficient subset" of a multiple routing table solution in Perforce, and back-ported it to 6.x. (also in Perforce though not always caught up with what I have done in -current/P4). The subset allows a number of FIBs to be defined at compile time (8 is sufficient for my purposes in 6.x) and implements the changes needed to allow IPV4 to use them. I have not done the changes for ipv6 simply because I do not need it, and I do not have enough knowledge of ipv6 (e.g. neighbor discovery) needed to do it. Other protocol families are left untouched and should there be users with proprietary protocol families, they should continue to work and be oblivious to the existence of the extra FIBs. To understand how this is done, one must know that the current FIB code starts everything off with a single dimensional array of pointers to FIB head structures (One per protocol family), each of which in turn points to the trie of routes available to that family. The basic change in the ABI compatible version of the change is to extent that array to be a 2 dimensional array, so that instead of protocol family X looking at rt_tables[X] for the table it needs, it looks at rt_tables[Y][X] when for all protocol families except ipv4 Y is always 0. Code that is unaware of the change always just sees the first row of the table, which of course looks just like the one dimensional array that existed before. The entry points rtrequest(), rtalloc(), rtalloc1(), rtalloc_ign() are all maintained, but refer only to the first row of the array, so that existing callers in proprietary protocols can continue to do the "right thing". Some new entry points are added, for the exclusive use of ipv4 code called in_rtrequest(), in_rtalloc(), in_rtalloc1() and in_rtalloc_ign(), which have an extra argument which refers the code to the correct row. In addition, there are some new entry points (currently called rtalloc_fib() and friends) that check the Address family being looked up and call either rtalloc() (and friends) if the protocol is not IPv4 forcing the action to row 0 or to the appropriate row if it IS IPv4 (and that info is available). These are for calling from code that is not specific to any particular protocol. The way these are implemented would change in the non ABI preserving code to be added later. One feature of the first version of the code is that for ipv4, the interface routes show up automatically on all the FIBs, so that no matter what FIB you select you always have the basic direct attached hosts available to you. (rtinit() does this automatically). You CAN delete an interface route from one FIB should you want to but by default it's there. ARP information is also available in each FIB. It's assumed that the same machine would have the same MAC address, regardless of which FIB you are using to get to it. This brings us as to how the correct FIB is selected for an outgoing IPV4 packet. Firstly, all packets have a FIB associated with them. if nothing has been done to change it, it will be FIB 0. The FIB is changed in the following ways. Packets fall into one of a number of classes. 1/ locally generated packets, coming from a socket/PCB. Such packets select a FIB from a number associated with the socket/PCB. This in turn is inherited from the process, but can be changed by a socket option. The process in turn inherits it on fork. I have written a utility call setfib that acts a bit like nice.. setfib -3 ping target.example.com # will use fib 3 for ping. It is an obvious extension to make it a property of a jail but I have not done so. It can be achieved by combining the setfib and jail commands. 2/ packets received on an interface for forwarding. By default these packets would use table 0, (or possibly a number settable in a sysctl(not yet)). but prior to routing the firewall can inspect them (see below). (possibly in the future you may be able to associate a FIB with packets received on an interface.. An ifconfig arg, but not yet.) 3/ packets inspected by a packet classifier, which can arbitrarily associate a fib with it on a packet by packet basis. A fib assigned to a packet by a packet classifier (such as ipfw) would over-ride a fib associated by a more default source. (such as cases 1 or 2). 4/ a tcp listen socket associated with a fib will generate accept sockets that are associated with that same fib. 5/ Packets generated in response to some other packet (e.g. reset or icmp packets). These should use the FIB associated with the packet being reponded to. 6/ Packets generated during encapsulation. gif, tun and other tunnel interfaces will encapsulate using the FIB that was in effect withthe proces that set up the tunnel. thus setfib 1 ifconfig gif0 [tunnel instructions] will set the fib for the tunnel to use to be fib 1. Routing messages would be associated with their process, and thus select one FIB or another. messages from the kernel would be associated with the fib they refer to and would only be received by a routing socket associated with that fib. (not yet implemented) In addition Netstat has been edited to be able to cope with the fact that the array is now 2 dimensional. (It looks in system memory using libkvm (!)). Old versions of netstat see only the first FIB. In addition two sysctls are added to give: a) the number of FIBs compiled in (active) b) the default FIB of the calling process. Early testing experience: ------------------------- Basically our (IronPort's) appliance does this functionality already using ipfw fwd but that method has some drawbacks. For example, It can't fully simulate a routing table because it can't influence the socket's choice of local address when a connect() is done. Testing during the generating of these changes has been remarkably smooth so far. Multiple tables have co-existed with no notable side effects, and packets have been routes accordingly. ipfw has grown 2 new keywords: setfib N ip from anay to any count ip from any to any fib N In pf there seems to be a requirement to be able to give symbolic names to the fibs but I do not have that capacity. I am not sure if it is required. SCTP has interestingly enough built in support for this, called VRFs in Cisco parlance. it will be interesting to see how that handles it when it suddenly actually does something. Where to next: -------------------- After committing the ABI compatible version and MFCing it, I'd like to proceed in a forward direction in -current. this will result in some roto-tilling in the routing code. Firstly: the current code's idea of having a separate tree per protocol family, all of the same format, and pointed to by the 1 dimensional array is a bit silly. Especially when one considers that there is code that makes assumptions about every protocol having the same internal structures there. Some protocols don't WANT that sort of structure. (for example the whole idea of a netmask is foreign to appletalk). This needs to be made opaque to the external code. My suggested first change is to add routing method pointers to the 'domain' structure, along with information pointing the data. instead of having an array of pointers to uniform structures, there would be an array pointing to the 'domain' structures for each protocol address domain (protocol family), and the methods this reached would be called. The methods would have an argument that gives FIB number, but the protocol would be free to ignore it. When the ABI can be changed it raises the possibilty of the addition of a fib entry into the "struct route". Currently, the structure contains the sockaddr of the desination, and the resulting fib entry. To make this work fully, one could add a fib number so that given an address and a fib, one can find the third element, the fib entry. Interaction with the ARP layer/ LL layer would need to be revisited as well. Qing Li has been working on this already. This work was sponsored by Ironport Systems/Cisco Reviewed by: several including rwatson, bz and mlair (parts each) Obtained from: Ironport systems/Cisco
2008-05-09 23:03:00 +00:00
if (error) {
/* this is only an error if bad on ALL tables */
continue;
}
BSD 4.4 Lite Kernel Sources
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
}
No code changes what so ever, but added about 150 lines of comments Sorry if this makes it harder to merge in lite2 stuff but hey.. At least I can figure out what is going on whenever I end up going through those files again.. do we have a policy regarding commenting existing code?
1996-09-10 07:10:05 +00:00
/*
Add code to allow the system to handle multiple routing tables. This particular implementation is designed to be fully backwards compatible and to be MFC-able to 7.x (and 6.x) Currently the only protocol that can make use of the multiple tables is IPv4 Similar functionality exists in OpenBSD and Linux. From my notes: ----- One thing where FreeBSD has been falling behind, and which by chance I have some time to work on is "policy based routing", which allows different packet streams to be routed by more than just the destination address. Constraints: ------------ I want to make some form of this available in the 6.x tree (and by extension 7.x) , but FreeBSD in general needs it so I might as well do it in -current and back port the portions I need. One of the ways that this can be done is to have the ability to instantiate multiple kernel routing tables (which I will now refer to as "Forwarding Information Bases" or "FIBs" for political correctness reasons). Which FIB a particular packet uses to make the next hop decision can be decided by a number of mechanisms. The policies these mechanisms implement are the "Policies" referred to in "Policy based routing". One of the constraints I have if I try to back port this work to 6.x is that it must be implemented as a EXTENSION to the existing ABIs in 6.x so that third party applications do not need to be recompiled in timespan of the branch. This first version will not have some of the bells and whistles that will come with later versions. It will, for example, be limited to 16 tables in the first commit. Implementation method, Compatible version. (part 1) ------------------------------- For this reason I have implemented a "sufficient subset" of a multiple routing table solution in Perforce, and back-ported it to 6.x. (also in Perforce though not always caught up with what I have done in -current/P4). The subset allows a number of FIBs to be defined at compile time (8 is sufficient for my purposes in 6.x) and implements the changes needed to allow IPV4 to use them. I have not done the changes for ipv6 simply because I do not need it, and I do not have enough knowledge of ipv6 (e.g. neighbor discovery) needed to do it. Other protocol families are left untouched and should there be users with proprietary protocol families, they should continue to work and be oblivious to the existence of the extra FIBs. To understand how this is done, one must know that the current FIB code starts everything off with a single dimensional array of pointers to FIB head structures (One per protocol family), each of which in turn points to the trie of routes available to that family. The basic change in the ABI compatible version of the change is to extent that array to be a 2 dimensional array, so that instead of protocol family X looking at rt_tables[X] for the table it needs, it looks at rt_tables[Y][X] when for all protocol families except ipv4 Y is always 0. Code that is unaware of the change always just sees the first row of the table, which of course looks just like the one dimensional array that existed before. The entry points rtrequest(), rtalloc(), rtalloc1(), rtalloc_ign() are all maintained, but refer only to the first row of the array, so that existing callers in proprietary protocols can continue to do the "right thing". Some new entry points are added, for the exclusive use of ipv4 code called in_rtrequest(), in_rtalloc(), in_rtalloc1() and in_rtalloc_ign(), which have an extra argument which refers the code to the correct row. In addition, there are some new entry points (currently called rtalloc_fib() and friends) that check the Address family being looked up and call either rtalloc() (and friends) if the protocol is not IPv4 forcing the action to row 0 or to the appropriate row if it IS IPv4 (and that info is available). These are for calling from code that is not specific to any particular protocol. The way these are implemented would change in the non ABI preserving code to be added later. One feature of the first version of the code is that for ipv4, the interface routes show up automatically on all the FIBs, so that no matter what FIB you select you always have the basic direct attached hosts available to you. (rtinit() does this automatically). You CAN delete an interface route from one FIB should you want to but by default it's there. ARP information is also available in each FIB. It's assumed that the same machine would have the same MAC address, regardless of which FIB you are using to get to it. This brings us as to how the correct FIB is selected for an outgoing IPV4 packet. Firstly, all packets have a FIB associated with them. if nothing has been done to change it, it will be FIB 0. The FIB is changed in the following ways. Packets fall into one of a number of classes. 1/ locally generated packets, coming from a socket/PCB. Such packets select a FIB from a number associated with the socket/PCB. This in turn is inherited from the process, but can be changed by a socket option. The process in turn inherits it on fork. I have written a utility call setfib that acts a bit like nice.. setfib -3 ping target.example.com # will use fib 3 for ping. It is an obvious extension to make it a property of a jail but I have not done so. It can be achieved by combining the setfib and jail commands. 2/ packets received on an interface for forwarding. By default these packets would use table 0, (or possibly a number settable in a sysctl(not yet)). but prior to routing the firewall can inspect them (see below). (possibly in the future you may be able to associate a FIB with packets received on an interface.. An ifconfig arg, but not yet.) 3/ packets inspected by a packet classifier, which can arbitrarily associate a fib with it on a packet by packet basis. A fib assigned to a packet by a packet classifier (such as ipfw) would over-ride a fib associated by a more default source. (such as cases 1 or 2). 4/ a tcp listen socket associated with a fib will generate accept sockets that are associated with that same fib. 5/ Packets generated in response to some other packet (e.g. reset or icmp packets). These should use the FIB associated with the packet being reponded to. 6/ Packets generated during encapsulation. gif, tun and other tunnel interfaces will encapsulate using the FIB that was in effect withthe proces that set up the tunnel. thus setfib 1 ifconfig gif0 [tunnel instructions] will set the fib for the tunnel to use to be fib 1. Routing messages would be associated with their process, and thus select one FIB or another. messages from the kernel would be associated with the fib they refer to and would only be received by a routing socket associated with that fib. (not yet implemented) In addition Netstat has been edited to be able to cope with the fact that the array is now 2 dimensional. (It looks in system memory using libkvm (!)). Old versions of netstat see only the first FIB. In addition two sysctls are added to give: a) the number of FIBs compiled in (active) b) the default FIB of the calling process. Early testing experience: ------------------------- Basically our (IronPort's) appliance does this functionality already using ipfw fwd but that method has some drawbacks. For example, It can't fully simulate a routing table because it can't influence the socket's choice of local address when a connect() is done. Testing during the generating of these changes has been remarkably smooth so far. Multiple tables have co-existed with no notable side effects, and packets have been routes accordingly. ipfw has grown 2 new keywords: setfib N ip from anay to any count ip from any to any fib N In pf there seems to be a requirement to be able to give symbolic names to the fibs but I do not have that capacity. I am not sure if it is required. SCTP has interestingly enough built in support for this, called VRFs in Cisco parlance. it will be interesting to see how that handles it when it suddenly actually does something. Where to next: -------------------- After committing the ABI compatible version and MFCing it, I'd like to proceed in a forward direction in -current. this will result in some roto-tilling in the routing code. Firstly: the current code's idea of having a separate tree per protocol family, all of the same format, and pointed to by the 1 dimensional array is a bit silly. Especially when one considers that there is code that makes assumptions about every protocol having the same internal structures there. Some protocols don't WANT that sort of structure. (for example the whole idea of a netmask is foreign to appletalk). This needs to be made opaque to the external code. My suggested first change is to add routing method pointers to the 'domain' structure, along with information pointing the data. instead of having an array of pointers to uniform structures, there would be an array pointing to the 'domain' structures for each protocol address domain (protocol family), and the methods this reached would be called. The methods would have an argument that gives FIB number, but the protocol would be free to ignore it. When the ABI can be changed it raises the possibilty of the addition of a fib entry into the "struct route". Currently, the structure contains the sockaddr of the desination, and the resulting fib entry. To make this work fully, one could add a fib number so that given an address and a fib, one can find the third element, the fib entry. Interaction with the ARP layer/ LL layer would need to be revisited as well. Qing Li has been working on this already. This work was sponsored by Ironport Systems/Cisco Reviewed by: several including rwatson, bz and mlair (parts each) Obtained from: Ironport systems/Cisco
2008-05-09 23:03:00 +00:00
* Do the actual request
No code changes what so ever, but added about 150 lines of comments Sorry if this makes it harder to merge in lite2 stuff but hey.. At least I can figure out what is going on whenever I end up going through those files again.. do we have a policy regarding commenting existing code?
1996-09-10 07:10:05 +00:00
*/
Add code to allow the system to handle multiple routing tables. This particular implementation is designed to be fully backwards compatible and to be MFC-able to 7.x (and 6.x) Currently the only protocol that can make use of the multiple tables is IPv4 Similar functionality exists in OpenBSD and Linux. From my notes: ----- One thing where FreeBSD has been falling behind, and which by chance I have some time to work on is "policy based routing", which allows different packet streams to be routed by more than just the destination address. Constraints: ------------ I want to make some form of this available in the 6.x tree (and by extension 7.x) , but FreeBSD in general needs it so I might as well do it in -current and back port the portions I need. One of the ways that this can be done is to have the ability to instantiate multiple kernel routing tables (which I will now refer to as "Forwarding Information Bases" or "FIBs" for political correctness reasons). Which FIB a particular packet uses to make the next hop decision can be decided by a number of mechanisms. The policies these mechanisms implement are the "Policies" referred to in "Policy based routing". One of the constraints I have if I try to back port this work to 6.x is that it must be implemented as a EXTENSION to the existing ABIs in 6.x so that third party applications do not need to be recompiled in timespan of the branch. This first version will not have some of the bells and whistles that will come with later versions. It will, for example, be limited to 16 tables in the first commit. Implementation method, Compatible version. (part 1) ------------------------------- For this reason I have implemented a "sufficient subset" of a multiple routing table solution in Perforce, and back-ported it to 6.x. (also in Perforce though not always caught up with what I have done in -current/P4). The subset allows a number of FIBs to be defined at compile time (8 is sufficient for my purposes in 6.x) and implements the changes needed to allow IPV4 to use them. I have not done the changes for ipv6 simply because I do not need it, and I do not have enough knowledge of ipv6 (e.g. neighbor discovery) needed to do it. Other protocol families are left untouched and should there be users with proprietary protocol families, they should continue to work and be oblivious to the existence of the extra FIBs. To understand how this is done, one must know that the current FIB code starts everything off with a single dimensional array of pointers to FIB head structures (One per protocol family), each of which in turn points to the trie of routes available to that family. The basic change in the ABI compatible version of the change is to extent that array to be a 2 dimensional array, so that instead of protocol family X looking at rt_tables[X] for the table it needs, it looks at rt_tables[Y][X] when for all protocol families except ipv4 Y is always 0. Code that is unaware of the change always just sees the first row of the table, which of course looks just like the one dimensional array that existed before. The entry points rtrequest(), rtalloc(), rtalloc1(), rtalloc_ign() are all maintained, but refer only to the first row of the array, so that existing callers in proprietary protocols can continue to do the "right thing". Some new entry points are added, for the exclusive use of ipv4 code called in_rtrequest(), in_rtalloc(), in_rtalloc1() and in_rtalloc_ign(), which have an extra argument which refers the code to the correct row. In addition, there are some new entry points (currently called rtalloc_fib() and friends) that check the Address family being looked up and call either rtalloc() (and friends) if the protocol is not IPv4 forcing the action to row 0 or to the appropriate row if it IS IPv4 (and that info is available). These are for calling from code that is not specific to any particular protocol. The way these are implemented would change in the non ABI preserving code to be added later. One feature of the first version of the code is that for ipv4, the interface routes show up automatically on all the FIBs, so that no matter what FIB you select you always have the basic direct attached hosts available to you. (rtinit() does this automatically). You CAN delete an interface route from one FIB should you want to but by default it's there. ARP information is also available in each FIB. It's assumed that the same machine would have the same MAC address, regardless of which FIB you are using to get to it. This brings us as to how the correct FIB is selected for an outgoing IPV4 packet. Firstly, all packets have a FIB associated with them. if nothing has been done to change it, it will be FIB 0. The FIB is changed in the following ways. Packets fall into one of a number of classes. 1/ locally generated packets, coming from a socket/PCB. Such packets select a FIB from a number associated with the socket/PCB. This in turn is inherited from the process, but can be changed by a socket option. The process in turn inherits it on fork. I have written a utility call setfib that acts a bit like nice.. setfib -3 ping target.example.com # will use fib 3 for ping. It is an obvious extension to make it a property of a jail but I have not done so. It can be achieved by combining the setfib and jail commands. 2/ packets received on an interface for forwarding. By default these packets would use table 0, (or possibly a number settable in a sysctl(not yet)). but prior to routing the firewall can inspect them (see below). (possibly in the future you may be able to associate a FIB with packets received on an interface.. An ifconfig arg, but not yet.) 3/ packets inspected by a packet classifier, which can arbitrarily associate a fib with it on a packet by packet basis. A fib assigned to a packet by a packet classifier (such as ipfw) would over-ride a fib associated by a more default source. (such as cases 1 or 2). 4/ a tcp listen socket associated with a fib will generate accept sockets that are associated with that same fib. 5/ Packets generated in response to some other packet (e.g. reset or icmp packets). These should use the FIB associated with the packet being reponded to. 6/ Packets generated during encapsulation. gif, tun and other tunnel interfaces will encapsulate using the FIB that was in effect withthe proces that set up the tunnel. thus setfib 1 ifconfig gif0 [tunnel instructions] will set the fib for the tunnel to use to be fib 1. Routing messages would be associated with their process, and thus select one FIB or another. messages from the kernel would be associated with the fib they refer to and would only be received by a routing socket associated with that fib. (not yet implemented) In addition Netstat has been edited to be able to cope with the fact that the array is now 2 dimensional. (It looks in system memory using libkvm (!)). Old versions of netstat see only the first FIB. In addition two sysctls are added to give: a) the number of FIBs compiled in (active) b) the default FIB of the calling process. Early testing experience: ------------------------- Basically our (IronPort's) appliance does this functionality already using ipfw fwd but that method has some drawbacks. For example, It can't fully simulate a routing table because it can't influence the socket's choice of local address when a connect() is done. Testing during the generating of these changes has been remarkably smooth so far. Multiple tables have co-existed with no notable side effects, and packets have been routes accordingly. ipfw has grown 2 new keywords: setfib N ip from anay to any count ip from any to any fib N In pf there seems to be a requirement to be able to give symbolic names to the fibs but I do not have that capacity. I am not sure if it is required. SCTP has interestingly enough built in support for this, called VRFs in Cisco parlance. it will be interesting to see how that handles it when it suddenly actually does something. Where to next: -------------------- After committing the ABI compatible version and MFCing it, I'd like to proceed in a forward direction in -current. this will result in some roto-tilling in the routing code. Firstly: the current code's idea of having a separate tree per protocol family, all of the same format, and pointed to by the 1 dimensional array is a bit silly. Especially when one considers that there is code that makes assumptions about every protocol having the same internal structures there. Some protocols don't WANT that sort of structure. (for example the whole idea of a netmask is foreign to appletalk). This needs to be made opaque to the external code. My suggested first change is to add routing method pointers to the 'domain' structure, along with information pointing the data. instead of having an array of pointers to uniform structures, there would be an array pointing to the 'domain' structures for each protocol address domain (protocol family), and the methods this reached would be called. The methods would have an argument that gives FIB number, but the protocol would be free to ignore it. When the ABI can be changed it raises the possibilty of the addition of a fib entry into the "struct route". Currently, the structure contains the sockaddr of the desination, and the resulting fib entry. To make this work fully, one could add a fib number so that given an address and a fib, one can find the third element, the fib entry. Interaction with the ARP layer/ LL layer would need to be revisited as well. Qing Li has been working on this already. This work was sponsored by Ironport Systems/Cisco Reviewed by: several including rwatson, bz and mlair (parts each) Obtained from: Ironport systems/Cisco
2008-05-09 23:03:00 +00:00
bzero((caddr_t)&info, sizeof(info));
info.rti_ifa = ifa;
Fix long-standing issue with interface routes being unprotected: Use RTM_PINNED flag to mark route as immutable. Forbid deleting immutable routes without special rtrequest1_fib() flag. Adding interface address with prefix already in route table is handled by atomically deleting old prefix and adding interface one. Discussed with: andre, eri MFC after: 3 weeks
2013-03-08 20:33:50 +00:00
info.rti_flags = flags |
(ifa->ifa_flags & ~IFA_RTSELF) | RTF_PINNED;
Add code to allow the system to handle multiple routing tables. This particular implementation is designed to be fully backwards compatible and to be MFC-able to 7.x (and 6.x) Currently the only protocol that can make use of the multiple tables is IPv4 Similar functionality exists in OpenBSD and Linux. From my notes: ----- One thing where FreeBSD has been falling behind, and which by chance I have some time to work on is "policy based routing", which allows different packet streams to be routed by more than just the destination address. Constraints: ------------ I want to make some form of this available in the 6.x tree (and by extension 7.x) , but FreeBSD in general needs it so I might as well do it in -current and back port the portions I need. One of the ways that this can be done is to have the ability to instantiate multiple kernel routing tables (which I will now refer to as "Forwarding Information Bases" or "FIBs" for political correctness reasons). Which FIB a particular packet uses to make the next hop decision can be decided by a number of mechanisms. The policies these mechanisms implement are the "Policies" referred to in "Policy based routing". One of the constraints I have if I try to back port this work to 6.x is that it must be implemented as a EXTENSION to the existing ABIs in 6.x so that third party applications do not need to be recompiled in timespan of the branch. This first version will not have some of the bells and whistles that will come with later versions. It will, for example, be limited to 16 tables in the first commit. Implementation method, Compatible version. (part 1) ------------------------------- For this reason I have implemented a "sufficient subset" of a multiple routing table solution in Perforce, and back-ported it to 6.x. (also in Perforce though not always caught up with what I have done in -current/P4). The subset allows a number of FIBs to be defined at compile time (8 is sufficient for my purposes in 6.x) and implements the changes needed to allow IPV4 to use them. I have not done the changes for ipv6 simply because I do not need it, and I do not have enough knowledge of ipv6 (e.g. neighbor discovery) needed to do it. Other protocol families are left untouched and should there be users with proprietary protocol families, they should continue to work and be oblivious to the existence of the extra FIBs. To understand how this is done, one must know that the current FIB code starts everything off with a single dimensional array of pointers to FIB head structures (One per protocol family), each of which in turn points to the trie of routes available to that family. The basic change in the ABI compatible version of the change is to extent that array to be a 2 dimensional array, so that instead of protocol family X looking at rt_tables[X] for the table it needs, it looks at rt_tables[Y][X] when for all protocol families except ipv4 Y is always 0. Code that is unaware of the change always just sees the first row of the table, which of course looks just like the one dimensional array that existed before. The entry points rtrequest(), rtalloc(), rtalloc1(), rtalloc_ign() are all maintained, but refer only to the first row of the array, so that existing callers in proprietary protocols can continue to do the "right thing". Some new entry points are added, for the exclusive use of ipv4 code called in_rtrequest(), in_rtalloc(), in_rtalloc1() and in_rtalloc_ign(), which have an extra argument which refers the code to the correct row. In addition, there are some new entry points (currently called rtalloc_fib() and friends) that check the Address family being looked up and call either rtalloc() (and friends) if the protocol is not IPv4 forcing the action to row 0 or to the appropriate row if it IS IPv4 (and that info is available). These are for calling from code that is not specific to any particular protocol. The way these are implemented would change in the non ABI preserving code to be added later. One feature of the first version of the code is that for ipv4, the interface routes show up automatically on all the FIBs, so that no matter what FIB you select you always have the basic direct attached hosts available to you. (rtinit() does this automatically). You CAN delete an interface route from one FIB should you want to but by default it's there. ARP information is also available in each FIB. It's assumed that the same machine would have the same MAC address, regardless of which FIB you are using to get to it. This brings us as to how the correct FIB is selected for an outgoing IPV4 packet. Firstly, all packets have a FIB associated with them. if nothing has been done to change it, it will be FIB 0. The FIB is changed in the following ways. Packets fall into one of a number of classes. 1/ locally generated packets, coming from a socket/PCB. Such packets select a FIB from a number associated with the socket/PCB. This in turn is inherited from the process, but can be changed by a socket option. The process in turn inherits it on fork. I have written a utility call setfib that acts a bit like nice.. setfib -3 ping target.example.com # will use fib 3 for ping. It is an obvious extension to make it a property of a jail but I have not done so. It can be achieved by combining the setfib and jail commands. 2/ packets received on an interface for forwarding. By default these packets would use table 0, (or possibly a number settable in a sysctl(not yet)). but prior to routing the firewall can inspect them (see below). (possibly in the future you may be able to associate a FIB with packets received on an interface.. An ifconfig arg, but not yet.) 3/ packets inspected by a packet classifier, which can arbitrarily associate a fib with it on a packet by packet basis. A fib assigned to a packet by a packet classifier (such as ipfw) would over-ride a fib associated by a more default source. (such as cases 1 or 2). 4/ a tcp listen socket associated with a fib will generate accept sockets that are associated with that same fib. 5/ Packets generated in response to some other packet (e.g. reset or icmp packets). These should use the FIB associated with the packet being reponded to. 6/ Packets generated during encapsulation. gif, tun and other tunnel interfaces will encapsulate using the FIB that was in effect withthe proces that set up the tunnel. thus setfib 1 ifconfig gif0 [tunnel instructions] will set the fib for the tunnel to use to be fib 1. Routing messages would be associated with their process, and thus select one FIB or another. messages from the kernel would be associated with the fib they refer to and would only be received by a routing socket associated with that fib. (not yet implemented) In addition Netstat has been edited to be able to cope with the fact that the array is now 2 dimensional. (It looks in system memory using libkvm (!)). Old versions of netstat see only the first FIB. In addition two sysctls are added to give: a) the number of FIBs compiled in (active) b) the default FIB of the calling process. Early testing experience: ------------------------- Basically our (IronPort's) appliance does this functionality already using ipfw fwd but that method has some drawbacks. For example, It can't fully simulate a routing table because it can't influence the socket's choice of local address when a connect() is done. Testing during the generating of these changes has been remarkably smooth so far. Multiple tables have co-existed with no notable side effects, and packets have been routes accordingly. ipfw has grown 2 new keywords: setfib N ip from anay to any count ip from any to any fib N In pf there seems to be a requirement to be able to give symbolic names to the fibs but I do not have that capacity. I am not sure if it is required. SCTP has interestingly enough built in support for this, called VRFs in Cisco parlance. it will be interesting to see how that handles it when it suddenly actually does something. Where to next: -------------------- After committing the ABI compatible version and MFCing it, I'd like to proceed in a forward direction in -current. this will result in some roto-tilling in the routing code. Firstly: the current code's idea of having a separate tree per protocol family, all of the same format, and pointed to by the 1 dimensional array is a bit silly. Especially when one considers that there is code that makes assumptions about every protocol having the same internal structures there. Some protocols don't WANT that sort of structure. (for example the whole idea of a netmask is foreign to appletalk). This needs to be made opaque to the external code. My suggested first change is to add routing method pointers to the 'domain' structure, along with information pointing the data. instead of having an array of pointers to uniform structures, there would be an array pointing to the 'domain' structures for each protocol address domain (protocol family), and the methods this reached would be called. The methods would have an argument that gives FIB number, but the protocol would be free to ignore it. When the ABI can be changed it raises the possibilty of the addition of a fib entry into the "struct route". Currently, the structure contains the sockaddr of the desination, and the resulting fib entry. To make this work fully, one could add a fib number so that given an address and a fib, one can find the third element, the fib entry. Interaction with the ARP layer/ LL layer would need to be revisited as well. Qing Li has been working on this already. This work was sponsored by Ironport Systems/Cisco Reviewed by: several including rwatson, bz and mlair (parts each) Obtained from: Ironport systems/Cisco
2008-05-09 23:03:00 +00:00
info.rti_info[RTAX_DST] = dst;
This main goals of this project are: 1. separating L2 tables (ARP, NDP) from the L3 routing tables 2. removing as much locking dependencies among these layers as possible to allow for some parallelism in the search operations 3. simplify the logic in the routing code, The most notable end result is the obsolescent of the route cloning (RTF_CLONING) concept, which translated into code reduction in both IPv4 ARP and IPv6 NDP related modules, and size reduction in struct rtentry{}. The change in design obsoletes the semantics of RTF_CLONING, RTF_WASCLONE and RTF_LLINFO routing flags. The userland applications such as "arp" and "ndp" have been modified to reflect those changes. The output from "netstat -r" shows only the routing entries. Quite a few developers have contributed to this project in the past: Glebius Smirnoff, Luigi Rizzo, Alessandro Cerri, and Andre Oppermann. And most recently: - Kip Macy revised the locking code completely, thus completing the last piece of the puzzle, Kip has also been conducting active functional testing - Sam Leffler has helped me improving/refactoring the code, and provided valuable reviews - Julian Elischer setup the perforce tree for me and has helped me maintaining that branch before the svn conversion
2008-12-15 06:10:57 +00:00
/*
* doing this for compatibility reasons
*/
if (cmd == RTM_ADD)
info.rti_info[RTAX_GATEWAY] =
(struct sockaddr *)&null_sdl;
else
info.rti_info[RTAX_GATEWAY] = ifa->ifa_addr;
Add code to allow the system to handle multiple routing tables. This particular implementation is designed to be fully backwards compatible and to be MFC-able to 7.x (and 6.x) Currently the only protocol that can make use of the multiple tables is IPv4 Similar functionality exists in OpenBSD and Linux. From my notes: ----- One thing where FreeBSD has been falling behind, and which by chance I have some time to work on is "policy based routing", which allows different packet streams to be routed by more than just the destination address. Constraints: ------------ I want to make some form of this available in the 6.x tree (and by extension 7.x) , but FreeBSD in general needs it so I might as well do it in -current and back port the portions I need. One of the ways that this can be done is to have the ability to instantiate multiple kernel routing tables (which I will now refer to as "Forwarding Information Bases" or "FIBs" for political correctness reasons). Which FIB a particular packet uses to make the next hop decision can be decided by a number of mechanisms. The policies these mechanisms implement are the "Policies" referred to in "Policy based routing". One of the constraints I have if I try to back port this work to 6.x is that it must be implemented as a EXTENSION to the existing ABIs in 6.x so that third party applications do not need to be recompiled in timespan of the branch. This first version will not have some of the bells and whistles that will come with later versions. It will, for example, be limited to 16 tables in the first commit. Implementation method, Compatible version. (part 1) ------------------------------- For this reason I have implemented a "sufficient subset" of a multiple routing table solution in Perforce, and back-ported it to 6.x. (also in Perforce though not always caught up with what I have done in -current/P4). The subset allows a number of FIBs to be defined at compile time (8 is sufficient for my purposes in 6.x) and implements the changes needed to allow IPV4 to use them. I have not done the changes for ipv6 simply because I do not need it, and I do not have enough knowledge of ipv6 (e.g. neighbor discovery) needed to do it. Other protocol families are left untouched and should there be users with proprietary protocol families, they should continue to work and be oblivious to the existence of the extra FIBs. To understand how this is done, one must know that the current FIB code starts everything off with a single dimensional array of pointers to FIB head structures (One per protocol family), each of which in turn points to the trie of routes available to that family. The basic change in the ABI compatible version of the change is to extent that array to be a 2 dimensional array, so that instead of protocol family X looking at rt_tables[X] for the table it needs, it looks at rt_tables[Y][X] when for all protocol families except ipv4 Y is always 0. Code that is unaware of the change always just sees the first row of the table, which of course looks just like the one dimensional array that existed before. The entry points rtrequest(), rtalloc(), rtalloc1(), rtalloc_ign() are all maintained, but refer only to the first row of the array, so that existing callers in proprietary protocols can continue to do the "right thing". Some new entry points are added, for the exclusive use of ipv4 code called in_rtrequest(), in_rtalloc(), in_rtalloc1() and in_rtalloc_ign(), which have an extra argument which refers the code to the correct row. In addition, there are some new entry points (currently called rtalloc_fib() and friends) that check the Address family being looked up and call either rtalloc() (and friends) if the protocol is not IPv4 forcing the action to row 0 or to the appropriate row if it IS IPv4 (and that info is available). These are for calling from code that is not specific to any particular protocol. The way these are implemented would change in the non ABI preserving code to be added later. One feature of the first version of the code is that for ipv4, the interface routes show up automatically on all the FIBs, so that no matter what FIB you select you always have the basic direct attached hosts available to you. (rtinit() does this automatically). You CAN delete an interface route from one FIB should you want to but by default it's there. ARP information is also available in each FIB. It's assumed that the same machine would have the same MAC address, regardless of which FIB you are using to get to it. This brings us as to how the correct FIB is selected for an outgoing IPV4 packet. Firstly, all packets have a FIB associated with them. if nothing has been done to change it, it will be FIB 0. The FIB is changed in the following ways. Packets fall into one of a number of classes. 1/ locally generated packets, coming from a socket/PCB. Such packets select a FIB from a number associated with the socket/PCB. This in turn is inherited from the process, but can be changed by a socket option. The process in turn inherits it on fork. I have written a utility call setfib that acts a bit like nice.. setfib -3 ping target.example.com # will use fib 3 for ping. It is an obvious extension to make it a property of a jail but I have not done so. It can be achieved by combining the setfib and jail commands. 2/ packets received on an interface for forwarding. By default these packets would use table 0, (or possibly a number settable in a sysctl(not yet)). but prior to routing the firewall can inspect them (see below). (possibly in the future you may be able to associate a FIB with packets received on an interface.. An ifconfig arg, but not yet.) 3/ packets inspected by a packet classifier, which can arbitrarily associate a fib with it on a packet by packet basis. A fib assigned to a packet by a packet classifier (such as ipfw) would over-ride a fib associated by a more default source. (such as cases 1 or 2). 4/ a tcp listen socket associated with a fib will generate accept sockets that are associated with that same fib. 5/ Packets generated in response to some other packet (e.g. reset or icmp packets). These should use the FIB associated with the packet being reponded to. 6/ Packets generated during encapsulation. gif, tun and other tunnel interfaces will encapsulate using the FIB that was in effect withthe proces that set up the tunnel. thus setfib 1 ifconfig gif0 [tunnel instructions] will set the fib for the tunnel to use to be fib 1. Routing messages would be associated with their process, and thus select one FIB or another. messages from the kernel would be associated with the fib they refer to and would only be received by a routing socket associated with that fib. (not yet implemented) In addition Netstat has been edited to be able to cope with the fact that the array is now 2 dimensional. (It looks in system memory using libkvm (!)). Old versions of netstat see only the first FIB. In addition two sysctls are added to give: a) the number of FIBs compiled in (active) b) the default FIB of the calling process. Early testing experience: ------------------------- Basically our (IronPort's) appliance does this functionality already using ipfw fwd but that method has some drawbacks. For example, It can't fully simulate a routing table because it can't influence the socket's choice of local address when a connect() is done. Testing during the generating of these changes has been remarkably smooth so far. Multiple tables have co-existed with no notable side effects, and packets have been routes accordingly. ipfw has grown 2 new keywords: setfib N ip from anay to any count ip from any to any fib N In pf there seems to be a requirement to be able to give symbolic names to the fibs but I do not have that capacity. I am not sure if it is required. SCTP has interestingly enough built in support for this, called VRFs in Cisco parlance. it will be interesting to see how that handles it when it suddenly actually does something. Where to next: -------------------- After committing the ABI compatible version and MFCing it, I'd like to proceed in a forward direction in -current. this will result in some roto-tilling in the routing code. Firstly: the current code's idea of having a separate tree per protocol family, all of the same format, and pointed to by the 1 dimensional array is a bit silly. Especially when one considers that there is code that makes assumptions about every protocol having the same internal structures there. Some protocols don't WANT that sort of structure. (for example the whole idea of a netmask is foreign to appletalk). This needs to be made opaque to the external code. My suggested first change is to add routing method pointers to the 'domain' structure, along with information pointing the data. instead of having an array of pointers to uniform structures, there would be an array pointing to the 'domain' structures for each protocol address domain (protocol family), and the methods this reached would be called. The methods would have an argument that gives FIB number, but the protocol would be free to ignore it. When the ABI can be changed it raises the possibilty of the addition of a fib entry into the "struct route". Currently, the structure contains the sockaddr of the desination, and the resulting fib entry. To make this work fully, one could add a fib number so that given an address and a fib, one can find the third element, the fib entry. Interaction with the ARP layer/ LL layer would need to be revisited as well. Qing Li has been working on this already. This work was sponsored by Ironport Systems/Cisco Reviewed by: several including rwatson, bz and mlair (parts each) Obtained from: Ironport systems/Cisco
2008-05-09 23:03:00 +00:00
info.rti_info[RTAX_NETMASK] = netmask;
error = rtrequest1_fib(cmd, &info, &rt, fibnum);
Fix long-standing issue with interface routes being unprotected: Use RTM_PINNED flag to mark route as immutable. Forbid deleting immutable routes without special rtrequest1_fib() flag. Adding interface address with prefix already in route table is handled by atomically deleting old prefix and adding interface one. Discussed with: andre, eri MFC after: 3 weeks
2013-03-08 20:33:50 +00:00
if ((error == EEXIST) && (cmd == RTM_ADD)) {
/*
* Interface route addition failed.
* Atomically delete current prefix generating
* RTM_DELETE message, and retry adding
* interface prefix.
*/
rnh = rt_tables_get_rnh(fibnum, dst->sa_family);
RADIX_NODE_HEAD_LOCK(rnh);
/* Delete old prefix */
info.rti_ifa = NULL;
info.rti_flags = RTF_RNH_LOCKED;
Fix rte leak introduced in r248070. MFC after: 2 weeks
2013-05-18 07:10:22 +00:00
error = rtrequest1_fib(RTM_DELETE, &info, NULL, fibnum);
Fix long-standing issue with interface routes being unprotected: Use RTM_PINNED flag to mark route as immutable. Forbid deleting immutable routes without special rtrequest1_fib() flag. Adding interface address with prefix already in route table is handled by atomically deleting old prefix and adding interface one. Discussed with: andre, eri MFC after: 3 weeks
2013-03-08 20:33:50 +00:00
if (error == 0) {
info.rti_ifa = ifa;
info.rti_flags = flags | RTF_RNH_LOCKED |
(ifa->ifa_flags & ~IFA_RTSELF) | RTF_PINNED;
error = rtrequest1_fib(cmd, &info, &rt, fibnum);
}
RADIX_NODE_HEAD_UNLOCK(rnh);
}
Add code to allow the system to handle multiple routing tables. This particular implementation is designed to be fully backwards compatible and to be MFC-able to 7.x (and 6.x) Currently the only protocol that can make use of the multiple tables is IPv4 Similar functionality exists in OpenBSD and Linux. From my notes: ----- One thing where FreeBSD has been falling behind, and which by chance I have some time to work on is "policy based routing", which allows different packet streams to be routed by more than just the destination address. Constraints: ------------ I want to make some form of this available in the 6.x tree (and by extension 7.x) , but FreeBSD in general needs it so I might as well do it in -current and back port the portions I need. One of the ways that this can be done is to have the ability to instantiate multiple kernel routing tables (which I will now refer to as "Forwarding Information Bases" or "FIBs" for political correctness reasons). Which FIB a particular packet uses to make the next hop decision can be decided by a number of mechanisms. The policies these mechanisms implement are the "Policies" referred to in "Policy based routing". One of the constraints I have if I try to back port this work to 6.x is that it must be implemented as a EXTENSION to the existing ABIs in 6.x so that third party applications do not need to be recompiled in timespan of the branch. This first version will not have some of the bells and whistles that will come with later versions. It will, for example, be limited to 16 tables in the first commit. Implementation method, Compatible version. (part 1) ------------------------------- For this reason I have implemented a "sufficient subset" of a multiple routing table solution in Perforce, and back-ported it to 6.x. (also in Perforce though not always caught up with what I have done in -current/P4). The subset allows a number of FIBs to be defined at compile time (8 is sufficient for my purposes in 6.x) and implements the changes needed to allow IPV4 to use them. I have not done the changes for ipv6 simply because I do not need it, and I do not have enough knowledge of ipv6 (e.g. neighbor discovery) needed to do it. Other protocol families are left untouched and should there be users with proprietary protocol families, they should continue to work and be oblivious to the existence of the extra FIBs. To understand how this is done, one must know that the current FIB code starts everything off with a single dimensional array of pointers to FIB head structures (One per protocol family), each of which in turn points to the trie of routes available to that family. The basic change in the ABI compatible version of the change is to extent that array to be a 2 dimensional array, so that instead of protocol family X looking at rt_tables[X] for the table it needs, it looks at rt_tables[Y][X] when for all protocol families except ipv4 Y is always 0. Code that is unaware of the change always just sees the first row of the table, which of course looks just like the one dimensional array that existed before. The entry points rtrequest(), rtalloc(), rtalloc1(), rtalloc_ign() are all maintained, but refer only to the first row of the array, so that existing callers in proprietary protocols can continue to do the "right thing". Some new entry points are added, for the exclusive use of ipv4 code called in_rtrequest(), in_rtalloc(), in_rtalloc1() and in_rtalloc_ign(), which have an extra argument which refers the code to the correct row. In addition, there are some new entry points (currently called rtalloc_fib() and friends) that check the Address family being looked up and call either rtalloc() (and friends) if the protocol is not IPv4 forcing the action to row 0 or to the appropriate row if it IS IPv4 (and that info is available). These are for calling from code that is not specific to any particular protocol. The way these are implemented would change in the non ABI preserving code to be added later. One feature of the first version of the code is that for ipv4, the interface routes show up automatically on all the FIBs, so that no matter what FIB you select you always have the basic direct attached hosts available to you. (rtinit() does this automatically). You CAN delete an interface route from one FIB should you want to but by default it's there. ARP information is also available in each FIB. It's assumed that the same machine would have the same MAC address, regardless of which FIB you are using to get to it. This brings us as to how the correct FIB is selected for an outgoing IPV4 packet. Firstly, all packets have a FIB associated with them. if nothing has been done to change it, it will be FIB 0. The FIB is changed in the following ways. Packets fall into one of a number of classes. 1/ locally generated packets, coming from a socket/PCB. Such packets select a FIB from a number associated with the socket/PCB. This in turn is inherited from the process, but can be changed by a socket option. The process in turn inherits it on fork. I have written a utility call setfib that acts a bit like nice.. setfib -3 ping target.example.com # will use fib 3 for ping. It is an obvious extension to make it a property of a jail but I have not done so. It can be achieved by combining the setfib and jail commands. 2/ packets received on an interface for forwarding. By default these packets would use table 0, (or possibly a number settable in a sysctl(not yet)). but prior to routing the firewall can inspect them (see below). (possibly in the future you may be able to associate a FIB with packets received on an interface.. An ifconfig arg, but not yet.) 3/ packets inspected by a packet classifier, which can arbitrarily associate a fib with it on a packet by packet basis. A fib assigned to a packet by a packet classifier (such as ipfw) would over-ride a fib associated by a more default source. (such as cases 1 or 2). 4/ a tcp listen socket associated with a fib will generate accept sockets that are associated with that same fib. 5/ Packets generated in response to some other packet (e.g. reset or icmp packets). These should use the FIB associated with the packet being reponded to. 6/ Packets generated during encapsulation. gif, tun and other tunnel interfaces will encapsulate using the FIB that was in effect withthe proces that set up the tunnel. thus setfib 1 ifconfig gif0 [tunnel instructions] will set the fib for the tunnel to use to be fib 1. Routing messages would be associated with their process, and thus select one FIB or another. messages from the kernel would be associated with the fib they refer to and would only be received by a routing socket associated with that fib. (not yet implemented) In addition Netstat has been edited to be able to cope with the fact that the array is now 2 dimensional. (It looks in system memory using libkvm (!)). Old versions of netstat see only the first FIB. In addition two sysctls are added to give: a) the number of FIBs compiled in (active) b) the default FIB of the calling process. Early testing experience: ------------------------- Basically our (IronPort's) appliance does this functionality already using ipfw fwd but that method has some drawbacks. For example, It can't fully simulate a routing table because it can't influence the socket's choice of local address when a connect() is done. Testing during the generating of these changes has been remarkably smooth so far. Multiple tables have co-existed with no notable side effects, and packets have been routes accordingly. ipfw has grown 2 new keywords: setfib N ip from anay to any count ip from any to any fib N In pf there seems to be a requirement to be able to give symbolic names to the fibs but I do not have that capacity. I am not sure if it is required. SCTP has interestingly enough built in support for this, called VRFs in Cisco parlance. it will be interesting to see how that handles it when it suddenly actually does something. Where to next: -------------------- After committing the ABI compatible version and MFCing it, I'd like to proceed in a forward direction in -current. this will result in some roto-tilling in the routing code. Firstly: the current code's idea of having a separate tree per protocol family, all of the same format, and pointed to by the 1 dimensional array is a bit silly. Especially when one considers that there is code that makes assumptions about every protocol having the same internal structures there. Some protocols don't WANT that sort of structure. (for example the whole idea of a netmask is foreign to appletalk). This needs to be made opaque to the external code. My suggested first change is to add routing method pointers to the 'domain' structure, along with information pointing the data. instead of having an array of pointers to uniform structures, there would be an array pointing to the 'domain' structures for each protocol address domain (protocol family), and the methods this reached would be called. The methods would have an argument that gives FIB number, but the protocol would be free to ignore it. When the ABI can be changed it raises the possibilty of the addition of a fib entry into the "struct route". Currently, the structure contains the sockaddr of the desination, and the resulting fib entry. To make this work fully, one could add a fib number so that given an address and a fib, one can find the third element, the fib entry. Interaction with the ARP layer/ LL layer would need to be revisited as well. Qing Li has been working on this already. This work was sponsored by Ironport Systems/Cisco Reviewed by: several including rwatson, bz and mlair (parts each) Obtained from: Ironport systems/Cisco
2008-05-09 23:03:00 +00:00
if (error == 0 && rt != NULL) {
/*
* notify any listening routing agents of the change
*/
RT_LOCK(rt);
This patch provides the back end support for equal-cost multi-path (ECMP) for both IPv4 and IPv6. Previously, multipath route insertion is disallowed. For example, route add -net 192.103.54.0/24 10.9.44.1 route add -net 192.103.54.0/24 10.9.44.2 The second route insertion will trigger an error message of "add net 192.103.54.0/24: gateway 10.2.5.2: route already in table" Multiple default routes can also be inserted. Here is the netstat output: default 10.2.5.1 UGS 0 3074 bge0 => default 10.2.5.2 UGS 0 0 bge0 When multipath routes exist, the "route delete" command requires a specific gateway to be specified or else an error message would be displayed. For example, route delete default would fail and trigger the following error message: "route: writing to routing socket: No such process" "delete net default: not in table" On the other hand, route delete default 10.2.5.2 would be successful: "delete net default: gateway 10.2.5.2" One does not have to specify a gateway if there is only a single route for a particular destination. I need to perform more testings on address aliases and multiple interfaces that have the same IP prefixes. This patch as it stands today is not yet ready for prime time. Therefore, the ECMP code fragments are fully guarded by the RADIX_MPATH macro. Include the "options RADIX_MPATH" in the kernel configuration to enable this feature. Reviewed by: robert, sam, gnn, julian, kmacy
2008-04-13 05:45:14 +00:00
#ifdef RADIX_MPATH
KAME netinet6 basic part(no IPsec,no V6 Multicast Forwarding, no UDP/TCP for IPv6 yet) With this patch, you can assigne IPv6 addr automatically, and can reply to IPv6 ping. Reviewed by: freebsd-arch, cvs-committers Obtained from: KAME project
1999-11-22 02:45:11 +00:00
/*
Add code to allow the system to handle multiple routing tables. This particular implementation is designed to be fully backwards compatible and to be MFC-able to 7.x (and 6.x) Currently the only protocol that can make use of the multiple tables is IPv4 Similar functionality exists in OpenBSD and Linux. From my notes: ----- One thing where FreeBSD has been falling behind, and which by chance I have some time to work on is "policy based routing", which allows different packet streams to be routed by more than just the destination address. Constraints: ------------ I want to make some form of this available in the 6.x tree (and by extension 7.x) , but FreeBSD in general needs it so I might as well do it in -current and back port the portions I need. One of the ways that this can be done is to have the ability to instantiate multiple kernel routing tables (which I will now refer to as "Forwarding Information Bases" or "FIBs" for political correctness reasons). Which FIB a particular packet uses to make the next hop decision can be decided by a number of mechanisms. The policies these mechanisms implement are the "Policies" referred to in "Policy based routing". One of the constraints I have if I try to back port this work to 6.x is that it must be implemented as a EXTENSION to the existing ABIs in 6.x so that third party applications do not need to be recompiled in timespan of the branch. This first version will not have some of the bells and whistles that will come with later versions. It will, for example, be limited to 16 tables in the first commit. Implementation method, Compatible version. (part 1) ------------------------------- For this reason I have implemented a "sufficient subset" of a multiple routing table solution in Perforce, and back-ported it to 6.x. (also in Perforce though not always caught up with what I have done in -current/P4). The subset allows a number of FIBs to be defined at compile time (8 is sufficient for my purposes in 6.x) and implements the changes needed to allow IPV4 to use them. I have not done the changes for ipv6 simply because I do not need it, and I do not have enough knowledge of ipv6 (e.g. neighbor discovery) needed to do it. Other protocol families are left untouched and should there be users with proprietary protocol families, they should continue to work and be oblivious to the existence of the extra FIBs. To understand how this is done, one must know that the current FIB code starts everything off with a single dimensional array of pointers to FIB head structures (One per protocol family), each of which in turn points to the trie of routes available to that family. The basic change in the ABI compatible version of the change is to extent that array to be a 2 dimensional array, so that instead of protocol family X looking at rt_tables[X] for the table it needs, it looks at rt_tables[Y][X] when for all protocol families except ipv4 Y is always 0. Code that is unaware of the change always just sees the first row of the table, which of course looks just like the one dimensional array that existed before. The entry points rtrequest(), rtalloc(), rtalloc1(), rtalloc_ign() are all maintained, but refer only to the first row of the array, so that existing callers in proprietary protocols can continue to do the "right thing". Some new entry points are added, for the exclusive use of ipv4 code called in_rtrequest(), in_rtalloc(), in_rtalloc1() and in_rtalloc_ign(), which have an extra argument which refers the code to the correct row. In addition, there are some new entry points (currently called rtalloc_fib() and friends) that check the Address family being looked up and call either rtalloc() (and friends) if the protocol is not IPv4 forcing the action to row 0 or to the appropriate row if it IS IPv4 (and that info is available). These are for calling from code that is not specific to any particular protocol. The way these are implemented would change in the non ABI preserving code to be added later. One feature of the first version of the code is that for ipv4, the interface routes show up automatically on all the FIBs, so that no matter what FIB you select you always have the basic direct attached hosts available to you. (rtinit() does this automatically). You CAN delete an interface route from one FIB should you want to but by default it's there. ARP information is also available in each FIB. It's assumed that the same machine would have the same MAC address, regardless of which FIB you are using to get to it. This brings us as to how the correct FIB is selected for an outgoing IPV4 packet. Firstly, all packets have a FIB associated with them. if nothing has been done to change it, it will be FIB 0. The FIB is changed in the following ways. Packets fall into one of a number of classes. 1/ locally generated packets, coming from a socket/PCB. Such packets select a FIB from a number associated with the socket/PCB. This in turn is inherited from the process, but can be changed by a socket option. The process in turn inherits it on fork. I have written a utility call setfib that acts a bit like nice.. setfib -3 ping target.example.com # will use fib 3 for ping. It is an obvious extension to make it a property of a jail but I have not done so. It can be achieved by combining the setfib and jail commands. 2/ packets received on an interface for forwarding. By default these packets would use table 0, (or possibly a number settable in a sysctl(not yet)). but prior to routing the firewall can inspect them (see below). (possibly in the future you may be able to associate a FIB with packets received on an interface.. An ifconfig arg, but not yet.) 3/ packets inspected by a packet classifier, which can arbitrarily associate a fib with it on a packet by packet basis. A fib assigned to a packet by a packet classifier (such as ipfw) would over-ride a fib associated by a more default source. (such as cases 1 or 2). 4/ a tcp listen socket associated with a fib will generate accept sockets that are associated with that same fib. 5/ Packets generated in response to some other packet (e.g. reset or icmp packets). These should use the FIB associated with the packet being reponded to. 6/ Packets generated during encapsulation. gif, tun and other tunnel interfaces will encapsulate using the FIB that was in effect withthe proces that set up the tunnel. thus setfib 1 ifconfig gif0 [tunnel instructions] will set the fib for the tunnel to use to be fib 1. Routing messages would be associated with their process, and thus select one FIB or another. messages from the kernel would be associated with the fib they refer to and would only be received by a routing socket associated with that fib. (not yet implemented) In addition Netstat has been edited to be able to cope with the fact that the array is now 2 dimensional. (It looks in system memory using libkvm (!)). Old versions of netstat see only the first FIB. In addition two sysctls are added to give: a) the number of FIBs compiled in (active) b) the default FIB of the calling process. Early testing experience: ------------------------- Basically our (IronPort's) appliance does this functionality already using ipfw fwd but that method has some drawbacks. For example, It can't fully simulate a routing table because it can't influence the socket's choice of local address when a connect() is done. Testing during the generating of these changes has been remarkably smooth so far. Multiple tables have co-existed with no notable side effects, and packets have been routes accordingly. ipfw has grown 2 new keywords: setfib N ip from anay to any count ip from any to any fib N In pf there seems to be a requirement to be able to give symbolic names to the fibs but I do not have that capacity. I am not sure if it is required. SCTP has interestingly enough built in support for this, called VRFs in Cisco parlance. it will be interesting to see how that handles it when it suddenly actually does something. Where to next: -------------------- After committing the ABI compatible version and MFCing it, I'd like to proceed in a forward direction in -current. this will result in some roto-tilling in the routing code. Firstly: the current code's idea of having a separate tree per protocol family, all of the same format, and pointed to by the 1 dimensional array is a bit silly. Especially when one considers that there is code that makes assumptions about every protocol having the same internal structures there. Some protocols don't WANT that sort of structure. (for example the whole idea of a netmask is foreign to appletalk). This needs to be made opaque to the external code. My suggested first change is to add routing method pointers to the 'domain' structure, along with information pointing the data. instead of having an array of pointers to uniform structures, there would be an array pointing to the 'domain' structures for each protocol address domain (protocol family), and the methods this reached would be called. The methods would have an argument that gives FIB number, but the protocol would be free to ignore it. When the ABI can be changed it raises the possibilty of the addition of a fib entry into the "struct route". Currently, the structure contains the sockaddr of the desination, and the resulting fib entry. To make this work fully, one could add a fib number so that given an address and a fib, one can find the third element, the fib entry. Interaction with the ARP layer/ LL layer would need to be revisited as well. Qing Li has been working on this already. This work was sponsored by Ironport Systems/Cisco Reviewed by: several including rwatson, bz and mlair (parts each) Obtained from: Ironport systems/Cisco
2008-05-09 23:03:00 +00:00
* in case address alias finds the first address
Replace random ARIN direct assignment legacy IPs with proper RFC 5735 TEST-NET1 block for use in documentation and example code addresses. MFC after: 3 days
2012-01-24 15:20:31 +00:00
* e.g. ifconfig bge0 192.0.2.246/24
* e.g. ifconfig bge0 192.0.2.247/24
* the address set in the route is 192.0.2.246
* so we need to replace it with 192.0.2.247
No code changes what so ever, but added about 150 lines of comments Sorry if this makes it harder to merge in lite2 stuff but hey.. At least I can figure out what is going on whenever I end up going through those files again.. do we have a policy regarding commenting existing code?
1996-09-10 07:10:05 +00:00
*/
Add code to allow the system to handle multiple routing tables. This particular implementation is designed to be fully backwards compatible and to be MFC-able to 7.x (and 6.x) Currently the only protocol that can make use of the multiple tables is IPv4 Similar functionality exists in OpenBSD and Linux. From my notes: ----- One thing where FreeBSD has been falling behind, and which by chance I have some time to work on is "policy based routing", which allows different packet streams to be routed by more than just the destination address. Constraints: ------------ I want to make some form of this available in the 6.x tree (and by extension 7.x) , but FreeBSD in general needs it so I might as well do it in -current and back port the portions I need. One of the ways that this can be done is to have the ability to instantiate multiple kernel routing tables (which I will now refer to as "Forwarding Information Bases" or "FIBs" for political correctness reasons). Which FIB a particular packet uses to make the next hop decision can be decided by a number of mechanisms. The policies these mechanisms implement are the "Policies" referred to in "Policy based routing". One of the constraints I have if I try to back port this work to 6.x is that it must be implemented as a EXTENSION to the existing ABIs in 6.x so that third party applications do not need to be recompiled in timespan of the branch. This first version will not have some of the bells and whistles that will come with later versions. It will, for example, be limited to 16 tables in the first commit. Implementation method, Compatible version. (part 1) ------------------------------- For this reason I have implemented a "sufficient subset" of a multiple routing table solution in Perforce, and back-ported it to 6.x. (also in Perforce though not always caught up with what I have done in -current/P4). The subset allows a number of FIBs to be defined at compile time (8 is sufficient for my purposes in 6.x) and implements the changes needed to allow IPV4 to use them. I have not done the changes for ipv6 simply because I do not need it, and I do not have enough knowledge of ipv6 (e.g. neighbor discovery) needed to do it. Other protocol families are left untouched and should there be users with proprietary protocol families, they should continue to work and be oblivious to the existence of the extra FIBs. To understand how this is done, one must know that the current FIB code starts everything off with a single dimensional array of pointers to FIB head structures (One per protocol family), each of which in turn points to the trie of routes available to that family. The basic change in the ABI compatible version of the change is to extent that array to be a 2 dimensional array, so that instead of protocol family X looking at rt_tables[X] for the table it needs, it looks at rt_tables[Y][X] when for all protocol families except ipv4 Y is always 0. Code that is unaware of the change always just sees the first row of the table, which of course looks just like the one dimensional array that existed before. The entry points rtrequest(), rtalloc(), rtalloc1(), rtalloc_ign() are all maintained, but refer only to the first row of the array, so that existing callers in proprietary protocols can continue to do the "right thing". Some new entry points are added, for the exclusive use of ipv4 code called in_rtrequest(), in_rtalloc(), in_rtalloc1() and in_rtalloc_ign(), which have an extra argument which refers the code to the correct row. In addition, there are some new entry points (currently called rtalloc_fib() and friends) that check the Address family being looked up and call either rtalloc() (and friends) if the protocol is not IPv4 forcing the action to row 0 or to the appropriate row if it IS IPv4 (and that info is available). These are for calling from code that is not specific to any particular protocol. The way these are implemented would change in the non ABI preserving code to be added later. One feature of the first version of the code is that for ipv4, the interface routes show up automatically on all the FIBs, so that no matter what FIB you select you always have the basic direct attached hosts available to you. (rtinit() does this automatically). You CAN delete an interface route from one FIB should you want to but by default it's there. ARP information is also available in each FIB. It's assumed that the same machine would have the same MAC address, regardless of which FIB you are using to get to it. This brings us as to how the correct FIB is selected for an outgoing IPV4 packet. Firstly, all packets have a FIB associated with them. if nothing has been done to change it, it will be FIB 0. The FIB is changed in the following ways. Packets fall into one of a number of classes. 1/ locally generated packets, coming from a socket/PCB. Such packets select a FIB from a number associated with the socket/PCB. This in turn is inherited from the process, but can be changed by a socket option. The process in turn inherits it on fork. I have written a utility call setfib that acts a bit like nice.. setfib -3 ping target.example.com # will use fib 3 for ping. It is an obvious extension to make it a property of a jail but I have not done so. It can be achieved by combining the setfib and jail commands. 2/ packets received on an interface for forwarding. By default these packets would use table 0, (or possibly a number settable in a sysctl(not yet)). but prior to routing the firewall can inspect them (see below). (possibly in the future you may be able to associate a FIB with packets received on an interface.. An ifconfig arg, but not yet.) 3/ packets inspected by a packet classifier, which can arbitrarily associate a fib with it on a packet by packet basis. A fib assigned to a packet by a packet classifier (such as ipfw) would over-ride a fib associated by a more default source. (such as cases 1 or 2). 4/ a tcp listen socket associated with a fib will generate accept sockets that are associated with that same fib. 5/ Packets generated in response to some other packet (e.g. reset or icmp packets). These should use the FIB associated with the packet being reponded to. 6/ Packets generated during encapsulation. gif, tun and other tunnel interfaces will encapsulate using the FIB that was in effect withthe proces that set up the tunnel. thus setfib 1 ifconfig gif0 [tunnel instructions] will set the fib for the tunnel to use to be fib 1. Routing messages would be associated with their process, and thus select one FIB or another. messages from the kernel would be associated with the fib they refer to and would only be received by a routing socket associated with that fib. (not yet implemented) In addition Netstat has been edited to be able to cope with the fact that the array is now 2 dimensional. (It looks in system memory using libkvm (!)). Old versions of netstat see only the first FIB. In addition two sysctls are added to give: a) the number of FIBs compiled in (active) b) the default FIB of the calling process. Early testing experience: ------------------------- Basically our (IronPort's) appliance does this functionality already using ipfw fwd but that method has some drawbacks. For example, It can't fully simulate a routing table because it can't influence the socket's choice of local address when a connect() is done. Testing during the generating of these changes has been remarkably smooth so far. Multiple tables have co-existed with no notable side effects, and packets have been routes accordingly. ipfw has grown 2 new keywords: setfib N ip from anay to any count ip from any to any fib N In pf there seems to be a requirement to be able to give symbolic names to the fibs but I do not have that capacity. I am not sure if it is required. SCTP has interestingly enough built in support for this, called VRFs in Cisco parlance. it will be interesting to see how that handles it when it suddenly actually does something. Where to next: -------------------- After committing the ABI compatible version and MFCing it, I'd like to proceed in a forward direction in -current. this will result in some roto-tilling in the routing code. Firstly: the current code's idea of having a separate tree per protocol family, all of the same format, and pointed to by the 1 dimensional array is a bit silly. Especially when one considers that there is code that makes assumptions about every protocol having the same internal structures there. Some protocols don't WANT that sort of structure. (for example the whole idea of a netmask is foreign to appletalk). This needs to be made opaque to the external code. My suggested first change is to add routing method pointers to the 'domain' structure, along with information pointing the data. instead of having an array of pointers to uniform structures, there would be an array pointing to the 'domain' structures for each protocol address domain (protocol family), and the methods this reached would be called. The methods would have an argument that gives FIB number, but the protocol would be free to ignore it. When the ABI can be changed it raises the possibilty of the addition of a fib entry into the "struct route". Currently, the structure contains the sockaddr of the desination, and the resulting fib entry. To make this work fully, one could add a fib number so that given an address and a fib, one can find the third element, the fib entry. Interaction with the ARP layer/ LL layer would need to be revisited as well. Qing Li has been working on this already. This work was sponsored by Ironport Systems/Cisco Reviewed by: several including rwatson, bz and mlair (parts each) Obtained from: Ironport systems/Cisco
2008-05-09 23:03:00 +00:00
if (memcmp(rt->rt_ifa->ifa_addr,
ifa->ifa_addr, ifa->ifa_addr->sa_len)) {
Clean up common ifaddr management: - Unify reference count and lock initialization in a single function, ifa_init(). - Move tear-down from a macro (IFAFREE) to a function ifa_free(). - Move reference count bump from a macro (IFAREF) to a function ifa_ref(). - Instead of using a u_int protected by a mutex to refcount(9) for reference count management. The ifa_mtx is now used for exactly one ioctl, and possibly should be removed. MFC after: 3 weeks
2009-06-21 19:30:33 +00:00
ifa_free(rt->rt_ifa);
ifa_ref(ifa);
Add code to allow the system to handle multiple routing tables. This particular implementation is designed to be fully backwards compatible and to be MFC-able to 7.x (and 6.x) Currently the only protocol that can make use of the multiple tables is IPv4 Similar functionality exists in OpenBSD and Linux. From my notes: ----- One thing where FreeBSD has been falling behind, and which by chance I have some time to work on is "policy based routing", which allows different packet streams to be routed by more than just the destination address. Constraints: ------------ I want to make some form of this available in the 6.x tree (and by extension 7.x) , but FreeBSD in general needs it so I might as well do it in -current and back port the portions I need. One of the ways that this can be done is to have the ability to instantiate multiple kernel routing tables (which I will now refer to as "Forwarding Information Bases" or "FIBs" for political correctness reasons). Which FIB a particular packet uses to make the next hop decision can be decided by a number of mechanisms. The policies these mechanisms implement are the "Policies" referred to in "Policy based routing". One of the constraints I have if I try to back port this work to 6.x is that it must be implemented as a EXTENSION to the existing ABIs in 6.x so that third party applications do not need to be recompiled in timespan of the branch. This first version will not have some of the bells and whistles that will come with later versions. It will, for example, be limited to 16 tables in the first commit. Implementation method, Compatible version. (part 1) ------------------------------- For this reason I have implemented a "sufficient subset" of a multiple routing table solution in Perforce, and back-ported it to 6.x. (also in Perforce though not always caught up with what I have done in -current/P4). The subset allows a number of FIBs to be defined at compile time (8 is sufficient for my purposes in 6.x) and implements the changes needed to allow IPV4 to use them. I have not done the changes for ipv6 simply because I do not need it, and I do not have enough knowledge of ipv6 (e.g. neighbor discovery) needed to do it. Other protocol families are left untouched and should there be users with proprietary protocol families, they should continue to work and be oblivious to the existence of the extra FIBs. To understand how this is done, one must know that the current FIB code starts everything off with a single dimensional array of pointers to FIB head structures (One per protocol family), each of which in turn points to the trie of routes available to that family. The basic change in the ABI compatible version of the change is to extent that array to be a 2 dimensional array, so that instead of protocol family X looking at rt_tables[X] for the table it needs, it looks at rt_tables[Y][X] when for all protocol families except ipv4 Y is always 0. Code that is unaware of the change always just sees the first row of the table, which of course looks just like the one dimensional array that existed before. The entry points rtrequest(), rtalloc(), rtalloc1(), rtalloc_ign() are all maintained, but refer only to the first row of the array, so that existing callers in proprietary protocols can continue to do the "right thing". Some new entry points are added, for the exclusive use of ipv4 code called in_rtrequest(), in_rtalloc(), in_rtalloc1() and in_rtalloc_ign(), which have an extra argument which refers the code to the correct row. In addition, there are some new entry points (currently called rtalloc_fib() and friends) that check the Address family being looked up and call either rtalloc() (and friends) if the protocol is not IPv4 forcing the action to row 0 or to the appropriate row if it IS IPv4 (and that info is available). These are for calling from code that is not specific to any particular protocol. The way these are implemented would change in the non ABI preserving code to be added later. One feature of the first version of the code is that for ipv4, the interface routes show up automatically on all the FIBs, so that no matter what FIB you select you always have the basic direct attached hosts available to you. (rtinit() does this automatically). You CAN delete an interface route from one FIB should you want to but by default it's there. ARP information is also available in each FIB. It's assumed that the same machine would have the same MAC address, regardless of which FIB you are using to get to it. This brings us as to how the correct FIB is selected for an outgoing IPV4 packet. Firstly, all packets have a FIB associated with them. if nothing has been done to change it, it will be FIB 0. The FIB is changed in the following ways. Packets fall into one of a number of classes. 1/ locally generated packets, coming from a socket/PCB. Such packets select a FIB from a number associated with the socket/PCB. This in turn is inherited from the process, but can be changed by a socket option. The process in turn inherits it on fork. I have written a utility call setfib that acts a bit like nice.. setfib -3 ping target.example.com # will use fib 3 for ping. It is an obvious extension to make it a property of a jail but I have not done so. It can be achieved by combining the setfib and jail commands. 2/ packets received on an interface for forwarding. By default these packets would use table 0, (or possibly a number settable in a sysctl(not yet)). but prior to routing the firewall can inspect them (see below). (possibly in the future you may be able to associate a FIB with packets received on an interface.. An ifconfig arg, but not yet.) 3/ packets inspected by a packet classifier, which can arbitrarily associate a fib with it on a packet by packet basis. A fib assigned to a packet by a packet classifier (such as ipfw) would over-ride a fib associated by a more default source. (such as cases 1 or 2). 4/ a tcp listen socket associated with a fib will generate accept sockets that are associated with that same fib. 5/ Packets generated in response to some other packet (e.g. reset or icmp packets). These should use the FIB associated with the packet being reponded to. 6/ Packets generated during encapsulation. gif, tun and other tunnel interfaces will encapsulate using the FIB that was in effect withthe proces that set up the tunnel. thus setfib 1 ifconfig gif0 [tunnel instructions] will set the fib for the tunnel to use to be fib 1. Routing messages would be associated with their process, and thus select one FIB or another. messages from the kernel would be associated with the fib they refer to and would only be received by a routing socket associated with that fib. (not yet implemented) In addition Netstat has been edited to be able to cope with the fact that the array is now 2 dimensional. (It looks in system memory using libkvm (!)). Old versions of netstat see only the first FIB. In addition two sysctls are added to give: a) the number of FIBs compiled in (active) b) the default FIB of the calling process. Early testing experience: ------------------------- Basically our (IronPort's) appliance does this functionality already using ipfw fwd but that method has some drawbacks. For example, It can't fully simulate a routing table because it can't influence the socket's choice of local address when a connect() is done. Testing during the generating of these changes has been remarkably smooth so far. Multiple tables have co-existed with no notable side effects, and packets have been routes accordingly. ipfw has grown 2 new keywords: setfib N ip from anay to any count ip from any to any fib N In pf there seems to be a requirement to be able to give symbolic names to the fibs but I do not have that capacity. I am not sure if it is required. SCTP has interestingly enough built in support for this, called VRFs in Cisco parlance. it will be interesting to see how that handles it when it suddenly actually does something. Where to next: -------------------- After committing the ABI compatible version and MFCing it, I'd like to proceed in a forward direction in -current. this will result in some roto-tilling in the routing code. Firstly: the current code's idea of having a separate tree per protocol family, all of the same format, and pointed to by the 1 dimensional array is a bit silly. Especially when one considers that there is code that makes assumptions about every protocol having the same internal structures there. Some protocols don't WANT that sort of structure. (for example the whole idea of a netmask is foreign to appletalk). This needs to be made opaque to the external code. My suggested first change is to add routing method pointers to the 'domain' structure, along with information pointing the data. instead of having an array of pointers to uniform structures, there would be an array pointing to the 'domain' structures for each protocol address domain (protocol family), and the methods this reached would be called. The methods would have an argument that gives FIB number, but the protocol would be free to ignore it. When the ABI can be changed it raises the possibilty of the addition of a fib entry into the "struct route". Currently, the structure contains the sockaddr of the desination, and the resulting fib entry. To make this work fully, one could add a fib number so that given an address and a fib, one can find the third element, the fib entry. Interaction with the ARP layer/ LL layer would need to be revisited as well. Qing Li has been working on this already. This work was sponsored by Ironport Systems/Cisco Reviewed by: several including rwatson, bz and mlair (parts each) Obtained from: Ironport systems/Cisco
2008-05-09 23:03:00 +00:00
rt->rt_ifp = ifa->ifa_ifp;
rt->rt_ifa = ifa;
}
#endif
This main goals of this project are: 1. separating L2 tables (ARP, NDP) from the L3 routing tables 2. removing as much locking dependencies among these layers as possible to allow for some parallelism in the search operations 3. simplify the logic in the routing code, The most notable end result is the obsolescent of the route cloning (RTF_CLONING) concept, which translated into code reduction in both IPv4 ARP and IPv6 NDP related modules, and size reduction in struct rtentry{}. The change in design obsoletes the semantics of RTF_CLONING, RTF_WASCLONE and RTF_LLINFO routing flags. The userland applications such as "arp" and "ndp" have been modified to reflect those changes. The output from "netstat -r" shows only the routing entries. Quite a few developers have contributed to this project in the past: Glebius Smirnoff, Luigi Rizzo, Alessandro Cerri, and Andre Oppermann. And most recently: - Kip Macy revised the locking code completely, thus completing the last piece of the puzzle, Kip has also been conducting active functional testing - Sam Leffler has helped me improving/refactoring the code, and provided valuable reviews - Julian Elischer setup the perforce tree for me and has helped me maintaining that branch before the svn conversion
2008-12-15 06:10:57 +00:00
/*
* doing this for compatibility reasons
*/
if (cmd == RTM_ADD) {
((struct sockaddr_dl *)rt->rt_gateway)->sdl_type =
rt->rt_ifp->if_type;
((struct sockaddr_dl *)rt->rt_gateway)->sdl_index =
rt->rt_ifp->if_index;
}
Fix a LOR showing up with sctp_bsd_addr(): Do not hold a rt lock when calling rt_newaddrmsg(). Reviewed by: qingli Approved by: rrs (mentor) MFC after: 1 month
2009-11-17 12:57:10 +00:00
RT_ADDREF(rt);
RT_UNLOCK(rt);
Pass the fibnum where we need filtering of the message on the rtsock allowing routing daemons to filter routing updates on an rtsock per FIB. Adjust raw_input() and split it into wrapper and a new function taking an optional callback argument even though we only have one consumer [1] to keep the hackish flags local to rtsock.c. PR: kern/134931 Submitted by: multiple (see PR) Suggested by: rwatson [1] Reviewed by: rwatson MFC after: 3 days
2011-09-28 13:48:36 +00:00
rt_newaddrmsg_fib(cmd, ifa, error, rt, fibnum);
Fix a LOR showing up with sctp_bsd_addr(): Do not hold a rt lock when calling rt_newaddrmsg(). Reviewed by: qingli Approved by: rrs (mentor) MFC after: 1 month
2009-11-17 12:57:10 +00:00
RT_LOCK(rt);
RT_REMREF(rt);
Add code to allow the system to handle multiple routing tables. This particular implementation is designed to be fully backwards compatible and to be MFC-able to 7.x (and 6.x) Currently the only protocol that can make use of the multiple tables is IPv4 Similar functionality exists in OpenBSD and Linux. From my notes: ----- One thing where FreeBSD has been falling behind, and which by chance I have some time to work on is "policy based routing", which allows different packet streams to be routed by more than just the destination address. Constraints: ------------ I want to make some form of this available in the 6.x tree (and by extension 7.x) , but FreeBSD in general needs it so I might as well do it in -current and back port the portions I need. One of the ways that this can be done is to have the ability to instantiate multiple kernel routing tables (which I will now refer to as "Forwarding Information Bases" or "FIBs" for political correctness reasons). Which FIB a particular packet uses to make the next hop decision can be decided by a number of mechanisms. The policies these mechanisms implement are the "Policies" referred to in "Policy based routing". One of the constraints I have if I try to back port this work to 6.x is that it must be implemented as a EXTENSION to the existing ABIs in 6.x so that third party applications do not need to be recompiled in timespan of the branch. This first version will not have some of the bells and whistles that will come with later versions. It will, for example, be limited to 16 tables in the first commit. Implementation method, Compatible version. (part 1) ------------------------------- For this reason I have implemented a "sufficient subset" of a multiple routing table solution in Perforce, and back-ported it to 6.x. (also in Perforce though not always caught up with what I have done in -current/P4). The subset allows a number of FIBs to be defined at compile time (8 is sufficient for my purposes in 6.x) and implements the changes needed to allow IPV4 to use them. I have not done the changes for ipv6 simply because I do not need it, and I do not have enough knowledge of ipv6 (e.g. neighbor discovery) needed to do it. Other protocol families are left untouched and should there be users with proprietary protocol families, they should continue to work and be oblivious to the existence of the extra FIBs. To understand how this is done, one must know that the current FIB code starts everything off with a single dimensional array of pointers to FIB head structures (One per protocol family), each of which in turn points to the trie of routes available to that family. The basic change in the ABI compatible version of the change is to extent that array to be a 2 dimensional array, so that instead of protocol family X looking at rt_tables[X] for the table it needs, it looks at rt_tables[Y][X] when for all protocol families except ipv4 Y is always 0. Code that is unaware of the change always just sees the first row of the table, which of course looks just like the one dimensional array that existed before. The entry points rtrequest(), rtalloc(), rtalloc1(), rtalloc_ign() are all maintained, but refer only to the first row of the array, so that existing callers in proprietary protocols can continue to do the "right thing". Some new entry points are added, for the exclusive use of ipv4 code called in_rtrequest(), in_rtalloc(), in_rtalloc1() and in_rtalloc_ign(), which have an extra argument which refers the code to the correct row. In addition, there are some new entry points (currently called rtalloc_fib() and friends) that check the Address family being looked up and call either rtalloc() (and friends) if the protocol is not IPv4 forcing the action to row 0 or to the appropriate row if it IS IPv4 (and that info is available). These are for calling from code that is not specific to any particular protocol. The way these are implemented would change in the non ABI preserving code to be added later. One feature of the first version of the code is that for ipv4, the interface routes show up automatically on all the FIBs, so that no matter what FIB you select you always have the basic direct attached hosts available to you. (rtinit() does this automatically). You CAN delete an interface route from one FIB should you want to but by default it's there. ARP information is also available in each FIB. It's assumed that the same machine would have the same MAC address, regardless of which FIB you are using to get to it. This brings us as to how the correct FIB is selected for an outgoing IPV4 packet. Firstly, all packets have a FIB associated with them. if nothing has been done to change it, it will be FIB 0. The FIB is changed in the following ways. Packets fall into one of a number of classes. 1/ locally generated packets, coming from a socket/PCB. Such packets select a FIB from a number associated with the socket/PCB. This in turn is inherited from the process, but can be changed by a socket option. The process in turn inherits it on fork. I have written a utility call setfib that acts a bit like nice.. setfib -3 ping target.example.com # will use fib 3 for ping. It is an obvious extension to make it a property of a jail but I have not done so. It can be achieved by combining the setfib and jail commands. 2/ packets received on an interface for forwarding. By default these packets would use table 0, (or possibly a number settable in a sysctl(not yet)). but prior to routing the firewall can inspect them (see below). (possibly in the future you may be able to associate a FIB with packets received on an interface.. An ifconfig arg, but not yet.) 3/ packets inspected by a packet classifier, which can arbitrarily associate a fib with it on a packet by packet basis. A fib assigned to a packet by a packet classifier (such as ipfw) would over-ride a fib associated by a more default source. (such as cases 1 or 2). 4/ a tcp listen socket associated with a fib will generate accept sockets that are associated with that same fib. 5/ Packets generated in response to some other packet (e.g. reset or icmp packets). These should use the FIB associated with the packet being reponded to. 6/ Packets generated during encapsulation. gif, tun and other tunnel interfaces will encapsulate using the FIB that was in effect withthe proces that set up the tunnel. thus setfib 1 ifconfig gif0 [tunnel instructions] will set the fib for the tunnel to use to be fib 1. Routing messages would be associated with their process, and thus select one FIB or another. messages from the kernel would be associated with the fib they refer to and would only be received by a routing socket associated with that fib. (not yet implemented) In addition Netstat has been edited to be able to cope with the fact that the array is now 2 dimensional. (It looks in system memory using libkvm (!)). Old versions of netstat see only the first FIB. In addition two sysctls are added to give: a) the number of FIBs compiled in (active) b) the default FIB of the calling process. Early testing experience: ------------------------- Basically our (IronPort's) appliance does this functionality already using ipfw fwd but that method has some drawbacks. For example, It can't fully simulate a routing table because it can't influence the socket's choice of local address when a connect() is done. Testing during the generating of these changes has been remarkably smooth so far. Multiple tables have co-existed with no notable side effects, and packets have been routes accordingly. ipfw has grown 2 new keywords: setfib N ip from anay to any count ip from any to any fib N In pf there seems to be a requirement to be able to give symbolic names to the fibs but I do not have that capacity. I am not sure if it is required. SCTP has interestingly enough built in support for this, called VRFs in Cisco parlance. it will be interesting to see how that handles it when it suddenly actually does something. Where to next: -------------------- After committing the ABI compatible version and MFCing it, I'd like to proceed in a forward direction in -current. this will result in some roto-tilling in the routing code. Firstly: the current code's idea of having a separate tree per protocol family, all of the same format, and pointed to by the 1 dimensional array is a bit silly. Especially when one considers that there is code that makes assumptions about every protocol having the same internal structures there. Some protocols don't WANT that sort of structure. (for example the whole idea of a netmask is foreign to appletalk). This needs to be made opaque to the external code. My suggested first change is to add routing method pointers to the 'domain' structure, along with information pointing the data. instead of having an array of pointers to uniform structures, there would be an array pointing to the 'domain' structures for each protocol address domain (protocol family), and the methods this reached would be called. The methods would have an argument that gives FIB number, but the protocol would be free to ignore it. When the ABI can be changed it raises the possibilty of the addition of a fib entry into the "struct route". Currently, the structure contains the sockaddr of the desination, and the resulting fib entry. To make this work fully, one could add a fib number so that given an address and a fib, one can find the third element, the fib entry. Interaction with the ARP layer/ LL layer would need to be revisited as well. Qing Li has been working on this already. This work was sponsored by Ironport Systems/Cisco Reviewed by: several including rwatson, bz and mlair (parts each) Obtained from: Ironport systems/Cisco
2008-05-09 23:03:00 +00:00
if (cmd == RTM_DELETE) {
Locking for updates to routing table entries. Each rtentry gets a mutex that covers updates to the contents. Note this is separate from holding a reference and/or locking the routing table itself. Other/related changes: o rtredirect loses the final parameter by which an rtentry reference may be returned; this was never used and added unwarranted complexity for locking. o minor style cleanups to routing code (e.g. ansi-fy function decls) o remove the logic to bump the refcnt on the parent of cloned routes, we assume the parent will remain as long as the clone; doing this avoids a circularity in locking during delete o convert some timeouts to MPSAFE callouts Notes: 1. rt_mtx in struct rtentry is guarded by #ifdef _KERNEL as user-level applications cannot/do-no know about mutex's. Doing this requires that the mutex be the last element in the structure. A better solution is to introduce an externalized version of struct rtentry but this is a major task because of the intertwining of rtentry and other data structures that are visible to user applications. 2. There are known LOR's that are expected to go away with forthcoming work to eliminate many held references. If not these will be resolved prior to release. 3. ATM changes are untested. Sponsored by: FreeBSD Foundation Obtained from: BSD/OS (partly)
2003-10-04 03:44:50 +00:00
/*
Add code to allow the system to handle multiple routing tables. This particular implementation is designed to be fully backwards compatible and to be MFC-able to 7.x (and 6.x) Currently the only protocol that can make use of the multiple tables is IPv4 Similar functionality exists in OpenBSD and Linux. From my notes: ----- One thing where FreeBSD has been falling behind, and which by chance I have some time to work on is "policy based routing", which allows different packet streams to be routed by more than just the destination address. Constraints: ------------ I want to make some form of this available in the 6.x tree (and by extension 7.x) , but FreeBSD in general needs it so I might as well do it in -current and back port the portions I need. One of the ways that this can be done is to have the ability to instantiate multiple kernel routing tables (which I will now refer to as "Forwarding Information Bases" or "FIBs" for political correctness reasons). Which FIB a particular packet uses to make the next hop decision can be decided by a number of mechanisms. The policies these mechanisms implement are the "Policies" referred to in "Policy based routing". One of the constraints I have if I try to back port this work to 6.x is that it must be implemented as a EXTENSION to the existing ABIs in 6.x so that third party applications do not need to be recompiled in timespan of the branch. This first version will not have some of the bells and whistles that will come with later versions. It will, for example, be limited to 16 tables in the first commit. Implementation method, Compatible version. (part 1) ------------------------------- For this reason I have implemented a "sufficient subset" of a multiple routing table solution in Perforce, and back-ported it to 6.x. (also in Perforce though not always caught up with what I have done in -current/P4). The subset allows a number of FIBs to be defined at compile time (8 is sufficient for my purposes in 6.x) and implements the changes needed to allow IPV4 to use them. I have not done the changes for ipv6 simply because I do not need it, and I do not have enough knowledge of ipv6 (e.g. neighbor discovery) needed to do it. Other protocol families are left untouched and should there be users with proprietary protocol families, they should continue to work and be oblivious to the existence of the extra FIBs. To understand how this is done, one must know that the current FIB code starts everything off with a single dimensional array of pointers to FIB head structures (One per protocol family), each of which in turn points to the trie of routes available to that family. The basic change in the ABI compatible version of the change is to extent that array to be a 2 dimensional array, so that instead of protocol family X looking at rt_tables[X] for the table it needs, it looks at rt_tables[Y][X] when for all protocol families except ipv4 Y is always 0. Code that is unaware of the change always just sees the first row of the table, which of course looks just like the one dimensional array that existed before. The entry points rtrequest(), rtalloc(), rtalloc1(), rtalloc_ign() are all maintained, but refer only to the first row of the array, so that existing callers in proprietary protocols can continue to do the "right thing". Some new entry points are added, for the exclusive use of ipv4 code called in_rtrequest(), in_rtalloc(), in_rtalloc1() and in_rtalloc_ign(), which have an extra argument which refers the code to the correct row. In addition, there are some new entry points (currently called rtalloc_fib() and friends) that check the Address family being looked up and call either rtalloc() (and friends) if the protocol is not IPv4 forcing the action to row 0 or to the appropriate row if it IS IPv4 (and that info is available). These are for calling from code that is not specific to any particular protocol. The way these are implemented would change in the non ABI preserving code to be added later. One feature of the first version of the code is that for ipv4, the interface routes show up automatically on all the FIBs, so that no matter what FIB you select you always have the basic direct attached hosts available to you. (rtinit() does this automatically). You CAN delete an interface route from one FIB should you want to but by default it's there. ARP information is also available in each FIB. It's assumed that the same machine would have the same MAC address, regardless of which FIB you are using to get to it. This brings us as to how the correct FIB is selected for an outgoing IPV4 packet. Firstly, all packets have a FIB associated with them. if nothing has been done to change it, it will be FIB 0. The FIB is changed in the following ways. Packets fall into one of a number of classes. 1/ locally generated packets, coming from a socket/PCB. Such packets select a FIB from a number associated with the socket/PCB. This in turn is inherited from the process, but can be changed by a socket option. The process in turn inherits it on fork. I have written a utility call setfib that acts a bit like nice.. setfib -3 ping target.example.com # will use fib 3 for ping. It is an obvious extension to make it a property of a jail but I have not done so. It can be achieved by combining the setfib and jail commands. 2/ packets received on an interface for forwarding. By default these packets would use table 0, (or possibly a number settable in a sysctl(not yet)). but prior to routing the firewall can inspect them (see below). (possibly in the future you may be able to associate a FIB with packets received on an interface.. An ifconfig arg, but not yet.) 3/ packets inspected by a packet classifier, which can arbitrarily associate a fib with it on a packet by packet basis. A fib assigned to a packet by a packet classifier (such as ipfw) would over-ride a fib associated by a more default source. (such as cases 1 or 2). 4/ a tcp listen socket associated with a fib will generate accept sockets that are associated with that same fib. 5/ Packets generated in response to some other packet (e.g. reset or icmp packets). These should use the FIB associated with the packet being reponded to. 6/ Packets generated during encapsulation. gif, tun and other tunnel interfaces will encapsulate using the FIB that was in effect withthe proces that set up the tunnel. thus setfib 1 ifconfig gif0 [tunnel instructions] will set the fib for the tunnel to use to be fib 1. Routing messages would be associated with their process, and thus select one FIB or another. messages from the kernel would be associated with the fib they refer to and would only be received by a routing socket associated with that fib. (not yet implemented) In addition Netstat has been edited to be able to cope with the fact that the array is now 2 dimensional. (It looks in system memory using libkvm (!)). Old versions of netstat see only the first FIB. In addition two sysctls are added to give: a) the number of FIBs compiled in (active) b) the default FIB of the calling process. Early testing experience: ------------------------- Basically our (IronPort's) appliance does this functionality already using ipfw fwd but that method has some drawbacks. For example, It can't fully simulate a routing table because it can't influence the socket's choice of local address when a connect() is done. Testing during the generating of these changes has been remarkably smooth so far. Multiple tables have co-existed with no notable side effects, and packets have been routes accordingly. ipfw has grown 2 new keywords: setfib N ip from anay to any count ip from any to any fib N In pf there seems to be a requirement to be able to give symbolic names to the fibs but I do not have that capacity. I am not sure if it is required. SCTP has interestingly enough built in support for this, called VRFs in Cisco parlance. it will be interesting to see how that handles it when it suddenly actually does something. Where to next: -------------------- After committing the ABI compatible version and MFCing it, I'd like to proceed in a forward direction in -current. this will result in some roto-tilling in the routing code. Firstly: the current code's idea of having a separate tree per protocol family, all of the same format, and pointed to by the 1 dimensional array is a bit silly. Especially when one considers that there is code that makes assumptions about every protocol having the same internal structures there. Some protocols don't WANT that sort of structure. (for example the whole idea of a netmask is foreign to appletalk). This needs to be made opaque to the external code. My suggested first change is to add routing method pointers to the 'domain' structure, along with information pointing the data. instead of having an array of pointers to uniform structures, there would be an array pointing to the 'domain' structures for each protocol address domain (protocol family), and the methods this reached would be called. The methods would have an argument that gives FIB number, but the protocol would be free to ignore it. When the ABI can be changed it raises the possibilty of the addition of a fib entry into the "struct route". Currently, the structure contains the sockaddr of the desination, and the resulting fib entry. To make this work fully, one could add a fib number so that given an address and a fib, one can find the third element, the fib entry. Interaction with the ARP layer/ LL layer would need to be revisited as well. Qing Li has been working on this already. This work was sponsored by Ironport Systems/Cisco Reviewed by: several including rwatson, bz and mlair (parts each) Obtained from: Ironport systems/Cisco
2008-05-09 23:03:00 +00:00
* If we are deleting, and we found an entry,
* then it's been removed from the tree..
* now throw it away.
Locking for updates to routing table entries. Each rtentry gets a mutex that covers updates to the contents. Note this is separate from holding a reference and/or locking the routing table itself. Other/related changes: o rtredirect loses the final parameter by which an rtentry reference may be returned; this was never used and added unwarranted complexity for locking. o minor style cleanups to routing code (e.g. ansi-fy function decls) o remove the logic to bump the refcnt on the parent of cloned routes, we assume the parent will remain as long as the clone; doing this avoids a circularity in locking during delete o convert some timeouts to MPSAFE callouts Notes: 1. rt_mtx in struct rtentry is guarded by #ifdef _KERNEL as user-level applications cannot/do-no know about mutex's. Doing this requires that the mutex be the last element in the structure. A better solution is to introduce an externalized version of struct rtentry but this is a major task because of the intertwining of rtentry and other data structures that are visible to user applications. 2. There are known LOR's that are expected to go away with forthcoming work to eliminate many held references. If not these will be resolved prior to release. 3. ATM changes are untested. Sponsored by: FreeBSD Foundation Obtained from: BSD/OS (partly)
2003-10-04 03:44:50 +00:00
*/
Add code to allow the system to handle multiple routing tables. This particular implementation is designed to be fully backwards compatible and to be MFC-able to 7.x (and 6.x) Currently the only protocol that can make use of the multiple tables is IPv4 Similar functionality exists in OpenBSD and Linux. From my notes: ----- One thing where FreeBSD has been falling behind, and which by chance I have some time to work on is "policy based routing", which allows different packet streams to be routed by more than just the destination address. Constraints: ------------ I want to make some form of this available in the 6.x tree (and by extension 7.x) , but FreeBSD in general needs it so I might as well do it in -current and back port the portions I need. One of the ways that this can be done is to have the ability to instantiate multiple kernel routing tables (which I will now refer to as "Forwarding Information Bases" or "FIBs" for political correctness reasons). Which FIB a particular packet uses to make the next hop decision can be decided by a number of mechanisms. The policies these mechanisms implement are the "Policies" referred to in "Policy based routing". One of the constraints I have if I try to back port this work to 6.x is that it must be implemented as a EXTENSION to the existing ABIs in 6.x so that third party applications do not need to be recompiled in timespan of the branch. This first version will not have some of the bells and whistles that will come with later versions. It will, for example, be limited to 16 tables in the first commit. Implementation method, Compatible version. (part 1) ------------------------------- For this reason I have implemented a "sufficient subset" of a multiple routing table solution in Perforce, and back-ported it to 6.x. (also in Perforce though not always caught up with what I have done in -current/P4). The subset allows a number of FIBs to be defined at compile time (8 is sufficient for my purposes in 6.x) and implements the changes needed to allow IPV4 to use them. I have not done the changes for ipv6 simply because I do not need it, and I do not have enough knowledge of ipv6 (e.g. neighbor discovery) needed to do it. Other protocol families are left untouched and should there be users with proprietary protocol families, they should continue to work and be oblivious to the existence of the extra FIBs. To understand how this is done, one must know that the current FIB code starts everything off with a single dimensional array of pointers to FIB head structures (One per protocol family), each of which in turn points to the trie of routes available to that family. The basic change in the ABI compatible version of the change is to extent that array to be a 2 dimensional array, so that instead of protocol family X looking at rt_tables[X] for the table it needs, it looks at rt_tables[Y][X] when for all protocol families except ipv4 Y is always 0. Code that is unaware of the change always just sees the first row of the table, which of course looks just like the one dimensional array that existed before. The entry points rtrequest(), rtalloc(), rtalloc1(), rtalloc_ign() are all maintained, but refer only to the first row of the array, so that existing callers in proprietary protocols can continue to do the "right thing". Some new entry points are added, for the exclusive use of ipv4 code called in_rtrequest(), in_rtalloc(), in_rtalloc1() and in_rtalloc_ign(), which have an extra argument which refers the code to the correct row. In addition, there are some new entry points (currently called rtalloc_fib() and friends) that check the Address family being looked up and call either rtalloc() (and friends) if the protocol is not IPv4 forcing the action to row 0 or to the appropriate row if it IS IPv4 (and that info is available). These are for calling from code that is not specific to any particular protocol. The way these are implemented would change in the non ABI preserving code to be added later. One feature of the first version of the code is that for ipv4, the interface routes show up automatically on all the FIBs, so that no matter what FIB you select you always have the basic direct attached hosts available to you. (rtinit() does this automatically). You CAN delete an interface route from one FIB should you want to but by default it's there. ARP information is also available in each FIB. It's assumed that the same machine would have the same MAC address, regardless of which FIB you are using to get to it. This brings us as to how the correct FIB is selected for an outgoing IPV4 packet. Firstly, all packets have a FIB associated with them. if nothing has been done to change it, it will be FIB 0. The FIB is changed in the following ways. Packets fall into one of a number of classes. 1/ locally generated packets, coming from a socket/PCB. Such packets select a FIB from a number associated with the socket/PCB. This in turn is inherited from the process, but can be changed by a socket option. The process in turn inherits it on fork. I have written a utility call setfib that acts a bit like nice.. setfib -3 ping target.example.com # will use fib 3 for ping. It is an obvious extension to make it a property of a jail but I have not done so. It can be achieved by combining the setfib and jail commands. 2/ packets received on an interface for forwarding. By default these packets would use table 0, (or possibly a number settable in a sysctl(not yet)). but prior to routing the firewall can inspect them (see below). (possibly in the future you may be able to associate a FIB with packets received on an interface.. An ifconfig arg, but not yet.) 3/ packets inspected by a packet classifier, which can arbitrarily associate a fib with it on a packet by packet basis. A fib assigned to a packet by a packet classifier (such as ipfw) would over-ride a fib associated by a more default source. (such as cases 1 or 2). 4/ a tcp listen socket associated with a fib will generate accept sockets that are associated with that same fib. 5/ Packets generated in response to some other packet (e.g. reset or icmp packets). These should use the FIB associated with the packet being reponded to. 6/ Packets generated during encapsulation. gif, tun and other tunnel interfaces will encapsulate using the FIB that was in effect withthe proces that set up the tunnel. thus setfib 1 ifconfig gif0 [tunnel instructions] will set the fib for the tunnel to use to be fib 1. Routing messages would be associated with their process, and thus select one FIB or another. messages from the kernel would be associated with the fib they refer to and would only be received by a routing socket associated with that fib. (not yet implemented) In addition Netstat has been edited to be able to cope with the fact that the array is now 2 dimensional. (It looks in system memory using libkvm (!)). Old versions of netstat see only the first FIB. In addition two sysctls are added to give: a) the number of FIBs compiled in (active) b) the default FIB of the calling process. Early testing experience: ------------------------- Basically our (IronPort's) appliance does this functionality already using ipfw fwd but that method has some drawbacks. For example, It can't fully simulate a routing table because it can't influence the socket's choice of local address when a connect() is done. Testing during the generating of these changes has been remarkably smooth so far. Multiple tables have co-existed with no notable side effects, and packets have been routes accordingly. ipfw has grown 2 new keywords: setfib N ip from anay to any count ip from any to any fib N In pf there seems to be a requirement to be able to give symbolic names to the fibs but I do not have that capacity. I am not sure if it is required. SCTP has interestingly enough built in support for this, called VRFs in Cisco parlance. it will be interesting to see how that handles it when it suddenly actually does something. Where to next: -------------------- After committing the ABI compatible version and MFCing it, I'd like to proceed in a forward direction in -current. this will result in some roto-tilling in the routing code. Firstly: the current code's idea of having a separate tree per protocol family, all of the same format, and pointed to by the 1 dimensional array is a bit silly. Especially when one considers that there is code that makes assumptions about every protocol having the same internal structures there. Some protocols don't WANT that sort of structure. (for example the whole idea of a netmask is foreign to appletalk). This needs to be made opaque to the external code. My suggested first change is to add routing method pointers to the 'domain' structure, along with information pointing the data. instead of having an array of pointers to uniform structures, there would be an array pointing to the 'domain' structures for each protocol address domain (protocol family), and the methods this reached would be called. The methods would have an argument that gives FIB number, but the protocol would be free to ignore it. When the ABI can be changed it raises the possibilty of the addition of a fib entry into the "struct route". Currently, the structure contains the sockaddr of the desination, and the resulting fib entry. To make this work fully, one could add a fib number so that given an address and a fib, one can find the third element, the fib entry. Interaction with the ARP layer/ LL layer would need to be revisited as well. Qing Li has been working on this already. This work was sponsored by Ironport Systems/Cisco Reviewed by: several including rwatson, bz and mlair (parts each) Obtained from: Ironport systems/Cisco
2008-05-09 23:03:00 +00:00
RTFREE_LOCKED(rt);
} else {
if (cmd == RTM_ADD) {
/*
* We just wanted to add it..
* we don't actually need a reference.
*/
RT_REMREF(rt);
}
RT_UNLOCK(rt);
Locking for updates to routing table entries. Each rtentry gets a mutex that covers updates to the contents. Note this is separate from holding a reference and/or locking the routing table itself. Other/related changes: o rtredirect loses the final parameter by which an rtentry reference may be returned; this was never used and added unwarranted complexity for locking. o minor style cleanups to routing code (e.g. ansi-fy function decls) o remove the logic to bump the refcnt on the parent of cloned routes, we assume the parent will remain as long as the clone; doing this avoids a circularity in locking during delete o convert some timeouts to MPSAFE callouts Notes: 1. rt_mtx in struct rtentry is guarded by #ifdef _KERNEL as user-level applications cannot/do-no know about mutex's. Doing this requires that the mutex be the last element in the structure. A better solution is to introduce an externalized version of struct rtentry but this is a major task because of the intertwining of rtentry and other data structures that are visible to user applications. 2. There are known LOR's that are expected to go away with forthcoming work to eliminate many held references. If not these will be resolved prior to release. 3. ATM changes are untested. Sponsored by: FreeBSD Foundation Obtained from: BSD/OS (partly)
2003-10-04 03:44:50 +00:00
}
Add code to allow the system to handle multiple routing tables. This particular implementation is designed to be fully backwards compatible and to be MFC-able to 7.x (and 6.x) Currently the only protocol that can make use of the multiple tables is IPv4 Similar functionality exists in OpenBSD and Linux. From my notes: ----- One thing where FreeBSD has been falling behind, and which by chance I have some time to work on is "policy based routing", which allows different packet streams to be routed by more than just the destination address. Constraints: ------------ I want to make some form of this available in the 6.x tree (and by extension 7.x) , but FreeBSD in general needs it so I might as well do it in -current and back port the portions I need. One of the ways that this can be done is to have the ability to instantiate multiple kernel routing tables (which I will now refer to as "Forwarding Information Bases" or "FIBs" for political correctness reasons). Which FIB a particular packet uses to make the next hop decision can be decided by a number of mechanisms. The policies these mechanisms implement are the "Policies" referred to in "Policy based routing". One of the constraints I have if I try to back port this work to 6.x is that it must be implemented as a EXTENSION to the existing ABIs in 6.x so that third party applications do not need to be recompiled in timespan of the branch. This first version will not have some of the bells and whistles that will come with later versions. It will, for example, be limited to 16 tables in the first commit. Implementation method, Compatible version. (part 1) ------------------------------- For this reason I have implemented a "sufficient subset" of a multiple routing table solution in Perforce, and back-ported it to 6.x. (also in Perforce though not always caught up with what I have done in -current/P4). The subset allows a number of FIBs to be defined at compile time (8 is sufficient for my purposes in 6.x) and implements the changes needed to allow IPV4 to use them. I have not done the changes for ipv6 simply because I do not need it, and I do not have enough knowledge of ipv6 (e.g. neighbor discovery) needed to do it. Other protocol families are left untouched and should there be users with proprietary protocol families, they should continue to work and be oblivious to the existence of the extra FIBs. To understand how this is done, one must know that the current FIB code starts everything off with a single dimensional array of pointers to FIB head structures (One per protocol family), each of which in turn points to the trie of routes available to that family. The basic change in the ABI compatible version of the change is to extent that array to be a 2 dimensional array, so that instead of protocol family X looking at rt_tables[X] for the table it needs, it looks at rt_tables[Y][X] when for all protocol families except ipv4 Y is always 0. Code that is unaware of the change always just sees the first row of the table, which of course looks just like the one dimensional array that existed before. The entry points rtrequest(), rtalloc(), rtalloc1(), rtalloc_ign() are all maintained, but refer only to the first row of the array, so that existing callers in proprietary protocols can continue to do the "right thing". Some new entry points are added, for the exclusive use of ipv4 code called in_rtrequest(), in_rtalloc(), in_rtalloc1() and in_rtalloc_ign(), which have an extra argument which refers the code to the correct row. In addition, there are some new entry points (currently called rtalloc_fib() and friends) that check the Address family being looked up and call either rtalloc() (and friends) if the protocol is not IPv4 forcing the action to row 0 or to the appropriate row if it IS IPv4 (and that info is available). These are for calling from code that is not specific to any particular protocol. The way these are implemented would change in the non ABI preserving code to be added later. One feature of the first version of the code is that for ipv4, the interface routes show up automatically on all the FIBs, so that no matter what FIB you select you always have the basic direct attached hosts available to you. (rtinit() does this automatically). You CAN delete an interface route from one FIB should you want to but by default it's there. ARP information is also available in each FIB. It's assumed that the same machine would have the same MAC address, regardless of which FIB you are using to get to it. This brings us as to how the correct FIB is selected for an outgoing IPV4 packet. Firstly, all packets have a FIB associated with them. if nothing has been done to change it, it will be FIB 0. The FIB is changed in the following ways. Packets fall into one of a number of classes. 1/ locally generated packets, coming from a socket/PCB. Such packets select a FIB from a number associated with the socket/PCB. This in turn is inherited from the process, but can be changed by a socket option. The process in turn inherits it on fork. I have written a utility call setfib that acts a bit like nice.. setfib -3 ping target.example.com # will use fib 3 for ping. It is an obvious extension to make it a property of a jail but I have not done so. It can be achieved by combining the setfib and jail commands. 2/ packets received on an interface for forwarding. By default these packets would use table 0, (or possibly a number settable in a sysctl(not yet)). but prior to routing the firewall can inspect them (see below). (possibly in the future you may be able to associate a FIB with packets received on an interface.. An ifconfig arg, but not yet.) 3/ packets inspected by a packet classifier, which can arbitrarily associate a fib with it on a packet by packet basis. A fib assigned to a packet by a packet classifier (such as ipfw) would over-ride a fib associated by a more default source. (such as cases 1 or 2). 4/ a tcp listen socket associated with a fib will generate accept sockets that are associated with that same fib. 5/ Packets generated in response to some other packet (e.g. reset or icmp packets). These should use the FIB associated with the packet being reponded to. 6/ Packets generated during encapsulation. gif, tun and other tunnel interfaces will encapsulate using the FIB that was in effect withthe proces that set up the tunnel. thus setfib 1 ifconfig gif0 [tunnel instructions] will set the fib for the tunnel to use to be fib 1. Routing messages would be associated with their process, and thus select one FIB or another. messages from the kernel would be associated with the fib they refer to and would only be received by a routing socket associated with that fib. (not yet implemented) In addition Netstat has been edited to be able to cope with the fact that the array is now 2 dimensional. (It looks in system memory using libkvm (!)). Old versions of netstat see only the first FIB. In addition two sysctls are added to give: a) the number of FIBs compiled in (active) b) the default FIB of the calling process. Early testing experience: ------------------------- Basically our (IronPort's) appliance does this functionality already using ipfw fwd but that method has some drawbacks. For example, It can't fully simulate a routing table because it can't influence the socket's choice of local address when a connect() is done. Testing during the generating of these changes has been remarkably smooth so far. Multiple tables have co-existed with no notable side effects, and packets have been routes accordingly. ipfw has grown 2 new keywords: setfib N ip from anay to any count ip from any to any fib N In pf there seems to be a requirement to be able to give symbolic names to the fibs but I do not have that capacity. I am not sure if it is required. SCTP has interestingly enough built in support for this, called VRFs in Cisco parlance. it will be interesting to see how that handles it when it suddenly actually does something. Where to next: -------------------- After committing the ABI compatible version and MFCing it, I'd like to proceed in a forward direction in -current. this will result in some roto-tilling in the routing code. Firstly: the current code's idea of having a separate tree per protocol family, all of the same format, and pointed to by the 1 dimensional array is a bit silly. Especially when one considers that there is code that makes assumptions about every protocol having the same internal structures there. Some protocols don't WANT that sort of structure. (for example the whole idea of a netmask is foreign to appletalk). This needs to be made opaque to the external code. My suggested first change is to add routing method pointers to the 'domain' structure, along with information pointing the data. instead of having an array of pointers to uniform structures, there would be an array pointing to the 'domain' structures for each protocol address domain (protocol family), and the methods this reached would be called. The methods would have an argument that gives FIB number, but the protocol would be free to ignore it. When the ABI can be changed it raises the possibilty of the addition of a fib entry into the "struct route". Currently, the structure contains the sockaddr of the desination, and the resulting fib entry. To make this work fully, one could add a fib number so that given an address and a fib, one can find the third element, the fib entry. Interaction with the ARP layer/ LL layer would need to be revisited as well. Qing Li has been working on this already. This work was sponsored by Ironport Systems/Cisco Reviewed by: several including rwatson, bz and mlair (parts each) Obtained from: Ironport systems/Cisco
2008-05-09 23:03:00 +00:00
didwork = 1;
}
if (error)
a_failure = error;
}
if (cmd == RTM_DELETE) {
if (didwork) {
error = 0;
} else {
/* we only give an error if it wasn't in any table */
error = ((flags & RTF_HOST) ?
EHOSTUNREACH : ENETUNREACH);
}
} else {
if (a_failure) {
/* return an error if any of them failed */
error = a_failure;
BSD 4.4 Lite Kernel Sources
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
}
}
Added back the missing last few bytes of the file.
1995-01-23 17:53:21 +00:00
return (error);
}
Postpone route_init() until all domains are attached.
1999-04-29 03:22:19 +00:00
Add code to allow the system to handle multiple routing tables. This particular implementation is designed to be fully backwards compatible and to be MFC-able to 7.x (and 6.x) Currently the only protocol that can make use of the multiple tables is IPv4 Similar functionality exists in OpenBSD and Linux. From my notes: ----- One thing where FreeBSD has been falling behind, and which by chance I have some time to work on is "policy based routing", which allows different packet streams to be routed by more than just the destination address. Constraints: ------------ I want to make some form of this available in the 6.x tree (and by extension 7.x) , but FreeBSD in general needs it so I might as well do it in -current and back port the portions I need. One of the ways that this can be done is to have the ability to instantiate multiple kernel routing tables (which I will now refer to as "Forwarding Information Bases" or "FIBs" for political correctness reasons). Which FIB a particular packet uses to make the next hop decision can be decided by a number of mechanisms. The policies these mechanisms implement are the "Policies" referred to in "Policy based routing". One of the constraints I have if I try to back port this work to 6.x is that it must be implemented as a EXTENSION to the existing ABIs in 6.x so that third party applications do not need to be recompiled in timespan of the branch. This first version will not have some of the bells and whistles that will come with later versions. It will, for example, be limited to 16 tables in the first commit. Implementation method, Compatible version. (part 1) ------------------------------- For this reason I have implemented a "sufficient subset" of a multiple routing table solution in Perforce, and back-ported it to 6.x. (also in Perforce though not always caught up with what I have done in -current/P4). The subset allows a number of FIBs to be defined at compile time (8 is sufficient for my purposes in 6.x) and implements the changes needed to allow IPV4 to use them. I have not done the changes for ipv6 simply because I do not need it, and I do not have enough knowledge of ipv6 (e.g. neighbor discovery) needed to do it. Other protocol families are left untouched and should there be users with proprietary protocol families, they should continue to work and be oblivious to the existence of the extra FIBs. To understand how this is done, one must know that the current FIB code starts everything off with a single dimensional array of pointers to FIB head structures (One per protocol family), each of which in turn points to the trie of routes available to that family. The basic change in the ABI compatible version of the change is to extent that array to be a 2 dimensional array, so that instead of protocol family X looking at rt_tables[X] for the table it needs, it looks at rt_tables[Y][X] when for all protocol families except ipv4 Y is always 0. Code that is unaware of the change always just sees the first row of the table, which of course looks just like the one dimensional array that existed before. The entry points rtrequest(), rtalloc(), rtalloc1(), rtalloc_ign() are all maintained, but refer only to the first row of the array, so that existing callers in proprietary protocols can continue to do the "right thing". Some new entry points are added, for the exclusive use of ipv4 code called in_rtrequest(), in_rtalloc(), in_rtalloc1() and in_rtalloc_ign(), which have an extra argument which refers the code to the correct row. In addition, there are some new entry points (currently called rtalloc_fib() and friends) that check the Address family being looked up and call either rtalloc() (and friends) if the protocol is not IPv4 forcing the action to row 0 or to the appropriate row if it IS IPv4 (and that info is available). These are for calling from code that is not specific to any particular protocol. The way these are implemented would change in the non ABI preserving code to be added later. One feature of the first version of the code is that for ipv4, the interface routes show up automatically on all the FIBs, so that no matter what FIB you select you always have the basic direct attached hosts available to you. (rtinit() does this automatically). You CAN delete an interface route from one FIB should you want to but by default it's there. ARP information is also available in each FIB. It's assumed that the same machine would have the same MAC address, regardless of which FIB you are using to get to it. This brings us as to how the correct FIB is selected for an outgoing IPV4 packet. Firstly, all packets have a FIB associated with them. if nothing has been done to change it, it will be FIB 0. The FIB is changed in the following ways. Packets fall into one of a number of classes. 1/ locally generated packets, coming from a socket/PCB. Such packets select a FIB from a number associated with the socket/PCB. This in turn is inherited from the process, but can be changed by a socket option. The process in turn inherits it on fork. I have written a utility call setfib that acts a bit like nice.. setfib -3 ping target.example.com # will use fib 3 for ping. It is an obvious extension to make it a property of a jail but I have not done so. It can be achieved by combining the setfib and jail commands. 2/ packets received on an interface for forwarding. By default these packets would use table 0, (or possibly a number settable in a sysctl(not yet)). but prior to routing the firewall can inspect them (see below). (possibly in the future you may be able to associate a FIB with packets received on an interface.. An ifconfig arg, but not yet.) 3/ packets inspected by a packet classifier, which can arbitrarily associate a fib with it on a packet by packet basis. A fib assigned to a packet by a packet classifier (such as ipfw) would over-ride a fib associated by a more default source. (such as cases 1 or 2). 4/ a tcp listen socket associated with a fib will generate accept sockets that are associated with that same fib. 5/ Packets generated in response to some other packet (e.g. reset or icmp packets). These should use the FIB associated with the packet being reponded to. 6/ Packets generated during encapsulation. gif, tun and other tunnel interfaces will encapsulate using the FIB that was in effect withthe proces that set up the tunnel. thus setfib 1 ifconfig gif0 [tunnel instructions] will set the fib for the tunnel to use to be fib 1. Routing messages would be associated with their process, and thus select one FIB or another. messages from the kernel would be associated with the fib they refer to and would only be received by a routing socket associated with that fib. (not yet implemented) In addition Netstat has been edited to be able to cope with the fact that the array is now 2 dimensional. (It looks in system memory using libkvm (!)). Old versions of netstat see only the first FIB. In addition two sysctls are added to give: a) the number of FIBs compiled in (active) b) the default FIB of the calling process. Early testing experience: ------------------------- Basically our (IronPort's) appliance does this functionality already using ipfw fwd but that method has some drawbacks. For example, It can't fully simulate a routing table because it can't influence the socket's choice of local address when a connect() is done. Testing during the generating of these changes has been remarkably smooth so far. Multiple tables have co-existed with no notable side effects, and packets have been routes accordingly. ipfw has grown 2 new keywords: setfib N ip from anay to any count ip from any to any fib N In pf there seems to be a requirement to be able to give symbolic names to the fibs but I do not have that capacity. I am not sure if it is required. SCTP has interestingly enough built in support for this, called VRFs in Cisco parlance. it will be interesting to see how that handles it when it suddenly actually does something. Where to next: -------------------- After committing the ABI compatible version and MFCing it, I'd like to proceed in a forward direction in -current. this will result in some roto-tilling in the routing code. Firstly: the current code's idea of having a separate tree per protocol family, all of the same format, and pointed to by the 1 dimensional array is a bit silly. Especially when one considers that there is code that makes assumptions about every protocol having the same internal structures there. Some protocols don't WANT that sort of structure. (for example the whole idea of a netmask is foreign to appletalk). This needs to be made opaque to the external code. My suggested first change is to add routing method pointers to the 'domain' structure, along with information pointing the data. instead of having an array of pointers to uniform structures, there would be an array pointing to the 'domain' structures for each protocol address domain (protocol family), and the methods this reached would be called. The methods would have an argument that gives FIB number, but the protocol would be free to ignore it. When the ABI can be changed it raises the possibilty of the addition of a fib entry into the "struct route". Currently, the structure contains the sockaddr of the desination, and the resulting fib entry. To make this work fully, one could add a fib number so that given an address and a fib, one can find the third element, the fib entry. Interaction with the ARP layer/ LL layer would need to be revisited as well. Qing Li has been working on this already. This work was sponsored by Ironport Systems/Cisco Reviewed by: several including rwatson, bz and mlair (parts each) Obtained from: Ironport systems/Cisco
2008-05-09 23:03:00 +00:00
/*
* Set up a routing table entry, normally
* for an interface.
*/
int
rtinit(struct ifaddr *ifa, int cmd, int flags)
{
struct sockaddr *dst;
Move a comment from rtinit1() to the top of the file where dealing with the (maximum) number of FIBs trying to clarify that evetually FIBs should probably attached to domain(9) specific storage. [1] Add a comment on a limitimation on the rt_add_addr_allfibs option. Use RT_DEFAULT_FIB instead of 0 where applicable. Add empty line to functions without local variables per style. Put public yet unused in-tree function rtinit_fib() under BURN_BRIDGES to indicate that it might go away in the future. No functional change. Discussed with: julian [1] (clarification on what the original one meant) Sponsored by: Cisco Systems, Inc.
2012-02-03 12:25:14 +00:00
int fib = RT_DEFAULT_FIB;
Add code to allow the system to handle multiple routing tables. This particular implementation is designed to be fully backwards compatible and to be MFC-able to 7.x (and 6.x) Currently the only protocol that can make use of the multiple tables is IPv4 Similar functionality exists in OpenBSD and Linux. From my notes: ----- One thing where FreeBSD has been falling behind, and which by chance I have some time to work on is "policy based routing", which allows different packet streams to be routed by more than just the destination address. Constraints: ------------ I want to make some form of this available in the 6.x tree (and by extension 7.x) , but FreeBSD in general needs it so I might as well do it in -current and back port the portions I need. One of the ways that this can be done is to have the ability to instantiate multiple kernel routing tables (which I will now refer to as "Forwarding Information Bases" or "FIBs" for political correctness reasons). Which FIB a particular packet uses to make the next hop decision can be decided by a number of mechanisms. The policies these mechanisms implement are the "Policies" referred to in "Policy based routing". One of the constraints I have if I try to back port this work to 6.x is that it must be implemented as a EXTENSION to the existing ABIs in 6.x so that third party applications do not need to be recompiled in timespan of the branch. This first version will not have some of the bells and whistles that will come with later versions. It will, for example, be limited to 16 tables in the first commit. Implementation method, Compatible version. (part 1) ------------------------------- For this reason I have implemented a "sufficient subset" of a multiple routing table solution in Perforce, and back-ported it to 6.x. (also in Perforce though not always caught up with what I have done in -current/P4). The subset allows a number of FIBs to be defined at compile time (8 is sufficient for my purposes in 6.x) and implements the changes needed to allow IPV4 to use them. I have not done the changes for ipv6 simply because I do not need it, and I do not have enough knowledge of ipv6 (e.g. neighbor discovery) needed to do it. Other protocol families are left untouched and should there be users with proprietary protocol families, they should continue to work and be oblivious to the existence of the extra FIBs. To understand how this is done, one must know that the current FIB code starts everything off with a single dimensional array of pointers to FIB head structures (One per protocol family), each of which in turn points to the trie of routes available to that family. The basic change in the ABI compatible version of the change is to extent that array to be a 2 dimensional array, so that instead of protocol family X looking at rt_tables[X] for the table it needs, it looks at rt_tables[Y][X] when for all protocol families except ipv4 Y is always 0. Code that is unaware of the change always just sees the first row of the table, which of course looks just like the one dimensional array that existed before. The entry points rtrequest(), rtalloc(), rtalloc1(), rtalloc_ign() are all maintained, but refer only to the first row of the array, so that existing callers in proprietary protocols can continue to do the "right thing". Some new entry points are added, for the exclusive use of ipv4 code called in_rtrequest(), in_rtalloc(), in_rtalloc1() and in_rtalloc_ign(), which have an extra argument which refers the code to the correct row. In addition, there are some new entry points (currently called rtalloc_fib() and friends) that check the Address family being looked up and call either rtalloc() (and friends) if the protocol is not IPv4 forcing the action to row 0 or to the appropriate row if it IS IPv4 (and that info is available). These are for calling from code that is not specific to any particular protocol. The way these are implemented would change in the non ABI preserving code to be added later. One feature of the first version of the code is that for ipv4, the interface routes show up automatically on all the FIBs, so that no matter what FIB you select you always have the basic direct attached hosts available to you. (rtinit() does this automatically). You CAN delete an interface route from one FIB should you want to but by default it's there. ARP information is also available in each FIB. It's assumed that the same machine would have the same MAC address, regardless of which FIB you are using to get to it. This brings us as to how the correct FIB is selected for an outgoing IPV4 packet. Firstly, all packets have a FIB associated with them. if nothing has been done to change it, it will be FIB 0. The FIB is changed in the following ways. Packets fall into one of a number of classes. 1/ locally generated packets, coming from a socket/PCB. Such packets select a FIB from a number associated with the socket/PCB. This in turn is inherited from the process, but can be changed by a socket option. The process in turn inherits it on fork. I have written a utility call setfib that acts a bit like nice.. setfib -3 ping target.example.com # will use fib 3 for ping. It is an obvious extension to make it a property of a jail but I have not done so. It can be achieved by combining the setfib and jail commands. 2/ packets received on an interface for forwarding. By default these packets would use table 0, (or possibly a number settable in a sysctl(not yet)). but prior to routing the firewall can inspect them (see below). (possibly in the future you may be able to associate a FIB with packets received on an interface.. An ifconfig arg, but not yet.) 3/ packets inspected by a packet classifier, which can arbitrarily associate a fib with it on a packet by packet basis. A fib assigned to a packet by a packet classifier (such as ipfw) would over-ride a fib associated by a more default source. (such as cases 1 or 2). 4/ a tcp listen socket associated with a fib will generate accept sockets that are associated with that same fib. 5/ Packets generated in response to some other packet (e.g. reset or icmp packets). These should use the FIB associated with the packet being reponded to. 6/ Packets generated during encapsulation. gif, tun and other tunnel interfaces will encapsulate using the FIB that was in effect withthe proces that set up the tunnel. thus setfib 1 ifconfig gif0 [tunnel instructions] will set the fib for the tunnel to use to be fib 1. Routing messages would be associated with their process, and thus select one FIB or another. messages from the kernel would be associated with the fib they refer to and would only be received by a routing socket associated with that fib. (not yet implemented) In addition Netstat has been edited to be able to cope with the fact that the array is now 2 dimensional. (It looks in system memory using libkvm (!)). Old versions of netstat see only the first FIB. In addition two sysctls are added to give: a) the number of FIBs compiled in (active) b) the default FIB of the calling process. Early testing experience: ------------------------- Basically our (IronPort's) appliance does this functionality already using ipfw fwd but that method has some drawbacks. For example, It can't fully simulate a routing table because it can't influence the socket's choice of local address when a connect() is done. Testing during the generating of these changes has been remarkably smooth so far. Multiple tables have co-existed with no notable side effects, and packets have been routes accordingly. ipfw has grown 2 new keywords: setfib N ip from anay to any count ip from any to any fib N In pf there seems to be a requirement to be able to give symbolic names to the fibs but I do not have that capacity. I am not sure if it is required. SCTP has interestingly enough built in support for this, called VRFs in Cisco parlance. it will be interesting to see how that handles it when it suddenly actually does something. Where to next: -------------------- After committing the ABI compatible version and MFCing it, I'd like to proceed in a forward direction in -current. this will result in some roto-tilling in the routing code. Firstly: the current code's idea of having a separate tree per protocol family, all of the same format, and pointed to by the 1 dimensional array is a bit silly. Especially when one considers that there is code that makes assumptions about every protocol having the same internal structures there. Some protocols don't WANT that sort of structure. (for example the whole idea of a netmask is foreign to appletalk). This needs to be made opaque to the external code. My suggested first change is to add routing method pointers to the 'domain' structure, along with information pointing the data. instead of having an array of pointers to uniform structures, there would be an array pointing to the 'domain' structures for each protocol address domain (protocol family), and the methods this reached would be called. The methods would have an argument that gives FIB number, but the protocol would be free to ignore it. When the ABI can be changed it raises the possibilty of the addition of a fib entry into the "struct route". Currently, the structure contains the sockaddr of the desination, and the resulting fib entry. To make this work fully, one could add a fib number so that given an address and a fib, one can find the third element, the fib entry. Interaction with the ARP layer/ LL layer would need to be revisited as well. Qing Li has been working on this already. This work was sponsored by Ironport Systems/Cisco Reviewed by: several including rwatson, bz and mlair (parts each) Obtained from: Ironport systems/Cisco
2008-05-09 23:03:00 +00:00
if (flags & RTF_HOST) {
dst = ifa->ifa_dstaddr;
} else {
dst = ifa->ifa_addr;
}
Allow for IPv6 to allocate (and in the VIMAGE case free) as many routing tables (FIBs) as IPv4. Prepare various general rt* functions for multi-FIB IPv6 handling in addition to already existing multi-FIB IPv4 cases. Sponsored by: Cisco Systems, Inc.
2012-02-03 09:23:55 +00:00
switch (dst->sa_family) {
case AF_INET6:
case AF_INET:
/* We do support multiple FIBs. */
Constanly use RT_ALL_FIBS everywhere instead of -1. MFC after: 2 weeks
2014-01-08 23:09:02 +00:00
fib = RT_ALL_FIBS;
Allow for IPv6 to allocate (and in the VIMAGE case free) as many routing tables (FIBs) as IPv4. Prepare various general rt* functions for multi-FIB IPv6 handling in addition to already existing multi-FIB IPv4 cases. Sponsored by: Cisco Systems, Inc.
2012-02-03 09:23:55 +00:00
break;
}
Add code to allow the system to handle multiple routing tables. This particular implementation is designed to be fully backwards compatible and to be MFC-able to 7.x (and 6.x) Currently the only protocol that can make use of the multiple tables is IPv4 Similar functionality exists in OpenBSD and Linux. From my notes: ----- One thing where FreeBSD has been falling behind, and which by chance I have some time to work on is "policy based routing", which allows different packet streams to be routed by more than just the destination address. Constraints: ------------ I want to make some form of this available in the 6.x tree (and by extension 7.x) , but FreeBSD in general needs it so I might as well do it in -current and back port the portions I need. One of the ways that this can be done is to have the ability to instantiate multiple kernel routing tables (which I will now refer to as "Forwarding Information Bases" or "FIBs" for political correctness reasons). Which FIB a particular packet uses to make the next hop decision can be decided by a number of mechanisms. The policies these mechanisms implement are the "Policies" referred to in "Policy based routing". One of the constraints I have if I try to back port this work to 6.x is that it must be implemented as a EXTENSION to the existing ABIs in 6.x so that third party applications do not need to be recompiled in timespan of the branch. This first version will not have some of the bells and whistles that will come with later versions. It will, for example, be limited to 16 tables in the first commit. Implementation method, Compatible version. (part 1) ------------------------------- For this reason I have implemented a "sufficient subset" of a multiple routing table solution in Perforce, and back-ported it to 6.x. (also in Perforce though not always caught up with what I have done in -current/P4). The subset allows a number of FIBs to be defined at compile time (8 is sufficient for my purposes in 6.x) and implements the changes needed to allow IPV4 to use them. I have not done the changes for ipv6 simply because I do not need it, and I do not have enough knowledge of ipv6 (e.g. neighbor discovery) needed to do it. Other protocol families are left untouched and should there be users with proprietary protocol families, they should continue to work and be oblivious to the existence of the extra FIBs. To understand how this is done, one must know that the current FIB code starts everything off with a single dimensional array of pointers to FIB head structures (One per protocol family), each of which in turn points to the trie of routes available to that family. The basic change in the ABI compatible version of the change is to extent that array to be a 2 dimensional array, so that instead of protocol family X looking at rt_tables[X] for the table it needs, it looks at rt_tables[Y][X] when for all protocol families except ipv4 Y is always 0. Code that is unaware of the change always just sees the first row of the table, which of course looks just like the one dimensional array that existed before. The entry points rtrequest(), rtalloc(), rtalloc1(), rtalloc_ign() are all maintained, but refer only to the first row of the array, so that existing callers in proprietary protocols can continue to do the "right thing". Some new entry points are added, for the exclusive use of ipv4 code called in_rtrequest(), in_rtalloc(), in_rtalloc1() and in_rtalloc_ign(), which have an extra argument which refers the code to the correct row. In addition, there are some new entry points (currently called rtalloc_fib() and friends) that check the Address family being looked up and call either rtalloc() (and friends) if the protocol is not IPv4 forcing the action to row 0 or to the appropriate row if it IS IPv4 (and that info is available). These are for calling from code that is not specific to any particular protocol. The way these are implemented would change in the non ABI preserving code to be added later. One feature of the first version of the code is that for ipv4, the interface routes show up automatically on all the FIBs, so that no matter what FIB you select you always have the basic direct attached hosts available to you. (rtinit() does this automatically). You CAN delete an interface route from one FIB should you want to but by default it's there. ARP information is also available in each FIB. It's assumed that the same machine would have the same MAC address, regardless of which FIB you are using to get to it. This brings us as to how the correct FIB is selected for an outgoing IPV4 packet. Firstly, all packets have a FIB associated with them. if nothing has been done to change it, it will be FIB 0. The FIB is changed in the following ways. Packets fall into one of a number of classes. 1/ locally generated packets, coming from a socket/PCB. Such packets select a FIB from a number associated with the socket/PCB. This in turn is inherited from the process, but can be changed by a socket option. The process in turn inherits it on fork. I have written a utility call setfib that acts a bit like nice.. setfib -3 ping target.example.com # will use fib 3 for ping. It is an obvious extension to make it a property of a jail but I have not done so. It can be achieved by combining the setfib and jail commands. 2/ packets received on an interface for forwarding. By default these packets would use table 0, (or possibly a number settable in a sysctl(not yet)). but prior to routing the firewall can inspect them (see below). (possibly in the future you may be able to associate a FIB with packets received on an interface.. An ifconfig arg, but not yet.) 3/ packets inspected by a packet classifier, which can arbitrarily associate a fib with it on a packet by packet basis. A fib assigned to a packet by a packet classifier (such as ipfw) would over-ride a fib associated by a more default source. (such as cases 1 or 2). 4/ a tcp listen socket associated with a fib will generate accept sockets that are associated with that same fib. 5/ Packets generated in response to some other packet (e.g. reset or icmp packets). These should use the FIB associated with the packet being reponded to. 6/ Packets generated during encapsulation. gif, tun and other tunnel interfaces will encapsulate using the FIB that was in effect withthe proces that set up the tunnel. thus setfib 1 ifconfig gif0 [tunnel instructions] will set the fib for the tunnel to use to be fib 1. Routing messages would be associated with their process, and thus select one FIB or another. messages from the kernel would be associated with the fib they refer to and would only be received by a routing socket associated with that fib. (not yet implemented) In addition Netstat has been edited to be able to cope with the fact that the array is now 2 dimensional. (It looks in system memory using libkvm (!)). Old versions of netstat see only the first FIB. In addition two sysctls are added to give: a) the number of FIBs compiled in (active) b) the default FIB of the calling process. Early testing experience: ------------------------- Basically our (IronPort's) appliance does this functionality already using ipfw fwd but that method has some drawbacks. For example, It can't fully simulate a routing table because it can't influence the socket's choice of local address when a connect() is done. Testing during the generating of these changes has been remarkably smooth so far. Multiple tables have co-existed with no notable side effects, and packets have been routes accordingly. ipfw has grown 2 new keywords: setfib N ip from anay to any count ip from any to any fib N In pf there seems to be a requirement to be able to give symbolic names to the fibs but I do not have that capacity. I am not sure if it is required. SCTP has interestingly enough built in support for this, called VRFs in Cisco parlance. it will be interesting to see how that handles it when it suddenly actually does something. Where to next: -------------------- After committing the ABI compatible version and MFCing it, I'd like to proceed in a forward direction in -current. this will result in some roto-tilling in the routing code. Firstly: the current code's idea of having a separate tree per protocol family, all of the same format, and pointed to by the 1 dimensional array is a bit silly. Especially when one considers that there is code that makes assumptions about every protocol having the same internal structures there. Some protocols don't WANT that sort of structure. (for example the whole idea of a netmask is foreign to appletalk). This needs to be made opaque to the external code. My suggested first change is to add routing method pointers to the 'domain' structure, along with information pointing the data. instead of having an array of pointers to uniform structures, there would be an array pointing to the 'domain' structures for each protocol address domain (protocol family), and the methods this reached would be called. The methods would have an argument that gives FIB number, but the protocol would be free to ignore it. When the ABI can be changed it raises the possibilty of the addition of a fib entry into the "struct route". Currently, the structure contains the sockaddr of the desination, and the resulting fib entry. To make this work fully, one could add a fib number so that given an address and a fib, one can find the third element, the fib entry. Interaction with the ARP layer/ LL layer would need to be revisited as well. Qing Li has been working on this already. This work was sponsored by Ironport Systems/Cisco Reviewed by: several including rwatson, bz and mlair (parts each) Obtained from: Ironport systems/Cisco
2008-05-09 23:03:00 +00:00
return (rtinit1(ifa, cmd, flags, fib));
}
Split rt_newaddrmsg_fib() into two different functions. Adding/deleting interface addresses involves access to 3 different subsystems, int different parts of code. Each call can fail, so reporting successful operation by rtsock in the middle of the process error-prone. Further split routing notification API and actual rtsock calls via creating public-available rt_addrmsg() / rt_routemsg() functions with "private" rtsock_* backend. MFC after: 2 weeks
2014-01-09 18:13:25 +00:00
/*
* Announce interface address arrival/withdraw
* Returns 0 on success.
*/
int
rt_addrmsg(int cmd, struct ifaddr *ifa, int fibnum)
{
KASSERT(cmd == RTM_ADD || cmd == RTM_DELETE,
Simplify inet alias handling code: if we're adding/removing alias which has the same prefix as some other alias on the same interface, use newly-added rt_addrmsg() instead of hand-rolled in_addralias_rtmsg(). This eliminates the following rtsock messages: Pinned RTM_ADD for prefix (for alias addition). Pinned RTM_DELETE for prefix (for alias withdrawal). Example (got 10.0.0.1/24 on vlan4, playing with 10.0.0.2/24): before commit, addition: got message of size 116 on Fri Jan 10 14:13:15 2014 RTM_NEWADDR: address being added to iface: len 116, metric 0, flags: sockaddrs: <NETMASK,IFP,IFA,BRD> 255.255.255.0 vlan4:8.0.27.c5.29.d4 10.0.0.2 10.0.0.255 got message of size 192 on Fri Jan 10 14:13:15 2014 RTM_ADD: Add Route: len 192, pid: 0, seq 0, errno 0, flags:<UP,PINNED> locks: inits: sockaddrs: <DST,GATEWAY,NETMASK> 10.0.0.0 10.0.0.2 (255) ffff ffff ff after commit, addition: got message of size 116 on Fri Jan 10 13:56:26 2014 RTM_NEWADDR: address being added to iface: len 116, metric 0, flags: sockaddrs: <NETMASK,IFP,IFA,BRD> 255.255.255.0 vlan4:8.0.27.c5.29.d4 14.0.0.2 14.0.0.255 before commit, wihdrawal: got message of size 192 on Fri Jan 10 13:58:59 2014 RTM_DELETE: Delete Route: len 192, pid: 0, seq 0, errno 0, flags:<UP,PINNED> locks: inits: sockaddrs: <DST,GATEWAY,NETMASK> 10.0.0.0 10.0.0.2 (255) ffff ffff ff got message of size 116 on Fri Jan 10 13:58:59 2014 RTM_DELADDR: address being removed from iface: len 116, metric 0, flags: sockaddrs: <NETMASK,IFP,IFA,BRD> 255.255.255.0 vlan4:8.0.27.c5.29.d4 10.0.0.2 10.0.0.255 adter commit, withdrawal: got message of size 116 on Fri Jan 10 14:14:11 2014 RTM_DELADDR: address being removed from iface: len 116, metric 0, flags: sockaddrs: <NETMASK,IFP,IFA,BRD> 255.255.255.0 vlan4:8.0.27.c5.29.d4 10.0.0.2 10.0.0.255 Sending both RTM_ADD/RTM_DELETE messages to rtsock is completely wrong (and requires some hacks to keep prefix in route table on RTM_DELETE). I've tested this change with quagga (no change) and bird (*). bird alias handling is already broken in *BSD sysdep code, so nothing changes here, too. I'm going to MFC this change if there will be no complains about behavior change. While here, fix some style(9) bugs introduced by r260488 (pointed by glebius and bde). Sponsored by: Yandex LLC MFC after: 4 weeks
2014-01-10 12:13:55 +00:00
("unexpected cmd %d", cmd));
Split rt_newaddrmsg_fib() into two different functions. Adding/deleting interface addresses involves access to 3 different subsystems, int different parts of code. Each call can fail, so reporting successful operation by rtsock in the middle of the process error-prone. Further split routing notification API and actual rtsock calls via creating public-available rt_addrmsg() / rt_routemsg() functions with "private" rtsock_* backend. MFC after: 2 weeks
2014-01-09 18:13:25 +00:00
Simplify inet alias handling code: if we're adding/removing alias which has the same prefix as some other alias on the same interface, use newly-added rt_addrmsg() instead of hand-rolled in_addralias_rtmsg(). This eliminates the following rtsock messages: Pinned RTM_ADD for prefix (for alias addition). Pinned RTM_DELETE for prefix (for alias withdrawal). Example (got 10.0.0.1/24 on vlan4, playing with 10.0.0.2/24): before commit, addition: got message of size 116 on Fri Jan 10 14:13:15 2014 RTM_NEWADDR: address being added to iface: len 116, metric 0, flags: sockaddrs: <NETMASK,IFP,IFA,BRD> 255.255.255.0 vlan4:8.0.27.c5.29.d4 10.0.0.2 10.0.0.255 got message of size 192 on Fri Jan 10 14:13:15 2014 RTM_ADD: Add Route: len 192, pid: 0, seq 0, errno 0, flags:<UP,PINNED> locks: inits: sockaddrs: <DST,GATEWAY,NETMASK> 10.0.0.0 10.0.0.2 (255) ffff ffff ff after commit, addition: got message of size 116 on Fri Jan 10 13:56:26 2014 RTM_NEWADDR: address being added to iface: len 116, metric 0, flags: sockaddrs: <NETMASK,IFP,IFA,BRD> 255.255.255.0 vlan4:8.0.27.c5.29.d4 14.0.0.2 14.0.0.255 before commit, wihdrawal: got message of size 192 on Fri Jan 10 13:58:59 2014 RTM_DELETE: Delete Route: len 192, pid: 0, seq 0, errno 0, flags:<UP,PINNED> locks: inits: sockaddrs: <DST,GATEWAY,NETMASK> 10.0.0.0 10.0.0.2 (255) ffff ffff ff got message of size 116 on Fri Jan 10 13:58:59 2014 RTM_DELADDR: address being removed from iface: len 116, metric 0, flags: sockaddrs: <NETMASK,IFP,IFA,BRD> 255.255.255.0 vlan4:8.0.27.c5.29.d4 10.0.0.2 10.0.0.255 adter commit, withdrawal: got message of size 116 on Fri Jan 10 14:14:11 2014 RTM_DELADDR: address being removed from iface: len 116, metric 0, flags: sockaddrs: <NETMASK,IFP,IFA,BRD> 255.255.255.0 vlan4:8.0.27.c5.29.d4 10.0.0.2 10.0.0.255 Sending both RTM_ADD/RTM_DELETE messages to rtsock is completely wrong (and requires some hacks to keep prefix in route table on RTM_DELETE). I've tested this change with quagga (no change) and bird (*). bird alias handling is already broken in *BSD sysdep code, so nothing changes here, too. I'm going to MFC this change if there will be no complains about behavior change. While here, fix some style(9) bugs introduced by r260488 (pointed by glebius and bde). Sponsored by: Yandex LLC MFC after: 4 weeks
2014-01-10 12:13:55 +00:00
KASSERT(fibnum == RT_ALL_FIBS || (fibnum >= 0 && fibnum < rt_numfibs),
("%s: fib out of range 0 <=%d<%d", __func__, fibnum, rt_numfibs));
Split rt_newaddrmsg_fib() into two different functions. Adding/deleting interface addresses involves access to 3 different subsystems, int different parts of code. Each call can fail, so reporting successful operation by rtsock in the middle of the process error-prone. Further split routing notification API and actual rtsock calls via creating public-available rt_addrmsg() / rt_routemsg() functions with "private" rtsock_* backend. MFC after: 2 weeks
2014-01-09 18:13:25 +00:00
Call sctp_addr_change() from rt_addrmsg() instead of rt_newaddrmsg_fib(), since rt_addrmsg() gets also called from other functions. MFC after: 3 days
2014-04-07 21:28:21 +00:00
#if defined(INET) || defined(INET6)
#ifdef SCTP
/*
* notify the SCTP stack
* this will only get called when an address is added/deleted
* XXX pass the ifaddr struct instead if ifa->ifa_addr...
*/
sctp_addr_change(ifa, cmd);
#endif /* SCTP */
#endif
Split rt_newaddrmsg_fib() into two different functions. Adding/deleting interface addresses involves access to 3 different subsystems, int different parts of code. Each call can fail, so reporting successful operation by rtsock in the middle of the process error-prone. Further split routing notification API and actual rtsock calls via creating public-available rt_addrmsg() / rt_routemsg() functions with "private" rtsock_* backend. MFC after: 2 weeks
2014-01-09 18:13:25 +00:00
return (rtsock_addrmsg(cmd, ifa, fibnum));
}
/*
Simplify inet alias handling code: if we're adding/removing alias which has the same prefix as some other alias on the same interface, use newly-added rt_addrmsg() instead of hand-rolled in_addralias_rtmsg(). This eliminates the following rtsock messages: Pinned RTM_ADD for prefix (for alias addition). Pinned RTM_DELETE for prefix (for alias withdrawal). Example (got 10.0.0.1/24 on vlan4, playing with 10.0.0.2/24): before commit, addition: got message of size 116 on Fri Jan 10 14:13:15 2014 RTM_NEWADDR: address being added to iface: len 116, metric 0, flags: sockaddrs: <NETMASK,IFP,IFA,BRD> 255.255.255.0 vlan4:8.0.27.c5.29.d4 10.0.0.2 10.0.0.255 got message of size 192 on Fri Jan 10 14:13:15 2014 RTM_ADD: Add Route: len 192, pid: 0, seq 0, errno 0, flags:<UP,PINNED> locks: inits: sockaddrs: <DST,GATEWAY,NETMASK> 10.0.0.0 10.0.0.2 (255) ffff ffff ff after commit, addition: got message of size 116 on Fri Jan 10 13:56:26 2014 RTM_NEWADDR: address being added to iface: len 116, metric 0, flags: sockaddrs: <NETMASK,IFP,IFA,BRD> 255.255.255.0 vlan4:8.0.27.c5.29.d4 14.0.0.2 14.0.0.255 before commit, wihdrawal: got message of size 192 on Fri Jan 10 13:58:59 2014 RTM_DELETE: Delete Route: len 192, pid: 0, seq 0, errno 0, flags:<UP,PINNED> locks: inits: sockaddrs: <DST,GATEWAY,NETMASK> 10.0.0.0 10.0.0.2 (255) ffff ffff ff got message of size 116 on Fri Jan 10 13:58:59 2014 RTM_DELADDR: address being removed from iface: len 116, metric 0, flags: sockaddrs: <NETMASK,IFP,IFA,BRD> 255.255.255.0 vlan4:8.0.27.c5.29.d4 10.0.0.2 10.0.0.255 adter commit, withdrawal: got message of size 116 on Fri Jan 10 14:14:11 2014 RTM_DELADDR: address being removed from iface: len 116, metric 0, flags: sockaddrs: <NETMASK,IFP,IFA,BRD> 255.255.255.0 vlan4:8.0.27.c5.29.d4 10.0.0.2 10.0.0.255 Sending both RTM_ADD/RTM_DELETE messages to rtsock is completely wrong (and requires some hacks to keep prefix in route table on RTM_DELETE). I've tested this change with quagga (no change) and bird (*). bird alias handling is already broken in *BSD sysdep code, so nothing changes here, too. I'm going to MFC this change if there will be no complains about behavior change. While here, fix some style(9) bugs introduced by r260488 (pointed by glebius and bde). Sponsored by: Yandex LLC MFC after: 4 weeks
2014-01-10 12:13:55 +00:00
* Announce route addition/removal.
Split rt_newaddrmsg_fib() into two different functions. Adding/deleting interface addresses involves access to 3 different subsystems, int different parts of code. Each call can fail, so reporting successful operation by rtsock in the middle of the process error-prone. Further split routing notification API and actual rtsock calls via creating public-available rt_addrmsg() / rt_routemsg() functions with "private" rtsock_* backend. MFC after: 2 weeks
2014-01-09 18:13:25 +00:00
* Users of this function MUST validate input data BEFORE calling.
* However we have to be able to handle invalid data:
* if some userland app sends us "invalid" route message (invalid mask,
Simplify inet alias handling code: if we're adding/removing alias which has the same prefix as some other alias on the same interface, use newly-added rt_addrmsg() instead of hand-rolled in_addralias_rtmsg(). This eliminates the following rtsock messages: Pinned RTM_ADD for prefix (for alias addition). Pinned RTM_DELETE for prefix (for alias withdrawal). Example (got 10.0.0.1/24 on vlan4, playing with 10.0.0.2/24): before commit, addition: got message of size 116 on Fri Jan 10 14:13:15 2014 RTM_NEWADDR: address being added to iface: len 116, metric 0, flags: sockaddrs: <NETMASK,IFP,IFA,BRD> 255.255.255.0 vlan4:8.0.27.c5.29.d4 10.0.0.2 10.0.0.255 got message of size 192 on Fri Jan 10 14:13:15 2014 RTM_ADD: Add Route: len 192, pid: 0, seq 0, errno 0, flags:<UP,PINNED> locks: inits: sockaddrs: <DST,GATEWAY,NETMASK> 10.0.0.0 10.0.0.2 (255) ffff ffff ff after commit, addition: got message of size 116 on Fri Jan 10 13:56:26 2014 RTM_NEWADDR: address being added to iface: len 116, metric 0, flags: sockaddrs: <NETMASK,IFP,IFA,BRD> 255.255.255.0 vlan4:8.0.27.c5.29.d4 14.0.0.2 14.0.0.255 before commit, wihdrawal: got message of size 192 on Fri Jan 10 13:58:59 2014 RTM_DELETE: Delete Route: len 192, pid: 0, seq 0, errno 0, flags:<UP,PINNED> locks: inits: sockaddrs: <DST,GATEWAY,NETMASK> 10.0.0.0 10.0.0.2 (255) ffff ffff ff got message of size 116 on Fri Jan 10 13:58:59 2014 RTM_DELADDR: address being removed from iface: len 116, metric 0, flags: sockaddrs: <NETMASK,IFP,IFA,BRD> 255.255.255.0 vlan4:8.0.27.c5.29.d4 10.0.0.2 10.0.0.255 adter commit, withdrawal: got message of size 116 on Fri Jan 10 14:14:11 2014 RTM_DELADDR: address being removed from iface: len 116, metric 0, flags: sockaddrs: <NETMASK,IFP,IFA,BRD> 255.255.255.0 vlan4:8.0.27.c5.29.d4 10.0.0.2 10.0.0.255 Sending both RTM_ADD/RTM_DELETE messages to rtsock is completely wrong (and requires some hacks to keep prefix in route table on RTM_DELETE). I've tested this change with quagga (no change) and bird (*). bird alias handling is already broken in *BSD sysdep code, so nothing changes here, too. I'm going to MFC this change if there will be no complains about behavior change. While here, fix some style(9) bugs introduced by r260488 (pointed by glebius and bde). Sponsored by: Yandex LLC MFC after: 4 weeks
2014-01-10 12:13:55 +00:00
* no dst, wrong address families, etc...) we need to pass it back
Split rt_newaddrmsg_fib() into two different functions. Adding/deleting interface addresses involves access to 3 different subsystems, int different parts of code. Each call can fail, so reporting successful operation by rtsock in the middle of the process error-prone. Further split routing notification API and actual rtsock calls via creating public-available rt_addrmsg() / rt_routemsg() functions with "private" rtsock_* backend. MFC after: 2 weeks
2014-01-09 18:13:25 +00:00
* to app (and any other rtsock consumers) with rtm_errno field set to
* non-zero value.
* Returns 0 on success.
*/
int
rt_routemsg(int cmd, struct ifnet *ifp, int error, struct rtentry *rt,
int fibnum)
{
KASSERT(cmd == RTM_ADD || cmd == RTM_DELETE,
Simplify inet alias handling code: if we're adding/removing alias which has the same prefix as some other alias on the same interface, use newly-added rt_addrmsg() instead of hand-rolled in_addralias_rtmsg(). This eliminates the following rtsock messages: Pinned RTM_ADD for prefix (for alias addition). Pinned RTM_DELETE for prefix (for alias withdrawal). Example (got 10.0.0.1/24 on vlan4, playing with 10.0.0.2/24): before commit, addition: got message of size 116 on Fri Jan 10 14:13:15 2014 RTM_NEWADDR: address being added to iface: len 116, metric 0, flags: sockaddrs: <NETMASK,IFP,IFA,BRD> 255.255.255.0 vlan4:8.0.27.c5.29.d4 10.0.0.2 10.0.0.255 got message of size 192 on Fri Jan 10 14:13:15 2014 RTM_ADD: Add Route: len 192, pid: 0, seq 0, errno 0, flags:<UP,PINNED> locks: inits: sockaddrs: <DST,GATEWAY,NETMASK> 10.0.0.0 10.0.0.2 (255) ffff ffff ff after commit, addition: got message of size 116 on Fri Jan 10 13:56:26 2014 RTM_NEWADDR: address being added to iface: len 116, metric 0, flags: sockaddrs: <NETMASK,IFP,IFA,BRD> 255.255.255.0 vlan4:8.0.27.c5.29.d4 14.0.0.2 14.0.0.255 before commit, wihdrawal: got message of size 192 on Fri Jan 10 13:58:59 2014 RTM_DELETE: Delete Route: len 192, pid: 0, seq 0, errno 0, flags:<UP,PINNED> locks: inits: sockaddrs: <DST,GATEWAY,NETMASK> 10.0.0.0 10.0.0.2 (255) ffff ffff ff got message of size 116 on Fri Jan 10 13:58:59 2014 RTM_DELADDR: address being removed from iface: len 116, metric 0, flags: sockaddrs: <NETMASK,IFP,IFA,BRD> 255.255.255.0 vlan4:8.0.27.c5.29.d4 10.0.0.2 10.0.0.255 adter commit, withdrawal: got message of size 116 on Fri Jan 10 14:14:11 2014 RTM_DELADDR: address being removed from iface: len 116, metric 0, flags: sockaddrs: <NETMASK,IFP,IFA,BRD> 255.255.255.0 vlan4:8.0.27.c5.29.d4 10.0.0.2 10.0.0.255 Sending both RTM_ADD/RTM_DELETE messages to rtsock is completely wrong (and requires some hacks to keep prefix in route table on RTM_DELETE). I've tested this change with quagga (no change) and bird (*). bird alias handling is already broken in *BSD sysdep code, so nothing changes here, too. I'm going to MFC this change if there will be no complains about behavior change. While here, fix some style(9) bugs introduced by r260488 (pointed by glebius and bde). Sponsored by: Yandex LLC MFC after: 4 weeks
2014-01-10 12:13:55 +00:00
("unexpected cmd %d", cmd));
Split rt_newaddrmsg_fib() into two different functions. Adding/deleting interface addresses involves access to 3 different subsystems, int different parts of code. Each call can fail, so reporting successful operation by rtsock in the middle of the process error-prone. Further split routing notification API and actual rtsock calls via creating public-available rt_addrmsg() / rt_routemsg() functions with "private" rtsock_* backend. MFC after: 2 weeks
2014-01-09 18:13:25 +00:00
Simplify inet alias handling code: if we're adding/removing alias which has the same prefix as some other alias on the same interface, use newly-added rt_addrmsg() instead of hand-rolled in_addralias_rtmsg(). This eliminates the following rtsock messages: Pinned RTM_ADD for prefix (for alias addition). Pinned RTM_DELETE for prefix (for alias withdrawal). Example (got 10.0.0.1/24 on vlan4, playing with 10.0.0.2/24): before commit, addition: got message of size 116 on Fri Jan 10 14:13:15 2014 RTM_NEWADDR: address being added to iface: len 116, metric 0, flags: sockaddrs: <NETMASK,IFP,IFA,BRD> 255.255.255.0 vlan4:8.0.27.c5.29.d4 10.0.0.2 10.0.0.255 got message of size 192 on Fri Jan 10 14:13:15 2014 RTM_ADD: Add Route: len 192, pid: 0, seq 0, errno 0, flags:<UP,PINNED> locks: inits: sockaddrs: <DST,GATEWAY,NETMASK> 10.0.0.0 10.0.0.2 (255) ffff ffff ff after commit, addition: got message of size 116 on Fri Jan 10 13:56:26 2014 RTM_NEWADDR: address being added to iface: len 116, metric 0, flags: sockaddrs: <NETMASK,IFP,IFA,BRD> 255.255.255.0 vlan4:8.0.27.c5.29.d4 14.0.0.2 14.0.0.255 before commit, wihdrawal: got message of size 192 on Fri Jan 10 13:58:59 2014 RTM_DELETE: Delete Route: len 192, pid: 0, seq 0, errno 0, flags:<UP,PINNED> locks: inits: sockaddrs: <DST,GATEWAY,NETMASK> 10.0.0.0 10.0.0.2 (255) ffff ffff ff got message of size 116 on Fri Jan 10 13:58:59 2014 RTM_DELADDR: address being removed from iface: len 116, metric 0, flags: sockaddrs: <NETMASK,IFP,IFA,BRD> 255.255.255.0 vlan4:8.0.27.c5.29.d4 10.0.0.2 10.0.0.255 adter commit, withdrawal: got message of size 116 on Fri Jan 10 14:14:11 2014 RTM_DELADDR: address being removed from iface: len 116, metric 0, flags: sockaddrs: <NETMASK,IFP,IFA,BRD> 255.255.255.0 vlan4:8.0.27.c5.29.d4 10.0.0.2 10.0.0.255 Sending both RTM_ADD/RTM_DELETE messages to rtsock is completely wrong (and requires some hacks to keep prefix in route table on RTM_DELETE). I've tested this change with quagga (no change) and bird (*). bird alias handling is already broken in *BSD sysdep code, so nothing changes here, too. I'm going to MFC this change if there will be no complains about behavior change. While here, fix some style(9) bugs introduced by r260488 (pointed by glebius and bde). Sponsored by: Yandex LLC MFC after: 4 weeks
2014-01-10 12:13:55 +00:00
KASSERT(fibnum == RT_ALL_FIBS || (fibnum >= 0 && fibnum < rt_numfibs),
("%s: fib out of range 0 <=%d<%d", __func__, fibnum, rt_numfibs));
Split rt_newaddrmsg_fib() into two different functions. Adding/deleting interface addresses involves access to 3 different subsystems, int different parts of code. Each call can fail, so reporting successful operation by rtsock in the middle of the process error-prone. Further split routing notification API and actual rtsock calls via creating public-available rt_addrmsg() / rt_routemsg() functions with "private" rtsock_* backend. MFC after: 2 weeks
2014-01-09 18:13:25 +00:00
KASSERT(rt_key(rt) != NULL, (":%s: rt_key must be supplied", __func__));
return (rtsock_routemsg(cmd, ifp, error, rt, fibnum));
}
void
rt_newaddrmsg(int cmd, struct ifaddr *ifa, int error, struct rtentry *rt)
{
rt_newaddrmsg_fib(cmd, ifa, error, rt, RT_ALL_FIBS);
}
/*
* This is called to generate messages from the routing socket
* indicating a network interface has had addresses associated with it.
*/
void
rt_newaddrmsg_fib(int cmd, struct ifaddr *ifa, int error, struct rtentry *rt,
int fibnum)
{
KASSERT(cmd == RTM_ADD || cmd == RTM_DELETE,
("unexpected cmd %u", cmd));
Simplify inet alias handling code: if we're adding/removing alias which has the same prefix as some other alias on the same interface, use newly-added rt_addrmsg() instead of hand-rolled in_addralias_rtmsg(). This eliminates the following rtsock messages: Pinned RTM_ADD for prefix (for alias addition). Pinned RTM_DELETE for prefix (for alias withdrawal). Example (got 10.0.0.1/24 on vlan4, playing with 10.0.0.2/24): before commit, addition: got message of size 116 on Fri Jan 10 14:13:15 2014 RTM_NEWADDR: address being added to iface: len 116, metric 0, flags: sockaddrs: <NETMASK,IFP,IFA,BRD> 255.255.255.0 vlan4:8.0.27.c5.29.d4 10.0.0.2 10.0.0.255 got message of size 192 on Fri Jan 10 14:13:15 2014 RTM_ADD: Add Route: len 192, pid: 0, seq 0, errno 0, flags:<UP,PINNED> locks: inits: sockaddrs: <DST,GATEWAY,NETMASK> 10.0.0.0 10.0.0.2 (255) ffff ffff ff after commit, addition: got message of size 116 on Fri Jan 10 13:56:26 2014 RTM_NEWADDR: address being added to iface: len 116, metric 0, flags: sockaddrs: <NETMASK,IFP,IFA,BRD> 255.255.255.0 vlan4:8.0.27.c5.29.d4 14.0.0.2 14.0.0.255 before commit, wihdrawal: got message of size 192 on Fri Jan 10 13:58:59 2014 RTM_DELETE: Delete Route: len 192, pid: 0, seq 0, errno 0, flags:<UP,PINNED> locks: inits: sockaddrs: <DST,GATEWAY,NETMASK> 10.0.0.0 10.0.0.2 (255) ffff ffff ff got message of size 116 on Fri Jan 10 13:58:59 2014 RTM_DELADDR: address being removed from iface: len 116, metric 0, flags: sockaddrs: <NETMASK,IFP,IFA,BRD> 255.255.255.0 vlan4:8.0.27.c5.29.d4 10.0.0.2 10.0.0.255 adter commit, withdrawal: got message of size 116 on Fri Jan 10 14:14:11 2014 RTM_DELADDR: address being removed from iface: len 116, metric 0, flags: sockaddrs: <NETMASK,IFP,IFA,BRD> 255.255.255.0 vlan4:8.0.27.c5.29.d4 10.0.0.2 10.0.0.255 Sending both RTM_ADD/RTM_DELETE messages to rtsock is completely wrong (and requires some hacks to keep prefix in route table on RTM_DELETE). I've tested this change with quagga (no change) and bird (*). bird alias handling is already broken in *BSD sysdep code, so nothing changes here, too. I'm going to MFC this change if there will be no complains about behavior change. While here, fix some style(9) bugs introduced by r260488 (pointed by glebius and bde). Sponsored by: Yandex LLC MFC after: 4 weeks
2014-01-10 12:13:55 +00:00
KASSERT(fibnum == RT_ALL_FIBS || (fibnum >= 0 && fibnum < rt_numfibs),
("%s: fib out of range 0 <=%d<%d", __func__, fibnum, rt_numfibs));
Split rt_newaddrmsg_fib() into two different functions. Adding/deleting interface addresses involves access to 3 different subsystems, int different parts of code. Each call can fail, so reporting successful operation by rtsock in the middle of the process error-prone. Further split routing notification API and actual rtsock calls via creating public-available rt_addrmsg() / rt_routemsg() functions with "private" rtsock_* backend. MFC after: 2 weeks
2014-01-09 18:13:25 +00:00
if (cmd == RTM_ADD) {
rt_addrmsg(cmd, ifa, fibnum);
if (rt != NULL)
rt_routemsg(cmd, ifa->ifa_ifp, error, rt, fibnum);
} else {
if (rt != NULL)
rt_routemsg(cmd, ifa->ifa_ifp, error, rt, fibnum);
rt_addrmsg(cmd, ifa, fibnum);
}
}
Reference in New Issue Copy Permalink